GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA COMPLETE

GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA COMPLETE

GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 1 Wata kwarababbiyar mota kirar bus mai karar fatattakekkiyar salansa ce ta tsaya a bakin get din makarantar yan mata ta gwamnatin tarayya dake garin Kazaure, wato F.G.G.C. Kazaure. Tana tsayawa kondastan motar ya ja kofar ya bude “Barararaa” saboda kwankwatsewar da kofar motar ta yi sakamakon cin ruwa da gafje-gafje da tsabar tsufa. Wani dattijo mai kimanin shekaru saba’in da doriya ne ya fito, da wata yar yarinya tana biye dashi wacce shekarunta ba zasu wuce shekaru goma sha daya ba, Bayan sun furfito kondastan motar ya zagaya baya wato but ya dauko wata katuwar akwatin karfe irin ta *yan makarantar wacce aka dafka sunan mai akwatin garza-garza da fenti baki wato HANNE HABU IMAMU. Ya ajiye gefe ya sake janyo wata karamar katifa wacce take daure ya dora akan akwatin, sannan ya dauko wani bokitin karfe sabo dal yana sheki shima an fenteshi da sunan mai bokitin wato HANNE HABU IMAMU. Daga karshe ya mayar da kofar but din ya rufe ya juyo ya kalli dattijon wato Malam Habu ya ce “Baba baka fa cika mana kudin motarmu bafa, gashi har kun sauka” Malam Habu ya sake marairaicewa ya ce “Dana da Allah fa nake hadaka kuyi hakuri kudin da yayi saura a aljihuna ko gida bazai mayar dani ba, sai na nemi ciko kayi hakuri dan Allah, dan haka nema nace ta zauna a maleji yanzu baza ka tausayawa tsoho ba, karbi arba’in din?” Kondasta ya sake fusata ya ce “Dalla Baba kana bata mana lokaci ga fasinjoji har sun fara tsaki sun kagu suma a kaisu inda zasu. Ka zauna kana mana magiya tun dazu muma fa ba’a bati muke shan man motar da muke jigilar nan bafa, da kasan kudin motar taka bai cika ba me yasa ka hau? Har zaka ce wai yarinyar a maleji ta zauna, maleji ba cikin mota bane? Baka san har a sittin muke daukar na maleji ba, daga inda muka dauko ku zuwa nan nayi maka ragi nace ka kawo hamsin dinma gashi kaki biya sai wata arba’in ka bani, kai wallahi Baba saika ciko mana gomarmu kaji ko? Direban motar dake zaune a wajen tuki wanda yake jin duk abinda suke yi, sai yanzu ya waigo inda suke yayi magana ya ce “K.b wai yane? K.b ya ce “Har yanzu wannan tsohon bai daina magiya ba wai shi ayi masa ragin goma kudin yarinyar nan data zauna a maleji, Hansin nace ya biya, ya wani bani arba’in. Kuma ma dan rainin hankali harda cewa kudin aljihunsa bazai mayar dashi gida ba, wato yana da kudin, cikawa ne bazai yi ba. Malam Habu ya danji dadi ganin direban yayi magana ko zaice a bar masa amma sai yaji kalamansa sabanin tunaninsa gara ma abinda kondastan ya fada masa, cewa yayi in har bazai biya ta dadin rai ba to zasu farka aljihunsa su dauki gomarsu, Malam Habu ya rike baki don mamakin irin wannan rashin mutunci, can ya nisa ya ce “Allah Ya kyauta, bari na baku kudinku abin duk bai kai ga haka ba, yasa hannu a aljihunsa na dama ya dauko wata cukurkudaddiyar naira biyar ya sake saka hannu a aljihunsa na bangaren hagu ya dauko gudar naira ashirin da kwandaloli guda biyar, ya hada kwandalolin nan guda biyar da cukurkudaddiyar naira biyar din nan ya mikawa kondosta ya ce “Gashi dana Allah Ya kiyaye. Ba kunya ba tausayin tsohon nan yasa hannu ya karbe yana gurnani “Daman kana dashi ka tsaya kana bata mana lokaci duk fasinjoji sun kagu, direba ya juyo ya ce “Yayane K.b ya baka, sun cika? K.b ya ce “Eh sun cika jamuje J.J.C. Malam Habu da yarsa Hanne suka bi motar da kallo har ta hau titi ta kure sannan hankalinsu ya dawo kan kayansu. Malam Habu ya kalli yarsa Hanne wacce hawaye ya gauraye idanuwanta da kumatunta, abin ya bashi mamaki ganin Hanne na kuka alhali kuma ita take son karatu take murna da zasu taho, ya sake juyowa sosai ya kalleta yaga hawaye neke zubowa daga idanuwanta daya nabin daya, ya ce “Yar Baba, kukan me kike yi? Karki cemin yanzu bakya son makaranta bayan ke aka kira fadar mai gari aka tambayeki kika ce kina so. Ba’a son raina ba nima na kawo ki makarantar nan ke kika amsa musu. Shine kuma yanzu kike kuka? Idan kinsan bakya so to ni a wajena tafi nono fari sai mu juya kafin mu shiga ciki. Kansila da mai gari su suka tilastamin in kawo ki amma badan haka ba nima bazan rabu dake ba na kawo ki nan uwa duniya, babu wanda kika sani. Hanne ta girgiza kai cikin shesshekar kuka ta ce “Baba ba makarantar bace bana so, rashin kunyar da masu motar can suke yi maka shine ya sani kuka. Malam Habu yaji hawaye ya cika masa ido amma sai ya jure yayi murmushin karfin hali ya ce “Allah Sarki yar Baba, babu komai duniya ce. Duk wanda yaga girman tsohon wani, za’a ga girman nasa. Haka kuma duk wanda ya raina tsohon wani sai an raina nasa, zamani ne ya canja babu sanin girman Allah, ko an hada mutum da Allah kamar an hadashi da sa’ansa, wani cewa zaiyi daina hadani da Allah karka cuceni Wa’iyazubillah. Ya ci gaba da cewa “goge hawayenki yar Baba kizo in dora miki akwatin mu shiga ciki kada dare yayi min kinga har la’asar tayi. Tasa gefen gyalen da taci damara dashi ta goge idanuwanta kana ta matso ya ciccibi akwatin karfen nan ya dora mata a kai shi kuma ya dauki bokiti da katifa a daya hannun sa’annan suka juya suka doshi cikin babbar kofar shiga makarantar, yaci gaba da yi mata nasihohi masu ratsa jiki yana nuna mata wannan abin da aka yi masa a gabanta ya zama darasi a wajenta duk lalacewar tsoho koma ba tsoho bane na gaba da ita kada tayi masa fitsara. Ta zamana ko a ina take kuma kome ta zama ta girmama na gaba da ita. Ta zama mai taimakawa mabukata, kasancewar tasan talauci ta kuma dandanashi tana kan dandanashi. Masu gadi uku suka iske a bakin kofar shiga cikin makarantar, suna zazzaune, Malam Habu yayi musu sallama gami da mimmika musu hannu, Hanne ma ta duka ta gaishesu, bayan sun amsa, Malam Habu ya ce “Yarinya na kawo makarantar nan, ta ina zanbi mu shiga ciki? Daya daga cikinsu ya ce “Mikewa zakuyi sosai zaku tarar da ofishin Malamai dana shugaban makarantar. Malam Habu yayi godiya suka wuce, har sun danyo nisa suka ji masu gadin nan sun kwalla musu kira bayan sun dawo, sai daya daga cikinsu ya kallesu sama da kasa ya ce “Dan Allah Malam muna da tambaya sai bayan da ku ka wuce tambayar ta fado mana. Malam Habu ya gyara kayan dake hannunsa gami da yin murmushi ya ce “To Allah Yasa na sani. Ya ce “Wai shin me kake tambaya ne? Yar makaranta ka kawo daliba ko kuma mai aiki ka kawo gidan Malamai a nuna maka gidan Malamai (staff quaters)? Malam Habu ya ce “A’a daliba na kawo yar makaranta ce. Su duka suka kyalkyale da dariya suna tafawa wani harda buga kafa a kasa. Abun ya daurewa Hanne da Mahaifinta kai. Menene abun dariya? Ko nan ba ita bace makarantar yan mata ta gwamnatin tarayya dake Kazauren ba? Malam Habu ya tambaya suka ce “Nan ce makarantar daka ambata amma watakila kayi batan kai ko baka ji dai-daiba. Malam Habu ya ce “Batan kai kamar yaya? Daya ya ce “Nan makaranta ce ta *ya*yan masu hannu da shuni, *yan birni masu kokari, ba haka kawai dan ance yarka taci makaranta ba kaje ka suyo akwati da katifa kazo ka zabi makarantar da ranka yake so ka shiga kace ga dalibaba. Daya ya ce “Ko dai waccan makarantar ce ta gwamnatin jiha suka rasa suka shigo nan. Koda yake ko can dinma dakyar su kwashi wannan. Sannan na karshe ya ce “Ku dai ku tsaya babu mamaki nan din taci abun ai na Allah ne, Malam ina takardar shaidar taci nan makarantar? Malam Habu ya ce “Mu babu wata takardar shaidar cin makaranta a tare damu, ni dai kansilan garinmu yazo har gida ya ce jarabawar da yata tayi a birni ta fito kuma duk karkararmu ita kadai taci mai garinmu ma ya turo inje ya shaida min ya ce lallai-lallai nan taci in kawota, ya ce min makarantun yan mata a Kazaure guda biyu ne data gwamnatin tarayya data gwamnatin jiha, ta gwamnatin tarayya taci in kawota. Amma ni babu wanda yayi min zancen takarda. Suka sake kecewa da dariya. Daya ya ce “Malam sai kuyi waje don baza ku shiga ba babu takardar shaida, ku koma ku sami kansila ko maigarin naku su baku takardar shaida sai kuzo ku nuna sannan mu barku ku wuce. Yau gashi kusan kusan wata daya ke nan da aka riga aka gama kawo yara har sunyi nisa da fara karatu, kai sai yanzu kake kawo yarka. Malam Habu ya ja yarsa a sanyaye suka yi waje, zuciyarsu cike da mummunar damuwa. Hakika Nigeria muna cikin wani hali. Inji Malam Habu a lokacin da yake ajiye kayan dake hannunsa a waje, ya kamawa yarsa akwatin dake kanta suka sauke kasa. Suka tsaya suka yi cirko-cirko suna kallon masu gadin nan, wadanda har yanzu basu daina yabo musu bakaken maganganu ba. Malam Habu ya nisa ya ce “Allah Sarki rayuwa, Allah Ka fimu sanin halin da muke ciki kai zaka fitar damu, yar Baba zauna a gefen akwatinki kinji kafin muga yadda Allah zai yi damu. Isa kansila da maigari suka ja mana wannan wulakancin. Ni nasan a rina, shi yasa da farko naki fur da akace za’a kaiki birni daukar jarabawa, kuma kema da akayi kiranki me yasa kika amsa musu? Kika ce kina son karatun, ga irinta nan ai. Hanne ta zauna a hankali jikinta yayi sanyi, wanda ko yatsanta wuyar dagawa yake yi mata. Zuciyarta cike da damuwa, babu abin da take tunawa illa komawarta gida haduwarta da iya Abu kishiyar uwarta da yaranta….GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 2 Irin tsananin azabar da suke gallaza mata da bautar da ita din da ake tamkar baiwa alokacin cinikin bayi. Ta ce a ranta “Da ina murna zanzo makaranta nabar gidan da bana hutawa kuma ban taba hutawa ba sai yanzu. Gashi yanzu makarantar ma sun koro mu dole mu koma gida. Taci gaba da tuna irin tataburzar da aka sha da Mahaifinta kafin Iya Abu tabar su suka fito daga gida zuwa makarantar nan. Wai ita idan Hanne ta tafi babu mai yi mata aikace-aikace su shara wanke-wanke, debo ruwa a rafi ko tuka- tuka. Saboda haka nema taki fur wai baza a kawo Hanne makaranta ba. Yaranta kuma garda- gardane maza da mata suna zaune ko tsinke basa daukewa sai Hanne wacce bata da uwa a gidan. Allah Sarki hawaye ne ya kecewa Hanne yayi ta zuba daga idanuwanta. Maganar da daya daga cikin masu gadin keyi ita ta katse ta daga tunanin data dulmiya tana yi. Taji kamar daga sama yana cewa “Kai kauyawa ma da rashin tunani suke dan kawai ance yarka taci makaranta sai ka taho ka zabi makarantar data yi maka kawai ka sako kai, dubi yarinyar daya kawo sai kace mai zuwa tallar kalwa riga a cukurkude, zanin daga kasa ya nade kamar an nade tabarma. Takalmin kafarta harda leda ta daure waye zai ce daliba ce. Daya ya ce “Danmarar data ci kai kace dandali zata, ta daure kugu tamau. Ina jin ma basu san ana dinka kayan makaranta ba (Uniform) balle takalmi kambas da safa. Hanne tayi ajiyar zuciya ta hadiye yawun da ya cika mata bakinta tayi shiru, kanta a sunkuye a kasa. Tace a ranta “Lallai ko nafi maye kwakwa dole na hakura da makarantar nan harda kayan makaranta ake dinkawa. Waye zai dinka min? Ta sake kallon kayan jikinta tace a ranta “Kayan sallar tawa shine suke cewa duk a cukurkude? Ni ina ganin nayi ado kowa a garinmu da muka zo wucewa yana cewa Hanne yau kuma ina zaki kika ci ado haka? Su anan kazan- kazan suke ganina ashe, dole mu koma gida ashe ban rabu da wahalar Iya Abu ba. Kuka ya sake kece mata har da shessheka. Malam Habu ya kalleta fuskarsa cike da damuwa ya ce “Yi shiru yar Baba bari zamu san yadda zamu yi mu koma gida. Ni yanzu ke nake ji gashi kudin da ya rage mun a aljihuna saura Naira ashirin kacal. Da niyyata innakai ki makarantar in zan koma gida sai in hau mota daga nan zuwa tashar Kazaure daga can kuma sai in kama hanya da kafa har Babban-mutum (garinsu) idan dare yayi mun in sami waje in kwanta washe gari na tashi naci gaba. Har dai in karasa ko kwana nawa zanyi a hanya. To yanzu ba zai yuwu ba tunda gaki, sai dai kawai mu shiga mota muje tashar Kazauren, ko a bakin tashar sai in siyar da akwatin nan ko katifar koma duka mu samu muyi kudin motar komawa gida. Hanne ta zabura ta ce “Ka siyar da akwati da katifa fa kace? Kansila ai sai yasa a kamaka, cewa yayi fa gwamnati ce ta siya ta bani. Malam Habu yayi kasake yana tunani na wani lokaci mai tsawo can ya ce “To laifin waye? Shi kansila da maigari basu san da kudi za’a zo makarantar ba, babu wanda ya bamu ko sisinsa, kansila kullum yana min alkawarin zai je ya karbo kudin da za ayi miki siyayya da kayan makaranta da komai da komai, har cewa yayi motar gwamnati ce zata zo ta kawoki. Daga karshe ya zo ya fara hanya hanya tun daga gwangwarmar akwatin nan da katifa da bokiti babu abunda ya kara kawowa. Bansan wacce shawara suka yi da maigari ba kuma daga karshe suka ce inzo in kawoki haka za’a aiko miki kayayyakin daga baya. To yanzu gashi takardar makarantar ce babu aka yi mana korar kare ina ga idan muka shiga ciki aka ce mu kawo kudi, muka ce babu ai sai a rakomu da duka. Cikin sauri Hanne ta ce “Lah Baba na tuna jiya maigari ya aiko da wata takarda da yamma ya ce ta makaranta tace, baka nan. Na karba nasa a akwatina ko itace suke tambaya? Malam Habu cike da mamaki da zumudin dauko takardar ya ce “Haba yar Baba kina yar karamarki kike mantuwa, tun dazu fa ake maganar takardar duk baki tuna ba. Yi maza ki dauko takardar in nuna musu ko itace takardar. Hanne ta daga akwatin da sauri ta bude, babu komai a ciki sai kayan sawarta kala biyu a cukurkude suke kamar anyi sukuwar doki a kansu. Ta binciko can kasan akwatin ta dauko wata doguwar takarda fara ta mikawa Babanta. Malam Habu ya karba da sauri ya doshi wajen masu gadin nan yana cewa “Ga dai wata takarda a cikin akwatinta sai yanzu ta tuna ashe mai gari ya aiko da ita jiya ku dai ku duba ku gani ko ita ce. A yatsune daya daga cikinsu ya karba ya duba yana dubawa kuwa yaga takardar shaidar an dauki Hanne Habu Imamu a F.G.G.C Kazaure ce wato (Admission letter) Sun sha mamaki kwarai da ganin nan makarantar kuwa taci ba batan kai suka yi ba. Cikin sakin fuska suka yi musu izinin su kwaso kayansu suzo su wuce. Cikin murna Hanne da Mahaifinta suka kwashi kayansu suka wuce izuwa cikin makarantan. Basu tsaya a ko’ina ba sai a bakin wani babban gini wanda ya kunshi doguwar baranda da ofishin Malamai. Babu kowa a wajen hatta leburori masu share-share da goge-goge duk basa nan, wajen tsit kamar babu bil’adama. Suka sami gindin wata bishiya suka sauke kayansu. Hanne ta hau kan akwatinta ta zauna Malam Habu ya ce “To fa wannan shine ko in kula, yanzu kuma ina zamu dosa ko kuma wa zamu tambaya? Ni wallahi abun nan na makarantar bokon nan ya ishe ni daga nan sai can ana tsattsare ka da tambaya kamar a lahira mun gama da masu gadi yanzu kuma Allah ne kadai Ya san wa zamu hadu dashi, kai Allah Ya kyauta, wannan shine ake cewa ba shiga ba fita wai an bawa mahaukaci gadin kofa. Shigowar wata dalleliyar mota ce Jeep launin koriya (dark green) wacce ta tunkaro inda suke, ita ta katsewa Malam Habu surutun da yake yi. Ta zo daf da su ta tsaya babu abinda yake tashi a cikinta sai sautin kida da sanyin A.C maza ne samari guda biyu suka fito daga gani wa ne da kaninsa, kanin yana sanye da kayan bautar kasa a jikinsa wato (N.Y.S.C) Yayan kuwa wata tsadaddiyar shadda ce fara sol a jikinsa sai kamshin wani tsadadden turare ne yake tashi. Abunka da kauyawa sai kallo suke dukka uba da yar, kanin ya bude but din baya ya dauko wata Jakar kaya, ya mayar ya rufe ya ce da wansa “Yaya Habib, na gode sai dai nace maka Allah Ya kiyaye hanya. Yaya Habib yayi murmushi ya ce “To madalla. Allah Ya bada sa’a sai yaushe kuma zaka zo mana weekend? Ina fatan dai wannan karan zaka yi kamar wata baka zo ba ko? Su duka biyun suka tuntsire da dariya, kanin ya ce “Ai Yaya ranar juma’ar nan zaka ganni a gida ko ba’azo daukana ba ma zanzo Kano, haba ai sai jini na ya hau zama a kauye in ba dole ba wa zai iya? Yayan yana dariya ya mikawa kanin hannu suka gaisa ya ce “To Allah Ya taimaka, ina ganin ranar juma’ar da zaka zo may be baza mu hadu ba saboda da sassafe zan tashi zuwa america kai kuma nasan sai da yamma zaka taho sai an tashi yan makaranta ko? Kanin ya ce “Eh kuwa ba zamu hadu ba Allah Ya kiyaye hanya Ya dawo mana da kai lafiya, Yaya akwatinan auren da nawa da naka ya zamo iri daya. Yaya Habib ya ce “Insha Allahu, Yaya Habib ya shiga mota har zai ja kofar motar ya rufe sai ya juyo ya kalli Hanne da Babanta ya ce “Salamu alaikum” Malam Habu ya amsa gami da daga hannu, Yaya Habib yaja motarsa ya juya ya nufi kofar fita kanin na tsaye yana daga masa hannu. Bayan da motar Yaya Habib ta kure, idanuwansu duka na kanta sannan hankalin kowa ya dawo jikinsa. Tunanin Hanne ya koma ga kallon kyakkyawan ginin makarantar ginin bulo da bulo, yaune rana ta farko da take tunanin take sa ran zata kwanta a dakin ginin bulo ba gidan kasa ba rufin azara. Ta ce a ranta “Cafdijan yau kuwa zan iya bacci? Anya bazan ringa jin sanyi ba a wannan dogayen gininnikan. Bata san sanda tayi murmushi ba har hakoranta suka fito, sai ta wayence ta kifa kanta akan cinyarta kada Babanta ya gane murmushin dadi take. Kyakkyawan saurayin nan ya tunkaro inda suke yana rataye da jakarsa a kafadarsa, ya yiwa Malam Habu sallama gami da dan dukawa kadan, kana ya wuce su yaje gindin wata bishiyar dake kusa da tasu ya daga wani benci ya zauna ya ajiye jakar kayansa a kusa dashi yaci gaba da kallon Hanne da Mahaifinta. Can Malam Habu yaje ya same shi a inda yake zaune ya ce “Dan Allah *yan samari kai maka’aikaci ne anan ko kaima bako ne? Yayi murmushi ya ce “Yaya aka yi Baba? Malam Habu ya ce “Yarinya na kawo makaranta tun dazu banga kowa ba balle in tambayeshi hannun wa ya kamata in dankata? Saurayin nan ya gyara zama gami da cire hular dake kansa ya ce “Daliba, daliba ce wannan? Malam Habu ya ce “Eh nan aka ce na kawota kuma gama takardar can bari ta miko Dama korarmu akayi dazu da babu takardar, ya kwalla kira ya ce “Hanne kawo takardar nan ta dazu. Cikin sauri Hanne tasa hannu a cikin bokiti dake gabanta ta dauko takarda tazo ta mikawa Babanta da hannu biyu ta duka har kasa. Babu abinda wannan saurayi yake sai kallon Hanne sama da kasa kayan jikinta yake kallo da takalmin dake kafarta wanda ta daure da leda saboda ya tsinke kudin nanin ma aiki ne, tasha wata uwar danmara kai kace damben tsiya za’a kwasa, wuyan, hannu da kafa tsakiyoyi. Saurayin nan ya kula da lallai Hanne ita kanta tana jin kunyar shigar nan tata ganin kallon da yake yi mata, sai yayi sauri ya fara duba takardar da Malam Habu ya mika masa. Ya karance tsaf, sannan ya dago ya ce “Hanne Habu Imamu ko? Tace “Eh, ya ce “To Baba sai kun dan jira don nima nan Malamin nake jira gashi takamaimai ma ni bansani ba ko yana makarantar ko bayanan don nima shigowata kenan. Malam Habu yayi Hamma gami da yin dan siririn tsaki ya ce “Yaro yanzu ba yadda za’ayi ka karbi yarinyar nan, dole sai waccan din ya zo? Saurayin ya ce “Ni Malami ne amma kuma ba permanent teacher ba bautar kasa (service) nazo yi, a ka’idar wannan makarantar kuma senior master ne ya kamata ya karbeta musamman ma kasancewarta sabuwar daliba ce. Gashi yau lahadi, dama litinin ce ko sauran ranakun aiki lokacin principal tana nan, da sauran pamanent teachers duk sai su karbeta koda senior master baya nan, amma yanzu ku jira kadan idan nan da minti talatin bai dawo ba, zan tashi nima na shiga staff quaters din na gani ko yana ma cikin makarantar dan nima shi nake so na gani zan karbi mukullan gidana. Malam Habu ya ce “To Allah Ya kawoshi lafiya bari nayi sallar la’asar, nasan biyar tayi ko sallar la’asar bamu yi ba. Yaro ina buta? Ya nuna masa wani fanfo can kusa dashi kuma da zagayeyyen waje nan ne Masallaci. Malam Habu ya ce “To madalla. Ya kalli Hanne wacce ke tsaye a gefe har yanzu ya ce “Yar Baba koma kan akwatinki ki zauna zanje nayi sallah kinji. Cikin sanyin murya ta ce “To, ta juya ta doshi wajen akwatin. Malam Habu ya bita da kallo zuciyarsa cike da tausayinta ganin yininsu guda babu abun da suka ci tun dan kokon safe da suka dan kukkurba a tsattsaye bala’in Iya Abu ya hanasu su zauna su sha sosai. Malam Habu ya girgiza kai alamar tausayawa kansu da kansu ya ce “Allah Sarki yar Baba hakuri dai za ki yi, ki kuma ci gaba dayi. Sannan ya juya ya nufi wajen fanfo. Kyakkyawan saurayin nan na zaune yana kallonsu zuciyarsa cike da alamomin tambaya da tsananin tausayi. Can ya nisa yayi ajiyar zuciya ya zaro gilashin dake aljihunsa ya saka a idonsa gami da cusa hular dake hannunsa a cikin aljihunsa na wando yasa hannunsa ya dafe habarsa yaci gaba da kallon Hanne dake zaune kan akwatinta tayi lamo tana tunani ba tare da tasan wani na nan gefenta ta cikin gilas yana kallonta ba. Ya ce a ransa “Wadannan daga wanne kauye suke? Sun kuwa karanta takardar dake hannunsu sunsan me ya kamata su tanada suzo dashi? Kai basu san dokar da aka rubuta ba a jikin joining instruction din nan ba. Lallai kuwa da sun san me aka rubuta da baza taci uwar danmarar nan ba ta shigo makarantar nan haka ba. Bayan kamar tafiyar Malam Habu da minti ashirin sai gashi ya dawo. Ya zo ya wuce ta gaban saurayin ya ce “Sannun ka da hutawa, ya katse tunanin da yake ya ce “Yauwa Baba. Malam Habu ya kara da cewa “Har yanzu dai kaga shiru baizo ba ga rana nan na shirin faduwa yau kuwa anya mai karbar yaran nan zai dawo? Yayi murmushi ya ce “Ina ganin ka kawo duk abubuwan da aka ce ta siya da kudin makaranta zan yi kasada na karbeta yanzu in yaso ranar litinin wato gobe idan mutum yazo ya rubuta risitai yanzu sai nayi magana da masu gadin get din Hostel su kirawo prefect din…. Malam Habu ya matso kusa dashi ya ce “Yaro fadamin da Hausa sosai na gane me kake cewa? Har da wani abu da zan kawo nan gaba? Ya ce “Eh Baba, ai a rubuce a jikin takardar aka rubuta za’a dinka mata kayan makaranta har kala hudu, wanda zata sa idan zasu aji da wanda zata saka a dakunansu, dana wasanni (sport) duk an rubuta kuma lallai-lallai sai da kayan makaranta za’a karbeta ba zata ta saka kayan gida ba, sannan daga karshe aka rubuta zata zo da kudin makaranta (school fees) shi kuma da yake sabuwar zuwace sai kun biya sama da dubu….. Malam Habu ya katse shi da sauri ya ce “Tsaya yaro karma ka kirawomin wadannan dubunnai. Ta faru ta kare wai anyiwa mai dami daya sata, yaro na gode madallah, sai anjima. Malam Habu ya juya ba tare da ya jira amsa daga bakin saurayin nan ba ya doshi inda Hanne ke zaune da saurinsa kamar zai kifa cikin gaggawa, ya ce “Yar Baba tashi maza mu tafi ga magariba ta kawo kai. Cikin sauri ta mike ya ciccibi akwati ya dora mata akai ya sungumi bokiti da katifa suka kama hanyar get din fita. Sunyi taku daya biyu sai sai suka ji magana kamar daga sama ance “A’a Baba ina zaku kuma? Su duka suka juya dan ganin mai maganar sai suka ga wannan kyakkyawan saurayin ne ya taso yazo wajensu. Malam Habu ya ce “To yaro me zamu yi in ba tafiya ba, dubunnan kudi fa naji kana kira, kumama ka tsaya cak ka kalleni dani da dubu daya a yanzu waye ya ajiye wani? Daman kansilan garinmu ne da maigari suka sani dole na kawo yar nan makaranta, suka ce za’a aiko da kudin, na tabbata har ga Allah basu san kudin yakai dubunnai ba da suma basu tanka ba. Kuma kudin gwamnati ba’a bashi babu yadda za’ayi nazo na ajiye yarinya a makaranta babu kudin makaranta babu kayan makaranta na ce a bimu bashi zamu kawo. “Wannan ba zai yiwuba, inji saurayin. Malam Habu ya ce “To ka gani cewa suka yi na zo na kawo ta za’a aiko da kudin kuma yadda naji kalamansa shi kansilan a tunaninsa kudin makarantar bai wuce dari uku ba, bai san dubunnai bane kuma koda shine yazo ya kawota aka kira dubunnan nan cewa zaiyi ta fasa karatun. Don ko karamar hukuma baza ta biya wadannan makudan kudaden ba.GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 3 Saurayin nan yayi murmushi ya girgiza kai ya ce “Amma Baba bai kamata daga kiran dubunnan nan ka kwasheta haka da sauri kace zaku tafi ba. Malam Habu ya fara jin haushin saurayin nan, ya ce a ransa “Wai shin wannan duk zancen nan da ake bai gane ba ne? Makaranta sai da kudi kuma babu kudin jiran me zanyi, ko shi bai san babu ba ne? Saurayin nan yaci gaba da cewa “Baba kuzo ku ajiye kayan nan bai kamata ka juya da yarinyar nan ba, ai bai kamata ba. Ta ci makaranta har kun shigo cikin makarantar sannan ku kwasa ku tafi ka ce ka fasa, babu fa abin da Uba zai yiwa yarsa a duniya in ba ya bata ilimi ba, yarinya kamar wannan ai kamata yayi tana makaranta tunda bata isa aure ba, me zata yi a gidan? Malam Habu ya sake jin haushin saurayin nan kamar ya doke bakin da yake masa wadannan kalamai ya ajiye bokitin dake hannunsa ya ce “Yaro, wai shin a harshen Hausa idan akace babu me ake nufi? Yayi murmushi ya ce “Baba kenan, na gane duk dalilan da kake nuna min yanzu, ni kuma abin da nake so na rokeka shine ka fasa tafiya da ita tunda ka kawota har cikin makarantar ka kyaleta tayi karatu. Abun da ya kamata ka tambayeni shine tayaya zata yi karatu tunda babu kayan makaranta babu kudin makaranta? Malam Habu ya ce “To yanzu nasan ka gane babu, ta yaya zata yi karatu babu kudin makaranta babu kayan makaranta? Kyakkyawan saurayin nan ya ce “Yauwa Baba kayi tambaya mai kyau, amsar tambayar ita ce in Allah Yaso Ya yarda Hanne zata yi karatu in har ka amince ka yarda zaka ringa turo ta makaranta da zarar hutu ya kare ba sai ta fara ba kace baza ta dawo ba ka cire ta. Idan kayimin alkawarin haka kuzo ku ajiye kayan nan ka tafi ka barta. Malam Habu yayi jigum yana tunani, a ransa ya ce “Wannan yaron me yake nufi? Hanya zaiyi mana a dauki Hanne babu kudin makaranta babu kayan makaranta ko kuma yaya za’ayi? Bana tunanin dai shi zai biya mata kudin makarantar harda dubunnan da ko karamar hukumar mu baza ta iya biya mata ba yadda zamanin nan ya canja masu kudi basa taimako, babu yadda za’ayi yaron nan ya zare makudan kudi ya baiwa yarinyar da bai santa ba bai taba ganin ta ba bazan bar yar Baba a makarantar nan ba in tafi ta wulakanta ba, wacce bata san hanyar da zata bi ta koma gida ba idan an korota. Yanzu akan Naira goma masu mota suke kokarin su danneni su dauka ina ga dubunnan kudade ga kayan makaranta har kala hudu waye zai dinko mata? Saurayin nan ya katse Malam Habu daga tunanin da yake yi ya ce “Baba tunanin me kake yi ne? Karka yi kokonto ba zaka yi dana sanin barin Hanne a makarantar nan ba in Allah Ya yarda babu abin da zai sami Hanne sai alheri da kwanciyar hankali ka tsarkake zuciyarka ka danka Hanne ga Allah wanda a koda yaushe Yana kallon halin da bayinsa suke ciki na kunci kona farin ciki, sannan ka danka Hanne amana ce a wajena. Ni kuma na maka alkawarin zan karbi amana na rike. Cikin sanyin zuciya da gamsuwa da kalaman saurayin nan Malam Habu ya juya ya kalle shi ya ce “Allah Sarki duniya wani ya munana maka wani kuma ya dadada maka. Yaro tunda ka ce Allah na yadda ka kuma ambaci amana, amana kalmace mai girma mai wuyar rikewa kace zaka rike tsakaninka da Allah, na gode yaro, Allah Yayi maka albarka Ya biya maka bukatunka. Abin da kayi min Ubangiji Allah Yayi maka fiye da haka, yar Baba muje mu ajiye kayan. Suka juya harda saurayin wajen bencin da yake, Malam Habu ya kama akwatin dake kan Hanne ya sauke mata ya juyo ya kalli saurayin nan dake zaune akan benci ya ce “Yaro bazan gaji da yi maka godiya ba. Madalla Allah Ya yi maka albarka zan tafi na barku lafiya, af kaga ko sunanka ban tambaya ba. Saurayin nan yayi murmushi ya ce “Sunana Haisam, Baba. Malam Habu ya ce “To madalla. Ya juya ya kalli Hanne wacce ke tsaye idonta ya ciko da kwalla ya ce “Yar Baba zan tafi na barki ga Allah na barki ga wannan bawan Allah. Sai ta rushe da kuka ta koma kan akwatinta ta zauna ta kifa kai a gwiwa tana kuka. Hawaye ya kecewa Malam Habu ya ce “Nima ba’a san raina zan tafi na barki ba Allah Ya kaddara saduwarmu. Ya juya ya kalli Haisam ya ce “Yaro mai wuyar suna har na manta sunan na tafi, sai wata rana. Haisam ya ce “To Baba Allah Ya kiyaye. Malam Habu ya juya ya fara tafiya yana face majina yana goge hawaye da gefen babbar rigarsa, sai yaji muryar Hanne ta ce “Baba ya juyo ya ce “Yar Baba. Ta taso da gudu ta karaso inda yake ta kama gefen zaninta ta kwance sai ta dauko wasu cukurkudaddun yan Naira ashirin guda hudu ta ce “Baba karka tafi da kafa gashi ka hau mota. Haisam dake zaune har yanzu akan benci yana kallonsu sai da yaji kwalla ta cika masa ido don tausayin Uba da yarsa. Malam Habu ya ce “Allahu Akbar, yar Baba Allah Yayi miki albarka. Allah Ya baki ilimi mai amfani, kinji? Waye ya baki har murtala hudu? Hanne ta ce “Dana shiga makwabta nayi musu sallama suka babbani wasu, sauran kuma kudina ne da nake tarawa tun na yawon salla. Malam Habu ya ce “Kya bani duka ingo murtala biyu ni na dauki murtala biyu, kema ki rika siyan yar gyada kya zauna haka kina ganin yara suna siye-siye ke bakya siyan komai? Hanne ta ce “A’a Baba murtala biyu baza ta kai ka gida ba, bana so ka shiga mota kudinka bai cika ba, kana rokon ayi maka ragi irin na dazu. Malam Habu ya sake kecewa da kuka ya ce “To yar Baba na gode na tafi na barki ga Allah baki da kowa, baki da komai, ba ki san kowa ba, Ya juya ya tafi. Hanne na tsaye hawaye yana zuba daga idanuwanta tana kallon Mahaifinta yana tafiya yana waiwayenta. Taji wani kululun bakin ciki marar misali a kirjinta da mummunan tashin hankalin rabuwa da Mahaifinta, yaune ranar da ta taba rabuwa da Mahaifinta daidai da rana daya basu taba rabuwa ba. Gashi a yau ya kawota inda bata san kowa ba ya juya ya tafi ya barta. Hawaye ne mai radadi yake zubo mata har sai da ta daina hango fararen kayansa ya kure, sannan ta yi ajiyar zuciya tasa gefen mayafinta ta goge idanuwanta ta juya ta dawo kan akwatinta ta zauna. Haisam na zaune akan benci yana kallonsu zuciyarsa cike da tsananin tausayi ji yake wani abu yana yawo a cikin kansa, saboda wani abu guda daya daya bashi mamaki ya bashi al’ajabi, shine ganin yadda Hanne take da Mahaifinta suna cikin tsananin talauci amma suna da wadatar zuci. Haisam yaci gaba da kallon Hanne wacce take zaune akan akwati a gabansa ta sunkuyar da kanta kasa tayi shiru kamar mai tunani, amma hawaye na digowa daga ganinta hankalinta a tashe yake tana cikin damuwa. Ya gyara zama gami da zare farin gilashin da yake fuskarsa. Ya ce “Hanne, kukan mai kike yi ne? Bakya so ki zauna a makaranta kiyi karatu kamar sauran yara,ne? kin fi so ki koma gida ki zauna da Baba? Hanne ta girgiza kai alamar a’a, ya ce “To meye kikema kuka? In kinsan bakya son makarantar nan yanzu nayi sauri na tsayar da Babanki kafin yayi nisa sai ku koma gida. Hanne tayi sauri ta ce “A’a bana so na koma gida, ya ce “To ai kuka kike meyasa kike kukan tunda kina son makarantar? Bakya son ki koma gida inda zaki yi wasa kuyi wake-wake da kawayenki a dandali? Hanne tayi dan murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai. Haisam ya ci gaba da cewa “Ni kuwa na dauka danmarar nan da kika ci ta zuwa wake dandali ce. Hanne tayi narai-narai da ido kamar zata yi kuka ta ce “Ni ba’a barina naje dandali wasa. Kullum aiki nake yi sai dai inzo in wuce su in zani debo ruwa. Haisam ya sake gyara zama ya ce “Ban gane ba sai dai ki zo ki wuce su in zaki debo ruwa? Ke kullum a debo ruwa kike bakya zuwa wasa? Hanne ta ce “Eh, sai dai su Saude Yayyena da kanne na ne suke fita wasa. Haisam ya ce “Ina Mahaifiyarki take? Hanne ta sake saka gefen gyalenta ta share hawaye ta ce “Tun ina shekara biyu ta rasu. Yaji gabansa ya yanke ya fadi ras, saboda yanzu ya gane Hanne a gidansu tana cikin halin wahala kasancewar Mahaifiyarta ta rasu da alama kishiyar Uwa tana wahalar da ita. Allah Sarki Hanne ya fada a ransa yayin daya kura mata ido. Hanne ta bashi tausayi da, a yanzu kuma ta sake kara bashi tausayi akan tausayi wanda badan ya daure ba da zai iya rushewa da kuka. Can bayan sun dauki wani lokaci mai dan tsawo babu wanda ya sake cewa komai. Dukkaninsu kansu a sunkuye a kasa suna tunani, Haisam ya rike kai da hannuwansa guda biyu can ya dago ya kalli Hanne ya ce “Yanzu dai a gidanku ke kadai Babarki ta haifa kenan baki da Yayye ko? Hanne ta ce “Eh. Ya ce “Shine kuma ake saki debo ruwa kullum. Hanne ta ce “Ba debo ruwa kawai ba kullum ni nake wanke-wanke, shara, wankinsu, da kai dabbobi kiwo daga can nayo musu ciyawa. Haisam ya buga kafa a kasa ya ce “Kai wannan wanne rashin imani ne haka? To ya akai kike zuwa makaranta? Hanne ta ce “Sai wajen sha dayan rana koma wataran bana zuwa, tun ana min dukan makaranta har suka daina su Malamai. Shine wani Malami ya je ya sami mai gari ya ce a yiwa Babana magana a dinga turoni makaranta da wuri tunda ina da kokari, Haisam ya ce “Sai da maigari ya kira Babanki ya fada masa sannan ake turaki makarantar da wuri? Hanne ta ce “Cafdijan shima Baban ya isa? Ya ce “Kamar yaya bai isa ba. Ta ce “Shima tsoron Iya Abu yake, matar tasa zaginsa take, *ya*yanta suyi masa, sai dai in ana dukana ina kuka shima ya dinga yi. Hawaye ya sake kece mata, shima ya ji kwalla ta cika masa ido, ya dauko wani hankici fari kal a aljihunsa ya goge idanunsa ya mika mata, yace “Yi shiru Hanne daina kuka goge hawayenki. Ta karba ta goge. Haisam ya ce “Bari na danyi miki tambayoyi naji kina kokari? What is your name? Hanne ta ce “My name is Hanne Habu. Ya ce “How old are you? Ta ce “I’m eleven years old. Wich school are you? Ta ce “I’m in Babban-mutum special primary school. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Hanne Habu haka kike da kokari? To ke da bakya zuwa makarantar sosai ya aka yi kika koyi duk wannan? Hanne tayi murmushi ta ce “Ai daga baya maigari yasa aka kirawo ita iya Abu da kanta taje fada ya saka shaidu ya ce “Duk ranar data hanani zuwa makaranta ko na makara sai ya kaita kara local goverment. Sannan take barina na tafi makaranta da wuri sai dai idan na dawo tayi ta dukana tana cewa ga wanke-wankenta nan harya bushe na tsaya a hanya ina wasa. Haisam yayi tsaki ya girgiza kai alamar tausayawa. Yayi gyaran murya ya ce “Hanne ina so kiyi min alkawarin zaki dage kiyi karatu duk rintsi duk wuya. Kar ki zo ki fara ayi hutu ki koma gida kiga kawayenki da yayyanki suna gida basa zuwa makaranta kema kiki dawowa. Hanne ta ce “Kwarankwatsa zan dawo. Haisam ya kece da dariya ya ce “Kwarankwatsa ba rantsuwa bace wallahi Allah za ki ce. Hanne tayi dariya ta ce “Mantawa nayi Malamin makarantar Islamiyya ya hana mu cewa kwarankwatsa. Haisam ya ce “Kina zuwa Islamiyya kenan? Ta ce “Eh, ada makarantar allo muke zuwa daga baya aka bude makarantar Islamiyya da yamma da kuma dare duka ina zuwa. Haisam ya ce dakyau Hanne yanzu idan anyi hutu kin koma gida sai kici gaba da zuwa ta Islamiyya karki fasa zuwafa kinji? Hanne ta ce “To. Haisam ya ci gaba da kallonta har sai da Hanne ta fara jin kunyar kallon da yake mata sannan yayi murmushi ya ce “Hanne duk wannan kwalliya ce kika yi a fuskarki, ta zuwa makaranta ce? Hanne tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai kasa tana rurrufe fuska da hannu ta ce “A’a ba kwalliya bace. Ya ce “Gashi nan kin rambada kwalli kinja wata doguwar jagira kinyi fashin goshi da kwalli kinyi digo-digo duk fuskarki kice ba kwalliya bace. Ga wannan tsakiyoyi da kika jifga a wuya da hannu har kafarki ma kin daura, Yana dubanta yana dariya. Hannan ta ce “Eh sarkar salla tace Baba ya siya mun. Ya ce “Kinga nan makarantar an hana sawa idan Malamai suka gani zasu kwace su tsittsinka miki, ciro su ki bani in ajiye miki sai anyi hutu in zaki tafi gida na baki. Cikin sauri taji zancen tsittsinkawa ta ciro ta bashi, yadda take bala’in kaunar sarkokin nan nata bata son abun da zaisa ta rasa su. Haisam ya karba yana jujjuyasu yaga wasu irin tsohon wuri ne aka jera su cikin lilo aka daura ya ce a ransa “Yan kauye suna gayu. Yayi murmushi ya jawo jakar kayansa ya bude wani karamin zip ya zuba ya mayar ya rufe. Ya juya ya kalli Hanne ya ce “Kuma a cikin akwatin naki bude in gani ko kinzo da wani abunda dokar makaranta ta hana. Hanne ta tashi daga kan akwatin ta bude ya karkato ya leka akwatin babu abunda ya hango sai tsummokarai, cikin sauri ya ce “Hanne meye wancan nake hangowa kamar miciji a cikin akwatinki? Hanne tasa hannu ta zaro wani dan siririn gyale baki ya kanannade ya kudindine ta ce “Gyale ne ba miciji bane. Haisam ya kyalkyale da dariya ya ce “Na dauka kofi kika yimin na miciji. Hanne ma tayi dariya ta ce “Gyale na ne dan bansa ruwa ba na kadeshi shiyasa ya cukuykuye, ya sake leka akwatin sai ya hango wani dan dogon karfe mai huda huda a jikinsa, jikinsa kamar farar azurfa yana kyalli ya ce “Hanne wannan fa, karfen menene? Dauko muga. Hanne ta yi murmushi ta dauko karfen ta mika masa ya karba ya jujjuya bai san ko meye ba ya ce “Wannan kuma na maye. Hanne ta ce “Idan naje kiwo nake yiwa dabbobi busa dashi, abun busa ne. Haisam ya ce abun busa kuma? Hanne ta ce “Eh kawo ka gani. Ta karbi karfen ta mayar da akwatin ta rufe ta koma kan akwatinta ta zauna ta kaikaice ta fara busawa Haisam wannan karfen kai kace Sarkin busar Sarki ne yake yi, karin busar mai dadi da alama dai waka ce, Haisam ya buda kunnuwa yana sauraro ya baza ido yana kallon yadda take yi. Can ta kyalkyale da dariya ta ce “Haka nake yi. Haisam yayi murmushi ya gyara zama ya ce “To ni abunda ban gane ba, kamar yaya sai kinje kiwo kike yi? Daman a wajen kiwo ake yin busa? Waye ya koya miki kuma? Nan da nan Hanne ta canja daga yanayin farin cikin da fara’a da sakin jikin da take jikinta yayi sanyi ranta ya baci. Haisam ya ce “Ya kika canja nan da nan daga tambayarki? Hanne ta rushe da kuka ta kifa kai da gwiwa, Haisam yayi matukar mamaki da ganin wannan hali da Hanne ta fada yanzu-yanzun nan ya ce “Yaya kina dariya ki koma kuka, Hanne dago kanki. Ta dago ya ce “Goge hawayenki. Ta goge. Ya ce “Fada min meye na kukan? Hanne ta ce “Wani abu na tuna shine ya sani kuka. Haisam ya ce “Meye abun da kika tuna? Hanne ta sa hannu ta sake goge hawayen da ke idonta ta dauko abun busar dake kan cinyarta ta rike a hannunta tana jujjuya shi.  GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA CHAPTER 4 2pages is gone ya lullubeta ” tacehakane malam haisam ni dana ke cikinsu yangulma ko sun tambayeni ni nasan me zan fadamusu” haisam yace” yauwa ku dauki akwati da bokiti da katifar kamar yadda nace akai store aajiye, sai da safe” suka ce allah ya kaimu”uwar biyuta kama akwati ta dora akan hanne ta dauki bokiti,da katifa a daya hannun suka doshi store din kicininda suma suke boye shirginsu . Malam haisamkuma ya rataya jakarsa ya nufi gidajen malamai (staff qurters). Zuciyarsa cike da tausayin yaddarayuwar hanne take. Kuma da burin canza matanan gaba * * * * HAISAM ABDULHAMID ZAKAR Sunanmahaifinsa ne abdulhamid zakar. Mahaifiyarsakuma sunanta NANA HAUWA’U Wacce a yanzu akafi saninta da hajiya nana ko kuma barista nana kasancewarta kwararriyar lauya ce. Mahaifinhaisam haifaffun unguwar kwalli ne a kano. Kumasun fito daga tushe daya yar kanwace aka hadasu aure a lokacin alhaji abdulhamid ya gama karatumdigiri dinsa a london yana da shekaru ashirin dabakwai ita kuma hajiya nana ta gama karatun sakandire tana da shekara goma sha shida.Dukkaninsu iyayensu suna da matukar arziki. Don haka an sakar musu kudi yadda ya kamata antafka musu kerarren gida, motoci an kuma bawa alhaji abdulhamid jari mai tsoka yana juyawa itakuma hajiya nana ta fara karatunta na law a jami’a bayero ta kano. Allah ya albarkacesu da ya’yahudu, uku maza mace daya itace autar. Wacce ahalin yanxu ko yaye ta ba ayi ba karama ce.Babban shine yaya habib yanzu yana da shekaratalatin , mai binsa shine abdulhamid ake kiransa da haisam yanzu yana shekararsa ashirin da shida mai binsa iziddeen shekarunsa ashirin da uku. Sai da iziddeen ya gama sakandire ya shiga jama’a sannan aka yi masa kanwa mai shekara daya anakiranta da amratu.Girma yazowa alhaji abdulhamid da matarsa amma kumakarfi ya tasamma ya’yansa zasu iya kula da dimbin dukiyarsada kamfanoninsa yaya habib ya kammala digirinsa a jamia’ar a.b.u ya karanta business admin a yanzu yana aiki a kamfanin babansa shine kuma mai zurga zurga zuwakasashe daban daban na shige da fice da kayan kamfanonin.Haisam wanda a shekarar nan ya kammala karatun jami’a yakaranta geography yanzu yana bautar kasa a f.g.g.kazaure da zararya gama kujerarsa ta aiki nanan na jiransa a dayadaga cikin kamfanonin mahaifinsa. Na uku wato izziddenyana shekara ta uku (level 3)a jami’ar bayero ta kano yana karatun law don yagaji mahaifiyarsa wato barista nana wacce itace babbar lauyar kamfanonin . Tana kuma farin cikin ganin dayadaga cikin’ya’yanta ya taso gadan gadan da karatun law wanda a cikin’yan shekaru kalilan zai gama ya zama cikakken lauya ya canjeta alhaji abdulhamid ya dankawa yaya habib ragamar aiki ya koma gida ya zauna yana hutawa sai dai yajekamfanonin fisha yaga yadda aiki yake tafiya yakoma gida.Dan lelen abba da umma wato haisam shine yafi kowa shagwaba a gidansu ko kuma nace shi akafi shagwabawa tunyana kankani. Amma ai izidden ne yakamata yayi shagwaba kasancewarsa ya dade yana auta kafin ayi masa kanwa ammashi yana gefe tun suna yara haisam ne a kancinyar saboda tsananin biyayya, ladabi , tausayi da jinkai irin na haisam shine ya kara masa fada a wajen mahaifansa sunfisha’awarsu zauna suyi hira da haisam sau dubu da suyi Da yayansa habib tun suna yara saboda haisam yake magana acikin nutsuwa yake kalamansa masu muhimmanci akoda yaushe fuskarsa cike da annuri(fara’a),wasa da dariya damanya dayara. Bashi da raini ga hakuri , baya ga zunzurutunkokari da Allah ya bashi a bangaren karatunsa dukka akur’ani da bokon yasan alkur’ani kamar me a kansa duk gidansu babu mai iliminsa. Hatta mahaifinsa yakan yi masa tambayoyi akan duk wata matsalarsu ta addini ko ta zamani, yana datsananin hakuri sau tari ana masa abu da yawa yayi hakuri.Ammakuma duk gidansu babu mai zuciya kamarsa idan aka kureshi, idan yayi fushi abin babu kyau mai hakuri bai iyabacin rai ba.Da farko a enugu state aka turashi bautar kasa (n.y.s.c)kasancewar shakuwa da sabon da mahaifansa suka yi dashi basa so yayi musu nisa don haka alhaji abdulhamid yasa adawo dashi kurkusa saboda yasan manya manyan kasar nandaga yan boko har rukakkun yan kasuwa. Ammaduk da haka haisam yana korafi shifa kazaure yayi nisa da kano a dawodashi cikin kano inda kullum zaina kwana gida, dakyar dai akablallasheshi yayi hakuri duka duka bazai yi shekaradaya ba zai gama ya dawo gida gaba daya. Don haka duk juma’a yaketafiya gida wani lokaci ma a kanon yake yin sallar juma’a saivlahadi da yamma ake dawo wa dashi. Gashi yanzuma baifi saura wata uku ba ya kare bautar kasa kwatakwata ma yakoma inda yake muradi.Bayan tafiyar hanne gidan uwar biyu da kwana uku wato ranar laraba da sassafe sai ga wata mota an kawo hanne makaranta haisam ya roki wani abokinsa safiyanu yaje cangidan uwarbiyu ya dauko hanne da kayanta ya kawotamakaranta. Haisam ya gama mata siyayyarta kakaf ko yaran attajiran makarantar baza su fita kaya ba (provision)kayanmakarantarta (uniform)suma har kala kala bibiyu yayi mata takalma kuwa kala kala akwai kito, sandal , kambos fari dabaki tsadaddu, silifas dan madina har biyu, ya siyo mata dawasu yan kanti riga da siket suma kala biyu. Yasuyo matajakar zuba kaya mai kyan gaske yar madaidaiciya wato(travelling bag)a ciki aka zubawa hanne kayansawarta, nata nada kuwa yana gidan uwar biyu, kayan tande tande damakulashe kuwa abun baya lissafuwa kama daga biskit kalakala, alewa (chocolate)indomie, madara, milo,sugar ,complakes da dai sauransu ko garin kwaki babu balle wani kanzo irin na yan makaranta makilin da brush hadaddu, mayukan shafawa da sabulansu masu kamshi gamayukan gashi cike a akwatin Hanne sanye take da kayan makaranta (uniform)kafar ta kumafarin kambos ne da farar safa an tufke kitson kantada waniribom mai kyau mai fulawa, duk wanda yaga hanne kwanakibiyu da suka wuce a yau dai bazai gane taba tayifari kyal kamar yar larabawa, ashe mai dangwali yaba nebda bakin kwalli suka cabe mata fuska tayi baki kirin. Safiyanu yazobakin offishin malamai ya tsaya da motarsa sannanya fitodaga ciki ya juya ya kalli hanne wacce ke zaune abaya tanakokawa da murfin kofa ta kasa budewa abunka Da Yar kauye.Wannan ne karo na farko da hanne ta taba hawa irin wannan motar don haka bata san ina zata ja kofa ta bude ba. Safiyanu yazagayo dasauri ya bude mata, ta fito yace” to dauko jakar litattafan nakimana” hanne tasa hannu ta jawo wata bakar jaka(schoolbag)tsadadda mai kyan gaske, yar madaidaiciya daidaibayanta cike take da kitattafan rubutu da litattafan karatu (textbook)duk dai kamar yadda aka zano ajikintakardar babu wanda haisam bai siya mata ba ga biruka da fensir da mathematical set din su ya siya mata . Safiyanu ya nunawa hanne yadda zaya rinka ratayawa a bayanta tarataya suka nufi cikin ofishin. Suna shiga suka iske wani malami bayan safiyanu ya mika masa hannu sun gaisa sai yayi masa bayanin abinda ke tafe dasu yace daliba ya kawo, sai yanuna masa ofishin vice principal yace nan zasu shiga.sukayi sallama suka shiga suka iske vice principal yanaharhada wasu takardu a gabansa, bayan sun gaisa safiyanu yashaida masa cewa yarinya ya kawo yar aji daya ce sabuwar zuwa sai ya nemi daya bashi takardar shaidar cewar ita dalibarnan makarantar ce wato(joining instruction)daman haisam yabashi ya dauko ya mika masa ya duba yace”sunanta hanne habu imamu daga babban mutum ko ? Safiyanu yace ”eh,”vice principal din nan ya kurawa hanne ido yana kallonta zuciyarsa cike da mamaki ga yarinya kyakkyawa kamar baturiya gashin kanta har baya duk dama antufkemata da ribon amma kuma sunnan kauyawa gareta gata kuma daga kauye. Ya ce a ransa” wata kila dai asalin garinsune babban mutum din amma daga birni take, can yanisa yace”babu komai,” ya jawo wani littafin rasitai ya budeyace da safiyanu” sai ku bibbiya kudaden in baku rasitai dasauri don yanxu lokacin assembly ne, don taje ta shiga cikin dalibai ayida ita. Vice principal ya lissafawa safiyanu yawan kudaden dazai kawo safiyanu ya dauko ya bashi, shi kuma yana rubuta rasitai har ya biya kudin komai ” sannan yafadi sunan dakin da zata je, sannan zata je j.s.s. 1A ajin malam haisam sunan ajin, yanzu ka kaita hall ayi assembly da ita,kayanta kuma a barsu a nan bakin staff room ana tashi tazo zamu samaigadi da prefect din dakin suje ta bata gado.Safiyanu ya ce”to” yayi godiya suka fito yana sake yiwa hanne bayani akan abinda vice principal ya ce, yana kuma kara lallashinta ganinyadda nan da nan ta canja hankalinta yayimummunan tashidaga shigar su ofishin vice principal duk kwalla tacika mata ido saura kiris ta fashe da kuka. Yace mata” kar kiyikuka nanmakaranta ce karatu kawai za.a koya miki babumai zaginki balle duka kinji. Gashi ajin malam haisam za,a kai ki don haka baki da matsala zai kula dake”suna tsaye a bakin baranda yana yi mata nasiha saiga viceprincipal ya fito daga ofishinsa zai tafi hall wajen assemble yyace” ah har yanzu bata tafi assembly ba ai gara kuyi sallama ta tafi,” safiyanu yace ” aima shikenan mun gama daman hall din zan tambaya don bamu ganshi ba,” vice principal yayi musu jagora har cikin hall din yashige da hanne a lokacin principal tana bayani hall din yayi tsit kowa yana sauraro. Amma daga shigowar hanne da vice principal sai kowa hankalinsa yakoma ga kallon hanne. Hanne ta zama yarinya ”yar dagwas ‘yar karama maikyan gaske akwai dubbunan dalibai a makarantar daga jahohi daban daban amma babu mai kyawun hanne wato kamar wata tauraruwa ce mai haske a cikin taurari. Sai sheki take da farar fatarta hanci har baka, ga dan karamin baki,gazar gazar gashin gira dana ido fatar jikinta luwai luwai irintayan hutu amma ita dai daga innallahi ne. Ga ido dara dara bata da kibakuma bata cika tsaho sosai ba gata dirarriya duk dadaikarama ce masassakin budurci bai fara sassakataba. Wasukitso ne yiri yiri aka yarfa mata kamar bada hannu aka yisuba. Hanne tayi kyau kwarai da gaske a cikinkayanmakarantar nan ga ‘yar jakar litattafanta a baya.Babu wandazai kalli hanne bai sake juyowa ya kalli halittar ubangiji ba.Dalibai manyansu da yaransu babu wacce bata cedama nicewannan ba ko kuma ace ‘yata ce a ransu ba. Hatta haisam wanda ke tsaye a bakin kofa bai gane hanne bace. Suka zo sukawuce ta gabansa ya bita da kallo sai dai a zuciyarsa yaketambayar kansa da kansa ina nasan wannan yarinyar?Tabbasa na santa a wani waje, sai daga baya zuciyarsa ta bashiamsar cewa wannan itace hanne habu kenan. Yayi matukar mamakin ganin yadda hanne ta koma haka a kwanabiyu,hanne ta tsorata ta kuma rikirkice ganin dubbunnan idanuwa caa a kanta, ta tsaya cak, ta kasa tafiya tana shirinfashewa da kuka.Vice principal yayi kiran wata prefect dake tsaye agefe yace tazo ta kaita layin ‘yan j,s,s 1A. Tazo ta kama hannun hanne takaita layin ajinsu ana ci gaba da assembly kamar yadda sukasaba. Bayan principal ta gama jawabinta, vice principal ma ya fadi albarkacin bakinsa sai aka nemi sauran malamai sucewani abu akan dokar makaranta. Bayan sun gama aka yi national pledge kowa ya kama gabansa, ya nufi ajinsu. Hanne ta tsaya cak a inda take tsaye tana kallon dalibai kowa yanatafiya ajinsa ta rasa ina zata nufa. Haisam ya matsokusa da ita yace” hanne yaya kika tsaya bakya ganin kowa yanufi ajinsu ke kika tsaya idan baki sani ba, ba sai ki tambaya ba.To nan makaranta ce kowa ta kansa yake, gara ki rinkatambayar duk abinda baki sani ba, muje in nuna miki ajinnaku, hanne tace” to” ta bishi suka doshi bangaren da ajujuwa suke yaci gaba dayi mata nasihohi akan kada ta sake ta zama wawuya, idan bahaka ba sai sauran dalibai su raina mata wayo tazama duk abunda bata sani ba ta tambaya musamman idan malami yana darasi idan bata ganeba tayi masa tambaya.Hanne nasauraro da alama kuma nasihohin suna shigarta.Haisam ya kalleta yayi dariya ya ce” hanne ince kin zama cikakkiyar daliba babu wannan damarar? Hanne ta kyalkyaleda dariya haisam yace” to tunda kin zama yar birni ‘yar bokomai aji to yanzu komai naki zai koma na aji, kin san abundanake nufi? Hanne tace ”a’a” yace to sunanki zai tashi daga HANNE HABU IMAMU ZAI KOMA HANNAH GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 5 Kowa ya tambayeki yaya sunanki sai kice… Kafin ya fada Hanne cikin murna da farin ciki ta ce “Hannah Abubakar Imam. Haisam ya tuntsire da dariya ya ce “Harma kin rike sunan kenan? Hanne ta ce “Eh, Hannah yafi dadi Allah. A dai-dai wannan lokaci suka hau barandar ajin. Haisam ya wuce gaba ya shiga ajin Hannah na biye dashi a baya. Suka shiga dukkan daliban ajin suka mike tsaye don girmama Malaminsu suka hada baki dukkan su “Good morning Sir” Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Morning student, how are you? Suka sake hada baki suka ce “We are fine Sir, ya ce “Thank you sit down. Kowacce ta zauna akan kujerarta. Haisam ya jawo Hannah gaban aji ya ce “Ga wata sabuwar daliba kun samu. Rauda ita ce monita ta mike tsaye ta ce “Lah, what is your name? Hanne ta daga ido tana kallon Haisam, ya harareta ma’ana ta bada amsa, Hanne ta ce “My name is Hanna Abubakar Imam. Kamar yadda Haisam ya ce ta dinga fada. Nusaiba wacce ita ce mataimakiyar monita ta ce “Ehm, nice name your are welcome Hannah. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Kun fara iyayin naku ko? To maza ku saka mata kujerarta a tsakiyar ta ku a gaba kuma kunga ita yar kucilace kamar ku. Cikin sauri Rauda taje bayan aji ta dauko kujera ta kawo ta koma ta dauko tebur tazo ta dasa a tsakiyar su a jere. Dake su duka ukun kansu daya sune yan kananan ajin sunfi kowa kankanta kasancewar akwai dingin-dingin din yan mata a ajin, musamman kabilun nan wata sai ka rantse uwa ce amma yar aji daya ce. Farin ciki ya lullube Hannah da Haisam musamman ma Haisam yaga Hannah ta samu shiga wajen Nusaiba da Rauda wadanda su suka fi duk yan ajin kokari dan Rauda a America tayi karatun nusery da primary dinta don haka tana da bala’in kokari ga turanci daya kama bakinta. Hausa ma tana kokarin ta subuce mata. Kuma Yayanta Auwal abokin Haisam ne na kut, Babanta Alhaji Shitu abokin Baban Haisam ne, sannan Ramla yayarta ita Haisam zai aura don haka nema aka kawo Rauda makarantar saboda Haisam yana nan tazo akayi mata jarabawa ta ci shikenan aka dauketa, don haka nema take kiransa da Yaya Haisam sabanin Uncle Haisam kamar yadda sauran dalibai suke kiransa. Nusaiba ma wata tsadaddiyar makaranta ta gama a Abuja. Ita yanzu haka ma Iyayenta suna Abuja karatu ya kawota nan amma haifaffun garin Gombe ne fulani. Rauda da Nusaiba sun zama kawaye tun ranar da suka hadu a ranar da aka kawosu makaranta, ajinsu daya suka kuma ci sa’a dakinsu daya, don haka ga gadon Rauda gana Nusaiba kuma sun hada kayan akwatinsu. Haisam ya ce “Monitor da Mataimakiyarta ku biyoni waje ina da magana daku. Rauda da Nusaiba suka mike suka bi bayan Haisam wajen aji. Hannah na zaune babu abunda take kallo sai kallon ginin ajin da dalibai daya bayan daya taga kowacce sanye da uniform dinta tsaf-tsaf, fararen takalma kambas da fararen safa kan kowacce kitso ne tar. Hannah ta ce a ranta “Ashe da nasha kunya da ace a ranar da Baba ya kawo ni a haka na shigo ajin nan da na fita daban. Kai wannan Malami ya taimake ni Allah Yayi masa albarka. Ta ci gaba da kallon ginin ajin da irin zane-zane da akayi a takarda duk an lillika a jikin bango ga fankoki a jikin silin sunata fitar da sassanyar iska. Ginin bulo “Hannah ta fada a fili ba tare da tasan a baiyane ta fada ba. Bayan fitar su Haisam a bayan aji suka tsaya ya kalli Rauda ya juya ya kalli Nusaiba ya ce “Rauda, Nusaiba. Su duka suka amsa ya ci gaba da cewa ga Hannah nan, kamar yadda Rauda kike kawar Nusaiba to Hannah ta zama kawarki itama, sannan kamar yadda ke Nusaiba kike kawar Rauda to ina son Hannah ta zama kawarki. Duk da ku biyu dakin ku daya to Hannah ma yar dakin kuce. Dake Safiyanu ya fada masa sunan dakin Hannah. Ya ce don haka ku uku dakinku daya, ajinku daya. Kamar yadda a ko ina kuna tare, a hall ne a daki ne to Hannah ma ta zama kuna tare ita ma kanwata ce kunji ko? Su dukka suka amsa. Nusaibah ta ce “Uncle Haisam ko baka ce mu zama kawaye ba daman zamu zama tana burgemu Haisam yayi dariya ya juya ya kalli Rauda ya ce “Kanwata ke baki ce komai ba ke bata burgeki? Rauda ta tabe baki ta ce “Yaya Haisam rannan fa ka ce nice kadai kanwarka a makarantar nan yanzu kuma ka ce ita ce. Haisam ya kyalkyale da dariya ya dafa kanta ya ce “Rauda kenan, ai har yanzu kina nan a matsayinki na kanwata, itama Hannah yar uwata ce kinga dole kanwata ce, Nusaiba ma kanwata ce don haka karki damu. Gata nan duk abunda bata sani ba akan karatu ku koya mata. Haka kuma magana da turanci ku rika tunasar da ita koda ta manta ta yi Hausa karku rubuta sunanta a masu yin Hausa sai a hankali zata saba itama ta ringa yin turanci sosai. Haka a daki idan bata san yadda zata yi amfani da wani abu ba kamar man gashi in zata shafa a jiki ku nuna mata na gashi ne ba ku ringa yi mata dariya ba kuna gayawa kawayenku kunji? Musamman ke Rauda kinga su Rose suna yawan kawo mun kararki wai kina yi musu tsawa kar in sake ji kina yiwa Hannah kinji ko? Rauda ta ce “Yaya ya za’ayi ta shafa man gashi a jiki sai kace bakauyiya. Haisam ya ce “A’a wai a misali nake nufi, koda a ce zata manta ta dauko man gashin. Tafiyar wani Malami ce tasa duka hankalinsu ya juya baya don ganin mai tahowa, Haisam ya ce “To shikenan ku koma aji ga Malam Shaiya nan zai koya muku Maths an kada first period. Suka ruga aji a guje, Malam Shaiya ya mikawa Haisam hannu suka gaisa sannan ya nufi S.S.3C yana da period yana koya musu Geography. Kamar Haisam yayi duba, da ya ce idan ta dauko man gashi zata shafa a jiki haka kuwa aka yi. Hannah babu abunda ta sani a kayan akwatinta, daga ta dauko man wanke gashi (shampoo) ta kwaba a jikinta sai ta dauko man shafawa ta maka akanta, makilin ma wani lokaci a tsagar kitso Rauda tazo ta isketa tana sharbawa. Suyi ta dariya har su godewa Allah daga karshe dai suyi mata bayani dalla-dalla, wannan ne na kaza wannan kuma a waje kaza ake shafawa. Babu laifi a sati biyu Hannah ta waye ta gane da duk kayayyakin amfani na zamani sannan ta koyi cin kayan gwangwani dana kwali, don da farko idan suka dama comflask da madara cokali daya zata yi sai ta fita a guje ta kelaya amai bata sanshi ba. Haka sadin da gesha kifin gwangwani sai taki ci tace tsutsa ce amma daga baya duk ta waye tana ci. Hannah tana farin ciki matuka da wannan sabuwar rayuwar data tsinci kanta. Abinci lafiyayyu a akwatinta na makaranta, gashi tana cikin yara sa’aninta suyi karatu tare suyi wasa tare musamman Nusaiba tana bala’in kaunar Hannah tafi Rauda kirki don Rauda ta cika nuna isa da nuna tafi kowa kuma duk girmanka sai ta ringa daka maka tsawa. A fannin karatu kuwa ada Hannah dumame kujera take yi kawai saboda tsantsar turanci ake yi a makarantar amma sai Nusaiba ta lura da Hannah bata fahimta don haka a koda yaushe bayan Malami ya gama darasinsa sai ta matso da kujerarta har kusa da ta Hannah tayi mata bayani dalla-dalla. Haka shima Malam Haisam kullum a prep din yamma yana zuwa ya kira Hannah ya koya mata abubuwa da dama. A wata daya Hanna ta fara gane turanci fiye da yadda kuke zato. Ranar wata asabar da daddare ranar ne ake warewa dalibai su shakata su hole rayuwarsu kamar a saka musu kidan disko su cashe wasu kuma su kada tebur da kansu suna waka wasu rawa. Wasu kuma talabijin ake kunnawa da bidiyo suyi kallon kaset duk dai abunda ransu keso shi zasu yi. Daga *yan J.S.S 1 har zuwa *yan S.S 3 wannan rana ita ake kira da “SOCIAL NIGHT” Uncle Haisam kuma shine social master wato shine Malamin da yake kula da dalibai, yake kula da C.D din da ake kunna disco da bidiyo da talabijin din da ake kunnawa. A wannan dare an yarjewa dalibai su saka kayansu na gida (personal) kowane iri ne kama daga leshi ko shadda riga da siket kai har jeans da tee shirt duk zasu iya tsukewa. Rauda Sarkin rawa ita har tunanin wannan asabar din wacce irin rawa zanyi don har fili ake bata kowa ya koma gefe yana kallonta rawa salo-salo har wasu suke kiranta Jenet Jacson wai kanwar Micheal Jecson. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter6 Nusaiba kuwa ita da Hannah babu abinda suka fi so irin kallon bidiyo Hausa fim masu kyau Malam Haisam yake samowa ko Nigeria firms. Social night din wannan asabar din bata yiwa Hanna da Nusaiba dadi ba saboda bidiyo ta lalace babu kallo sai dai C.D aka kunna aka ware kida duk mai bukata yaje ya cashe wasu na rawa wasu kuma na gefe suna kallo. Amma wasu suna kan barandar wajen Hall din a zazzaune basa sha’awar yin rawa ko kallon masu rawa. Kungiya-kungiya kowanne da group dinsu suna waje suna zazzaune suna hirar duniya. Hanna da Nusaiba suna daya daga cikin wadanda basu shiga cikin Hall din ba wajen kida suna zazzaune a can wata barandar ofishin Malamai suna hirar duniya, hirar ma jifa-jifa suke yi saboda duk rayukansu a bace yake yau babu kallo. Kuma wani hadadden American film mai suna “Mr bones” Uncle Haisam yayi musu alkawarin zai saka musu. Nusaiba tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Anya kuwa yau zan iya bacci saboda bakin ciki na kudiri niyyar ganin film dinnan, wallahi fim din akwai abun dariya muna dashi fa a gidanmu. Hannah ta ce “Na last week ma yayi kyau ga abin dariya sosai “Osofia in London” Yaya Haisam ya iya zabo mana films masu kyau. Wata murya ce a bayansu tace na kama ku kuna gulmata. Suka juya da sauri sai suka ga Yaya Haisam ne su duka suka tuntsire da dariya ya zagayo suka matsa masa ya shiga tsakiyarsu ya zauna yayi murmushi ya ce “Kuna gulmata ko, dan yau bankunna muku kallo ba ko? Nusaiba cikin shagwaba ta ce “Yaya Haisam har kwalla nayi fa wallahi yau duk ranmu a bace yake. Yayi dariya ya ce “Kai haba harda kwalla? Ke fa Hannah kema kin yi kukan? Tayi murmushi ta ce “A’a banyi ba Uncle Haisam. Ya ci gaba da jansu da hira yana zolayarsu kamar yadda ya saba wasa da dariya da dukkanin daliban makarantar musamman da wadannan ukun. Ya ce da su “Ga Rauda can a Hall tana cashewa kuje ku tayata mana ko kuma kuyi mata liki. Suka yi dariya suka ce “Mu bama rawa, suka ci gaba da jigum. Haisam ya lura yau dai Nusaiba da Hannah babu kanta basa son magana balle doguwar hira ya ce “Nusaiba, Hannah yaya haka kowacce tayi zugum babu nishadi kamar yau ba ranar social night ba. Nusaiba ta ce “Yaya Haisam tsabar bakin cikin rashin kallon nan ne yake damunmu. Ya ce “Shi yasa baku fara’a? To yanzu daya bayan daya sai kun yimin waka da rawa tunda yau social night dole kuyi murna. Cikin shagwaba Nusaiba ta ce “Yaya ni ban iya waka ba sai dai Hannah ta fara tunda ita ce karama. Haisam ya kalli Hannah wacce ke murmushi har yanzu ya ce “Kinji wai inji Nusaiba ke za ki fara kece karama. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “To bari inyi muku wakar Sarkin garinmu, Hanne ta fara tafi ta fara rero waka. Haisam ya ce “To tsaya tafi akeyi muma mu dinga tayaki muna miki amshi? Ta ce “Ai da kwarya ake kidan dan dai babu kwaryar ne. Yasa hannu a aljihu ya zaro wannan abun busar daya karba a wajenta ya ce zai ajiye mata. Ya ce “Ga abun busarki ma ki busa mana ki kuma rero mana wakar kiwo. Cikin farin ciki Hannah ta karbi abun busarta ta hau jujjuyashi tana cewa “Allah Sarki abun busata na dade ban busa kaba, Nusaiba ta ce “Lah busa muji yadda ake yi. Hannah ta kaikaice ta fara busa abun busarta tana rera waka kamar haka. Muyi kiwo samari, kuyi kiwo yan mata. Kiwo baiwa ne, waka baiwa ce, haka busa ma baiwa ce. Kuyi soyayya samari, kuyi soyayya yan mata. Ke yar budurwa ina naki gwanin? Ni nawa gwanin baya nan, yayi tafiya. Amma koda bana tare da gangar jikinsa, ruhinsa yana tare da ni. Haisam ya ce “Hanna tsaya meye koda gangar jikinsa bata tare dani ruhinsa yana tare dani? Tayi shiru can ta ce “Oho nima haka ya koya mun wakar, Nusaiba ta ce “Meye ruhi? Hannah ta ce “Nima ban sani ba, ina jin larabci ne. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Yarinta mai dadi. Kwanci tashi yau kwanan Hannah arba’in a makarantar har an kafe musu time table din jarabawa wato end of 1st term examination kasancewar daman dalibai sai da suka yi kimanin wata guda da dawowa makaranta sannan aka kawo Hanna. Babu abunda Yaya Haisam yake yi sai nasihohin da yakema yan ajinsa wato J.S.S 1A da kowaccensu ta cire wasa tasa littafin karatu a gaba don suci jarabawa. Haka kuma a wasu lokutan kan kira kannansa Rauda, Nusaiba da Hannah yana kara yi musu fada dasu dage sufi kowa cin jarabawa ya sake cewa “Hanna bana jin fargabar su Rauda kamar ke don haka ki dage duk abunda ba ki sani ba ki tambayi Nusaiba ko Rauda idan sun sani su koya miki, idan kuwa basu sani ba to kuzo ku tambayeni. Haisam yayi musu rantsuwa da Allah a cikin su ukun nan duk wacce ta fadi jarabawarta sai yayi mata bulala kuma daga ranar data fadi jarabawa babu ruwansa da ita ya cireta a cikin kannensa. Gaban Hannah ya fadi ras dajin bayanin Yaya Haisam ta ce a ranta “Idan Yaya Haisam ya ce babu ruwansa dani aina shiga uku tunda babu mai yimin siyayyar makaranta karshenta ma karshen karatunta ya zo. Ta kudiri aniyar daga yau babu ita babu cikakken bacci zata dage da karatu don taci jarabawa, kada Haisam yayi fushi da ita. A sati daya su Hannah suka gama jarabawarsu, jarabawa bibbiyu suke a rana daya. Don haka babu hutu ba dare ba rana kowacce ta dukufa da karatu, musamman Hannah sallah ce da cin abinci yake tashinta daga kan littafin karatunta, haka kuma ta zana jarabawar cikin sauki ma’ana da an bata question paper sai taga tasan amsoshin gaba daya. Haka take amsa su cikin sauki saboda tsabar ta gama karance Littattafanta. Hannah tasan Yaya Haisam zaiyi murna da sakamakon jarabawarta tunda tayi karatu yadda ya kamata. Hutu kuma sai wata juma’a don haka dukka wadannan ranakun babu abunda suke yi sai wasanni da raye-raye da wasannin kwaikwayo na kungiyoyi (club) din makarantar kamar English club, Hausa club, Jet club, Chemical club, Geography club, Yoroba, Igbo da dai sauransu, kuma kowacce daliba daga yar aji daya zuwa shida tana da damar da zata shiga kowanne club a makarantar. Su kuwa Malamai cikin satin nan suka dukufa da aikin making jarabawar dalibai don ganin kafin ranar hutu sun bawa kowacce daliba sakamakon jarabawarta ta tafi dashi gida Iyayenta su gani. Ranar alhamis ana gobe hutu Haisam ya tara yan ajinsa a bakin babban dakin taron dake makarantar wato Hall don ya bawa kowacce sakamakon jarabawarta (report card). Yan ajin Malam Haisam suna da dinbun yawa don dalibai saba’in da shida ne a ajin Hausawa da Yarbawa, Igbo Musulmai da kiristoci sama da talatin, wata ko zo bata sani ba da Hausa, tun daga kudu suke babu abunda suka saka a gaba sai karatun littafinsu don shine abunda ya kawo su tun daga can uwa duniya zuwa nan kenan. Don haka babu koma baya a ciki kowacce tayi iya kokarinta matuka a wannan Jarabawa. Haisam ya kalli fuskokinsu daya bayan daya sannan ya kyalkyale da dariya. Abun mamaki babu wacce ta taya shi dariyar kamar yadda suke wasa da dariya a aji ayau kowacce fargabar jin sakamakon jarabawarta take, musamman ma Hannah. Tashin hankali ne mara fasaltuwa a zuciyarta tunanin maganar da Yaya Haisam ya fada yayi musu rantsuwa ya ce duk wacce ta fadi jarabawa sai yayi mata bulala kuma babu ruwansa da ita.takeyi Hakika bata fargabar bulalar sosai tafi fargabar babu ruwansa da ita din daya fada, idan Haisam ya cire hannunsa akan Hannah waye kuma zai tsaya mata, a duniya yadda take son makarantar nan aiko hutu bata so ayi wato Hannah na daya daga cikin yan kwaleji tafi gida dadi. Abunda take ci tasha da makwancinta yafi na gidansu, ga uwa uba kwanciyar hankali wasa da dariya da kawayenta, sabanin a gidan su sai bauta, anan makaranta ma akan sasu aiki ko aike amma ba mai wahala ba kasancewarsu kanana yan aji daya dole senior zasu aikesu. Haisam ya ce “Oh! Yau babu dariya duk kunyi cirko-cirko kuna jiran sakamako to da yawa daga cikinku kun yi kokari amma wasu basu yi kokari ba don haka wadanda basu yi kokari ba sai sun dage idan ba haka ba karshen shekara za’ayi musu repeating kowa ya wuce aji biyu a barku a aji daya ku sake maimaita shekara. Gaban Hannah ya sake faduwa ras sai addu’a take sannan ta ji dan saukin dukan da zuciyarta take yi mata. Haisam ya ce “Yanzu zan fara kiran sunan wadanda suka yi na daya zuwa na uku sai a tafa musu zan kuma basu kyaututtuka. Sannan na kirawo na hudu zuwa goma suma zasu fito a tafa musu sune suka fi yin kokari, sauran kuma sai ku dage nan gaba. Hadiyar yawu yake ji mukut-mukut dalibai nayi don faduwar gaba dariya ta sake kecewa Malam Haisam ya girgiza kai, sannan ya bude file din dake hannunsa ya ce “Dalibar da tayi matukar kokari ta zo ta daya ita ce Rauda Shitu Muktar. Rauda ta kwalla kara don dadi sauran suka sa tafi suka juyo suna mata kallon sha’awa kowacce a ranta tana dama nice Rauda Shitu a ransu. Haisam ya ce “Taso, fuskarta cike da fara’a zuciyarta cike da farin ciki ta zo ta tsaya gefen Haisam ya ci gaba da cewa, “Sai kuma wacce ta zo ta biyu ita ce Nusaiba Idris. Farin ciki ya lullube Nusaiba itama ta mike tazo kusa da Raudah Shitu ta tsaya dalibai na yi mata tafi raf-raf, ta uku kuma ita ce Pammella Matin Benin. Pamella ta daka tsalle don murna ana tafa mata ita ma ta fito tazo ta tsaya a kusa da Nusaiba Idris. Hannah na lungu ta kankame gwiwarta da hannayenta ta zura kanta a matsematsin cinyoyinta yayin da kuka ya kece mata. Taga kawayenta biyu Rauda da Nusaiba wadanda suke karatu tare sun zo sun fita kokari. Ta gama saddakarwa Yaya Haisam ya cire hannunsa daga kanta tunda bata yi kokari ba. Haisam ya rufe file din dake hannunsa ya kalli sauran daliban da suke zazzaune a kasa ya ce “Kunga wadannan ukun sunfi kowa yin kokari a ajina don haka zan basu kyaututtukan da zasu je gida su nunawa Iyayensu suji dadi, Masu yin comments godia nake Allah yabar zumunci Marasa yi kuma!!! Kuje kune a qasa Yanzu fa aka fara muje zuwa GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter7 bawai su daban suke da ku ba a’a kuma kowacce a cikinku ta dage zata iya zuwa na daya, biyu da ta uku. Don haka duk wacce take so itama next term taji sunanta a cikin wadannan ukun to ta dage da karatu, don haka ku sake tafawa Rauda da Nusaiba da kuma Pamella. Tafi raf-raf ya dinga tashi saida Haisam ya ce ya isa tukunna suka daina. Ya dauko wata katuwar anbulam wacce aka like ta da salatif an yi rubutu da maka dara-dara kamar haka: FIRST POSITION IN J.S.S 1A RAUDA SHITU MUKTAR. Ya mikawa Rauda, daliban suka tafa mata raf raf ya ce taje ta zauna. Ya sake dauko wata wacce girmanta bai kai girman na Rauda ba, itama an like jikinta da salatif an rubuta. SECOND POSITION IN J.S.S 1A NUSAIBA IDRIS. Ya mikawa Nusaiba aka tafa mata ta tafi ta zauna itama. Ya dauko ta karshe itama girmanta bai kai ta Nusaiba ba, a jikinta an rubuta. THIRD POSITION IN J.S.S 1A PAMELLA MARTINS BENIN Aka tafa ta karba da murna ta tafi ta zauna, Haisam ya ce “To yanzu zan kira na hudu zuwa na goma suma su fito nan su tsaya a tafa musu don suma sunyi kokari matuka. Fargaba ta sake dira a zuciyar Hannah. Ta ce a ranta “Idan kuma bana cikin mutane goman nan ni kaina nasan banyi kokari ba, shikenan karshen makarantata yazo don nasan tunda Malam Haisam ya rantse nasan da gaske yake sai ya zaneni sannan ya korani gida saboda tsananin da ake mata da azabtarwa. Baya ga bautawa ga horon yunwa, babu wanka ko tayi wankan ma kusan daya ne da bata yi ba don wankan babu sabulu, sai wani lokaci ne idan tayi wanke-wanke idan omo yayi saura take boyewa tayi wankan dashi shima a sati baifi sau daya ba. Anan kuwa sunkinan sabululai Haisam ya siya mata. Ga mayukan shafawa iri-iri masu kamshi, ga man gashi, dake ita daman gashinta ba irin kalar kitso bane ko tayi kitson kwana biyu zai fara zamewa. Amma yanzu da ta sami mayuka masu sa gashi yayi laushi sai take wankewa da man wanke gashi ta mulke shi da man gashi tasa ribon ta daure tamkar na indiya. Baki sidik a kwance fatar jikinta tayi fayau luf-luf sumul-sumul kamar ba ita ba, ita bata ki har shekara shida ba’a yi hutu ba. Malam Haisam yaci gaba da kiran daliba ta hudu, ya kira ta biyar, ta shida Hannah ba ta ji sunanta ba, ya kira ta bakwai da ta takwas. Sai kukan da take ya kara tsananta har na kusa da ita suka fara jiyo shesshekar kukan da take yi suna juyowa suna kallonta, Haisam ya kira ta tara sannan ta goma ya ce “Hannah Abubakar Imam. Shima sai da yayi ajiyar zuciyar jin dadi. Hannah ta mike ta taho idonta tamkar anyi wasan ruwa kaca-kaca da hawaye. Haisam ya dafa kanta ya ce “Hannah kukan meye haka kike shesshekawa lafiya? Yi shiru goge hawayenki kinzo ta goma kinyi kokari. Dadi da kwanciyar hankali suka lullube Hannah, yasa aka dinga tafawa daliban da zuka zo na hudu zuwa ta goma. Daga karshe ya ce su koma su zauna ya ci gaba da kiran dalibar data zo ta goma sha daya zuwa ta saba’in da shida ta karshe kenan wata gandamemiyar ajin ce tafi kowacce girma a ajin mai suna Eneka Eddiward ita ce ta zo musu ta karshe. Da yawan dalibai suka rushe da kuka jin Malam Haisam ya furta repeating suna tunanin shikenan za’ayi musu repeating, Haisam ya shiga lallashinsu yana cewa kowacce tayi kokari babu wacce za’ayiwa repeating kasancewar da sauran damar da zasu iya dagewa nan gaba ba’ayi second term ba balle third term sannan suka ji dan sanyi a ransu suka fara goge hawayen daya jika musu ido. Hannah ta koma gefe tana kallon jifgin mutanen data kayar yayin da zuciyarta take jinjina mata ai kinyi matukar kokari tunda kin wuce mutane sittin da shida. Farin ciki ya lullube zuciyar Hannah. Ta sake sa ran dawowa makaranta idan hutunsu ya kare. Kasancewar taji Haisam ya yaba da sakamakonta don haka zai sake yi mata siyayyar makaranta da biyan kudin makaranta da aka ce duk term ake biya, kuma dubbunnan nerori. Bayan kowacce tayi shiru da kukan da dayawa suke yi, sai Haisam ya ce “Duk kunyi kokari kasancewar *yan ajin babu marar kokari ya ce kowacce tazo ta karshe a nan ajin idan a wani ajin ne, B, C ko D ita zata zo musu ta wajen goma sha wani abu, kunga kowacce tayi kokari karku damu. Ya dauko wata katuwar leda a gefensa ya ce dai-dai da dai-dai su ringa tasowa suna karba. Biscuit ne mai dadi ya rarraba musu kowacce daliba ta samu tun daga kan Rauda har Eneka Eddiward kowacce ta fara fara’a da murna tayi kokari. Da Haisam yaga duk sun ware yana musu wasa suna dariya sai ya ce “Ina so na shaida muku daga yau ko kuma in ce daga gobe ranar da za’ayi hutu idan na tafi hutun nan na tafi kenan. Gaban kowacce ya yanke ya fadi. Bamu gane ka tafi kenan ba Uncle Haisam. Su duka suka tambaya. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Kun san ni copper ne, nazo ne yin bautar kasa wannan makarantar (N.Y.S.C) kuma yanzu lokaci yayi da muka kare don haka idan na tafi hutun nan bazan dawo makarantar nan ba. Ina muku fatan alheri kuma shawara nake baku akan kowacce ta dage tayi karatu banda wasa. Ko wacce jikinta yayi sanyi fuskarsu alamar basu ji dadin wannan batu na class master dinsu ba. Suna son Haisam saboda kula da soyayya da yake nuna musu wasa da dariya a koda yaushe. Sai wasu da yawa daga cikinsu suka rushe da kuka. Babu kamar Rauda, Nusaiba da Hannah. Ai kuwa gara Rauda da Nusaiba akan Hannah wani sabon tashin hankali ya rufta mata fiye dana dazu. Haisam zai bar makarantar nan ita kuma ina zata dosa?. Haisam ma wani tsananin bakin ciki ne ya mamaye a zuciyarsa. Yana tsananin son yan ajinsa, baya so ya tafi ya barsu yana tausayinsu kasancewarsu yan yara, babu kuma wani Malami ko manyan daliban da zasu zauna suna basu shawarwari kamar yadda yake yi musu kowanne lokaci. Ga kuma kanwarsa Hannah, wa zai kula da Hannah? A bar zancen kudin makaranta da siyayyar (Provission) ita kanta tana bukatar a kula da ita da kara karfafa mata gwiwa wajen idan ta tafi gida hutu ta dawo makaranta. Koda a gida an ce baza ta dawo ba tasa kuka har sai an dawo da ita. Ga wasu abubuwan da suka yi mata nauyi a aji, ma’ana bata ganewa sai shi Haisam da kansa yake nunnuna mata har sai ta gane. Allah Sarki Hannah ya fada a zuciyarsa ji yake kamar ya rushe da kuka dan tsananin bakin cikin rabuwa da dalibansa. Amma ya daure ya dinga lallashinsu, idan wadannan suka yi shiru sai wadansu su rushe da kuka. Haisam dai har ya gaji da lallashinsu ya ce su tashi su tafi dakunansu sai gobe zasu hadu a wajen asembly hutu. Suka nufi dakunansu kowacce na sharbe hawaye. Haisam kuma ya nufi gidansa a nan staff quaters yana mai matukar jin ba dadi a ransa. Kowa yayi shiru ya daina kuka amma banda Hannah. Nusaiba da Rauda suka dinga lallashinta amma ta ki dainawa ta ki cin abinci sai kamar tayi shiru ta daina sai ta tuna karshen makarantarta yazo sai ta sake rushewa da kuka. Haka ta yini cur tana kuka. Rauda ta ce “Waini Hannah kukan nan da kike yi kinfi kowa son Yaya Haisam ne? Ni fa munfi kusa da shi Babana abokin Babansa ne. Kuma Yayana Auwal abokinsa ne. Haka kuma Yayata Uwa daya uba daya Ramla budurwarsa ce koma na ce matarsa ce don har ansa musu rana. Sanda muke America yan gidansu a gidanmu suke sauka in sunje kuma da muka dawo nan kasar saboda Yaya Haisam ne aka kawoni makarantar nan tunda yana Malami ya ce da Abbana makarantar akwai karatau. To harni na hakura na daina kuka ke ba za ki hakura ba kamar kinfi kowa sonsa. Ya ce dai ke kanwarsa ce kuma ni a sanina yan uwansa duk a Kano suke na sansu kuma amma ni ban sanki ba. Kuma duk a yan uwansa babu masu kama da ke. Ke kamar wata Balarabiya kike ko buzuwa ce ni dai ban sani ba. Nusaiba ta ce “Haba Rauda meye haka in ita ba yar uwarsa bace zai fada ne? Hannah ta sake rushewa da kuka. Daman abunda Rauda take yi mata ya isheta. Tunda aka kawo ta Malam Haisam ya ce kanwarsa ce taga Rauda tana kishi da ita, wai ya za ayi ace Hannah kanwar Yaya Haisam ce bayan ita kadai ce kanwarsa a makarantar. Washe gari da sassafe dalibai suka shirya kayansu tsaf na tafiya gida suka saka kayan makarantar (Uniform) suka dunguma babban dakin taro (Hall) don yin assembly hutu. Hannah da Nusaiba suka kinkimo jukunkunan kayansu na sakawa suka kuma rarrataya jakar littattafansu a baya. Akwatinansu kuwa da katifu da bokitai a wani daki ake lufgawa a rufe. Ba’a tafiya dasu gida. A bakin Hall din suka ajiye jakunkunan sannan suka shiga cikin Hall din dan yin assembly, kasancewar Principle, vice principle da duk Malaman sun karaso wajen assembly. Kallo daya Haisam yayi wa Hannah yasan tasha kuka kuma tana cikin tashin hankali. Principal ta sanarwa dalibai cewa an basu hutun kwana arba’in da biyu. Don haka ranar da kwana araba’in da biyu ta cika kowacce daliba kada ta kara ko kwana daya, idan ta kara to za’a korata gida. Ba za’a karbeta ba. Sannan tayi musu nasihohi akan idan suka je gida su dinga taya iyayensu aiki banda yawo a gari, gidan kawaye balle kuma masu zuwa gidan samari. Mataimakin principal ma ya tofa albarkacin bakinsa. Ya jawa daliban kunne akan su zama masu da’a da ladabi da biyayya a duk inda suke. Sauran Malamai ma suka yi musu nasihohi akan suyi amfani da abinda Principal ta fada musu da mataimakinta. Sai kuma daga karshe Malamai uku da suka zo bautar kasa suka yiwa daliban makaranta sallama akan in sun tafi sun tafi kenan, ba zasu dawo ba. Malaman yan bautar kasar sune Uncle Haisam, Rose Iliya da Hassan Bawa. Dalibai manya da yara sunji ba dadi saboda sun saba da Malaman musamman Haisam saboda kirkinsa da wasa da dariyarsa yasa kowacce daliba taji tana sonsa. Musamman daliban da yake koyarwa suna matukar bakin ciki da rabuwa da Malaminsu wanda ya kware wajen koyar musu da Geography. Nanfa dalibai suka rude da sururtu wasu na kuka wasu na fadin. “We wll miss you! We wll miss you so much!! Uncle Haisam, Please ,stay don’t go please. A haka dai principal da sauran Malamai suka fice suka umarci daliban suma su tafi duk wacce aka zo dauka. Hannah da Nusaiba a bakin barandar Hall din wajen jakunkunasu suka zauna. Nusaiba tace “Allah Yasa Daddy na tun jiya yazo Kano daga Abuja. Ya kwana a Kano yau da safen nan ya kamo hanyar Kazaure.da ace yau zai taho daga Abuja gaskiya inajin ai sai yamma zai karaso, wallahi murna nake yi yau kamar za’a sani a aljannah, dama ace ina rufe ido na na ganni a gida. Hannah tayi murmushin karfin hali don babu walwala a zuciyarta, dama ace duk wanda baya son zuwa gida ya daga hannu sai tafi kowa daga hannu don ta zauna a makarantar. Nusaiba ta kalli Hannah wacce tun safe bata murna. Musamman ma yanzu da taji ance hutun kwana arba’in da biyu za’ayi sai ranta ya sake baci. Ga kuma babban tashin hankali Haisam zai tafi. Nusaiba ta kula da Hannah ko irin dokin tafiya gida bata yi. Sai surutu take ita kadai Hannah bata sauraron ta sai wani tunani take na daban, Nusaiba ta dan zungureta da gefen hannu ta ce “Waike Hannah meke damunki ne ko murna bakya yi gida fa zamu. Hannah ta nisa sannan ta sake yin murmushin karfin hali ta ce “Me kika gani? Wallahi nima ina murna dama na bude ido in ganni a gida yanzu. Nusaiba taji dadi da wannan gudunmawar hira da Hannah ta fara bata. Ta ce “Ni kuma ina zuwa gida fruit salad zansa ayi min inci wallahi shi nake marmari. Kefa kina zuwa gida me zaki fara sawa ayi miki? Hanna ta ce “Wa zansa? Nusaiba ta ce “A’a masu aikinku man ko mamarki tunda ana dokinki ai komai kika ce kina so za ayi miki. Hannah tayi ajiyar zuciya, alamar wadanne yan aiki ko kuma wacce mamar zansa, Iya Abu? Lallai ashe sai dai in mutu. Nusaiba ta zungureta tace “Ke ma kice a hada miki fruit salad, fruit salad? Hannah ta tambaya domin ita bata taba jin sunan ba ma balle ta sanshi ko yaya yake. Ta ce “A’a ni makanni zan suyo inci. Nusaiba ta zabura ta ce “Meye makani, kwatantamin yadda yake nima idan naje gida ince a soyamin. Hannah ta ce “Aishi makani dafa shi ake yi. Ba kisan gwaza ba? Nusaibah ta ce “Gwaza! Gwaza!! Menene ma gwaza? Oh cocoyam za ki ce min, Kai! Allah ya sawake inci gwaza sai kace wata yar kauye? Hannah tayi shiru don ita tasan yar kauye ce kuma su acan gwaza ce abun marmari. Nusaiba ta ce “A ina kuke samun gwaza ni bana ganin ta ma ko a kasuwar Abuja. Hannah ta ce “Mu muna samu. Uncle Haisam ne ya tunkaro wajen da suke zaune, su duka suka mimmike tsaye don girmamawa gami da cewa “Good morning sir. Ya ce Morning Hannah, Good morning Nusaiba. Yau yan mata sai gida naga Nusaiba sai murna kike yi ko? Nusaiba ta ce “Yaya Haisam murna yau nake yi kamar za’a sakani a aljannah. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Hannah ke fa, kema kina murna kamar za a saka ki a aljannah? Hannah tayi murmushin karfin hali ta ce “Eh ina murna nima. Shigowar wata mota kirar end of discussion ce ta katse hirar da suke tazo ta tsaya, kafin mutumin da yake ciki ya fito daga motar Nusaiba Idris ta daka tsalle ta mike da gudu ta nufi wajen motar nan tana cewa Babana oyoyo. Ya taho shima da saurinsa ya rungume ta su duka murma suke yi. Nusaiba ta ruko hannun Mahaifinta ta nufo wajen da Malam Haisam da Hannah suke a zaune su duka suka mike don girmamawa. Nusaiba ta ce “Baba ga class master din mu da nake baku labarinsa a wasika nace shi yake kula damu Uncle Haisam sunansa. Alh. Idris yayi dariya ya ce “Oh Uncle Haisam ne duk wasikun Nusaiba sai ta rubuto mana labarinka da kai da kawayenta Hannah da Rauda. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Allah Sarki ai ga kawarta Hannah. Hannah ta duka ta gaishe shi ya mikawa Haisam hannu suka gaisa. Nusaiba ta ce “Baba daga wannan hutun Uncle Haisam ba zai dawo ba. Alhaji Idris ya ce da Haisam “Ai daman teaching practice kake yi anan makarantar ko? Haisam ya ce “Eh bautar kasa (NYSC) nayi kuma mun gama. Alhaji Idris ya ce “Ba dadi yara sun saba da kai gashi zaka tafi, mun gode Allah Ya saka da alheri. Haisam ya ce “Ba komai ai kannena ne. Nusaiba ta ciro takarda daga jakarta da biro ta mikawa Haisam tace ya rubuta mata lambar wayarsa. Ya karba ya rubuta mata, ta karba ta mikawa Hannah tace “Hannah rubuta min lambar wayar ki a kasan ta Uncle Haisam. Hannah tayi turus, ita bata taba ganin waya a gidansu bama balle ta san yadda ake amfani da ita har tasan wata lamba, Haisam yayi sauri ya ce “A’a ke rubuta mata taki zata kiraki. Nusaiba ta rubuta lambar wayarta ta mikawa Hannah, Hannah ta karba. Daga karshe Hannah ta kamawa Nusaiba jakarta suka nufi wajen mota. Alhaji Idris ya bude but Haisam ya kama ya saka. Nusaiba ta rungume Hannah su duka suna hawaye. Nusaiba ta ce “Kina zuwa gida ki kira ni a waya kuma kullum zamu dinga waya muna gaisawa. Alhaji Idris ya dafa kansu ya ce “Ku daina kuka hutu za kuje yana karewa zaku dawo ai baku rabu ba gaba daya. Nusaiba da Mahaifinta suka shiga mota ya ja suka tafi Hannah da Haisam suna daga musu hannu har suka kure sannan suka koma inda suke zaune da suka zauna. Sai ga cincirindon dalibai suka zo game da barin makarantar da zaiyi. Suna bashi lambobin wayar su shima ya basu tasa, Haisam ya baiyana musu cewar in Allah Ya yarda duk term zai dinga zuwa yana ganin su. A haka dai suka dinga wasa da dariya kamar yadda suka saba. Rauda ma ta karaso wajen ta zauna ai hirar da ita basu lura da sanda motar gidan su ta shigo ba, sai kawai suka hango Auwal Yayan Rauda ya tinkaro su. Rauda ta mike da gudu taje ta rungume Yayanta, yana karasowa ya mikawa Haisam hannu suka kashe ya ce “Malam, Dama haka kake sa daliban naka a gaba kuna rera hira? Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Bankwana muke yi kasan daga yau shike nan bazan dawo ba, Auwal ya ce “Wai har kun gama bautar kasar? Haisam ya ce “Kwarai kuwa ba fama nake da kai ba kazo ka dinga yi mana dan kwana biyu ma kaki to gashi nima Allah Yayi min komawa gida gaba daya mun zama daya. Ya ce “Lallai shekara kwana ce kamar yaune muka kawoka kamar kayi kuka bakasan kauye. Haisam ya tuntsire da dariya ya ce “Gashi kuwa na saba yanzu har bana jin dadi zamu rabu da dalibaina. Nan dai Auwal ya sami yar kujera ya zauna shima dake gwanin wasa da dariya ne da mutane ya dinga hira da daliban nan yana zolayarsu dakyar Haisam ya banbaro shi daga wajen daliban nan. Auwal da zolaya ya sami yara yana ta zolayarsu musamman Hannah, duk da ma baisan yadda take da Haisam ba yana tayi mata wasa wai ita balarabiya ce ta koya masa yarensu yana tambayarta me ake cewa yaro da larabci? Ta yi dariya ta ce “Ban sani ba, shi a tunaninsa taki fada masa ne kawai, baisan ita ba balarabiya ba ce. Auwal ya Mike ya ce da daliban, “To ragowar kwaki da kanzo na tafi tunda kun zama yan kwantai ba’a zo daukar ku ba. Ya kalli Hannah ya ce “Ke yar Yemen jirgin kasarku baizo ba kema mun tafi mun barki sai kinfi kowa yin kwantai saboda ke ba yar kasa ba ce. Hannah ta kyalkyale da dariya. Sauran dalibai suka ce “Mu bama cin kwaki bamu san ma yadda kanzo yake ba Allah Ya sawake kuma muma yanzun nan za’azo daukar mu. Haka wasa da dariya aka dinga yi da Auwal da su Hannah Haisam na gefe yana kallonsu yana dariya ya ce da Hannah “Kema dauko jakarki kizo mu tafi na riga nayi muku signing ke da Rauda mu tafi kawai. Auwal ya ce da Hannah “Ah ke da nace sai kinfi kowa yin kwantai ashe tare zamu tafi dake ko a filin jirgi zamu ajeki ne a Kano? Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Oho, ni dai banyi kwantai ba. Haisam ya dauki jakar Rauda Da qar saboda nauyi ba zata iya dauka ba ya kai ya saka a mota. Auwal ya ce “Hannah kawo kema in taya ki tunda baki da karfi don nasan a garinku bakwacin tuwo sai yar gurasa da zuma ko? Hannah dai murna take kawai da ba gida za’a kaita ba Kano zasu wuce da Yaya Haisam. Rauda da Hannah suka je suka shiga mota a gidan baya suka zauna, Yaya Haisam da Auwal suma suka shiga motar, Yaya Haisam ne yake tukawa Auwal yana zaune a gefe, suka nufi get din fita. Dalibai na daga musu hannu har suka tafi. Rabon Rauda da ta yiwa Hannah magana tun jiya yau ko magana bata yi mata ba saboda tsabar tana kishi da ita wai saboda Yaya Haisam yana ji da ita, itama ya ce kanwarsa ce, yanzu kuma taga yan uwantakar ta tabbata gata a motarsu Yaya Haisam zai wuce da ita gidansu ma. Ta kalli Hannah ta yamutse fuska ta ce “Kema Kano zamu da ke kenan, daman a Kano kike baki taba gaya mana garinku ba? Hannah tayi shiru ta rasa amsar da zata bata. Haisam ya ce “Eh Rauda da ita zamu je Kano a gidanku ma zata zauna kinga sai ku dinga karatu a gida tare ko? Rauda ta ce “Sai ka ce basu da gida ai a gidansu za’a nemeta. Cikin rada Hannah ta ce “Babu wanda zai nemeni, ni bazani gida ba. Ta mudubi Haisam yake kallon bakinta yayi murmushi kawai. Haisam ya nufi hanyar cikin Kazaure Auwal ya dubi Haisam ya ce “A’a Haisam ina zamuje mu da zamu kama hanyar Kano. Haisam ya ce “Cikin gari zani akwai wacce zamu dauko. Basu tsaya a ko ina ba sai a kofar gidan uwar biyu, daman a shirye take suna aika yaro yayi sallama ya ce inji Malam Haisam sai ta fito da gyalanta daman a shirye take tsaf ta fito. Bayan sun gaisa Haisam ya ce da su Rauda su matsa mata ta zauna, suka matsa ta shiga ta zauna a kujeran baya sannan suka gaisheta dukkanninsu. Haisam yaja mota suka tafi bai tsaya a ko’ina ba sai a babbar tashar Kazaure ya sami waje a bakin tasha ya tsaya ya juya ya kalli uwar biyu da Hannah ya ce “To anan zaku hau mota ko? Uwar biyu tace “Eh akwai mota har Babban -mutum a nan, Uwar biyu ta yunkura zata fita ta juya ta kalli Hannah wacce bata da niyyar fita bata masan da ita za’a fita ba a tunaninta uwar biyu ce kawai zata sauka ita kuma su kara gaba su tafi Kano. Sai taji uwar biyu ta ce “To Hannatu fito mu tafi ko? Cikin rudani Hannah ta juya ta kalli Haisam don jin abunda zai ce sai ya rasa me zai ce mata kwai ya sunkuyar da kansa kasa ya kasa magana, ya fito daga motar ya bude but ya dauko jakar Hannah. Nan da nan kwandastocin mota suka zo suna cewa “Babura zaku hau ne, ko Daura? Uwar biyu ta ce “Motar Babura zamu hau sai mu sauka a Babban- mutum. Haisam ya mikawa kondastan da zasu Babban-mutum jakar Hannah, uwar biyu ta ce “Af har yanzu Hannah bata fito daga motar bane? Haisam ya leka cikin motar ya tsaya yana kallon Hannah baice mata komai ba, ta sunkuyar da kai cikin sanyin jiki ta janyo jakar littattafanta (school bag) ta rataya ta juya ta kalli Rauda ta kalli Yaya Auwal ta ce “Na tafi sai anjimanku. Rauda tayi murmushi ta ce “Au har da ke zaku shiga motar haya kin fasa zuwa Kanon ne? Hannah ta kada kai kawai sannan ta fito. Yaya Auwal yana yi mata wasa yana cewa “Af ashe ke yar kauye ce ma, motar Babura zaku hau ko? Hannah ta fita ba tare da ta bashi amsa ba. Haisam da Hannah suma suka nufi cikin tasha daman uwar biyu da kwandastan daya dauki jakar sun shige cikin tasha. Motar bus ce wacce baifi mutane hudu ba a ciki bata cika ba. Uwar biyu ta zauna a kujerar baya aka saka jakar kayan Hanna a but Hannah ma taje kusa da uwar biyu ta zauna, jikinta sanyi kalau kamar marar laka hankalinta a tashe yake kamar wacce za’a kaita lahira ba gidansu ba. Haisam ya zaga ta wundon uwar biyu dake zaune ya danko kudi ya mika mata ya ce “Ga wannan kuyi kudin mota dan karku matsu ki biya kudin kujerun bayan a barku ku kadai sannan ki fito ki shiga Aishalle super maket kafin mota ta cika ki suyowa Hannah sabulun wanka, wanki, man shafawa dana gashi. Biskit da alewowi ta yiwa yan gidansu tsaraba. Ya sake debo wasu kudi masu yawa ya ce “Wannan kuma ki ajiye da zarar hutu ya kare ya rage kwana biyu kije ki taho da ita ki kawota gidanki zanzo in kara yi mata siyayya na mayar da ita makaranta. A cikin kudin ki bawa Mahaifinta dan na kashewa ki gaya masa lallai-lallai hutun kwana arba’in da biyu aka basu da zarar hutu ya kare za ki zo ki dauke ta inji ni za ki ce. Ki san dai kalaman da zaki gaya masa na kwantar da hankali kada ya hanata dawowa kinsan tsofaffin nan namu, kice ke uwar dakinta ce a wajenki take a makaranta na Nina hadaku, ki ce ina gaishe shi da kyau. Uwar biyu tayi godiya ta shi albarka kamar ita aka bawa kudin ko jikarta. Ya dauko wasu kudin ya mikawa uwar biyu ya ce “Ki sayawa Hannah sarka da dankunne na jiyal mai kyau ki bata. Uwar biyu ta ce “Kai kudin yayi yawa Malam Haisam duk a cikin wannan ya isa nayi mata siyayyar, ya ce “Ba komai na gode uwar biyu Allah ya kiyaye hanya ta ce “Amin Malam mune da godiya. Ya zagayo jikin wundon da Hannah ke zaune tayi tagumi ta langwabar da kai a jikin wundon mota hawaye ne yake sulalowa daga idanuwanta daya bayan daya. Nima kawai sai naji hawayen tausayi ya fara biyo kunci na Mu tara donjin yaddah komar Hannah kauye zai kasance shin zata samu tarbar kirki ko kuwa???? Ina zan Sani mu hade gobe insha Allah GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter8 Haisam ya kalleta yayin da yaji kamar zuciyarsa zata fashe don tsananin tausayinta, yayi karfin hali ya ce “Hannah kukan meye kike don kawai anyi hutu zaki tafi gida? Ai na cewa uwar biyu zata je ta daukoki kinji ko? Zan zo inyi miki siyayya na mayar dake makaranta, yanzu idan kika je gida kina kuka Baba zaice wahala kike sha a makarantar ya ce baza ki dawo ba. Amma ki nunawa Baba makarantar da dadi ga ladabi da biyayyar da ake koya muku ga karatu da abinci a wadace shi da kansa zaice ki dawo, kin ji ko? Hannah ta gyada kai ta fara share hawayen idonta. Ya ci gaba da cewa “Kiyi hakuri da duk abunda Iya Abu take yi miki hutu na karewa Uwar biyu zata zo ta dauke ki ta kawo ki makaranta. Sannan kullum ki dinga zuwa makarantar Islamiyya kina kuma duba littattafanki na makarantar boko don karki manta karatu kinji. Allah Ya kiyaye hanya Hannah. Ya juya ya tafi, muryarta yaji ta rushe da kuka, ya juyo ya tsaya cak yana kallonta sai ya rasa me ma zai ce mata sai ya juya ya tafi da sauri. Yana mai tsananin damuwa da takaici, kukan zuci kawai yake. Ba tare da ya cewa su Auwal komai ba, ya shiga mota ya fara tukawa. Can Rauda ta nisa ta ce “Yaya Haisam daman Hannah fulanin Daura ne. Ko ba daura zasu ba? Haisam yayi dan murmushi kawai, Auwal ya ce “Haisam ka cika shige-shige ina ka samu wannan yar buzuwar har da kakarta kuma? Haisam ya ce “Wai shige-shige ni da kai za’a san mai shige- shige naga daga zuwa har kasan su Naja’at Sulaiman ko banga sanda take baka adireshinta bane balle ni dana yi shekara a makarantar. Auwal ya ce “To ya isa ga wannan zabiyar a baya ta bude kunnuwa tana daukar rahoto. Haka dai har suka isa Kano jifa-jifa Haisam yake magana babu abunda yake tunawa sai halinda Hannah zata kasance a gidansu. Zuciyarsa Cike da tausayin ta, kulle-kullen yaya zaici gaba da taimakonta yake gashi kuma ya bar makarantar. Har suka isa Kano. A nasarawa G.R.A Suleman cresent gidan su Haisam yake suka shiga cikin katafaren get din gidan. Bayan Auwal da Rauda sun shiga sun gaisa da Hajiyar Haisam sai suka yi sallama suka nufi suma nasu gidan da yake Lamido cresent basu da nisa sosai. Alh. Shitu Mukhtar sunan Mahaifin Rauda, Mahaifiyarsu kuma Haj, jamila sunanta. Alh. Shitu Mukhtar haifaffen garin Kano ne, dan unguwar Kabara ne tare suka yi firamare da sakandire da Mahaifin Haisam abokaine tun suna yara. Haj. Jamila kuwa Mahaifiyar su Rauda mutumiyar Chadi ce ya aureta. Allah Ya albarkace su da ya*ya uku, Yaya Auwal shine babba wanda ya kammala karatun likitansa a America yanzu cikakken likita ne. Sai Aunty Ramlah wacce ta gama sakandire dinta wannan shekarar tana jiran sakamakon jarabawarta ta wuce jami’a bayan an cancara bikinta da angonta Haisam, sai ta fara karatu a gidanta. Sai *yar autarsu Rauda wacce yanzu take ajin farko a sakandire. Tsantsar *yan boko ne *ya*ya uku sun ishesu rayuwar duniya suna basu cikakkiyar kulawa da tsananin so da kauna. Allah Yayi musu arziki mai yawa don haka a daula suke ta ko ina hutu, ba su fi shekara biyu da dawowa Nigeria ba kasancewar Alh. Shitu Mukhtar yana aiki a embassy, shine jakadan Nigeria a America (abbasador) don haka duk a can suka yi karatunsu. Har Mahaifiyarsu Haj. Jamila a can ta hada digirinta. Al’amarin Hannah da uwar biyu kuwa, bayan tafiyar Haisam uwar biyu tayi sauri ta sauka daga motar taje ta yiwa Hannah siyayya kamar yadda Malam Haisam ya umarce ta da ta yi. Ta dawo cikin mota da sauri ta iske motar dai bata cika ba, bayan mota ta cika suka kama hanyar tafiya. A hanya uwar biyu ta ci gaba da lallashin Hannah tana bata baki dakyar tayi shiru da kukan da take yi. Ta dade daman tana so taji labarin Hannah da dangantakarta da Malam Haisam, saboda tsananin kulawar data ga yana yi mata, cikin wayo da dubaru irin na manya uwar biyu ta dinga bugun cikin Hannah tana son jin labarinta. Abunka da yarinya da kuma neman agaji take yi ta ko ina Hannah ta fayyacewa uwar biyu komai daga farko har karshe. Uwar biyu ta tausayawa Hannah ta sake jinjinawa Malam Haisam bisa jahadin da yayi saboda Allah na taimakon Hannah. A garin Babban-mutum suka sauka aka sauke musu jakarsu. Tun da sauka Hannah ta fara faduwar gaba tazo garin da bawa ya fita jin dadi. Uwar biyu ta lura da hakan sai tayi ta bata baki tana kwantar mata da hankalinta. Kawayen Hannah maza da mata *yan garin suka baibayeta suna kallonta. Wasu kuma suna shisshige mata har rububin yi mata magana su ke. Masu daukar mata jaka suka dauka suka dunguma zuwa gidansu Hannah. Samarin garin sai kallon Hannah suke, gani suke kamar ba Hannar da ba ce da suka sani. Tayi jawur da ita tsaf-tsaf. Babban mamakin kambas din data dana a kafarta suke kallo wasu na cewa takalmin *yan ball tasa, wasu na cewa na faretin sojoji ne. Mamaki ya ishe su yadda aka yi Hannah ta zama haka kamar baturiya a wata guda nan da nan, kyau na zuba duk cikar garin da batsewarsa babu mai kyawun Hanne da gogewarta. Nanfa samari kowa ya hau cewa gaskiya tawa ce wannan, wancan na cewa na rigaka. Kawayenta da yawa sun kudiri niyyar suma sai sun tuburewa Iyayensu an kaisu makarantar kwana irin ta Hannah don suma su goge suyi jawur haka. Kafin Hanne ta karasa gida labari ya kai cikin gidansu ance ga Hanne can zuwa ta zama fara kal kamar baturiya ita da wata tsohuwa. Farin ciki ya cika Mahaifinta yayi wuf ya fito kofar gida ya tsaya yana murna yana jiran karasowar Hanne (yar boko). Budar bakin Iya Abu kuwa sai cewa tayi watakila ciki aka yi mata a makarantar tayi haske don Hanne ba fara ba ce kal. Surutai dai na hassada da bakin ciki barkatai ta dinga yi. Hanne na doso kofar gida ta hango Mahaifinta sai su duk murna ta lullubesu. Hannah ta karasa da sauri taje ta rungumeshi kamar yadda taga su Nusaiba suna yiwa Mahaifansu, sai hawaye suke ita da Mahaifinta. Iya Abu a tsakar gida ita da *ya*yanta babu wanda ya amsawa uwar biyu sallamar da tayi, sai Mal. Habu ya ce “Shigo kawai ai baza su amsa miki ba, ya shiga ya dauko tabarma da sauri yazo ya shimfida mata ta zauna a sanyaye, cike da mamakin irin wannan tsana da aka yiwa wannan *yar karamar yarinya wanda ma yake sonta an tsaneshi. Hannah taje gaban Iya Abu ta durkusa ta gaisheta ko ta amsa taki, ta juya ta gaishe da Yayyanta *ya*yan Abu kenan suma suka mata abun da Mahaifiyarsu tayi. Uwar biyu ta rike baki ta ce “Oh ikon Allah, bayin Allah me yayi zafi Hannah nawa take? Don Allah kuyi mata *yar fara’a mana ko taji dan sanyi yanzu ko dokinta ba kwayi kusan wata biyu bata nan. Ai ko dan darajar idona bakuwa kwa raga mata har in tafi. Suka yo caaa akan Uwar biyu, uwar nayi *ya*yan nayi, ta mike tsaye ta juya ta kalli Hannah wacce ta kame a jikin katanga tana makyarkyata hawaye ne yake zuba daga idanuwanta tasan yau duka da zagi Allah ne kadai Yasan iyakarsa da zata sha. Hawaye ya kecewa Uwar biyu ta ce “Hannah yi hakuri wuya bata kisa ko anki ko anso gidan Ubanki ne duk inda kika je sai kinzo gidan dole. Iya Abu ta ce “Gidan Uban nata kuma zamansa ya gagareta idan na so ba. Malam Habu shima yayi jigum ya kasa magana tashin hankali ya ishe shi saboda yana tausayin Hannah, yasan wahala zasu ci gaba da linka mata ganin Allah ya rufa mata asiri tayi kyau, Uwar biyu ta fita Malam Habu ya bita Hannah ma ta bisu da sauri, Uwar biyu tasa gefen gyale ta sharbe hawaye ta ce “Allah Yana nan, Malam ni *yar aiki ce Malam Haisam Malamin daya karbeta a hannunka din nan. Malam Habu ya katseta ya ce “Eh na gane kiyi mana godiya da kyau da kyau na gode madalla. Tasa hannu ta dauko kudi mai dan kauru ta bawa Malam Habu ta ce “Malam Haisam ya ce a baja nasa ne na kashin kansa bana makarantar Hannah ba ce. Da zarar hutu ya kare ita da kanta zata zo ta dauketa, Malam Habu yayi shiru yana sauraron uwar biyu sai girgiza kai yake kawai yana mamakin wannan tara ta arziki da Haisam yake yi musu yana fadin ashe akwai masu halin Sahabbai a duniyar nan masu kyautar da dukiyarsu ga mabukata irin Haisam. Malam Habu ya dago ya kalli uwar biyu ya ce “Kema daya aikoki kika rike amana Allah Ya saka miki da gidan Aljannah dashi da yake mana hidima Allah Ya bashi mai yi masa haka, munji dadi mun gode. Ni ina nan wata rana na gaza barci ina tunanin ko yaya *yar Baba, ko me take ci a makaranta na barta babu abinci? Ashe tana can ta fini koshi, kalli yadda tayi bul-bul ah Alhamdulillahi. Mai gari ya aiko da garin kwaki kwano biyu da suga rabin kwano sai kudin motar zuwa Kazaure ya ce in kai mata makaranta, wallahi matan nan tawa data ga garin kwakin nan da kudin mota sai ta sulalo ina bacci ta sace kudin motar ta bula ledar garin ya dinga tsiyayewa a kasa, da naje na shaidawa mai gari ba kiga cin mutunci da suka yimin ba wai daman talauci ya ishe ni na sami kayan gwamnati ina wadaka dashi. Su babu ruwansu *ya dai *yata ce in barta yunwar ta kasheta. Nayi kuka da hawaye nazo na zauna na hakura sai addu’a na dinga aika mata daga nan Allah Ya hadata da nagari mai bata. Allah Ya amsa addu’ata, gashi bamu girbe amfanin gona ba shine yasa ko taro nakan tashi babu a aljihuna. Uwar biyu ta ce “Kaico haka kake rayuwa Malam? To ni dai shawarar dazan baka dan Allah duk rintsi duk wuya ka toshe kunnanka kome za’ace game da karatun Hannah karka cire ta daga makaranta. Babu sisinka, ba kai zaka dauke ta ba, ba kai zaka mayar da ita ba, nice zan dinga kawota ina zuwa ina daukarta kai dai ka bata izini kawai karka hanata saboda karatu kawai zai farfado da Hannah ta sami *yancinta da jin dadin rayuwarta nan gaba, amma azabar tayi yawa. Malam Habu ya ce “Da gudu kuwa zan barta, aini ba dan za’ace na siyar da *yata ba, ko ace na kaita birni tana iskanci da ko hutu ma sai ince ta dinga yi a gidanki. Amma yanzu kowa yaji a redio an yiwa *yan makaranta hutu ba aga Hanne ba za’a fara titsiyeni da tambaya a fada. Uwar biyu ta ce “Allah Ya kyauta ni zan koma, ga sabulai can a jakarta da mayukan shafawa Malam Haisam ya ce don Allah a dinga barta tana wanka da wanki da kitso ba kamar yadda aka kawota ba, kazan-kazan ina amfanin kazanta? Uwar biyu ta fara tafiya bayan sunyi sallama da Malam Habu yana godiya, Hannah ta rushe da kuka ta bi uwar biyu da gudu ta rungumeta su duka kuka suke rusawa Hannah ta ce. Uwar biyu karki tafi ki barni wuya nake sha ni zan biki gidanki in zauna acan. Daya daga cikin *ya*yan Iya Abu Musbahu shine ya fito daga cikin gidan a guje Uwarsa ta turo shi yazo ya dauko mata Hannah da yake suna labe a zaure suna jin duk maganganun da suke yi. Ya dauko ta aka ya mikata cikin gida ya rufo kofar zaure sai kukan Hannah ne yake tashi ya cika unguwar kai kace rai ake zare mata saboda irin karar kukan daga ji ba karamin bugu ake yi mata ba. Malam Habu nata kokarin bude kofar yana bugun kofar kamar zai balla yana so yaje ya ceci *yarsa. Uwar biyu ta juya ta tafi tana rusa kuka kamar ranta zai fita, tsananin bakin ciki da tausayin Hannah ne ya cika mata zuciya. Tana jin samarin dake zazzaune akan benci suna jiyo kukan Hannah suke cewa “To baiwar iya Abu tazo har an fara nada mata duka kai wannan yarinya Allah dai Ya rayata kar itama wuya ta kasheta kamar yadda ta kashe uwarta saboda azabtarwar Iya Abu. Malam Habu Imamu Mahaifin Hannah haifaffan garin Babban mutum ne Iyaye da Kakanninsa su suka kafa garin. Aurensa na farko ya auri *yar uwarsa Salmai. Allah bai basu haihuwa ba har tsawon shekara goma sha biyar suna tare. Salmai da kanta ta ringa rokar mai gidanta daya kara aure ko Allah Zai bashi haihuwa yaki fur ya ce bazai yi ba, bashi da sha’awar aure saboda baya son tashin hankali kasancewar sa mutum ne mai hakuri da gudun tashin hankali ko yaya yake. Allah Ya bashi dan abun hannunsa rufin asiri dai, yana daya daga cikin masu tashen kudi a wannan gari nasu a lokacin. Abu wata yarinya ce da take kawo masa man gyada daga wani dan karamin kauye da yake kusa da garin duk ranar kasuwa suna siyan man gyada har gida take kawo musu. Cikin siyasa da dubaru Salmai ta hada auren Malam Habu da Abu aka sha biki aka kawo amarya, da zuciya daya Salmai take zaune da Abu komai nata gida biyu take rabawa ta bawa amarya, a kullum tunanin yau me zata bawa amaryarta take yi kawai don Abu ta saki jiki ta zauna ko Allah Zai sa rabon haihuwar a jikinta yake. Ai kuwa kafin shekara ta zagayo Abu ta sami ciki. Tunda ta sami ciki ita da *yan uwanta suka tsani Salmai wai bakin ciki take yi don Abu zata haihu ita bata taba haihuwa ba zagi rashin kunya kala-kala. Ta haihu da namiji aka saka masa suna Labaran, kafin ta yayeshi ta sake samun ciki ta haifi Iliyasu. Nan dai haihuwa ta bude ta sake haifar Musbahu sai kuma Ramatu. Rashin mutunci yana ci gaba saida ta kai ko ruwan gidan sai a boye Salmai take sha kullum tana daki zaman tsakar gida ya gagreta. Abu da *ya*yanta su isheta da rashin kunya. Abun yazo ya zarce kan Salmai har shi mai gidan Malam Habu yi masa suke. Baro- baro Abu take zaginsa ta cakumi kwalarsa, tayi masa fata-fata da dukiyarsa ya tsiyace. Duk da haka Salmai ta ci gaba da zaman hakuri da Malam Habu da kishiyarya. Amma dole da asirai Iya Abu tayi waje da Salmai ba don *yan uwanta sun dage da yi mata addu’a ba da hauka zata yi tuburan, don niyyar Abu ta haukatar da ita, dan dole Malam Habu ya rabu da ita. Haka Malam Habu ya kasance abun tausayi ya zama mijin tace sai yadda tayi dashi idan taga dama ko abinci ta dafa baza ta bashi ba, ko zata bashi sai sun gama dibar yadda zai ishe su sannan tace yaje tukunya ya diba ya hada da kanzo ya ci, bai kai matsayin da zata zuba ta kai masa ba. Bayan ta haifi Ramatu sai ta haifi furera ta haifi *yar Autarta Mahajana wacce ko arba’in bata yi ba da haihuwa a yanzu. Wata rana Allah Ya kai Malam Habu kasuwar wani gari mai suna Dashi a cikin kasar Niger ya gamu da Habi *yar buzuwa Mahaifiyar Hannah. Habi yarinya ce *yar karama a lokacin shekarunta bai wuce shekara goma sha uku ba. kamar wasa soyayya ta kullu Malam Habu ya aurota ya kawota gidansu.sai Tururuwar zuwa kallon Habi akeyi sabida kyawunta gashinta har gadon bayanta fara ce kyal mai kyawun gaske. Nan fa iya Abu ta ce dawa Allah Ya hadani in ba da Habi ba, ta fara azabtar da Habi. Malam Habu kuma bai isa ba ya hana. A haka Habi ta sami ciki, ga ciki tsoho ga debo ruwa, Yo ciyawa a gona karyo karan da za’a dafa abinci sussika ita take yi. A garin kowa tausayin Habi yake tayi. Wanke-wanke shara ga duka da take sha a wajen iya abu, solobiyun mijin nata bai isa ya hanata sai dai ya zauna yana taya ta kuka abinka da abun asiri ko tak an hana shi ya ce balle ya tsawatar ya hana abunda take yiwa matarsa. Cikin Habi ya isa haihuwa ta haifi diya mace mai kyau kamar uwarta. Aka saka mata suna Hannatu. Fur Iya abu ta hana Malam Habu ya kai Habi garinsu tayi wankan jego ya je ya sanar musu ma cewar ta haihu ta hana shi. Haka ta bar Habi da danyen jego haihuwar fari bata san yaya ake ba, badan wata makwabciyarsu ba data tsaya sukayi fadi in fada da iya Abu ba tace dole sai ta dinga kula da Habi da haka zata barta a daki ta rufe ita da jaririyar.!! Tun kafin tayi arba’ain ta zubar da wankan, iya Abu ta fara sa Habi aiki har su debo ruwa a rafi, haka har Hanne ta isa yaye aka yayeta, kwanci tashi *yan uwan Habi dai suka ji shirun yayi yawa babu Habi babu labarinta har shekaru uku suka yo kungiya suka dira a garin Babban-mutum, tun daga kan hanya aka shaida musu cewar Habi ta haihu har ta yaye *yarta sannan yanzu a kwance take kusan wata biyu bata da lafiya saboda tsananin azabar da take sha a wajen kishiyarta. Suna zuwa gidan suka iske Habi sai kashi a kwance akan katifa ga *yarta itama a rame kurket a gabanta, suka sha kuka abun tausayi babu mai zaman jinya a wajenta, ko awa nawa Malam Habu zaiyi baya gida sai sanda ya dawo zai tasheta ya bata abinci da ruwa ita da *yar ta babu mai basu. Bayan zuwan dangin Habi da kwana uku ta ce ga garinku nan Allah Yayi mata rasuwa, sun sha kuka kamar ransu zai fita, haka Malam Habu yayi kuka yayi dana sanin auro *yar mutanen da yayi ya kawota, matarsa ta zama sanadiyyar ajalinta. Iya Abu kuwa da *ya*yanta suna ji a daki ko su fito ma balle ma suyi kukan mutuwa, ranar sadakar uku ita da *ya*yanta suka ci kwalliya suna shirin fita biki, wannan rashin Imani na iya Abu yayi yawa, *yan uwan Habi duk suna kallonta, suna nan sai bayan anyi sadakar bakwai suka shirya kayansu zasu koma garinsu suka ce da Malam Habu zasu tafi da Hannah. Nan da nan ya amsa musu ya amince don yasan idan an barta ma wahala zata sha kamar yadda Mahaifiyarta tasha, sai kuwa iya Abu tayi tsallen albarka ta ce ai babu wanda ya isa ya tafi da Hanne wato so suke su tafi da *yar Habu don ya dinga zuwa garinsu ganin *yarsa daga nan a lika masa kanwarta ya aura ko? Dama suna ciki da ita ai kuwa suka ci damara aka hau masifa da iya Abu suka kuwa taru su biyar din suka yi mata dukan kawo wuka suka farfasa mata baki har da cire mata hakorin gaba guda daya, dakyar da sudin goshi makwabta suka karbeta. Suka ce sunma fasa tafiya da Hannen tama daina tunanin suna so su sake bawa Malam Habu *yarsu ko da kuwa danginsu kakaf zasu rasa miji baza su sake bawa Malam Habu *ya ba, mai gari yana basu hakuri da sauran *yan gari dakyar dai aka raba wannan fadan suka bar Malam Habu rike da Hannah a hannunsa da *yan kayanta a leda yana roko su karbeta suka ki. Iya Abu kuwa daki *ya*yanta suka shiga da ita tayi lambar kwance baki ya hau ya suntuma tana jinya. Tun daga wannan lokaci Hannah yarinya *yar shekara biyu ta fara gamuwa da wahalar rayuwa har rana irin ta yau. Hannah ta dandana azabar Iya Abu, kaico!!!!! GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 9 HUTU YA KARE Hutu ya rage saura kwana biyu ya kare Uwar biyu ta shiga mota ta nufi garin su Hannah. Ta iske Mahaifin Hannah a shinfidarsa a zaune yana karatun Alkur’ani, yayi matukar farin ciki da ganin Uwar biyu ya dauko mata kujerar zama irin ta mata ya kawo mata ta zauna, bayan sun gaisa. Ta ce “Ina Hannah take? Nazo daukarta ne don hutunsu ya kare. Ya ce “Ikon Allah har hutun ya kare ashe, to bari in aika a kirawota tana dawa ta tafi kiwo ai tun hantsi take fita da dabbobi kiwo. Uwar biyu ta ce “Kiwo Malam? Ya ce kiwo take zuwa kullum sai ta kora dabbobi yaya zamu yi ai *yar Baba harta saba. Ya leka cikin gida ya kwallawa Mahajana kira ta fito tana gunaguni. “Baba wai meye bacci nake ji ni dai “Ya ce “*yar Baba zaki kirawo mun kice yanzu ta koro dabbobin tazo gida anzo daukarta zata koma makaranta. Mahajana ta ruga cikin daki a guje. Uwar biyu ta ce “A’a yaya zata ruga ciki baza ta je aiken bane? Malam Habu ya ce “Uwar zata tseguntawa cewar anzo daukar Hanne zata koma makaranta, kinsan cewa tayi inda ranta Hanne ta daina karatu tunda wata gulma aka hada na kaita gidan *yan gayu babu wata makaranta. Wuf Iya abu tayi tayo waje daga cikin daki tazo ta tsaya a dokin kofa tana girgiza ta kama kugu tana kallon uwar biyu a yatsune. Babu abinda Uwar biyu take sai kallon wuyan Iya abu galleliyar sarkar jiyal din da ta siyawa Hanne ce a wuyanta. Mahajana *yarta kuwa riga da siket *yar kanti ta Hanne ce a jikinta, saiga Musbahu shima ya zo ya wuce da jakar Hanne a rataye a bayansa (School bag) wai daga kasuwa yake. Iya Abu ta ce “Bai gaya miki na hana karatun Hanne bane ko bai fada miki ba ne? Uwar biyu ta ce “Shine Mahaifinta shine kuma mai iko da *yarsa bake ba. Ni kuma akan kin barin yarinyar nan ta tafi zan iya cin damarar mu daku da kowa kuma daga nan har gaban maigari zamu je dake idan kika kwatanta yin hakan. Iya Abu tayi shiru tasan idan aka kaita kara wajen mai gari tasan bazai bi bayanta ba kasancewar sun sha gogawa akan zata hana Hanne karatu bata ci nasara ba. Iya Abu ta nisa ta ce “To kije dawan da kanki ki kirawo Hannen *yata ba zata ba. Ta ja hannun Mahajana suka shige cikin gida. Malam Habu ya leka kofar gida ya kira musu dan makwabtansu ya ce yaje dawa ya ce da Hanne ta zo yanzun nan ta koro kiwon su dawo gida. Uwar biyu ta tabe baki gami da yin ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Rabon gado akayi da kayan Hanne tunda ranta ba’a jira ta mutu ba? Caraf Iya Abu ta fito ashe a labe take ta ce “An raba kayan Hannen ko Hannen naga dama zan iya rabata balle kayanta. Duk gulmace-gulmacen da kuke hadawa ya kare a kanku babu wata makaranta da ake kai Hanne yawon bariki kawai ake koyawa yarinya ta samo abin duniya. Uwar biyu tayi dariya shekeke ta ce “Wannan yawan bariki na Hanne don ke da *ya*yanki take yi irin wannan bushasha da kayan yarinya. Da yake itama Uwar biyu ba daganan ba wajen iya masifa da yaba bakar magana suka yi tayi dakyar Malam Habu ya hana Uwar biyu magana ya ce tayi shiru ta kyaleta, Iya abu tayi ta fada tana shige da fice bakin ciki ya lullube mata zuciya kamar ta fashe ganin anzo za’a dauki Hanne a tafi da ita wajen da take hutawa. Hannah ta shigo a sanyaye tana fargaba tana tunanin me tayi kuma aka ce ta koro kiwo ta dawo gida yanzu. Tana shigowa sai taga Uwar biyu da Mahaifinta a zaure a zaune ta daka tsalle ta rungume Uwar biyu tana mai tsananin murna da farin ciki ta ce “Iya daukata kika zo yi mu tafi? Uwar biyu ta ce “Yanzu kuwa shiga ki dauko kayanki mu tafi. Hannah ta yi kasake a tsaye murna ta koma ciki tayi kamar zata fashe da kuka. Uwar biyu ta kalleta ta ce “Hannatu lafiya meya faru kuma kika zama haka lokaci daya kamar mai shirin rushewa da kuka? Uban ya ce “Da kika ce taje ta dauko kayanta shine jikinta yayi sanyi ai babu kayan duk sun kwashe. Harda litattafan makaranta sun yayyaga sun siyarwa da mai kosai wasu. Uwar biyu ta kwada salati ta na cewa “Harda manyan littattafan karatu masu tsada suka yayyaga mata? Iya Abu tayi wuf ta fito ta ce da Uwar biyu “Ki kiyayeni don kin zake da yawa, karfa ki kuskura ki cika min ciki ba’aja dani. An yayyaga littafan kiyi abinda zaki yi kuje ku saya mata wasu ta kawo na sake yayyagawa muje duk inda zamu je aikin banza.aikin banza kawai Uwar biyu ta mike tsaye ta juya ta kalli Malam Habu wanda yayi tsuru abun duniya ya ishe shi ya kasa magana ta ce “Malam na tafi da Hanne Allah Yana bayan mai gaskiya, kuma duk dan hakin da ka raina shike tsokane maka ido, zakaran da Allah Ya nufa da cara ko ana muzuru ana shaho sai yayi. Hanne mu tafi garin da ake kaunarki. Iya Abu ta rako su har kofar gida tana zagi tasa hannu ta fallawa Hanne duka a baya gami da angazata ta tafi taga- taga zata fadi uwar biyu ta riketa taja hannunta suka tafi. Hanne ta rushe da kuka Uwar biyu fadi take “Duk abinda zaki yiwa Hanne baki isa ki hanata numfashi a duniya ba tunda bake kika halicceta ba, suka kama hanya suka tafi, suna ji Iya Abu ta koma kan Mahaifin Hanne tana zazzaga masa masifa yayi shiru kamar ba dashi take ba. A tasha uwar biyu ta siyawa Hanne sabon silifas domin na kafarta wari da wari ne, suna zaune a mota uwar biyu take ta tambayar Hanne abubuwan da ake yi mata. Hannah ta zayyana mata tsaf ta ce kusan kullum sai an lakada mata duka an kwace kayan sawarta da jakunkunanta, sabulun ma da mayukan shafawa ko sau daya ba’a barta tayi wanka da su ba. Tana dai barinta taje makarantar Islamiyya kullum shima saboda tana tsoron maigari ne. Hanne ta sake dagulewa kamar ba ita ce tayi kyau din nan ba das da ita gwanin sha’awa, yanzu ta dawo furtunta, yagulallun kaya. Uwar biyu ta ce “Yanzu har kayan makarantar taki (Uniform) duk sakawa suke? Ta ce “Eh ta rarrabawa jikokinta wasu, wasu kuwa ta sayarwa *yan jagorar makafi. Bani da sauran kaya sai wannan na jikina. Uwar biyu ta nisa ta ce “Allah Ya saka miki, kuma wannan yaro Haisam shima an sake ja masa sabon aiki. Zugum suka yi su duka kowacce tana tunani har suka isa tashar Kazaure babu wacce ta sake yin magana. Suna isa gida Uwar biyu ta shirgowa Hanne abinci mai yawa ga mamakinta Hanne ta tashi da shi ta sha ruwa. Bayan sun huta Uwar biyu tasa *yarta Halima ta wanke mata cukurkudadden gashinta, Hannah tayi sallah wanka. Kafin magaruba har an gama rangadawa Hannah kitso. Sai suka ji ana rangada sallama Uwar biyu ta ce Hannah ta leka zaure taga waye yake sallama. Tana lekawa sai taga Safiyanu ne abokin Yaya Haisam, rike da wata katuwar Jakar bacco babbar ta karshe a girma. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Lale Safiyanu sannu da zuwa, ya ce “Yauwa Hannah har kin kinzo, hutu ya kare ko? Hannah ta ce “Eh ka shigo mana. Dakyar yake jan buhun a kasa saboda a shake yake dam da kaya. Suka iske uwar biyu a tsakar gida. “Lale marhaban, uwar biyu take cewa. Hannah tayi sauri ta shimfida masa tabarma ya zauna. Bayan sun gaisa da Uwar biyu ya fara zazzage kayan dake cikin wannan katuwar jaka siyayyar Hannah ce ta makaranta (Provission). Kaya ne abun baya lissafuwa komai akwai kai kace kanti za’a bude. Uwar biyi ta rike baki kawai tana kallon ikon Allah, ta ce “Safiyanu wannan kaya ai ya yiwa akwatin Hannah yawa. Safiyanu yayi murmushi ya ce ai kudin da Haisam ya bani ne masu yawa ne ya ce duk ayi mata siyayya a wadace. Nima da kaina naga ya dace na bar sayyayarna haka ba don kudin sun kare ba. Uwar biyu ta ce “Ai gara da ka rago kudin don sai an sake sayan sabbin uniform da littattafai. Safiyanu ya ce “Ina nata na da, ko duk term ake sake wasu? Uwar biyu ta gyara zama ta fara bawa Safiyanu labari duk abunda ya faru da kayan Hannah tun daga farko har karshe. Safiyanu ya tausayawa rayuwar Hannah duk da yake dama Haisam ya gaya masa kadan daga ciki. Ya nisa yace “Abun babbane, kudin da yawa musamman na sayan littattafan karatun (text book) masu tsada ne gashi Haisam din bama ya kasar. Uwar biyu ta ce “Baya kasar ina yaje? Nifa tun ranar hutu ban sake sa idona a kansa ba. Safiyanu ya ce “Ai kuwa bai dade da tafiya ba shi da Mahaifiyarsa suka tafi London kinsan shirye-shiryen bikinsa ake yi shi da Yayansa watakila nan da wata uku za’ayi don haka daman zaiyi wuya Haisam ya sake dawowa Kazaure tunda bautar kasa daman ya zo kuma sun kare. Nima da yake daman a Kano na sanshi a can muke haduwa. Acan kuma ya ce zai dinga kawo min kudin siyayyar Hannah. Yanzu dai abun da za’ayi duk abinda ya tashi na game da makarantar Hannah a gaya min zanyi ko nawa ne zan ranta masa nasan zai biya ni don haka daga yau zuwa gobe zanyi kokari na saisayo mata Uniform din da takalmi da kuma littattafai. Zuwa gobe telan daya dinka mata wadancan zai dinka mata da wuri, Jibi dai zasu koma makaranta kafinnan Insha Allahu komai ya kammala. Uwar biyu tayi murna dajin bayanan Safiyanu tayi ta godiya. Amma Hannah ta fita yin murna da farin ciki don ita da a tunaninta za’ace karshen karatunta yazo tunda Yaya Haisam baya Nigeria to sai taji Safiyanu ya ce zai ranta a dinka mata. Suka yi sallama da Safiyanu su duka suna yi masa godiya ya tafi, akan jibi Hannah ta kwana da shiri zai kawo mata kayan ya kuma mayar da ita makaranta. Haka kuwa akayi Hannah tana daya daga cikin wadanda suka fara dawowa makaranta tun karfe sha biyu na rana, kafin yamma makaranta ta cika makil kowacce ta dawo tana tsoro saboda Principal ta ce duk wacce ta kara kwana daya baza’a karbeta ba. Yaya haisam baya nan kishin da Rauda take yi da Hannah ya kau yanzu suna zaune lafiya wasa da dariya, sai dai su dukkansu basa jin dadin makarantar sosai saboda babu Yayansu. Haka duk *yan ajin Uncle Haisam basa jin dadin sabon class master dinsu saboda baya tarairayarsu kamar Haisam, kowacce bata manta da nasihohin da Uncle Haisam yayi musu ba akan suyi karatu suci jarabawa idan ba haka ba za’ayi mata repeating . Ko wacce ta dage da karatu ba dare ba rana don haka J.S.S 1A is the best class in F.G.G.C Kazaure. Yawanci a wajen asembly Malamai suna fadar haka Principal tasa a tafa musu, tana kuma alfahari da su tana yabawa tsohon class master dinsu Haisam saboda tasan shi ya gyara ajin haka. Tana kuma nunawa sauran Malamai da suyi koyi da shi don ire-iren su Haisam a makarantar nan ba karamar nasara ba ce, Ta ci gaban makaranta. Bayan dawowar daliban makaranta da kamar wata guda. Ranar wata litinin da safe ana assembly sai kuwa Princpal tayi musu albishir da cewa kwararren Malamin nan Uncle Haisam ya dawo makarantar a matsayin permanent teacher. Tasa wani Malami ya leka waje ya shigo da Haisam saboda a waje ya labe kada su ganshi suki tsayawa ayi assembly suyi ta ife- ife don haka ya tsaya daga waje. Malam Haisam na shigowa dalibai gaba dayansu yara da manya suka hau ihu da tafi murna kuwa ba’a cewa komai musamman a wajen su Hannah. Wai! Yau da za’a bude zuciyar Hannah aga irin farin cikin da yake zuciyarta da abun da yawa. Dakyar dai daliban suka tsagaita da ihu aka karasa assembly kowacce ta tafi ajinta. *Yan ajin su Rauda kuwa hada baki suka yi suka yi kungiya suka nufi ofishin Principal dauke da manya-manyan takardu sun rubuta kamar haka “WE WANT OUR FORMER CLASS MASTER UNCLE HAISAM BACK (munason tsohon malamin ajinmu uncle Haisam yadawo). Wai su zanga-zangar lumana suke yi, principal da sauran Malamai suka sha dariya sannan ta basu amsar cewa za’a dawo musu da Haisam dinsu, su koma aji sannan suka tafi suna murna. Haisam ya dawo yaci gaba da rike ragamar shugabancin ajinsa J.S.S 1A. Hutu yana zuwa karshe jarabawa na karatowa Haisam na ci gaba da yiwa dalibai nasiha dasu dage da karatu musamman ma Hannah yana ci gaba da nunnuna mata duk abunda bata gane ba. Ba laifi Hannah tana sake kokartawa fiye da wancan term din. Ta fara gane ayyukan makarantar sosai tana kuma gane turanci tana yi kuma. Wannan term dinma kamar wancan sunyi jarabawa sun gama sannan Malamai sun yi kokarin kammala fitar da sakamako. Haisam ya tara *yan ajinsa ana gobe hutu ya bawa kowacce sakamakon jarabawarta. Wannan ma kamar waccan bata sake zani ba. Rauda Shitu Muktar itace tazo ta farko, Nusaiba ta biyu, Pamella Matin Benin ta uku. Hannah ce dai ta sami ci gaba maimakon ta goma data zo wancan karon yanzu sai tazo ta takwas. Hannah tayi murna Haisam har ya fita yin murna ganin ba kudin banza yake kashewa ba, da bata lokacinsa a banza ba. Kamar wancan hutun, ranar hutu Principal ta yiwa dalibai assembly, hutun ne dai bashi da yawa sosai kwana ashirin da takwas ne kawai zasu yi a gida. Amma wannan karon direban gidan su Rauda da yazo daukar Raudah, sai Haisam yace ta tafi shima daga gidansu za’a aiko da direbansa yazo ya daukeshi. Bayan tafiyar su Rauda babu dadewa sai ga galleliyar motar Haisam kirar Jeef da Mahaifinsa ya bashi bayan ya gama bautar kasa. Muntari sunan direban Haisam, yazo ya duka ya gaishe da Haisam, Haisam ya nuna masa jakar Hannah ya ce ya dauka ya saka a but. Bayan ya saka Hannah ta shiga baya, Haisam na gaba direba Muntari yana tukawa suka fita daga makarantar. Haisam na nunawa Muntari hanya har gidan uwar biyu kamar waccan lokacin suka iske Uwar biyu a shirye tsaf. Ta fito daga gida bayan sun gaisa, Haisam ya ce da Uwar biyu su dauki jakar kayan su shiga cikin gida a ajiye, kaya kala biyu kawai za’a bawa Hannah da silifas daya amma duk sauran a ajiye da littattafanta. Da yake Safiyanu ya bashi labarin duk yadda Uwar biyu ta gaya masa abunda ya faru da kayan Hannah. Muntari direba ne ya taya su da shigar da kayan cikin gida, uwar biyu ta zabawa Hannah kayan da zata saka ta cire Uniform da kambas aka bata silifas da wani kala a leda wanda zata tafi dashi. Duk sauran aka ajiye mata anan gidan. Bayan sun fito daga gida sai suka shiga mota suka tafi, basu tsaya a ko’ina ba sai tasha. Wannan karan ma har bakin mota Haisam ya raka su Hannah ya dauki kudi mai yawa ya bawa Uwar biyu ya ce suyi kudin mota na zuwa can tayi na dawowarta. Sannan a ciki ta bawa Mahaifin Hannah na kashewa ta ajiye wanda zata je ta daukota idan hutu ya kare. Ya yiwa Hannah nasihohi ya bata hakuri game da halin da take ciki a gidansu. Daga karshe yayi musu fatan Allah ya sauke su lafiya. Ya juya ya tafi, Uwar biyu na tayi masa godiya dashi albarka Hannah na rusa kuka. L Haka dai Uwar biyu da Hannah suka kasance idan hutu ya rage kwanaki sai Uwar biyu taje ta dauko Hannah. Haisam kuma baya gajiya dayi mata siyayya duk abunda zata bukata na rayuwar makaranta. Ko *ya*yan masu Hannu da shuni na makarantar baza su nunawa Hannah gata ba. Idan aka yi hutu Haisam yana kaisu tasha ya sasu a mota Uwar biyu ta kaita gida. Amma kuma kaya kadan Uwar biyu take bawa Hannah ta tafi dashi garinsu, kadan dinma bata dawowa dasu, Iya Abu ta kwace ta bawa *ya*yanta, ga bakar wahala da ake bata, wujiga- wujiga Hannah ke dawowa daga hutu kamar ba ita ba, saboda wahalar da take sha duk sai tayi duhu. Amma daga baya ta dawo makaranta kafin suyi hutu ta sake fes da ita. Kwanci tashi wannan ne hutun da su Hannah in sun dawo makaranta zasu shiga senior class wato S.S 1. Don haka duk uniform dinsu sai an sake musu na seniors daban na junior class daban. Don haka tun kafin Uwar biyu taje ta daukota Haisam ya kawowa Uwar biyu uniform din Hannah ta ajiye harya dinka mata ya canja mata school bag tsaleliya irin ta manyan dalibai, akwati mai taya biyu ya saya mata babba da karama. Babbar ta zuba provission karamar ta kayan sawarta, kamar yadda yaga *ya*yan attajirai ana yi musu idan suka shiga ajin manya. Ranar da aka dawo makaranta Safiyanu ya dawo da Hannah. A duk lokacin da Safiyanu ya kawota makaranta takan kirawo kawayenta su zo su gaisa da Safiyanu, Yayanta take cewa kamar yadda taga kowacce tana kiran kawayenta ta gaisa da *yan gidansu. Duk *yan makarantar suna yiwa Hannah kallon wata *yar gidan gawurtaccen attajiri ko Nusaiba da Rauda basu san ba daga gidansu ake yi mata wannan siyayyar ba saboda Haisam yayi mata gargadi kada ta gayawa kowa labarinta ta rike sirrinta. Raudah da Nusaiba sun dauka Uwar biyu Kakarta ce kuma Babban-Mutum din da suke tafiya duk hutu garin Kakanninta ne take zuwa. Ko a hira Hannah bata cika bada labarin *yan gidansu ba sai dai tayi ta sauraron mutane. Masassakin budurci ya fara sassaka Hannah. Ma’ana Hannah ta zama budurwa kyau ya sake fitowa. A gaskiya Kyan Hannah bazai iya siffantuwa ba, farinta ya sake haskakawa, gashin kanta ya kara tsawo saboda tayi yawon gyarashi ga mayukan gashi kala- kala da Haisam yake siya mata. Ranar wata social night da daddare ne Haisam ya hango Hannah, Nusaiba da Rauda sun sha wandunan jeans da t.shirt sun nufi katafaran kantin siyar da kayayyaki kala-kala dake cikin makarantar. Suna tsaye suna ta siyayya, sai dariya suke suna tafi, cikin sanda ya karasa kantin don yaga me suke siya haka suna dariya. Wai ashe rigar —– (Braa) zasu fara sawa *yan kanana. To shine ya kawo su shagon suke jin kunyar siya kuma. Hannah ta ce “Ni dai ba don kunce a suyo bireziyar nan dani ba da bazan siya ba, yanzu fa dole bazan dinga sakewa ba zan dinga gani kamar ana gani. Rauda ta ce “Caf aini da gangan zan dinga sakin hannun rigata don ta fito. Nusaiba bata ce komai ba ashe ta hango Uncle Haisam a bayansu a tsaye tana kifta musu ido su basu gani ba. Hannah ta ce “Ko da yake mun zama seniors har *yan J.S.S 1 ma naga wasu suna sawa fa, Nusaiba zabi. Hannah na daddagawa, Nusaiba tayi gyaran murya taga dai basu san Uncle Haisam na bayansu ba. Sai ta ce “Ba ruwana ga Yaya Haisam nan yana jinku, Haisam ya kyalkyale da dariya. Sai su duka suka juyo nan fa Hannah ta wurgar data hannunta ta ruga a guje, Nusaiba da Rauda kuwa suka cusa tasu a riga suma suka arce. Haisam ya zo ya dauki wacce Hannah ta wurgar shi da mai kanti suka dinga dariya. Haisam ya ce “Su Hannah *yan mata.GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 10 Haisam ya dada kyau sosai hanakalinsa ya kwanta ya zama mai kudi baya ga albashinsa account Mahaifinsa ya bude masa yana zuba masa ribar da suka ci a kamfaninsu duk wata yake warewa *ya*yansa, ga Hannah ba laifi ta girma wahalar da take sha a gida ta ragu abubuwa da yawa ta fara takawa Iya Abu da *ya*yanta burki, tana kwatar kanta dole wasu abubuwa suke raga mata. Don haka kallo daya zaka yiwa Haisam kasan dan gidan wani gawurtaccen mai kudi ne saboda suffarsa ta ya*yan hutu ce, fari ne sol fatarsa mai haske, yana da dara-daran ido da dogon hanci, mai yawan gashin ido dana gira gazar-gazar. Wani dan siririn gemu ne ya zagaye dan madaidaicin bakinsa (qauter million) gashi dogo mai *yar madaidaiciyar kiba. Haisam yana daya daga cikin irin mazan da kowacce *ya mace take mafarkin samun irinsa. Gashi a makarantar *yan mata masu ji da kudi da kyau ga gayu. Don haka kullum Haisam sai ya sami wasikun *yan mata akan teburinsa a ofis dinsa sun jefa masa, wai suna sonsa, soyayya mai tsanani kuwa sai kawai yayi dariya ya yaga ya zubar koda kuma ya hadu dasu bazai nuna musu yaga sakonsu ba, *yan aji shida ne suka fi yi masa wasikun amma wasu *yan aji biyar din suna rubuto masa. Shi gani yake duk hauka suke zasu gaji su daina, gasu kyawawa dasu amma baya ganin kyawun, *ya*yan attajirai amma shi bai dame shi ba, shi kawai ya zo ya cika burin daya kudira ya tafi ne. Senior Juwairiya itace shugabar dalibai (Head girl) Juwairiya kyakkyawar gaskece fara sol harma akan ce suna kama da Hannah, gata Mahaifinta wani babban manager ne a wani banki a Lagos, tana ji da gata da dukiya ga tsananin kokari tafi kowa kokari a shekarar. Amma sai Allah Ya jarabbeta da tsananin son Auncle Haisam tun ba yau ba gashi kuwa da yawa daga cikin Malaman sun mutu a sonta, ita bata son su tafi son Haisam. Ta aika masa da wasiku sunfi a kirga amma shiru ko alama Haisam baya nuna mata Ma yaga wasikarta. Data gaji da aika masa wasikun saita dinga aika kawayenta baro-baro suke tararsa su gaya masa, amsar daya basu cewa yayi duk yarinyar data sake tararsa da sakon Juwairiyya sai ya sabar mata. Don haka Juwairiyya ta rasa yadda zata yi ta shawo kan wanda take so. Ranar wata litinin da daddare an fito karatun dare (prep). Juwairiyya ta sami kan wata baranda ta zauna tana tunani don ita son Haisam harya fara dasa mata wani ciwo da yake damunta a zuciya har take kasa karatu sosai gashi kuwa tafi dukkan *yan makarantar kokari, don haka nema aka nadata shugabar dalibai. Zaman da tayi wucewar Haisam kawai take so ta gani sannan ta iya bacci. Salaha Nura ita ce babbar aminiyar Juwairiyya tazo giftawa zata tafi ajinsu taga kawarta a zaune a baranda ita kadai, taje wajenta ta dade a tsaye a kanta Juwairiyya bata sani ba. Ta dafata sannan tayi firgigit ta dago, Salaha Nura ta zauna a kusa da Juwairiyya ta ce “Juwairiyya tunanin meye kike, ke kadai kowa yana aji? Juwairiyya ta nisa tace “Allah Salaha ina son uncle sosai kamar zan mutu. Salaha ta tuntsire da dariya ta ce “Uncle Haisam wai? Shegu sunan da kuka saka masa kuma, to Juwairiyya yaya zamuyi, kin rubuta a rubuce yaki, kin aikemu ya zazzagemu idan kikaje da kanki qila ya yarda Kwarjini yake mun bazan iya tarar sa ba. Inji Juwairiyya. Salaha ta ce “To maye abunyi? Juwairiyya ta zunguri Salaha ta nuna mata Haisam ne ya tunkaro inda suke daga staff quaters ya karaso inda suke. Suka duka suka gaisheshi cikin ladabi, ya ce “Oh shugabar dalibaice da labour prepect? Suka ce mune Sir, ya ce “Wato kun kora yara aji ku kunzo kun zauna kuna hira ko? Kamata yayi kufi kowa karatu yanzu tunda kune masu shirin yin WAEC da NECO da JAMB ko? Suka amasa da “Eh ba hira muke ba wani muke jira, Juwairiyya ta marairaice murya ta ce “Amma na ganshi yanzu zamu tafi daman fatana in ganshi kawai. Haisam ya gane abun da take nufi sai kawai yayi sauri ya katseta ya ce “Idan zaku tafi gashi kuje S.S 1A Science class ku bawa Hannah Abubakar Imam. Ya mika mata wata leda a daure ya juya ya nufi ofishinsa ya shiga sannan ya rufo kofar. Juwairiyya ta ce da Salaha, “Kinga abunda nake gudu ko shariya ce da wannan mutumin ko fuska baya bani da zan gaya masa abunda yake damuna. Salaha Nura ta ce “To wai ni na lura meye tsakanin Uncle Haisam da Hannah Abubakar Imam ne? Kamar duk makarantar nan yafi kulata komai Hannah haka zaki ji yana ambata kamar shi ya rada mata sunan. Juwairiyya ta ce “Ance abokin wanta ne wai, kuma saboda Rauda Shitu kawar Hannah ce ita ai kanwarsa ce. Salaha Nura ta ce “To kanwar abokinsa ai zai iya sonta. Salaha ta karbe ledar da ya bawa Juwairiyya ta kwance sai suka ga magunguna na ruwa dana kwaya ne, na zazzabi dana tari ya saya mata. Salaha ta tabe baki ta ce ”Abbas “Lallai magunguna ya sayo mata tafi karfin ma tasha na clinic din makaranta kenan. Juwairiyya ta ce “Zo muje nasan abunda zan hadawa yarinyar nan, Salaha ta taso suna tafe suna zancen suka nufi ajin su Hannah. Juwairiyya ta ce “Ba Uncle Haisam ya ce kada wata ta kuskura ta kara kai masa sakona ba to ni kuma Hannar da yake ji da ita daga yau ita zan dinga aike wajensa. Salaha ta ce “Kwarai kuwa haka za’ayi muga ko itama zai korota din. Ta wundo Juwairiyya ta leka ta ce “Ina Hannah Abubakar? *yan aji suka ce “Gata can a seat dinta a kwance bata da lafiya, ta ce “Ko ciwon ajali take ta taso ta zagayo tazo ina kiranta. Nusaiba ce ta tasheta ta ce “Hannah kije senior Juwairiyya na kiranki. Hannah ta daga ido da kyar ta ce “Bazan iya tashi ba bani da lafiya, jikinta zafi kau kamar wuta. Jijiyoyin kanta sunyi rudu- rudu don ciwon da yake yi mata. Juwairiyya ta daka tsawa ta ce Hannah ta taso Allah Yasa asibiti ne a kanta ba jinya ba. Nusaiba da Rauda suka rirrikota suka tasheta tsaye, Juwairiyya ta daka musu tsawa ta ce musu munafukai su saketa ta zo da kanta. Haka Hannah ta fara tafiya tana rirrike bango ta fita ta zagaya bayan aji inda suke. Juwairiyya ta mika mata ledar da Haisam ya bayar a bata suka ce “Gashi in ji saurayinki. Hannah tayi jigum tana mamaki can ta ce “Waye saurayina? Salaha ta ce “Zaki sanshi munafuka. Juwairiyya ta mika mata wata takarda ta ce “Ki kaiwa Uncle Haisam kice ina jiran amsa yanzu kice nace miki karki sake ki dawo babu amsa. Hannah ta fara tafiya jiri yana daukarta ji take kamar zata fadi saboda yini tayi cur a kwance babu ko dan tea a cikinta. Ta isa ofishinsa ta kwankwasa yayi mamaki da yaji ana kwankwasa masa kofa yanzu, ya tashi ya bude sai yaga Hannah a tsaye. Mamaki ya kamashi ya ce “Hannah lafiya? Keda baki da lafiya kika iya tahowa? Hannah ta cije baki gami da rike bango kamar zata fadi ta ce “Aikoni wajenka aka yi. Ya ce “Aike kuma, waye ya aiko ki? Ta mika masa wasika ta ce “In ji senior Juwairiyya da senior Salaha sunce dole in taho musu da amsa kar in zo babu amsa. Ya bata rai ya karbi wasikar ya bude ya karanta. Wasika ce irin ta kullum daga Juwairiyya ya ceci rayuwarta tana sonsa. Haisam ya cikuikuye ya wurgar ya ce “Sun baki magungunanki? Ta ce “Ah ina jin sune anan, ya karba ya bubbude yana tsiyaya mata a murfi yana mika mata sai ta karba tasha. Sai da ya tabbatar ta sha dukka sannan ya daure ledar ya mika mata ya ce ta wuce daki ta kwanta gobe idan taga baza ta iya fitowa aji ba tayi kwanciyarta zai sanarwa da duty master. Daga karshe ya ce “Sai da safe Allah Ya baki lafiya, Hannah ta ce “Amin. Har ta juya zata tafi sai ta tuna ta juyo ta ce masa “Me zan cewa senior Juwairiyya? Ya ce “Ki ce nace tazo ta karbi amsar da kanta. Hannah ta amsa da to sannan ta tafi. Daman su Juwairiyya na zaune a wata baranda suna hango su. Hannah ta zo wucewa suka kirata tace musu ta kai masa ya ce amsar taje da kanta ta karba. Salaha ta ce “Jeki to. Juwairiyya ta nisa ta ce “Kinga Haisam ko wallahi wulakanci yake shirin yimin tunda ya ce inje da kaina ni nasan ba wata maganar amincewa zai yi min ba. Saboda ai na gani cukuikuye wasikar tawa yayi ya yar a kasa, ya buge da bata magani ai dole ma son Hannah yake. Salaha ta ce “Amma kuwa sunan yarinyar nan gawa don sai taci ubanta a makarantar nan, mu *yan S.S.3 muce muna sonsa yaki ya so junior mu ai bazai yuba. Je ki kiji abunda zai fada miki don muci uwarta da hujja. Juwairiyya ta mike ta nufi ofishin Haisam tana wani karkade riga tana gyara fuska. Tayi sallama gami da tura kofar zata shiga ya dakatar da ita da hannu ya ce “Tsaya daga nan baranda kiji abunda zan fada miki. Don me kike sake yimin aiken wasika bayan nace kada wanda ya sake zomin da wasikarki. Kuma wanne rashin tausayi ne da zaki taso yarinya marar lafiya ki aikota, duk daliban makarantar nan, sai Hannah? Me yasa sai ita zaki aiko Juwairiyya? Juwairiyya ta tsuke fuska ta ce “Amma Uncle Haisam duk aiken dana keyi baka taba kirawoni kace me yasa nake aiko kawayena ba sai dai kacewa *yan aiken duk wacce ta sake zuwa zaka sabar mata. Me yasa baka fadawa *yar aike ba a wannan karon saini ka kira? Haisam ya fusata ya daka tsawa ya ce “Ina tambayarki kina tambayata? To bari kiji yauce rana ta karshe da zaki yimin haka. Ki rike darajarki da mutuncinki a matsayinki na *ya mace budurwa. Idan dole sai kinyi soyayya a makaranta ba karatu ya kawo ki ba to ga sauran Malam da suke rububin sonki amma ni bani da ra’ayin soyayya, this is the last warning bana son sake ganin sako daga wajen ki sai anjima kije. Wani jiri-jiri Juwairiyya take ji ta juya ta tafi tana kwafa. Salaha tazo ta tare ta a hanya tana cewa “Meye na hangoki a baranda, ofishinsa ma ya hanaki shiga? Juwairiyya ta ce “Ke dai muje in baki labarin yadda muka yi. Daman lokacin tashi daga prep yayi duk dalibai sun dungumo daga ajijuwansu sun doshi dakunansu. Don haka zUwairiyya da Salaha Nura sai suka nufi hostel a hanya ta zaiyana mata duk yadda suka yi da Uncle mai kyau wato Haisam. Washegari talata da sassafe bakwai da rabi a lokacin dalibai suke firfitowa daga dakunansu zuwa ajijuwansu domin daukar darussa. Uncle Haisam a tsaye yake kem a bakin get din hostel yana kallon masu fitowa daga ciki. Mamaki ya kama dalibai ganin sabon al’amari meye Uncle Haisam yazo ya tsaya anan da sassafe haka ba shine da duty ba, ba ranar inspection ba kuma, kowacce idan ta ganshi sai ta duka ta mika gaisuwa ta wuce “Good morning Sir. Can ya hango Rauda da Nusaiba da Pamella suna tahowa daga nesa ya dauka Hannah ce sai da suka karaso yaga babu Hannah a cikinsu. Bayan sun gaisheshi ya ce “Yau kuma ina Hannah ko jikin ne? Rauda ta waiga gaba da baya taga babu kowa sai ta matso kusa dashi ta ce “Hannah ba lafiya tana cilinic a kwance acan ta kwana, gabansa ya yanke ya fadi ya ce “Zazzabi ne ya rufeta? Nusaiba ta ce “Wannan yafi zazzabi Yaya, Rauda ta ce “Su senior Juwairiyya ne suka yi mata duka da tsakar dare kusan dukkan S.S 3 sai da kowacce ta doki Hannah jiya ina ji a sume ta fadi da kyar Matrons suka zo suka hana su. Muma bamu san me tayi musu ba. Kuka mu ma muka kwana munayi. Nan da nan Haisam ya canja, ido ya kada yayi jawur gashin jikinsa ya mimmike kai kace muku-mukun sanyi ake. Amma duk da sanyin safiya zufa yake yi. Ba tare daya ce tak ba ya juya ya nufi clinic inda Hannah take a kwance ya same ta rikkicif bata sanma inda hayyacinta yake ba. Abinka da farar fata sai sawun bulalunda suka yi mata jawur a jiki, har wuyanta da fuskarta shatin bulala ne lambar. Ya dade a tsaye yana kallonta kawai yasa hannu ya cire mata wani ganyen Maina daya makale mata a wuya a sanadiyyar duka sai yaji jikinta zafi kau kamar wuta, yaja mayafin dake kan gadon ya lullubeta. Babu kowa a clinic din Nurse din ma bata nan, ya juya ya fita a fusace ya nufi ofishin principal. Ya shiga ofishin gami da yin sallama ya sami waje ya zauna bayan sun gaisa ta dubi Haisam ta ce “Haisam lafiya yau na ganka rai a bace duk wannan fara’ar taka? Ya ce “Dole raina ya baci saboda kusan kashe wata yarinya akayi a daren jiya a makarantar nan *yan aji shida ne suka daki wata *yar aji hudu da tsakar dare kamar zasu kasheta tana cilinic a kwance “Principal ta zabura ta ce “Subahanallahi, ta danna kararrawa masinja ya shigo tace maza yaje aji shida ya kira mata Juwairiyya. Haisam da pricipal na zaune sunyi jigun kowa yana tunani a zuciyarsa. Can saiga Juwairiyya ta karaso ita da wani Malami mai suna Sahabi tazo ta durkusa a kasa ta gaishe da principal, principal ko ansawa bata yi ba ta rufe Juwairiyya da fada tana cewa “In har ba zaki iya hana a aikata laifi ba a makarantar nan banga amfaninki ba a matsayin shugabar dalibai. Haisam ya ce “Madam ai ita ce ta gaiyato sauran *yan aji shidan suka hadu suka yi dukan. Principal ta ce “Oh har da ke head girl ku ka hadu aka kusa kashe yarinya, kiyi kneel down yau sai kun yabawa aya zakinta. Uncle Sahabi yayi caraf ya ce “Madam tsaya kiji, Juwairiyya ta fadamun duk abunda ya faru daman nan zamu taho wajenki muka hadu da masinja a hanya, a gaskiya yarinyar ce bata da kunya wai cewa tayi zata yi dambe da Head girl shine Juwairiyya ta danyi mata bulala uku labour prefect tayi mata biyu. Ga yarinyar can ma a aji tana daukar darasi babu wani zancen kisa. Haisam ya fusata yayo kan Sahabi da fada yana cewa “Karya zanyi musu? Yarinyar da duk makarantar nan babu mai shirunta da ladabi yaushe zata ce zata yi fada da Head girl? Kawai baza ka tsaya kayi bincike ba don sun gaya maka karya da gaskiya shine zaka yarda, kaje clinic kaga jikinta a farfashe bata san ma inda hayyacinta yake ba. Sahabi ya ce “Madam don Allah ki raba mana rigima ki aika clinic a dubo idan akwai wata marar lafiya. Babu kowa ta warke ta mike, ba’a gabanmu Hannah tazo ta wuce ba dazu ko ba Hannah ba ce wacce kake cewa an kusa kasheta? Kuma kai duk wannan hakilon da kake akan Hannah saboda kai saurayinta ne fa yasa kake wannan. Sauran da ake duka ka taba magana? Principal ta lura maganar nan babba ce sai manya sai ta ce da Juwairiyya ta tashi ta tafi aji zata aiko ayi kiranta. Fusakar Juwairiyya cike da murmushi ta fice, principal ta kalli Haisam ta ce “Kwarai tun ba yau ba ansha fada mun kana soyayya da Hannah. Dokar makarantar nan an hana daliba da Malami yin soyayya. Yanzu na gane manufarka don an doki budurwarka shi ne yasa kayi magana ko? To daga yau zan sa C.I.D kada ka kuskura in sake jin ance kana soyayya. Haisam ya fusata, ransa ya baci, zuciyarsa ta hau tafarfasa. Ya dakawa Sahabi tsawa yaje har gabansa yana nuna shi da hannu ya ce “Kai Sahabi karya kake yi ni nafi karfin ka yi min sharri kai da Juwairiyya zaku gane kuranku a makarantar nan. Ni kake cewa ina son Hannah ko? Bayan da bakinka kazo ka sameni kana rokona in hadaka da kanwata Hannah kana sonta naki nace kabarta tayi karatu ashe kana kullace dani kasa aka yi mata wannan dukan ko? Ke kuma principal kin goyi da bayansu sun daki *yar mutane a banza ko? To ni sai na daukarwa Hannah fansa da kaina. Ya kada kai ya fice Sahabi ya juya ya kalli Principal ya ce “Kinji kuma ta inda ya lauya magana ko? Ta ce “Kyaleshi bayan kai ma Mr. Ojo ya fada mun cewa son Hannah yake don haka kaci gaba da kula da su. Haisam ya nufi staff quaters ya shiga gidansa ya zauna a falon yana huci kamar ya kashe kansa yake ji saboda tsananin bakin ciki yau ko darasi ba zai je yayi ba. Yini yayi cur a gida ya kudiri niyyar zai dauki fansa a kan duk mai hannu a cikin wannan al’amarin, wai Sahabi ne zai yi masa haka Sahabin da ke zuwa har gida ya ce ya taimakeshi ya shawo masa kan Hannah taki kulashi shine yau ya ce shine yake son Hannah, wai Juwairiyya da kanta take cewa rashin kunya Hannah tayi mata zata yi danbe da ita wai shine tayi mata bulala uku, ita kuma principal da kanta take bin bayansu bayan tasan Hannah tasan halinta tasha yin kwatance da ita a assembly akan tafi kowa da’a da ladabi shine har ta yarda da kintsin da suka yi mata ko da kyau, haka Haisam ya dinga nanatawa a zuciyarsa. Haisam bai fita daga gida ba sai da yamma misalin karfe biyar ya shigo cikin makaranta a lokacin dalibai suna prep din yamma ya wuce kai tsaye ajinsa don yaga jikin Hannah, a zaune ya ganta a kan kujerarta ba laifi jikin, burdin bulalar ya dan warware zazzabain ya sauka sai dai bata iya bude idanuwanta sosai. Ya ce da ita. “Hannah ya jikin? Cikin sanyi murya ta ce “Da sauki, ya ce kinsha magungunan naki? Ta ce “Eh ina sha. Wani masinja ne ya leko ajin ya ce Malam Haisam ka zo inji principal. A fusace Haisam ya ce “Meye kuma? Dan aiken ya ce “Waya aka bugo maka zaka dauka a ofishinta, ya ce “Gani nan zuwa Haisam ya juya ya dubi Rauda da Nusaiba ya ce “Ku dinga kula da Hanna ku tabbatar tana cin abinci, kunji ko? Suka amsa da “To zamu kula da ita, sannan ya fita ajin ya nufi ofishin principal yana isa ofishin yayi sallama ya shiga ya gaisheta a murtike. Ta ce “Yayanka ne Habib yake son yayi magana da kai nace ya sake kira nan da minti biyar za’a kira… Kafin ta rufe bakinta wayar ta fara kara Haisam yasa Hannu ya dauka ya gaishe da Yaya Habib yaji da kyar Habib yake amsa wa rai a bace Yaya Habib ya ce “Kai Haisam mu fa ba yara bane kanana kana ji ko? Saboda me zaka dinga mana wasa da hankali? Kace shekara uku zaka yi a makarantar nan sannan ka bari yanzu shekara uku sun cika, last week da ka zo aka gaya maka cewar ka bar teachin dinnan ka dawo gida ga kamfanonin Baba aiki yayi mana yawa muna neman ma’aikata, ka ce da zarar ka koma kafin karshen watan nan zaka dawo gida kabar koyarwa gashi munji ka shiru. Kujerarka na nan na jiranka ga Ramlah nan na jiranka itama. Har anyi bikina da Jidda har ta haihu *yar mutane na zaman jiranka kazo ayi bikinku. Wai shin me ka zamar da mune, har nawa kake da zaka dinga juya mu? Don haka karka sake nazo makarantar nan da kaina ka rubuta takardar barin aiki kabar koyarwan nan ka dawo gida muna nan muna jiranka. Kai baka kishin dukiyar Ubanka sai gwamnati me gwamnati zata baka da kake mata wannan wahala, me kake nema ka samu wanda a gidanku baza a baka ba? Haisam ya fusata ya ce “Ka gama maganarka? To bari in fada maka gaskiya ba zan bar koyarwa ba ina nan bazan dawo gida ba, ya kifar da kan waya ya fice, principal ta bishi da kallo har ya fice. Cabdijan aradun Allah za’a kwasheta da zafi,,, kar dai a ce Haisam son Hannah yake. Hmm GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 11 Wayar ce ta sake yin kara tasa hannu ta dauka taji Habib ne. Ya ce “Ina Haisam din? Ta ce “Ya fice, ya ce “Ranki ya dade kema har da laifinki tun rannan Baba ya kiraki har gida ya ce kiyi murda-murda kisa a koreshi daga makarantarki zai biya ki ko nawa ne. Kika ce bazai yu ba, wannan yaron ko kashe shi za ayi bazai bar makarantar nan ba. Wanne irin lallashine ba’ayi masa a gida ba yaki ya bar koyarwar, Principal ta nisa ta ce “Habib tunda kaji nace bazan iya sawa a kori Haisam ba to babu yadda zanyi saboda wannan makarantar ta gwamnatin taraiya ce daga can kololuwa aka dauki Haisam haka kuma korarsa sai daga can Abuja. Dana bincika ma babban director na federal shine ya dauke shi aiki Alh. Sabi’u Auwal abokin babanku ne ko? To babu kuwa yadda za ayi na hada baki dashi a kori Haisam daga makarantar nan. Habib ya ce “Zanzo makarantar watakila nan da sati biyu, idan na dawo dawo daga tafiya dole ne ma ya bar makarantar don yaga anayi masa sakwa-sakwa ya dauka tsoronsa ake yi. Don ni banga uwar da yake samu ba a makarantar. A haka dai suka yi sallama suka ajiye kan wayoyi. BAYAN SATI Ashe ba Sahabi ba kadai akwai Malamai da yawa da suke son Hannah, sai yanzu suka dinga baiyana. Ranar talata data zagayo Haisam da sauran Malamai Uncle Sahabi da Uncle Yusif suna zaune a gindin bishiya da prep din yamma sai Uncle Yusif ya aika wata yarinya ya ce taje S.S. 1A ta kira masa Hannah Abubakar. Haisam na zaune yana tunanin lafiya yake kiran Hannah. Hannah ta karaso tazo ta durkusa ta gaishe su, Uncle Yusif bai amsa ba ya ce “Hannah yau zan nuna miki karshen taurin kai, girman kai da ji da kai. Don haka kije ki karyi bulala katuwa mai kauri dai-dai tsawanki ki kawo min. Haisam na zaune yana kallonsu Hannah ta tashi jikinta a sanyaye ta nufi dawa, can ba da dadewa ta taho dauke da wata zabgegiyar bulala. Ta zo ta durkusa ta mikawa Uncle Yusif ya ce tayi Kneel down ta daga hannu ya kuwa tashi ya fara zabgawa Hannah wannan reshen. Haisam ya kau da kai gefe kawai yayi shiru, Yusif yayi mata bulala kamar sau takwas sannan ya ce “Kinsan me kika yi min? Cikin shesshekar kuka Hannah ta ce “Ban sani ba, ya sake daddagewa ya sakar mata wani dukan, ya ce “Kin tuna yanzu? Cikin gigicewa Hannah ta ce “Na tuna, ya ce “To me kika min? Ta ce “Jiya daka aiko kace inzo in sameka a lambu banzo ba. Ya ce “Yauwa ashe dai kin gane to yau sai na lahira ya fiki jin dadi don kin samu ma ana sonki, ke din me da zaki yimin wulakanci? Sahabi ya tashi ya karbi reshen nan ya zazzabga mata sau biyar da karfi kuwa ya ce “Tashi saura ki ki zuwa nan gaba idan muka aika kiranki da prep. Tana tafe tana rusa kuka ta tafi ajinsu. Sahabi yana cewa “Bari muga zata zo da prep din daren kuwa? Idan bata zo ba wallahi double din wannan zamu yi mata. Haisam yayi tsaki ya mike ya nufi ajin su Hannah, zuciyarsa cike da tsananin bakin ciki da tausayin Hannah. Yaje ajin ya tambaya aka ce Hannah bata shigo ba. Nan da nan hankalinsa ya sake tashi yayi waje da sauri yana dube-duben ko daji ta tafi ta zauna tana kuka, yazo wucewa ta ajijuwan *yan aji shida yaji nishi kamar wata tana tsallen kwado ya leka ta wundo da sauri yaga ashe S.S.3 A sun taru kusan dukkanninsu suna azabtar da Hannah ta jike sharkab saboda gwale-gwale da duka. Juwairiyya ce rike da dorina a hannunta tana biye da Hannah tana tsallen kwado tana fyada mata. A fusace Haisam ya daka musu tsawa duk suka waigo wasu suka ruga ajijuwansu suka zazzauna. Ya hango wani masinja ya kirashi ya ce yaje daji ya karyo masa manya-manyan reshinan bishiyar maina ya kawo masa. Ya zagaya cikin ajijuwan ya ce dukkaninsu su firfito waje bai rage kowa ba duk S.S3 din. Sun dauka abun da wasa ne suna tafe suna rangwada suna tauna cingam, Juwairiyya kenan suka firfito waje daga ajijuwan ya ce su fara tsallen kwado suma, yaje cikin ajin ya tarar da Hannah sharkab tayi gumi ga sawun bulala nan duk jikinta lambar. Yasa hannu ya tasheta tsaye ya ce ta daure ta tafi daki ta kwanta. Tana tafe tana layi tana rike bango ta nufi hostel. Suna tsallen kwadon a duk yadda suka ga dama a zatonsu zai ce su koma aji su zauna suka hango masinja dauke da himilin bulali kai kace jakuna za’a daka tafka-tafka da su. A fusace Haisam ya karbi bulala nan ya fara taf-tafka musu ita ta ko ina, ji kake rududu suna tsallen kwado suna yi yana binsu duk wcce ta fadi kota tsaya a baya yana tafka mata. Wani dogon waje ya nuna ya ce har can zasu kai kuma su juyo. Haka suka dinga yi suje su juyo har sai da ya tabbatar kowacce ta jigata hawayen ma ya kasa fitowa sannan ya ce su biyo layi kowacce ta zo ta kwanta flate sannan ya shassharba mata reshen nan sau goma sha biyu. Bayan jikinsu yayi kaca-kaca ya farfashe, kuka wiwi dan kwalayensu a hannu ga kafa ta sage babu damar tafiya, Juwairiyya tafi kowa shan wuya duka yayi mata kamar Allah ne Ya aiko shi ko kirgawa ma baya yi da bulalai suka kakkarye yasa kafa ya dinga ball da ita daman yana ciki da ita. Kuka wiwi suke suna bashi hakuri daga yau baza su sake ba. Sannan Haisam ya kyalesu anan a kwance wasu a durkushe. Tunda Haisam ya zo makarantar nan bai taba zagin wata ba balle duka yau sai ga Haisam ya canja fuska babu digon rahama murtik da ita kamar zai kashe su haka yayi susu ligi-ligi dukan da babu Malamin daya taba yin irinsa a makarantar ko displine master baya yin irin wannan duka. Labari ya kai gidan principal, a gigice ta fito ta taho a bakin ofishinta ta gamu da Haisam. Ta dube shi sai taga ya canja gaba daya sai ta shiga tsoron tayi masa magana. Can ta ce “Haisam wanne irin duka kayiwa S.S3 yau, me suka yi maka? Ya juyo a fusace ya ce “Ki tambayi kanki da kanki daman na fada rannan tunda baza ki iya daukar mataki ba akan abun da su Juwairiyya suka yiwa Hannah ba to ni na dau fansa, kuma zan iya yin haka akan kowa duk wanda yake marmarin takurawa Hannah a makarantar nan. Principal ta rike baki kawai tana kallon Haisam, ya wuce ya barta anan a tsaye ya nufi gidansa. Yana jiyo Malaman da suke zazzaune a wajen suna cewa “Ai kuwa yarinyar nan sai zaman makarantar nan ya gagareta don sai mun zane ta itama. Nan dai principal ta hau fadace-fadace tana cewa “Dole ne na kira meeting da manyan *yan federal akan abun da Haisam yake min a makaranta. Magaruba tayi Uncle Yusif da Uncle Sahabi suka nufi gidajensu ta jikin gidan Haisam suka zo wucewa yana jin abunda suke fada wai da prep din dare zasu kira Hannah suyi mata dukan tsiya. Shima Haisam din yaji idan da dadi. A haka suka rabu kowanne ya nufi gidansa. Haisam na idar da sallar magariba yayi shigar wata riga mai gajeren hannu damammiya (body hook) ya dora wata suit aka ya fita ya nufi gidan sahabi. Ya kwankwasa kofa, Sahabi ya zo ya bude fuskar Haisam ce ya gani a murtike ta bashi tsoro. Ya ja da baya da sauri. Haisam yasa hannu biyu da karfi ya angaza shi ya tafi taga-taga ya fada kan kujerar da ke falon. Haisam ya shigo cikin falon ya mayar da kofar ya datse. Sahabi yayi tsuru-tsuru a zaune Haisam ya karaso inda yake zaune yasa kafarsa daya ya taka kujerar da Sahabi ke zaune ya duko dai-dai fuskar Sahabi suna kallon-kallo. Sahabi yatsune fuska ya ce “Meye haka Haisam lafiya ko ka zama dan ta adda ne kazo har gidana ka angajeni. Ya yunkura zai tashi yaji Haisam ya turashi karshen kujera, wannan karon hannu yasa ya danki wuyan Sahabi. Sai ido kuru-kuru an shake shi kai ka ce mujiya ce ta fada rami. Haisam yasa hannu a aljihu ya ciro wata *yar karamar wuka ya bude ta tana walkiya ya shinshinawa Sahabi a hancinsa ya ce “Ka kula da abun da nake so na fada maka, idan ka kiyaye ka kubuta idan kuwa kaki to kaiconka kaga wannan wuka zan iya lumata a cikinka ko na yanka ta a wuyanka ka fadi ka mutu ko? To ina da niyyar aikata haka in har ka kuskura ka sake takurawa Hannah a makarantar nan. Zan iya kashe ko waye ba kai kadai ba don haka ka kiyaye. Sannan Haisam ya sake shi ya mayar da wukarsa aljihu ya juya ya bude kofa ya fita yabar Sahabi nan zaune yana tunani kamar a mafarki yau yaji kanshin mutuwa baro-baro, yana fadin “Lallai Haisam da gaske yake zai iya kisa a kan yarinyar nan fa. A bayyane. Haisam na fita gidan Uncle Yusif ya shiga kasancewar duk yawancin Malaman samari ne babu mata a gidan. Daya taba kofar yaji a bude sai kawai yasa kai. Kicibus suka yi Yusif ya fito daga wanka daure da dan tawul a jikinsa. Yayi mamaki daya ga Haisam a tsakiyar falonsa ko sallama bai ji ba, murtik Haisam yake babu walwala, shima sai ji yayi an tunkudeshi kan kujera yayi masa gargadi, kamar yadda ya yiwa Sahabi ya fito ya barshi nan zaune yana mamaki. Saboda tsabagen tsorata su Yusif ko fitowa basu sake yi ba sai da safe, ballantana su je su daki Hannah da daddare kamar yadda suka shirya yi. Haisam tunda ya shiga gida bai sake fitowa ba sai washe gari da misalin sha daya na rana yana da lesson a S.S 2B zai yi musu Geography. Yana doso ofishin principal ya hango motar Yaya Habib yana cikin ofishin principal, kuma yasan yau za’a yi tane kawai donshi babu mai rabashi da makarantar nan. Ya karaso da sauri ya nufi ofishin principal tun daga kan baranda yake jiyo kukan Hannah ya shigo a fusace gami da yaye labulan kofar bazar. Ya tarar da Hannah a durkushe ga jakar kayanta nan a gabanta, principal tana rubuta mata takardar kora (dismisal letter) takardar kora daga makaranta kwata- kwata ga Yaya Habib a zaune yana cewa “Ai idan yaga tabar makarantar zai bari shima dole. A gigice Haisam ya karaso ya kalli Yaya Habib ya kalli principal yaga da gaske suke sunsha kunu. Hannah na kuka kamar ranta zai fita tana magiya don Allah suyi hakuri. Haisam ya tabbata muddin principal ta gama rubuta dismisal letter nan tasa aka yo typing dinta ta buga stamp aikin gama ya gama ko gaban wa aka je baza a dawo da Hannah makaranta ba, kuma duk sharrin data yi mata a jiki ya zauna babu gogewa, sai hankalinsa ya tashi matuka. Nan da nan ya hau magiya yana rokar principal kada ta kori Hannah shi ya yarda duk abunda suka ce yayi zai yi zai ma bar makarantar amma a bar Hannah tayi karatu. Yaya Habib ya kalleshi a wulakance ya ce “Wa zai sake yadda da alkawarinka? Kai da baka cika alkawari tun yaushe kake cewa zaka bar makarantar nan. Haisam ya juya ya dubi principal ya ce “Madam don Allah kada ki rubuta disimal letter nan ni zan bar makarantar ku bar Hannah tayi karatu, principal ta harareshi ta ce “Bazai yuwu ba kai da ka kusa kashe *ya*yan mutane akan wannan yarinyar nayi maka magana ka nuna ko nima zaka iya yimin haka idan na daki Hannah kaga gara kai da ita duk ku tafi kafin dukan ya dawo kaina. Wasikar kora ai na riga na gama rubutawa typing kawai za’ayi. Ta danna kararrawa masinja daya ya shigo ta ce dashi “Maman Joy tana nan a ofishinta, a bude yake? Ya ce “Eh yanzun nan ta shiga. Ta ce “Ka kai mata takardar nan ta bugota yanzu ta baka ka kawo min. Tana mikawa masinja Haisam yasa hannu zai fisge sai Yaya Habib yayi sauri ya fisge ya ce “Ni kazo ka kwata a wajena tunda ka zama marar kunya. Haisam ya fusata ya dakawa masinja tsawa ya ce ya fice daga ofishin nan. Sum-sum ya fita. Kukan da Hannah take ya sake tsananta taga an fara rigima a kanta. Haisam ya wawuro wata adda a bayan kyauran ofishin irin ta yankan ciyawa ya dora a kan kirjin Yaya Habib. Wanda mamaki ya hana Yaya Habib yin motsi daga kan kujerar da yake zaune. Haisam ya ce “Hakika zan iya kashe duk wanda yake kokarin jefa Hannah a cikin tashin hankali da wahala a rayuwarta. Ban dauka zan sameka kana daya daga cikin irin wadannan mutane ba, amma duk da haka ba zan karya alkawarina ba. Kai Yayana ne Uwa daya Uba daya da irin soyayyar da Mahaifanmu suke mana, ka duba kuma irin soyayyar da muke yiwa junanmu don haka bana so na zama ajalinka. Ba kuma zan bar makarantar nan ba har sai na cika burina dana kudira akan Hannah. Hannun Haisam rike da adda akan kirjin Yaya Habib karkarwa yake duk jikinsa yake hawaye ne yake shatatowa daga idanuwan Haisam gaba ki dayan sai ya canja, Yaya Habib ya tabbata Haisam yakai kololuwar bacin rai don shi yasan yadda bacin ran Haisam yake abun babu kyau. Da wuya dai yayi fushi abu da yawa bai cika bacin rai ba sai an kai shi bango idan ya hau to kowa sai ya tsorata kuma mai lallashinsa ya sauko sai an sha wuya kuma idan ransa ya baci zai iya yin duk abunda ya ce zaiyi. Hannah ta kwala kara ta ce “Yaya Haisam kada ka kashe dan Uwanka a kaina na yarda ni zan bar makarantar. Dan Allah Yaya Haisam, dan Allah kayi hakuri. Wani zazzafan hawaye ne ya ci gaba da zubowa daga idanuwan Haisam a tsaye yake kawai ya kurawa Yaya Habib ido rike da wannan adda a wuyan yaya Habib. Principal kuwa tuni ta daka tsalle tayi lungu tana jiran taga yadda Haisam zaiyi da Yaya Habib sannan ya dawo kanta. A fusace Yaya Habib ya yunkura zai tashi Haisam yasa Hannu ya turashi kan kujerar ya koma ya zauna. Haisam ya ce “Bani takardar hannunka. Yaya Habib ya ce “Son Hannah kake? Ya sake fada cikin tsawa ya ce “Tambayarka nake sonta kake shi yasa ka kasa barin makarantar? Haisam ya ce “Burina inga Hannah tana cikin farin ciki a rayuwarta kuma in kwatar mata *yancinta kamar kowacce yarinya tunda ita ba baiwa bace. Gatan Hannah Allah, sai kuma ni a duk duniyar nan. Cikin sanyin jiki Habib ya mikawa Haisam takardar a sanyaye sannan Haisam ya dauke addar daga kan kirjinsa, ya wurga bayan kyaure ya dauki jakar kayan Hannah yaja hannunta suka fice. Habib da principal suka bishi da kallo. Suna fita principal tayi ajiyar zuciya don da kyar numfashinta yake fita saboda tsabar ta tsorata ta tabbatar yadda Haisam ya harzuka yau zai iya kashe Yayansa balle kuma ita. Bayan wani lokaci mai tsaho suna zaune shiru babu wanda ya iya magana suna tunani kawai. Yaya Habib ya nisa ya kalli principal ya ce “Madam yaron nan da gaske yake don haka kada a kaishi bango ya zo ya kashe wani a dinga kai kawo a kotu, ina ganin a kyalesu kawai don Allah a daina dukan yarinyar balle har ya harzuka yayi kisa domin Haisam zai iya aikata hakan tunda ya furta yana da zuciya sosai, amma fa sai an kaishi bango dan bai taba cewa zai yi kisa ba sai yau akan yarinyar nan, zanje in sanarwa da Mahaifinmu. Ya mike ya fita, principal kuwa dakyar take iya magana saboda tsoron Haisam tana ganin zai iya binta gida cikin dare ya kashe ta. Daga karshe ta yankewa kanta shawara gwara taje ta sami Haisam ta bashi hakuri suyi sulhu. Ta kuma yi masa alkawari baza ta sake yadda kowa ya takurawa Hannah ba. Haka kuwa tayi ta sami Haisam har gida cikin lumana suka zauna ta bashi hakuri suka yi sulhu. Tana fita Haisam ya tuntsire da dariya dadi ya lullubeshi ya ce “Haisam! Hannah!!. Kwanci tashi su Hannah sun shiga aji shida (S.S.3) sune manya. Cikin ikon Allah da hukuncin Allah Hannah tazo tafi kusan duk *yan makarantar kokari saboda tun tana zuwa ta takwas ta fara zuwa ta biyar daga nan ta kwacewa Pamella Matin position dinta ya zamana Rauda ta daya, Nusaiba ta biyu ita take zuwa ta uku. Tafia tayi tafiya sai ga Hannah tazo ta daya a ajinsu wani lokaci Rauda ta kwace kayanta idan Nusaiba ma ta hargitso sai ta zo ta kwace itama, haka dai ake ta fafatawa. Amma yanzu da suka shiga aji shida har Malamai ma fadi suke Hannah tafi su Rauda kokartawa don sau da yawa ko tambaya aka yi a aji Hannah ce take amsawa sau tari. Sannan a class work da Assignment tafi kowa ci, an basu mukamai daban- daban. Hannah Abubakar Imam itace shugabar dalibai (Head girl) Nusaiba mataimakiyarta. Rauda kuwa dake tayi kaurin suna a wajen iya rawa da wasanni (Games) harma ake mata lakabi da Janet Jacson sai aka bata social prefect da games prefect mukamai biyu aka hada mata kuma tayi murna matuka da wannan mukamin nata. Duk ranar social night har koyawa yara rawar disco kala-kala take yi. Hannah ma ta dace da mukamin saboda ana son Head girl ta zamana mai kokari, wacce ta iya turanci sosai, mai gaskiya, ladabi da biyayya, mai kamun kanta ba ballagaza ba, mai aji da tausayi da adalci. To duk wadannan Hannah ta hada su don haka nema da aka tace aka zabeta. Domin a yanzu Hannah ko Hausa bata cika yi ba turanci ya kama bakinta sosai Haisam har mamakinta yake idan yaji tana zuba turanci. Tana da jan aji Hannah ba kasafai ta fiye shiga cikin *yan mate dinsu ba suna hayaniya. Gata da tausayi musamman ga yara *yan kananan aji, babu ruwanta da cin zali kuma bata yarda kawayenta suci zalin yara a gabantaba, tunda ita ce shugabar dalibai tana da ikon ta hana sauran prefect. Wannan halaye na Hannah ya sake fito mata da kyakkyawar surarta. Hannah ta sake gogewa abun har baya misaltuwa ta yi kyau kai kace ba *yar Africa bace. Yaya Haisam yasan irin mayukan da kayan sawar da suka dace da jikin Hannah. Tsadaddun riga da wando da riga da siket kala- kala Yaya Haisam yake hadawa Hannah sai dai kawai idan ta dawo hutu ta tarar ya aje mata a gidan Uwar biyu, daman tun ba yauba baya ga Mahaifinta babu wani da take ganin girmansa a duniya irin Haisam. Amma da yake Haisam mai wasa da dariya ne da dalibai suna wasa da dariyarsu a aji kamar yadda ya saba yi musu tun a aji daya. A garin su Hannah kuwa Hannah har gizo take yi musu, gani suke kawai baturiya ce ta zo tace ita ce Hannah, duk ranar da Hannah zata dawo gida hutu samari har tsayawa suke a hanyar da zata wuce suna kallonta, mata kuma ta katanga suke lekowa. Ana cewa Hannah ce fa *yar Malam Habu a garin turawa take karatu. Hannah sai tayi murmushi kawai ta wuce. A gidan su kuwa Iya Abu da *ya*yanta daina magana suka yiwa Hannah sunga wannan ci gaba na Hannah daga Allah yake, babu irin asirin da basu yi mata ba akan a korota daga makarantar ko kuma ma ta haukace amma baici ba. Hannah tana dawowa da duk kayayyakin amfani wadanda zata yi amfani dashi har hutu ya kare, ko ta bawa su Iya Abu da *ya*yanta sai suce basa so. Sai tayi hutunta kakaf ta bar gidan Iya Abu ba ta bata abincin da suke dafawa ba. Ita kuwa Hannah daman tafi son haka domin ita yanzu ta saba da cin mai maiko a makaranta, tuwon dawa miyar kuka sai su Iya Abu. Madara da biskit ne abincinta a lufge a jakarta a dakinta. Sabulun wanka dana wanki masu kamshi take amfani dasu ita da Mahaifinta. Ta bashi yayi wanka ta wanke masa kayansa. Malam Habu yana jin dadi sosai da wannan abu da Hannah take yi masa. Yasan dole idan Hannah ta zo zata kawo masa kudi da abun duniya, ga dinkuna da take kawo masa tace inji Haisam. Silifas dan madina dana gayu yanzu Malam Habu yake sawa, tsaf-tsaf dashi na kashewa ya daina gagararsa. Hmm! ***ajiyar zuciya da lumshe ido** wannan wasan yafi karfina, GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 12 Hannah ta zama tamkar wata tauraruwa mai haske cikin taurari a makarantarsu. Akwai kungiyoyi (clubs) a makarantar da yawa, tun Hannah tana aji daya ta shiga kungiyoyi daban-daban. Kuma duk wasannin kwaikwayon da za a yi a kowacce kungiya sai an saka Hannah ko tana so ko bata so saboda kyawunta. Tun ana sata a matsayin yarinya har aka zo ake saka ta a matsayin budurwa. Don haka Hannah ta kware sosai wajen iya wasan kwaikwayo suna fita suje makarantu daban-daban a fadin kasarnan, kamar su F.G.C Azare, F.G.C Bauchi, F.G.C Kano, F.G.G.C Bakori dadai sauransu, saboda kyawun Hannah da iya acting dinta ya jawowa F.G.G.C Kazaure suna da farin jini a wajen daliban sauran makarantu, kowa ya budi baki sai ya ce a F.G.G.C Kazaure da suka zo makarantarmu akwai wata mai kyau Hannah abubakar ta iya wasa. A yau da yamma su Hannah ne suke gwaji (rahazal) din wani wasan kwaikwayo da zasu je Unity Gwaram suyi, sati mai zuwa. Kungiyar *yan Hausa fulani ne suke yi, Malam Haisam shine shugaban *yan Hausa club, shine Malamin kungiyar (club master) don kawai ya farfado da al’adun Hausa a makarantar, ya kuma hada kan Musulmai yara da manya ya zamana sun hadu a waje daya yare daya suyi raye-raye da wake-wake da wasannin kwaikwayo tare. Hannah Abubakar itace a matsayin yarinyar mai suna Talatu cikin wasan kwakwayo, Maryam Tijjani itace a matsayin saurayin ciki mai suna Abdul. Haisam ne ya rubuta labarin wasan kwaikwayon. A yadda wasan kwaikwayon yake Maryam Tijjani (Abdul) saurayin ciki shine zaiyi tafiya kasar libiya karatu sai yayi shekaru hudu acan sannan zai dawo. Ga budurwarsa Hannah wato Talatu a cikin wasan, sunyi alkawarin zasuyi aure daman sai tafiya tazo masa yazo tafiya ya barta. Daman Haisam ya gutsuro takarda ya rubutawa kowacce abunda zata ca a wajen. Sai ta rike tana karantowa harta rike kafin ranar da zasu yi ba sai da takarda ba. A yau kusan *yan aji shida kakaf suna zaune a hall nan ne wajen da ake yin gwaji (rahazal) din, da wasu da yawa daga cikin *yan aji biyar, hudu da uku *yan kungiyar. Maryam Tijjani (Abdul) ita ce ta taho da jakar kaya katuwa a rataye a kafadarta tazo wucewa suka hadu da Hannah (Talatu) dauke da kwarya a kanta zata je kogi debo ruwa. Abdul ya sakarwa Talatu wani lallausan murmushi na so da kauna cikin sassanyar murya Hannah (Talatu) ta ce “Abdul ba dai tafiya ba, ya ce “Tafiya zanyi Talatu nazo ne daman inyi miki sallama, sai kwaryar dake kan Talatu ta fado kasa dan gigicewa. Ta rushe da kuka. Abdul a gigice ya ajiye jakar dake hannunsa, Hannah ta fara karanto takardar da Haisam ya rubuta musu ta ce “Abdul kayi min alkawari ba zaka yi aure ba a can har sai ka dawo ka aure ni karka je can ka sami *yar larabawa ka aura ni ka manta dani. Haisam yasa tafi sai duk aka dau tafi a hall din. Haisam ya ce “Kunyi kokari wajen yayi kyau kema Maryam Tijjani ki dage ki bata amsa dan Allah banda dariyar nan da kika saba. Maryam Tijjani ta ce “To bazan yi dariya ba, ta daga ido ta kalli Hannah (Talatu) wani kallon soyayya da Hannah take, tayi wani narai-narai da idanuwanta kai ka ce a gaban saurayinta na gaske take. Sai dariya ta kwacewa Maryam Tijjani sai kowa yasa dariya. Haisam ya ce “Gaskiya kina bata mana lokaci kullum muka zo dariya kawai kike yi saura kwana uku fa mu fita edcusion idan kinsan baza ki iya ba na sa wata. Maryam ta ce “Uncle Allah Hannace take sani dariya baka ga kallon da take yimin bafa kamar ta sami saurayinta da gaske sai kashe ido take. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Tsabar ta fiki iya actin kenan, shi daman wasan kwaikwayo ana son duk abunda aka baka kayi kokari ka nuna abun kamar da gaske ne, wajen kuka kayi kuka, wajen murna kayi murna. Kema kiyi mata kallo kamar kece saurayin kin hadu da budurwar da kika fi so a duniya. Wannan yana nunawa kenan Hannah ta iya actin sosai kamar da gaske. Kowa ya hau dariya ana yiwa Maryam tsiya, kema ki yi mata kallon soyayyar mana ko baki iya ba ne? Haisam ya tashi yaje ya karbi takardar hannun Maryam ya ce “Koma gefe ki dinga kallon yadda zamu yi sosai don ki koya. Ya ce da Hannah “To kara karanto naki, Babu kunya Hannah ta narkar da idanuwanta ta kashe murya lallausa ta dubi Haisam kallo cikin ido ta ce “Abdul kayi min alkawarin ba za kayi aure ba a can har sai ka dawo ka aureni kar ka je can ka sami *yar Larabawa ka aura ni ka manta dani anan. Haisam ma yai marairaice ido ya kurawa Hannah ido kawai wannan kallo da Haisam yake yiwa Hannah ya sosa mata wani waje a zuciyarta ya ce “Talatu ba zan yi aure ba, kuma ba zan manta dake ba, ko a ina nake, ko da GANGAR JIKI NA bata tare dake ruhina yana tare da ke, soyayya baiwa ce, Hannah kina raina a koda yaushe, ina sonki Hannah. Taji gabanta ya fadi don jin yaune rana ta farko da Hannah ta san ma’anar wakar nan da take yi tayi shiru tana tunani tana kallon Yaya Haisam tasan tabbas wannan wajen a cikin wakar nan da take yi masa ya dauko kamar daga sama ta ji Yaya Haisam ya ci gaba da cewa “Ina son ki, ina son ki Hannah! Bazan manta dake ba kina raina har abada. Wannan karan ba karantowa yake a takarda ba kuma ba Talatu ya ce ba, Hannah ya ce. Sai Hannah ta fara ja da baya tana tafiya a hankali tasa hannu ta rufe idanuwanta tana murmushi. Kunya ta kama ta, gaba daya *yan kallon sun zubo mata ido suna kallon saurautar Allah, domin kowa ya san wannan kallon kadai da suke yiwa junan su ya fi karfin gwaji balle kalaman da yake fita daga bakin Haisam, ba a jikin takarda yake ba, sai kunya ta kama Hannah ta fita da gudu daga hall din. Haisam yaja wani dogon numfashi ya juya ya kalli sauran daliba ya ce “Kuje ma karasa gwajin da daddare. Ya fita ya nufi gidansa. Dalibai su ka firfito suna gulmammaki “Wannan anya Hannah da Auncle Haisam ba soyayya suke yi ba, ke kinga kallon da suke yiwa junansu Uncle Haisam kamar ya rungumeta fa. Haka dai suka shiga dakunansu kowacce ta nufi bangarenta. Rauda ta sami Hannah a kwance kan gadonta ta dora filo a kanta babu abinda take tunanowa sai idanuwan Yaya Haisam sai kuma tsananin mamakin yadda ya rike baitukan wakar nan da take yi masa tun tana aji daya. Ta ce a ranta “Ashe ma’anar wakar nan kenan banda yarinta, nake kaikaicewa nake rera masa ko da gangar jikina bata tare da kai ruhina yana tare da kai. Har Nusaiba take cewa Hannah meye ruhi na ce ina jin larabci ne ashe ban san Hausa ba ce tsaba a lokacin. Ruhina! Ruhina!! Hannah ta fada yayin da ta sake kankame filo a kirjinta. Tsaki taji anayi a kanta ta bude ido sai taga Rauda a murtike. Tayi furgigit ta tashi zaune ta ce “Rauda har kun dawo? Rauda ta katseta ta ce “Haka za ki ce mana har mun dawo da can zamu kwana? Ko muma son wani muke yi da zamu bishi gidansa? Yaya Haisam dai yana da wacce yake so kuma an gama magana gara kowacce ta koma kauyenta ta sami wani bakauyen ta aura amma Haisam sai Ramlah. Hannah ta ce “Rauda me ya faru, wani abun aka yi? Nusaiba ta ce “Ke Rauda meye haka wasan kwaikwayo ne fa kowa yasan gwaji ne ba gaske bane, wai ke Rauda me yasa bakyason a zauna lafiya ne? Rauda tayi tsaki ta fice tana cewa “Duk gulmace-gulmacen da ake ina sane. Dan iskan kauye ya fi na birni iya iskanci da rashin mutunci. Hannah ta fashe da kuka, tayi ta kuka kamar ranta zai fita. Nusaiba na lallashinta da kyar Hannah tayi shiru suka je suka yi alwalar magaruba. Bayan sunyi sallar isha’i sunci abinci karfe takwas dai-dai sai suka je suka kora dalibai kowacce ta fita ajinsu don yin prep din dare. Uncle Haisam ya fito daga gidansa takwas da rabu yazo ya kirawo *yan Hausa club don suzo su karasa gwajin wasan kwaikwayo da suke yi. Ta bayan wundo ya hango Rauda tsaye akan bencin Hannah tana ta gurza mata rashin mutunci har cewa take da ba’a san asalin balbela ba da sai ta ce Madina ce garinsu. Yaga Hannah a zaune tayi shiru tana hawaye, ran Nusaiba ya baci ta taso ta shigarwa Hannah kamar zasu daku da Rauda. Sai Haisam ya leko ta wundo yayi musu tsawa ya ce su fito waje yana son ganinsu. Suna zuwa gabansa kallo daya suka yi masa suka san babu wasa yau a murtike yake kasancewar sun san bacin ransa babu kyau sai kowacce ta fara rawar jiki. Ya daka tsawa ya ce kowacce tayi kneel down bayan sun yi ne ya tambayi Nusaiba me ya faru. Nusaiba ta zaiyana masa dukkan abunda ya faru tsakanin Rauda da Hannah tun daga na yamma har na yanzu. Ya juya ya kalli Rauda ya ce “Rauda haka ne? Ta gyada kai gami da tabe baki ta ce “Haka ne kuma gaskiya na fada. Haisam ya fusata ya kaiwa Rauda mari tayi sauri ta kwanta a kasa bai sameta ba. Ta ce “Yaya Haisam yau ni zaka mara akan Hannah? Haisam yayi shiru hannayensa a cikin aljihu kansa a sunkuye a kasa. Can ya dago ya ce da Nusaiba ta tashi ta shiga aji. Ya dubi Rauda wacce ke durkushe akan gwiwarta a gabansa Rauda ta rushe da kuka. Haisam ya ce “Rauda tun ba yau ba, tun kuna aji daya na lura kin kafawa Hannah karan zuka a makarantar nan, yanzu kece kadai kika rage a cikin masu takurawa Hannah zan iya daukar kowanne mataki kuma akanki muddin baki fita harkar Hannah ba ki kiyaye, idan kuma kin ki ni zan fiki farin ciki don zaki ga abunda zan zartar a kanki. Ko Amratu kanwata *yar shekara bakwai zan iya hukunta ta muddin ta nemi takurawa Hannah wannan alkawari nayi wa Allah kuma sai na cika shi don Hannah amana ce a wajena. Kamar a mafarki Rauda take jin kalaman Yaya Haisam, tana fada a ranta “Lallai abun nasa babbane da gaske ya ke. Daga karshe ya ce ta tashi ta shiga tana sharbar kuka ta mike a fusace ta shiga aji. Ya shigo shima ajin ya kalli Hannah wacce ido yayi mata jawur don kuka ya ce Hannah ki kira sauran *yan Hausa club ku taho Hall ku sameni mu karasa Rahazal din. Cikin ladabi Hannah ta amsa masa. Ya fita ya nufi hall. Hannah ta ce “Rauda muje hall Yaya Haisam na kira. Ta dago ta harari Hannah ta ce “Bazan je ba kuma na fita daga club din ko za’a sani dole ne? Hannah zata ce wani abu Nusaiba taja hannunta ta ce “Kyaleta mu tafi mu kira sauran. Hutu ya kusa karewa har ana shirye-shiryen fara first term exermination. Kowacce karatu take haikan. Sunyi jarabawa an basu sakamako kafin ranar hutu. Hannah ce tazo ta daya a ajinsu wannan karon, Raudah ta biyu, Nusaiba ta uku. Ranar hutu bayan anyi assembly hutu da wur-wuri kafin kowa ya fara tafiya Haisam yazo ya sami Hannah, Rauda, Nusaiba da wasu kawayensa a zazzaune akan barandar hall suna ta hira. Bayan sun gaishe shi sai ya ce “Hannah taso ga Safiyanu yazo daukarki, idan muka sauke ki a gidan uwar biyu zamu wuce dashi Dan Musa can Jahar Katsina acan yake neman aure zamu kai kayan gaisuwar surukai. Su duka suka kyalkyale da dariya. Hannah ta ce “Oh Yaya Safiyanu daman aure zai yi ko ya fada mana sunanta, ranar nida Nusaiba muka ga hotonta a motarsa muka ce budurwarsa ce ya ce wai shi ba budurwarsa bace. Nusaiba ta ce “Haka ne kuwa a bayan hoton an rubuta Dan Musa har nake cewa Dan Musa kuma sunan mace dan Musa ya ce eh haka ne sunanta. Haisam yayi dariya, sannan ya juya ya kalli Rauda tasha kunu ta kawar da kai gefe daman tunda akayi wannan abun bata cika yiwa Hannah magana ba musamman idan taga Haisam da Hannah. Ga Uwa Uba Hannah ta kwace mata position tazo ta daya, sai take jin haushinta kamar ta kashe Hannah. Haisam ya ce “Rauda ni ba Kano zanje ba sai mun dawo daga Dan Musa don a gida ma nace kada a turomun da Mota. Auwal ne zaizo daukarki ko direba? Tace “Sai dai direba Yaya Auwal yana Maiduguri ya ce “Oh haka ne fa, to ki gaishe dasu Hajiya sai wajen jibi zanzo Kanon. Idan muka tafi yau ba damar muyi tafiyar dare dole mu kwana sannan washegari mu dawo Kazaure, wata kila in kwana a cikin gari jibi muje Kanon da Safiyanu. Rauda ta ce “Zasu ji, Allah Ya kiyaye hanya. Hannah ta kira wasu Juniors suka dauko jakunkunanta suka zuba mata a mota. Tayi wa kawayenta sallama tana zolayar su tana cewa yau itace farkon tafiya duk makarantarnan ta barsu su *yan kwantai ne. Rauda ta tabe baki ta ce “Yanzu watakila har kowa ya isa gida ke baki isa gida ba, saboda hanyar garinmu kwalta ce sambel ba kasa ba. Hannah da Nusaiba ne kawai suka gane Raudah bakar magana ta fada, wato Hannah Bakauyiya ce kenan take nufi. Sai Hannnah tayi murmushi kawai ta tafi ta shiga mota tana dagawa su Nusaiba hannu har suka fita get. A gidan Uwar biyu su Haisam suka sauke Hannah, Haisam ya shiga cikin gidan ya bawa Uwar biyu kudaden motarsu da wanda zasu kaiwa Mahaifin Hannah suka yi godiya yayi musu sallama ya juya ya tafi, har yaje kofar fita ya juyo ya ce “Ko yanzu zaku tafi mu aje ku a tasha. Hannah tayi sauri ta ce “Yaya sai da yamma zamu tafi ina so inje gidajen kawayena a nan cikin gari, yayi murmushi ya ce “Wato akuyar daure ta sami sake, su Hannah an iya yawo ko? Su duka suka yi dariya sannan ya fita. Da misalin karfe biyar uwar biyu da Hannah suka isa Babban Mutum, suka je suka iske gida a hargitse anyi tashin hankali. Malam Habu Mahaifin Hannah kuka yake wiwi. Cikin rikici da rudani Hannah ke tambayar meya faru Babanta yake kuka? Iya Abu ta tuntsire da dariya tayi buda da shewa ta ce “Tambayi Ubanki, karshen tukatiki tik, yau Allah Ya nuna mana gaskiya. Hankalin Hannah da Uwar biyu ya sake tashi sosai, suna so suji me Iya Abu take nufi da wannan habaici nata. Malam Habu ya sharbe hawaye da babbar riga ya ce “Muje zaure in fada muku abunda ya faru. Da yake daman a tsakar suka iske su suka je zaure suka zazzauna Malam Habu ya nisa gami da langabar dakai ya ce “Idan ka haifa dole a jawo maka, daman ance dan kuka shi ke jawa Uwarsa zagi. Uwar biyu da Hannah su dai sun kagu suji abunda ke faruwa ya ce “Yanzun nan babu dadewa watakila kun hadu da wata bakar mota katuwa a hanyar shigowa garin nan, wata futsararriyar yarinya ce tazo ta cimin mutunci a kofar gidan nan har ta tara mun mutane. Hannah ta ce “Wace ce Baba? Cikin rudani da fargaba ta tambaya ya ce “Farko da tazo sai ta tsaya ta karemun kallo a wulakance sannan tace naji kunya wallahi. Daman yarinyar ma *yar talakawa ce, yake bata mun lokaci a kanta. To Baba bari in fada maka ka jawa yarka Hannah kunne ta kiyayi mijina idan ba haka ba ni zan zamo ajalinta domin zan iya kashe duk yarinyar da zata rabani da Haisam abun sona. Kuma ka cire *yarka daga makarantar nan domin idan bata bar makarantar ba Haisam ba zai bar makarantar ba ya rabu da ita, muddin Hanna ta sake komawa makarantar to kuwa har makarantar zan bita in zartar da abun da na yi niyya. Ba tana takamar ita kyakkyawa bace to zan kwara mata wani abu a fuska (acid) fuskar ta sale ta kwakkwabe har makarantar zan tarar da ita in yaso sai inga fuskar da zai sota. Don soyayya Hannah take yi da mijina ba karatu ba. Har sakamakon jarabawar kanwata yake dauka ya bata tazo ta daya a ajinsu. To na gaji, wannan shine lokaci na karshe da na bawa Hannah idan taki ji ta koma makarantar to wallahi ta kuka da kanta. Malam Habu ya sharbe hawaye yaci gaba da cewa “Da wata *yar makaranta tana sanye da kayan makaranta irin naki *Yar Baba itama tana taya ta suka yimin tas, Iya Abu na ihu tana dariya tana cewa daman ta sani ba tun yau ba Hanne karuwanci aka kaita tayi ba makaranta ba yanzu gari duk ya dauka maganar ake yi don a gaban mutane aka yi haka. Ta ce Hannah ta ci sa’a da ban sameta ba da sai ta faffalla miki mari sannan suka shiga mota suka tafi. Hannah bata iya cewa komai ba sai ta sunkuyar da kai kasa tana kuka Malam Habu ma kukan yake Uwar biyu ta matse hawaye ta ce “Kuyi shiru, ku daina kuka wannan duk abune na shirme da karya ita wannan yarinyar data zo ina tunanin matar da Malam Haisam zai aura ce take ganin son Hannah yake alhali kowa yasan Haisam a matsayin Yaya koma ince Uba yake a wajen Hannah tun tana karama fa inah, ai zancen so ma bai taso ba. Hannah karatu take a makaranta babu wata soyayya daga wannan hutun ma baza su sake dawowa ba har sai sun gama makarantar ma kwata-kwata, saura wata bakwai su gama. Malam Habu ya zabura ya ce, “Wacce komawa ai Hanne tazo kenan baza ta koma ba ina wani zancen saura wata bakwai Hanne ta gama, ai ko saura kwana bakwai ne Hanne ta gama karatu bayan a gaban mutane aka ce ba karatu take yi a makarantar ba soyayya take yi sannan in bar *yata ta koma ai sai a dinga cewa tana can tana iskanci har wata bakwai ba ta komo gida hutu ba, ni dai abunda zance muku Uwar biyu ke da wannan yaro Haisam Allah Yayi muku albarka amma Hanne ba zata sake komawa ba karatun ya isa haka duk kawayenta harma kannanta duk sunyi aure gara itama in hadata da wani a dangi tayi aurenta baki alaikum kafin a kone mata fuska. Daman abunda muke ji a redio gaskiya ne ace an fesawa wani ko wata wani ruwa a fuska ta kwakkwabo gaske ne to ba zai faru akan Hanne ba. Karatun da tayi na baya ya isa nagode madalla. Cikin rudewa Uwar biyu ta ce “Haba Malam Habu yaya zaka yi mana haka? Baka kyauta masa ba yarinyar nan duk zance take Haisam ba zai barta taje gurin Hannah ba balle tayi mata wani abu. Bama a barin kowa yaga dalibai in ba ranar visiting ba dokar makaranta ce. Malam Habu ya mike ya shiga gida yana cewa “Nifa na gama maganata Uwar biyu kiyi hakuri ki bar maganar komawar Hanne makaranta. Ai ko karan hauka ne ya cije ni ba zan bar *yata taje inda za’a hallakata ba ina Hanne ina kishi da wadannan gogaggun *yan birni masu kudi? Tunda tana ganin mijinta son Hanne ya ke ai sai a hakura da taimakon, na baya ma Allah Ya saka. Ya shige ya bar Hannah tana matse hawayen dake idanuwanta da wani farin hankici dake hannunta ta ce da Uwar biyu, “Kyale shi ya tsorata ne kafin hutu ya kare zai yadda idan na wayar masa dakai a hankali na lallabashi sai dai idan hutu ya rage sati guda kizo don muji mai zai ce in yaki yadda sai Yaya Haisam yazo ko kuma ya turo Principal idan kuma yaki yarda na shiga uku karshen karatuna ya zo. Hannah ta rushe da kuka, Uwar biyu tace “Yadda za’ayi shine Haisam zan turo yazo garin nan Mahaifinki ya kalli kwayar idonsa ya ce ya hanaki ki koma makaranta, Haisam zaizo da kansa. A haka Hannan da Uwar biyu suka yi sallama. Hannah tayi-tayi da Uwar biyu ta shigo cikin gida ta huta sannan ta tafi Uwar biyu ta ce ba zata shiga ba, ina zata iya shigowa wajen Iya Abu masifaffiyar matar da zata iya kashe mutum ma don rashin imani. Hannah ta raka ta har tasha ta shiga mota sannan hannah ta dawo gida.GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 13 A zaure Malam Habu ya shinfida tabarmar kaba da wani yagulallen filo da zanin gado irin na da dinnan shekara aru-aru da suka shude. Nan ne shinfidarsa da yake kwana nan ne dakinsa dan duk sanyi da damuna a nan yake saboda Iya Abu ta mamaye dakunan gidan. Dakinsa din ya barwa Hannah data girma ya dawo zaure don da da tana yarinya tare suke kwana a dakin. Ko yaushe Hannah zaka ganta a zaune a gefen Babanta tana lallabashi tana wayar masa da kai game da makarantarsu. Tana nuna masa muhimmanacin karatu da kuma irin bacin ran da Haisam zaiji idan bata koma ba. Ta kwashe labarun abubuwan da suka faru tun tana aji daya har tazo aji shida yadda Haisam yake kula da ita da irin tataburzar da aka sha yi akanta da dalibai da Malamai har ya kwatar mata *yancinta babu mai dukanta ko zaginta yanzu, kuma yayi alkawarin zai iya kashe ko waye yake son ya takura mata. Malam Habu ya gamsu sosai da bayanan Hannah ya kuma san Haisam ba zai yadda a cuce ta ba. Hutu ya rage sati guda sai ga Uwar biyu ta dira a garin su Hannah ta iske Hannah da Mahaifinta a zaure a zaune zance daya dai suke ta nanatawa kullum shine zancen ya barta ta koma makaranta. Bayan sun gaisa da Uwar biyu ta fadi abunda ke tafe da ita cewar tazo ne ta tafi da Hannah hutu ya kare sai Malam Habu ya kekashe idanuwansa ya ce shifa babu inda Hannah zata je. Hannah tayi mamaki da taji ya fadi haka yanzu bayan ya yarda da tayi masa bayani sai kawai Hannah ta rushe da kuka, magiyar duniyar nan Uwar biyu ta dinga yiwa Malam Habu amma yaki yarda daga karshe Uwar biyu tayi musu sallama ta tafi. Tana isa Kazaure ta wuce gidan su Safiyanu abokin Haisam bata same shi ba ance yana Kano sai ta koma gida ta zuba ido ko Allah zai jeho mata Haisam ko Safiyanu idan zasu kawo sayayyar Hannah ta makaranta tunda sunsan hutu ya kare zasu kawo. Har gobe a koma makaranta Uwar biyu bata ga Safiyanu ba balle Haisam. A can kuwa Hannah hankalinta ya gama tashi taji shiru Yaya Haisam baizo ya taya ta rokar Babanta ba, sai ta dauka shima yayi fushi ne ya ce to abar masa *yarsa kar tayi karatun mana. Da la’asar likis Hannah da Mahaifinta suna zaune akan lintsimemiyar tabarmar kaba a zauren kasa da rufin ciyawa Hannah kuka take yau tun da safe. Malam Habu yayi lallashin duniyar nan tayi shiru ta hakura tama cire ranta a makarantar don shi ya gama magana bazata koma makaranta ba. Ta ki ci ta ki sha sai kuka take rafsawa. Kwatsam suka ji sallama daga idon nan da Hannah ta yi sai tayi ido hudu da Yaya Haisam, Safiyanu da Uwar biyu suka yi sallama suka shigo. Da sauri Hannah ta dauko musu tabarma ta shinfida musu suka zazzauna ta koma ta dauko musu ruwa a randa cikin kwanan sha. Ta kawo ta durkusa kasa ta gaishe su ta koma gefe ta zauna. Murna ce ta rufe Malam Habu yama rasa inda zaisa wadannan manyan baki, *yan gayu, ya lalubo kudi a aljihunsa ya ce Hannah tayi maza taje bakin kasuwa ta suyo musu fura da nono, su Haisam suka ce kai haba ai su a koshe suke ya barshi kawai. Bayan sun gaggaisa Malam Habu ya gama yi musu sannu da zuwa da taki ta kare, sai Safiyanu ya nisa ya ce “Baba munzo ne mu ba da hakuri akan dalilin da yasa ka hana Hannah zuwa makaranta, shine muka zo da kanmu mu roke ka Baba duka-duka saura wata nawa ne yanzu Hannah zata gama karatunta ta dawo gida. Nan da nan Malam Habu ya canja fuskar fara’ar da yake ta gushe ya ce “Wai me yasa kuke sani ina muku kin kyautawa ne? Bana so ku tambaye ni abinda zan kasa baku na gama magana don Allah don Annabi ku bar zancen karatun *yar Baba, na yanke shawara ba zata koma ba. Haisam kokarin da yake Allah Ya saka maka, hakan ma ya isa ba sai ta kara yin wasu watannin ba. Na ce da Uwar biyu ta yi maka godiya ka cika min alkawarin da ka dauka wallahi ko bata karasa ba ai ka cika alkawari ba laifinka bane. Alkawari da amana ai ba karamin aiki bane cika su, amma cikin yardar Allah ka cika kai dai, Ubangiji Ya saka maka da gidan aljannah. Amma Hannah ba zan bari ta koma ba. Haisam yayi dan murmushi gami da gyaran murya ya ce “Amin Baba, amma idan baka manta ba a ranar dana karbi amanar Hannah nayi alkawarin Hannah zata yi karatu to kai ma a lokacin kayi min alkawari, kaga alkawari girma ne da shi baka cika ba, kayi min alkawari zaka bar Hannah tayi karatu don sai dama nasa kayi alkawari zaka dinga turo Hannah makaranta baza ka hana ta ba wataran sannan nayi maka alkawarina. Malam Habu yayi shiru zuwa dan wani lokaci can ya nisa ya ce “Anyi haka yaro haka akayi nayi maka alkawari to amma ai abinda yarinyar nan ta ce gargadi fa tayi min akan kada in kara tura *yata makarantar nan kaga ai kome tayi mata bata da laifi nine ban ji ba kenan. Haisam ya katseshi ya ce “Kare lafiyar Hannah da duk wani abunda zai cuce ta yana daga cikin manar dana dauka in Allah Ya so babu mai yiwa Hannah wani abu. Ramlah kuwa ta fada ne kawai a cikin bacin rai amma babu abinda zata yiwa Hannah, a ina ma zata ganta balle tayi mata wani abu? Ta dai fadi son ranta donta tsorataka,kawai kaga Baba kuma abinda ta fada ba haka bane Hannah karatu take haikan a makaranta, kanwa ce Hannah a wajena ni ne mai tsawatar mata ma misali da ace tana soyayya da samari a makarantar. Baba mufa canfa akwai doka babu yadda za’ayi wata ta shigo cikin makarantar dauke da wata guba taje ta cuci dalibai don haka Baba ka kwantar da hankalinka ni da kai duk mu cika alkawuran da muka daukarwa Allah. Malam Habu ya ce “To shikenan Allah Ya taya mu cikawa. Hannah dauko kayanki ku tafi Allah Ya kiyaye hanya. Su duka suka ce “Amin, sai murna ta dira a zukatansu. Cikin farin ciki da jin dadi Hannah ta shiga ta fara hado kayanta, Iya Abu tayi caraf ta fito daga bayan kyauren da take labe ta hau Malam Habu da fada “Au yarda kayi da wannan dadin bakin da suka yi maka. Duk wannan gaskiyar data baiyana yarinya iskanci suke a makarantar don yana aiko maka dana goro shine kaki fadar Allah saboda abin duniya? Kallo daya Haisam yayi mata yaga irin wadannan mutanen ne masu abun haushi masu kama da aljanu munana masu bakin hali yaji ya tsani Iya Abu har baya so ya kara kallon fuskar shegiya. Hannah ta rataya jakarta ta fito ko kallon Iya Abu bata yi ba balle tayi mata sallama. Ta duka ta yiwa Babanta godiya tayi masa sallama ta wuce cikin mota. Haisam ya danko kudi mai yawa ya ajiye a gaban Malam Habu, Safiyanu ma haka ya debo kudi ya ajiye masa suka yi masa sallama dukkaninsu yana godiya suna godiya suka shiga mota suka tafi. Ba Safiyanu ba har Haisam ya ji ya sake tausayawa rayuwar Hannah saboda ganin yadda gidansu yake. Gidan kasa ne anyi masa katanga da kara rufin azare abin dai abun tausayi talauci ne dai tsagwaronsa. Babu abinda zaka daga a gidan ka sayar dashi dari biyar komai raga-raga. Kaico! Hannah na komawa makaranta tasa littafinta a gaba tahau karatu. Sune yanzu masu shirin zana S.S.C.E don haka babu wasa sai karatu. Kwance tashi su Hannah sun fara zana jarabawarsu ta karshen (S.S.C.E). Saboda daman tuni sun gama tsarge karatu. Sai suka ga cin tuwo yafi jarabawar wuya sai kawai suka fede ta. Geography course din Malam Haisam ita ce wacce suka yi ta karshe da misalin karfe hudu na yamma suka gama daman jakunkunansu suna bakin hall din da suke jarabawar suna fitowa sai kowacce ta dauki jakarta sai tafiya daman kowacce ta kagu taje gida taga *yan gidansu basu taba irin wannan dadewan a makaranta ba, har watanni bakwai a makaranta. Hatta Hannah da bata so a yi hutu itama yanzu so take taje gida taga Mahaifinta sai mafarkinsa take kullum ta kwanta barci. Hannah da kawayenta sun sha kukan rabuwa musamman ita da Nusaiba sun saba sosai gashi zasu rabu. Gashi kuma babu waya a garinsu Hannah balle su dinga gaisawa a waya. Rauda ma ta rungume Hannah tana kuka taji duk babu dadi yanzu da zasu rabu, kuka wiwi Juniors suke yi na rabuwa da Seniors dinsu zasu tafi su barsu musamman Hannah basu ji dadin rabuwa da ita ba saboda tayi musu mutunci, samun shugabar dalibai irin Hannah sai an bincika. Ta koya musu abubuwa na cikin kungiyoyinsu (club) na makarantar. A haka kowacce ta tafi gida kuka wiwi. Safiyanu ne yazo ya dauki Hannah ya kaita gidan Uwar biyu. Yau Haisam tun kafin su shiga Jarabawa yazo yayi musu sallama ya koma gidansa ya rufe kansa ko wajen da ake bankwana bai zo ba saboda tsananin bakin cikin rabuwa da *yan ajinsa da yake matukar so. Gidan Uwar biyu ma sai washe gari yaje ya samu Hannah acan. Bayan sun gaisa ya ce da Hannah. Yau zaki tafi gida ko sai kin sake hutawa kamar sati daya anan sannan ki tafi? Hannah tayi caraf ta ce “Yaya Haisam yau zan tafi na dade banga Baba ba. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Wato ke yanzu kin bar Kazaure kenan zaman Kazaure sai mu? Tayi dariya ta ce “Sai ku ai mu mun daku wannan hutun har na daina sha’awar garin Allah Yaya Haisam. Haisam ya mike ya ce “To ki shirya zanje nan makwabta Safiyanu yana ciki wajen abokansa ana wanke masa motar ana gamawa sai ku fito zan aiko yaro yayi kiranku sai mu kaiku tasha ku tafi. Da har can garin zamu kaiku in yiwa Baba godiya ince masa gaki na dawo masa dake lafiya na cika alkawari shima ya cika, to sai Safiyanu ya ce Kano zai tafi da Kakarsa in anjima. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Kai Yaya Haisam ai babu komai yana gani na ma yasan lafiya na dawo lallai kuwa ka cika alkawari. Ya juyo ya kalleta ya ce “Ko? Tayi murmushi ta ce “Eh. Sannan ya fita yana murmushi. Bayan fitarsa da dadewa sosai yaro ya shigo ya ce “Wai Uwar biyu da Hannah su fito inji su Safiyanu suna kofar gidan Dallatu. Daman a shirye suke tsaf sai Hannah ta fara dorawa yaron jibgegiyar Jakar kayanta. Jakunkunan uku ne. Yakai ya dawo ya dauki biyu sannan yazo ya dauki ta karshe sannan suka fito Uwar biyu ma da buhunta a kanta, suka shiga motar sai tashar Kazaure. Hannah ta hado kayanta kakaf na gidan Uwar biyu, katifa da bokiti kuwa ta ba Uwar biyu kyauta. Kaya masu kyau atamfofi da shaddoji da yawa Hannah ta bawa Uwar biyu kyauta da *yarta Halima. Dake kaya tsadaddu leshina uku, shadda da atamfa bibbiyu Yaya Haisam ya yiwa Hannah na Candy. Bayan takalma da sarka da dan kunne harda ta gwal ya suyo mata. Suna isa tasha a bakin tasha Safiyanu ya tsaya da motar. Ma’aikatan nan *yan Union su biyu suka zo suka tambaye su ina zasu da suka fada sai suka ce babu motar Babban-mutum yanzu amma baza a dade ba zata zo Haisam ya ce su kwashe Jakunkunan su kai cikin tasha. Hannah da Uwar biyu suka shiga cikin tasha. Safiyanu da Haisam suna bakin mota a tsaye a bakin tasha. Can suna tsaye suna hira sai Safiyanu ya kalli agogo ya ce yanzu fa muka yi da Hajja Kakata zan dawo mu tafi Kano tana can tana jira na. Haisam ya ce “Ai ba komai jeka kawai nima idan naga tafiyarsu acaba zan hau in koma cikin makaranta. Suka yi sallama Safiyanu ya shiga mota ya tafi, Haisam kuma ya shiga cikin tasha. A cikin wata *yar rumfa ya iske Hannaah a zaune akan Jakar kayanta Uwar biyu kuma akan wani benci suna *yar hira suna jiran zuwan mota. Ya karasa cikin *yar rumfar yana tambayarsu. Har yanzu motar bata zo ba ne? Uwar biyu ta ce “Sun dai ce yanzu zata zo munzo da wuri ne wai daman motar bata zuwa da wuri. Ta mike da sauri daga kan bencinta tace da Haisam ya zauna, ya ce “Lah babu komai yi zamanki mana. Uwar biyu ta ce “A’a ka tsaya a tsaye? Ga kawayena acan suna sayar da zogale bari inje wajensu mu gaisa daman dan kar in bar Hannah ita kadai shine yasa banje ba tun dazu. Uwar biyu ta tafi, Haisam ya zauna yana kallon Matafiya da masu mota ana ta hayaniya. Can ya juya ya kalli Hannah wacce ke zaune akan jakarta tayi jigum kamar tunanin wani abu take, ya kura mata ido kawai yana tunani a ransa. Babu abinda ya fara tunawa sai a ranar da aka fara kawo Hannah makaranta ta ci dammara ta hau ta zauna akan akwatinta tayi jigum tayi shiru a lokacin da Babanta ya tafi ya barta. Amma yanzu maimakon dammarar data ci sai tayi shar da wani tsadadden bakin leshi mai duwatsu kala-kala suna sheki a jikinta. Dinki ne filet riga da siket ta yafa dan yalolon gyale ta dana daurin dan kwali yayin da lallausan gashin nan nata mai santsi baki da tsawo ta tufke da bakin ribon a keyarta. Hannah na dago kai sai taga Yaya Haisam kallonta yake kawai a lokaci guda sai kowannensu ya sakarwa dayan murmushi. Abunda itama ta fara tunawa ranar da Babanta ya kawota makaranta ta hau kan akwati ta zauna tayi shiru Yaya Haisam yana zaune akan benci yana kallonta. Mai tallar biredi ne ya zo ya ishe su da a sayi beridi ga gardi, zaki biredin tsaraba. Haisam ya kalli Hannah ya ce “Baza ki sayi abun tsaraba ba ne ki kaiwa yara? Hannah ta ce “Kyalesu Yaya. Ya ce “Ban gane kyalesu ba, haka zaki yi wata bakwai kije musu hannu Rabbana biscuit ko sweet za ki shiga Aishalle ki saya? Ungo kudin ki aiki wani yaron. Ya ciro kudi a aljihunsa, Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Su fa sunfi ganewa ayi musu tsarabar biredi. Haisam ya ce “Su sha tea da safe dashi? Hannah ta ce “A’a su ringa gutsira a haka, su duka suka yi dariya. Haisam ya ce da mai biredi ya sauke ya je ya siyo jakar bacco ya dawo. Ba dadewa sai ga mai biredi dauke da jakar bacco. Haisam ya ce ya juye biredin duka a ciki. Hannah ta rike baki ta ce “Yaya Haisam wadannan manya-manyan biredi har wajen guda takwas ai suna da girma sunyi yawa biyu ma sun isa. Haisam ya ce “A’a basuyi yawa ba kowa yazo yayi miki sannu da zuwa sai ki yago masa gayan biredi ki bashi kice ga tsaraba. Su dukkansu suka kyalkyale da dariya harda mai sayar da biredi dadi ya kamashi ana masa ciniki. Mai lemon fata ne ya garzayo da sauri yaga an siye na abokinsa, shima ya bude muryarsa gaba daya yana “A sayi na tsaraba, shima Haisam ya ce ya siyo bacco ya zo ya juye duka farantin, yayi cololo kuwa don cika. Nan da nan ya garzaya da sauri ya siyo bacco yazo ya juye sai kudinsu tumus a hannu. Suka jerawa Hannah bakkuna a gaba suka tafi suna murna. Hannnah ta dago ta kalli Haisam fuskarta cike da murmushi gami da nuna jin dadin kulawar da yake yi mata ta ce “Yaya na gode fa kwarai da gaske Ya ce “Babu komai Hannah. Hannah ta dago ta kalleshi suka hada ido ta ce “Yaya Haisam baka bani abun busa naba da tsakiyoyin da ka ce in baka zaka boyemin kada Malamai su kwace min din nan tun randa aka kawoni aji daya. Haisam ya tuntsire da dariya Hannah ma haka ya ce “Bazan baki ba sai kinyi wannan danmarar da kika yi sannan zan baki sarkokinki. Suka sake tuntsirewa da dariya ya ce “Busa nake yi da abun busarki fa, kusan kullum da daddare kafin in kwanta zaki yi mamaki idan aka ce yanzu na fiki iya busar da wakar. Nafa rike yadda kuke wakar, da Amratu kanwata zanje in kaiwa a gida ashe baki bani ba, bari inje in dauko miki. Hannah tayi sauri ta ce “Bansan kana so ba na bar maka har tsakiyoyin ma in so kake. Ya ce “Eh suma Amratu zan bawa ta dinga kwalliya dasu. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Amratu baza tayi kwalliya dasu ba, ko mu *yan kauye mun daina saka irinsu. Motar da zata je Babban-mutum ce ta shigo, doguwar bus ce nan da nan Uwar biyu ta taso ta ce dasu, “Hannah ga mota nan tazo daga jakar su zuba a but. Kwandasta ya zo ya debi jakunkunan kayan Hannah da tsarabar ya zuzzuba a but, Hannah da Uwar biyu suka shiga kujerar baya su biyu kacal sauran wajen Haisam ne yake biya daman haka yake musu in dai ya kawo su tasha to mutane hudu basa zama a baya. Hannah da Uwar biyu ne kawai suke zama ya biya kudin kujerun. Matafiya suna shiga mota, Haisam yazo jikin wundon Uwar biyu ya mika mata kudaden motarsu da kuma wanda zata bawa Mahaifin Hannah kamar yadda ya saba aika masa, Uwar biyu tana ta godiya. Haisam ya zaga ta wundon Hannah wacce jikinta yayi sanyi tana daf da fashewa da kuka, ya mika mata wata ambulan fal da kudi, ya fara yi mata nasihohi masu tsuma zuciya kamar yadda ya saba yi mata amma wannan karon nasihohin sunsha bam-bam da na kullum hade da bankwana yake yi ya ce “Hannah Alhamdulillahi Allah Ya kawo mu ranar da kika gama makaranta kin zana jarabawar karshe Allah Ubangiji ya baki sa’a. Hannah ki kula da addininki sosai daman can ke mai addinice nasan da haka amma ki kara. Kada ki damu a duk halin da kika tsinci kanki, na wahala kona jin dadi duk Allah ne ke jaraba bawansa. Duk tsananin da kike ciki Allah Yana sane dake kuma Yana sonki ba wai Ya wareki bane don ya tsaneki yake hadaki da masifu iri-iri da bakin ciki.ba Allah (S.W.A) Yana jaraba bawansa ta duk inda Yaso kiyi kokari kici jarabawar, ki kuma dinga gode masa a duk rintsin da kike ciki. Idan kika gode maSa a duk yanayin da kika godewa Allah to Shi zai canja miki, ina so ki kula cewar babu wani mutum a duniya da zai zama shine gatanki, gatan kowa Allah ki rike wannan Allah Shi Ya halicce ki Shi Yake badawa kuma Shi Yake hanawa, babu me miki wani abu banda Allah, kici gaba dayin tawakkali Allah Yana sane da ke. Tsananin kukan da Hannah take rusawa shine ya dabar-bartar da Haisam ya rasa abunda zai ce shima ji yayi kwalla ta cika masa ido taf sai kawai ya juya ya tafi ya ce “Allah Ya kiyaye hanya, sai anjima. Wani kululin bakin ciki ne ya zo ya tokarewa dukkansu a wuya tsananin bakin cikin rabuwa da juna. Gagarumin tashin hankali ya mamaye zukatansu kowanne na fidda ran sake ganin dan Uwansa kuma. Ta yaya Hannah zata zo Kano tace tazo ta gaishe da Malaminta bayan Ramlah na nan na nemanta zata hallaka ta idon ta idon ta tace sai taga bayanta. Shi kuma yaya za’ayi Haisam ya je garinsu Hannah bayan duk gari ya dauka sharrin da Ramlah tayi, Iya Abu na yadawa Hannah ba karatu take yi ba soyayya take yi da wani Malaminta. Hannah tayi zugum a zaune a mota ji take duk duniyar babu dadi. Yanzu zaman din-din-din zata je suyi da Iya Abu tasan ba karamin bakin ciki zata hadu dashi ba a gidan. Ga tsananin bakin cikin rabuwa da Yaya Haisam saboda sun saba sosai don tafi jin bakin cikin rabuwa dashi akan Nusaiba wacce suke kwana tare su tashi, komai tare hatta bacci baya raba su. Uwar biyu ma sai duk jikinta yayi sanyi, shikenan idan ta kai Hannah gida baza ta dawo ta dauketa ba kuma. Suka isa gidan su Hannah, Hannah ta shiga gida da sauri tana murna zata ga Babanta. A shimfidarsa a zaure ta ganshi a kwance sharkab babu lafiya ashe watansa wajen hudu kenan a haka. Ciwo kullum gaba yake sake yi sai an kwantar an tayar. Tofa Malam Habu?Hmm GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 14 Hannah ta gigice har tana neman rasa hankalinta yayin da taga Mahaifinta ya zama kashi kwance kurkut dashi. Qaninsa ne Uwa daya Uba daya yazo yana zaman jinyarsa, dan Iya Abu cewa tayi ya mutu mana tace ta gaji da zaman jinya tunda yaki warkewa tayi na Allah *yan Uwansa kuma suzo suci gaba da kula dashi ita ta huta. Hannah tasa kuka taje ta tsuguna a gabansa ta ce Sannu Baba. Ya ce “Yauwa sannu *yar Baba ashe da rabon kizo muyi magana dake ban mutu ba nace aje a kirawo min ke a makaranta kizo kiga gawar Mahaifinki basu je ba. Cikin shesshekar kuka Hannah ta ce “Ba zaka mutu ba Baba daina fada ma. Uwar biyu ma ta matso kusa dashi ta ce “Sannu Malam Habu ya jiki? Ya ce “Jiki dai gashinan Uwar biyu sai dai kuyi min addu’a idan na mutu, Allah Ya saka miki da alheri ke da Haisam da gidan Aljannah abunda kuka yiwa Hanne na gode. Uwar biyu ma hawaye take yi. Hannah kuka kamar ranta zai fita. Anan Uwar biyu ta yini sai da la’asar tace zata tafi suka yi sallama da Malam Habu dake radau yana magana tashi tsaye ne baya iya yi. Hannah ta rakata har tasha. A hanya Uwar biyu take bawa Hannah shawara ta ce “Tun da ke mai ilimi ce kiyi amfani da iliminki, ki kai Mahaifinki asibitin Babura tunda kudin da Haisam ya bawa Mahaifinki da wanda ya baki mai tsokane zai isheku. Da abarshi a gida ana masa jike-jike duk wata cuta ake kara masa. Mutum a kwance har wata hudu ya kare sai kashi da fata. A tashar Uwar biyu ta sami mai mota aka yi tsada zata je gida a dauko marar lafiya a kaishi asibiti. Hannah da Uwar biyu suka shiga mota, dake itama Uwar biyu daman motar Babura zata shiga daga Babura zata hau ta Gumel. Sai kawai su duk su tafi tare. Motar taje har kofar gidan, direban da kwandasta da kanin Malam Habu suka ciccibeshi suka sashi a mota suka shiga suma da *yan kayayyakinsu suka nufi asibitin Babura. Iya Abu nata yiwa Hannah surutu tana cewa gata nan Uwar iya yi wai har tayi kudin din da zata dauki Mahaifinta ta kai asibiti wai har asibitin Babura ta zama *yar boko. Sai da Uwar biyu tayi wata guda cur a Gumel sannan ta dawo Kazaure tana zuwa tana niyyar ta shaidawa Haisam halin da Mahaifin Hannah ke ciki sai aka ce mata ai bayan tafiyar su Hannah da sati biyu shima ya bar koyarwar ya kwashe kayansa ya koma Kano. Ta nemi Safiyanu shima aka ce mata ai shi tunda yayi aure a Kaduna ya tare da sabuwar amaryarsa a can ya sami aiki, sai Uwar biyu ta hakura da sanarwa Haisam don ita bata taba zuwa Kano bama balle ta tafi nemansa. Su Hannah kuwa sai da suka shafe wata guda da kwana shida sannan aka sallamesu daga asibiti. Kanin Mahaifinta ne a wajensa amma itama takan je tayi kwana biyu uku acan har dai suka dawo gida gaba daya. Jiki da sauki tunda yana zama da kansa ba sai an tallafo shi ba. Sai dai kudaden hannun Hannah sun kare kakaf saboda siyan magungunan asibiti. Nan fa balokokon Iya Abu ya tashi akan taga Hannah bata da kudin da zata sayi dan biskit da madarar da take sha idan tazo hutu da, dole ta ci tuwan gidan. Hannah ce shara, wanke-wanke da dafa abinci tuka tuwan bakar dawa da miyar kuka a murhun kasa. Kwanci tashi su Hannah sunyi wata biyar da gama makaranta. Hannah har ta fara zuwa makarantar bokon garinsu tana koyarwa. Duk da dai ba’a dauketa a matsayin Malama ba don Jarabawarta bata fito ba. Amma a karshen wata ana bata dan na batarwa. Ranar asabar babu makaranta. Da sassafe bayan Hannah ta gama wanke-wanke tana kokarin daura tukunyar tuwon burabuskon gero miyar kuka na rana sai kawai Iya Abu tazo ta kashe wutar da ruwan tuwon. Ta ce ta canja ra’ayi yau an fasa yin abincin ranar saboda unguwa zata ita da jikokinta don haka meye amfanin tuwon. Ta dauke garin tuwon da kukar kadin tasa a daki ta datse ta yafa mayafinta zata fice. Ran Hannah ya baci ta ce “To Baba fa, me zai ci shi da bashi da lafiya? Yau jikin nasa a rikice yake tunda sassafe amai yake. Iya Abu ta ce “Sai yaci hakuri ko ki kwashe aman da yayi ki dumama masa. Cikin fushi Hannah ta ce “Ina raye a duniya Mahaifina ba zaici amai ba insha Allah “Mari tas Iya Abu ta sakar ma Hannah akan lallausan kuncin nan nata ta ce “Ke kin isa ina fada kina fada lalle wuyanki ya isa yanka. Malam Habu da yake kwance sai jikinsa ya dau kakkarwa tashin hankali ya dira a zuciyarsa yaji marin da aka sakarwa Hanne sai ya hau hawaye yana kira “Yar Baba yi hakuri zo nan wajena ki zauna. Hannah tana hawaye ta je gefen shinfidarsa ta zauna Iya Abu tana tsaye akansu tana ta balokokonta tayi har ta gaji ta kama hannun jikokinta suka fice, da taji ba’a kulata ba. Zuwa can wani lokaci mai dan tsawo Hannah da Mahaifinta sunyi zugum suna tunani sai ta jiyo mai tallar fura da nono ta zo tazo wucewa, da sauran *yan canji a jakarta ta tashi ta leka ta kirawota, ta dauko kwanon sha ta saya. Ta dama ta tashi Mahaifinta zaune ta bashi yasha ya koshi sannan ta gyara masa kwanciyar ya kwanta ta koma gefensa ta zauna tayi lamo zuciyarta cike da takaici ga yunwa tana addabar cikinta. Can Malam Habu ya ce “Yar Baba, ta ce “Na’am Baba. Ya ce “Allah Yayi miki albarka ya baki miji na gari mai sonki kamar Haisam, sai Hannah tayi shiru tana tunani da mamaki ya akayi Mahaifinta yake hada mijinta da Haisam. Malam Habu ya ce “Ya ba ki amsa ba? Ta ce “Baba kamar Haisam kuma? Ya ce “Eh kamar yadda yake kula dake yake nuna miki kauna. Tayi murmushi ta ce “Mutunci ne dashi da tausayi amma ba soyayya bace. Malam Habu yayi dan tari ya ce “*yar Baba matso kusa dani kiji. Hannah ta matso kusa dashi. Ya ce “Yar Baba babu mai sonki a duniyar nan kamar Haisam, babu mai rikeki tsakani da Allah irin Haisam, babu mai rikeki amana ko bayan raina wanda ko dar bana yi sai shi *yar Baba. Haisam yana matukar sonki. Hannah ta ce “Meka gani kake cewa haka? Ba sona yake ba ko kadan mutunci ne ai bai taba gaya mun ba. Malam Habu ya nisa ya ce “Yanzu tashi kije ki nemi gidansu a Kano kice na amince masa ya zo zan bashi ke ya aureki. Hannah ta zabura ta ce “A’a Baba ya za’ayi inje kawai ince masa ka yarda yazo ya aure ni bayan bai ce zai aureni ba. Malam Habu ya ce bakya yimun musu, karki fara daga yau bazan ce kiyi abunda zaki cutu ba jeki kawai ki fada masa. Haisam ne zai rike mun ke amana *yar Baba duk duniyar nan shine kadai na yadda ya aureki. Jeki ki shiryo ki tafi yi sauri *yar Baba. Hannah ta tashi a sanyaye zuciyarta cike da zulumin wannan al’amari. Ta shiga cikin gida ta sake salla wanka ta saka wani dandatsetsen sabon leshinta kalar brown ta yafa gyalenta a kusa da Babanta ta ce “Na shirya zan tafi, ya laluba karkashin tabarmarsa ya dauko wasu kudi ya bata, ya ce tayi kudin mota. Ta ce ya barshi tana da kudin mota, ya ce ta karba shi mai zaiyi da kudin in bata karba bama kwashe su za’ayi, kudin da ya tattarane na *yan dubiya. Har Hannah takai bakin kofa zata fita sai ta tuno ai bata san kwatancen gidan su Haisam ba gashi bata taba zuwa Kano ba sai can ta tuna akwai inda ya rubuta mata kwatancen gidansu a jikin littafinta (slum book) da ta bashi ya cike mata. Ta koma daki da sauri ta binciko cikin littattafanta ta dauko sai kawai ta jefa littafin a jaka ta fito. Malam Habu na kwance bacci ya fara daukarsa yaji motsin mutum sai ya bude ido ya ce “Waye? Hannah ta ce “Ni ce Baba, ya ce “Baki tafi ba ne, *yar Baba ko bakyason zuwa ne? Ta durkusa a gabansa ta ce “Baba ba haka bane mantuwa nayi na dawo amma yanzu zan tafi zan bi ta gidan Iya Salma(tsohuwar matarsa ta fari) ko ita tazo ta taya ka zama kafin in dawo baza a barka kai kadai ba. Malam Habu ya ce “To Allah Yayi miki albarka. Hannah ta ce “Amin Baba Allah Ya baka lafiya ya ce “Amin *yar Baba, kuma ko bayan raina a daura aurenki da Haisam ina fatan kema kina sonsa? Hannah tayi dariya ta rufe ido, alamar kunya Malam Habu yayi dariya shima ya ce “Yar Baba fada min gaskiya mana. Ta ce “Baba saboda tsananin kyautatawa da kula da yake mun sune suka sa nake ganin girman Yaya Haisam har naji babu wani mutum da nake so da tsananin kauna bayan kai Mahaifina sai kuma shi. Baba ina son Yaya Haisam sosai har nakan kasa bacci yanzu saboda tunaninsa da kewar sa musamman yanzu da muka rabu. To amma Baba babu yadda zanyi sai naga kamar shi ba haka yake nufi a zuciyarsa ba. Malam Habu ya ce “Tashi kije shima yana sonki fiye da yadda kike ji. Amma muyi addu’a kafin ki tafi mu karanta Salati goma ga Annabi (S.A.W). Suka karanta Malam Habu ya dinga kwarara addu’oi sannan daga karshe suka shafa. Hannah ta sake yi masa sallama ta fita. Tana fita gidan Iya Salmai ta nufa ta shaida mata abunda ke tafe da ita. Nan da nan Iya Salmai ta zari gyalenta ta nufi wajen tsohon mijinta dan uwanta abun kaunarta wacce dole ce ta raba su don ta kula dashi kafin Hannah ta dawo. Hannah na isa tasha ta tarar da mota fijo zata je Kano ta cika saura wajen mutum daya tayi sauri ta fada sai tafiya. Babu abinda Hannah take ji a ranta yau sai tsananin farin ciki, ji take kamar anyi mata albishir da gidan aljannah. Tana san Yaya Haisam har a ranta, to shima kuma a yadda ta lura yana sonta sosai kuwa wadannan dara-daran idanuwan nan nasa ne take hangowa a zuciyarta idan yana kallonta. Da wasu fararen hakoransa tas idan yana mata nasiha wai waya ganni a Kano yau a kusa da Yayana Haisam kuma wai yazo muyi aure an bashi ni. Hannah ke fada a zuciyarta, dadi marar misaltuwa ya disu a zuciyarta kowa ya ga Hannah yasan tana cikin farin ciki a yau. Sun isa Kano lafiya a tashar *yan kura aka sassauke su. Hannah ta fito daga mota ta kalli gabas da yamma kudu da arewa, taga bil’adama ne burjik a gaba da bayanta. Ta ce a ranta “Ikon Allah KANO MAI MATA DA MAZA DA MOTA DA KUDI DA ILIMI DA WAYEWA, TA DABO TUMBIN GIWA KO DAME KAZO AN FIKA, MAI DALA DA GWAURON DUTSE. Yanzu ina zan fara dosa gabas ko yamma? Abum ya bata mamaki ganin yadda ake kallanta har wasu mazan waiwayenta suke. Da farko ta dauka kowa ya ganta yasan bakauyiya ce bata taba zuwa Kano ba, ta fita daban da *yan garin sai da ta ji wasu samari su biyu sunzo wucewa sunce mata “Ke kyakkyawa dan rufe fuskar nan taki kada kisa wasu mazan suyi hatsari a garin kallonki. Sannan ta yarda tsabagen farin da suka gani da kyakkyawar fuskar da kirarta suke kallo sai tayi sauri ta dora gyalenta aka ta rufe fuskarta idanuwanta kawai ta bude, ta ce a ranta duk kyawawan matan garin nan daman har wani kyau na zasu gani?? Kwalelensu Yaya Haisam ya riga su. Ta bude jakarta ta dauko littafin da adireshin gidansu Haisam ke rubuce ta karanta sunan unguwar Sulemanu cresent, sai ta sami kwandasta mota. Ta ce “Malam don Allah ina motar Sulemanu cresent? Ya ce “A’a gaskiya babu takamaimai motar da take zuwa irin wadannan manyan unguwanni, amma shawarar da zan baki ki sami mai tasi ki dau shata ya kaiki har kofar gida. Ga masu tasi nan a tsattsaye babu kowa a ciki. Ya nuna mata su, tayi godiya ta karasa wajensu. Babu abinda ta fara hangowa sai wajen waya an rubuta “Make your call here” ta karasa wajen masu wayar ta ce “Anan ake yin waya? Mai waya ya ce “Eh nan ne, ta dauko littafin nan ta dubo lambar Nusaiba ta mika masa. Bugu daya wayar ta shiga ta fara ringin, wata mata ce ta dauka sannan ya mikawa Hannah kan wayar Hannah ta karba tana kallon wayar don ita bata san yaya zata yi ba. Mai waya ya ce “Kudinki yana tafiya an dauka fa kisa a kunnenki kiyi magana. Sannan Hannah ta tuno yadda taga ana yi. Bayan ta gaishe da matar sai ta ce “Hannah kawar Nusaiba ce, Nusaiba nake nema. Matar tayi dariya ta ce “Oh Hannah ce? Nice Mami Mahaifiyar Nusaiba, ai Nusaiba tana London har ma an samar mata admission tana jiran sakamakon jarabawarta ne ta fara karatu. Hannah tayi bakin cikin rashin samun Nusaiba a waya sai suka yi sallama ta mikawa mai waya kan wayar, ya duba ya ce “Minti uku kika yi, ta ce “Nawa ne? Ya fada ta dauko ta bashi, sannan ta juya ta tafi. Murna take kawai a zuciyarta yau gata a Kano tana wadaka da komai irin na *yar birni har kan waya yau ta rike lallai. Wani mai tasi Inyamuri baya jin Hausa ta samu sai suka fara yarawa da turanci. Ta ce Sulaimanu cresent zai kaita ya fadi kudi ko ragi bata nema ba ita a tunaninta komai a birni a ka’ide yake ba’a neman ragi kuma ita burinta kawai ya kai ta taga Haisam. Suna shiga unguwar sai ta dauko littafinta ta duba lambar gidan ta gayawa direban, a shema a kofar gidan suke sai ya ce to ai ga gidan ta zaro kudinsa ta bashi ta fito daga motar ya ja motarsa ya tafi. Tsantsari, wani tsalelen gida ne gidan su Haisam yafi duka gidajen layin tsaruwa Hannah tayi matukar mamakin ganin gidan su Haisam saboda bata taba zaton Haisam dan gidan gawurtaccen mai kudi bane irin wannan. Wasu tsala-tsalan motoci ta gani a wajen get din gidan sun doshi guda goma. Ta tafi kofar gidan makwabtansu ta zauna akan wata kwalbati tana tunanin yadda za’ayi yau taga Haisam. Don ita wannan tafkeken get dogo baza ma ta iya bude shiba balle ta shiga. Wani buzu mai gadi ne ya leko ta jikin get ya hango Hannah a kofar gidan da yake gadi sai yayi wuf ya fito ya ce “Kai me kana yi anan? Ta ce “Wani nake nema, ya ce “Waye wani, ba zaka tambaya ba zaka zo ka zauna anan? Hannah ta ce “Haisam na can gidan. Ya ce “Ka ce na can gidan me yasa kazo nan ka zauna kuma. Kaima bakauye ne ko? Don ka yi kama da *yan garinmu masu yalalo-yalalo gashi. Sai duka suka yi dariya shi da Hannah. Mai gadin ya leka kofar gidan su Haisam da yaji hayaniyar mutane. Sai ya ce mata “Yauwa ga Haisam din can sun fito ita da abokanayenta. Hannah ta ce “Dan Allah dan garinmu kirawo min shi akwai maza bazan iya zuwa ba. Buzu ya karasa wajen Haisam ya shaida masa wata na kiransa, Haisam cike da mamaki ya tunkaro wajen da Hannah ke tsaye sai tasa gyale ta rufe fuskarta. Ya karaso inda take a tsaye yayi mata sallama ta make murya ta amsa. Ya ce “Wace ce? Hannah ta sake make murya ta ce “Bakuwa ce. Haisam ya hada girar sama data kasa ya ce “Wai wacece in ba zaki fada ba zan koma ina da abunyi. Hannah ta yaye mayafin a hankali ta bude fuskarta. Wai, kamar wani hasken walkiyane ya haskewa Haisam ido da yaga fuskar Hannah, cikin fara’a da mamaki Haisam ya ce Hannah! Hannah kece!! Tayi lallausan murmushi ta ce “Yaya Haisam ni ce, ta duka ta gaishe shi. Taga Haisam ya caba ado da wata babbar riga mai aiki a wata tsadaddiyar shadda fara sol yasa bakin takalmi da bakar hula yayi matukar kyau. Tayi dariya ta ce “Yaya Haisam yau kaine da babbar riga? Har kafi kyau haka. Ya ce “Haba? Ta ce “Allah. Ya ce “Yaya su Baba, da sauran *yan gidanku? Ta ce sunanan lafiya sunce na gaisheku, ya ce “Muna amsawa, to zo ki shiga cikin gida ku gaisa da Hajiya. Hannah ta dan yatsune fuska ta ce “Kai sai dai watarana ni kunya nake ji kuma sauri nake sai dai idan na dawo, ya ce “Au dama ba nan kika zo ba ne? Hannah ta ce “Ni kuwa wa gareni a Kano idan ba kai ba? Gurinka nazo, Baba ya aikoni. Haisam ya ce “To gani fada min aiken. Zumudin yaji abunda aka aiko ta ya kama Haisam. Tayi shiru ta hau rufe fuska. Cikin zumudi Haisam ya ce “Haba Hannah ki fada mun mana kunyar me kike ji ne? Ta ce “Baba ne ya ce inzo in fada maka cewar kazo ka nemi aurena ya baka ni. Tun kafin ta karasa sai taga Haisam ya fara dariya da alama farin ciki ya cika zuciyarsa. Ya kurawa Hannah ido na wani dan lokaci ya ce “Shi ne abunda kika kasa fada daman? Ya sake yin dariya ya tsaya yana kallan Hannah wacce take rufe idanuwanta saboda kunya ga tsananin farin ciki. Ya nisa sannan ya ce “Yanzu Baba da kansa ya ce ki zo ki cemin ya bani ke? Hannah ta amsa da “Eh, ya ce “Yanzu ya bani ke kacokan a matsayin matata? Yanzu Baba ya yarda ki zama uwar *ya*yana mun zama daya dangina sun zama danginki, Iyayena sun zama Iyayenki? Yanzu Baba ya yarda na zama abokin rayuwarki na dindindin har abada? Yanzu Hannah kin amince zaki zama abokiyar zamana har abada? Hannah cike da fara’a da murmushi take amsawa Haisam tambayoyinsa da “Eh’ Haisam yayi murmushi ya sunkuyar da kai na dan wani lokaci can ya dago ya kurawa Hannah ido yayin da kowannensu ya sakarwa dan uwansa murmushi da wasu masun kauna da suke firfitowa daga idanuwan kowannensu, tare da yiwa junansu wani kallo mai kunshe da so, kauna muradin ganin juna. Haisam yayi ajiyar zuciya ya nisa ya ce “Alhamdulillahi Hannah na daukarwa Allah alkawari na cika, sannan na cika burina dana kudira akanki na inga kin kammala karatunki. Kuma yanzu na dawo gida zan cika wani tsohon alkawari dana dauka. Nan da nan Hannah ta kurawa Haisam ido ta daina murmushin da take alamar bata gane abunda Haisam yake cewa ba. Haisam ya ce “Hannah na gode madalla, ki yi mun godiya a wajen Mahaifinki. Good bye, Good bye Hannah. Ya fara ja da baya, yana daga mata hannu yana yi mata murmushi. Bakinta ya dau rawa tana so tayi magana ta kasa. Gaba daya jikinta ya hau karkarwa inda jakar dake rataye a kafadarta ta sulmiyo. Wasu maroka ne suka wayar mata dakai akan abunda Haisam yake nufi suna cewa. Ango Haisam kasha kamshi fari mai farar aniya kaga angon Ramlah, *yan boko bayin nasara an daura aure lafiya ankai maka amarya gidanta lafiya. Wani abokinsa ne ya taho da sauri ya ce da Haisam “Ana tayin waya daga wajen daurin aure waje ya cika kai ango kawai ake jira muje ka shiga mota mu tafi mana. Haisam da abokansa suka shiga tsala-tsalan motocinsu suka zo suka wuce Hannah anan a tsaye tana karkarwa ido da ido suke hadawa da Haisam har suka wuce suka tafi. Ta juya tabi motar da kallo har suka hau titi suka kure. Sai Hannah ta tsuguna a wajen ta rushe da wani azababban kuka mai radadin fita. Dakyar buzu mai gadin nan ya dinga bata hakuri ta dauki jakarta dankwalinta a hannu sai gyalenta ta yafa akai ta tafi. Acaba ta hau har tashar *yan kura wannan karon ma taci sa’a tana shiga mota ta cika. Kallo daya zaka yiwa Hannah kasan hankalinta a tashe yake matuka don kwandasta sai da yayi magana uku yana cewa ta bada kudin motarya bata jiba, hankalinta yana can tana tunanin daman Haisam ba sonta yake ba, Ramlah yake so shine ita da Mahaifinta suke yaudarar kansu. Yaya Haisam me yasa kayi min haka me yasa baka fahimci son da nake yi maka ba? Ta nisa ta ce “Ko da yake bashi da laifi bai yaudare ni ba, ya taimakamin ne saboda Allah ni na dorawa raina sonsa. Bai san ina yi ba kuma, amma na rabu da farin cikin rayuwa na na rasa mutum na farko dana taba ji inaso a rayuwata, gashi tun bayan gama makarantarmu ko bacci ma neman gagarata yake na kwallafa raina da tunaninsa da tsananin son sa. Sai da wata mata ta kusa da ita ta tattabata sannan hannah ta farfado daga tunanin da take yi. Kwandasta ya ce “Kudin mota nake tambayarki kinyi shiru kina tunani. Sannan Hannah ta zabura ta dauko kudin mota ta mika. Mota ta bar cikin Kano ta kama hanya sai Babban-mutum. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 15 Suna isa Babban-mutum, tun daga tasha Hannah ta dinga jin faduwar gaba kafarta kamar baza ta iya daukar taba dakyar take jefa kafar burinta kawai ta isa gida taje ta fada jikin Mahaifinta ta sharbi kukanta son ranta tunda yanzu duk duniya shine kadai ya rage mata gaba da baya. Kamar yadda data shiga Kano taga mutanen garin suna kallonta har da waiwaye yanzu ma a garinsu haka ta gani sai kallonta ake tana tafiya har da masu nunata kamar basu santa da ba, Hannah tayi mamakin irin wannan kallo da ake yi mata ta ce a ranta “To ko sun san son maso wani nake? Wanda nake so yayi aurensa da wacce yake so. Kallon nan dai da ake yi mata ya daure mata kai. Haka dai Hannah ta ci gaba da tafiya tana sauri don ta karasa wajen Mahaifinta shine kadai mai lallashinta, mai gaya mata kalaman da zata ji dan sanyi a ranta. Ta kusa kofar gidansu, kwatsam taga wata kungiyar maza dauke da gawa sun yi gabas ana Hailala. Taji gabanta ya fadi ta dubi kofar gidansu sai taga taron wadansu mazan da yara a zazzaune ana jan carbi ta ce a ranta “Ba dai gawar Babana bace waccan? Sai ta zubar da takalmanta da jakarta ta shiga gida da gudu don ta duba zaure ko shimfidar Babanta yana nan kuwa. Tana shiga taga shimfidarsa wayam baya nan ga silifas dinsa da butarsa a gefe to ko ban daki ya zaga. Ga kwanon furarsa a gefe awurin wacce ta dama masa yasha ya rage. Nan da nan taga su Iya Abu dasu Iya Salmai sun fito daga cikin gida suna rusa kuka idonsu yayi jawur suka riketa suna cewa. Sannu Hannah, wannan ke aka yiwa mutuwa Allah Ya jikan Mahaifinki da sunanki a bakinsa har ya mutu. Sai wani jiri ya kwashi Hannah ta fada kan shimfidarsa ta rirrike filonsa ta kudindine ta runtse ido ji take dama kasa ta bude ta fada itama bakin cikin rayuwa ya isheta. Ta kwalla ihu tana kara tana cewa “Inalillahi wa inna ilaihi raji’un. Allah kana sane da ni, Allah ka san halin da nake ciki. Allah baka tsane ni ba, baka kuma manta da ni ba. Bani da kowa a duniya, babu wanda ya ragemin kuma. Allah kai ne gata na, kai ka halicceni, ka halicci Mahaifina kuma ka halicci Haisam, ka hadani da su muka saba kuma kai ka raba ni dasu Allah. Allah kai ne abin godiya. Allah na gode maka, Allah kai ne jagorana, Allah kar ka barni na dauwama a cikin bakin ciki. Allahu akbar, sai kowacce ta rushe da kuka, hatta Iya Abu data tsani Hannah yau Hannah ta bata tausayi matuka. Sai ta rushe da kuka ta dinga rike Hannah tana lallashi. Da kyar matan nan suka iya banbare Hannah daga kan shinfidar Mahaifinta suka shiga da ita cikin gida. Hannah tana rusa kuka kamar ranta zai fita amma ta nemi hawaye ta rasa. Sai tayi shiru ta shiga dakinta ta kwanta ita da Mahaliccinta ne kadai sukasan san me take ji a ranta, wani abu ne ya tokare mata a zuciya kamar dutse abun yafi karfin kuka. Hannah ta kalli gabas da yamma kudu da arewa taga babu wani mai fitar da ita daga tsananin bakin cikin nan da take ciki sai Allah. Ta tuno nasihohin da Haisam yayi mata a ranar karshen da ya raka su tasha tasa hannu a jakarta ta lalubo carbi ta fara ja. Addu’oi iri-iri Hannah ko magana ta daina yi, *yan gaisuwa a jere a jere suna ta shigowa dakinta suna yi mata gaisuwa sai dai kawai ta bisu da kallo har sha’awa take yi idan taga masu kuka da hawaye. Don ita kukan ma take nema ido rufe tayi ko taji dan sanyi a ranta ta kasa. Sallah ce kawai ta ke fito da Hannah tsakar gida sai kuma da asuba take shiga ban daki tayi wanka. Banda wannan babu abinda Hannah take yi sai lazumi. Babu ci ba sha sai da akai kwana da kwanaki Hannah ta ki cin abinci sannan su Iya Salmai suke dama dan farau-farau suka tsaya tsayin daka akanta suka ce sai ta sha. Kurba kawai take ba don dadi ba ji take sha kamar madaci suka dura mata don rashin jin dadin bakinta da take ji. Anyi sadakar bakwai kowa ya watse gida ya zama daga Hannah sai Iya Abu, *ya*yanta ma duk sunyi aure kowacce ta koma gidan mijinta, sai mutuwa ta sake dawowa Hannah sabuwal fil sai a yanzu ne ta fara samun zubar da hawaye. Kullum Hannah kuka take rusawa ita kadai a daki babu mai lallashinta kaico Hannah. Sati daya sati biyu Iya Abu ta gaji da ciyar da Hannah, a yau da sassafe shida da rabi Iya Abu tazo ta fara bugawa Hannah kofa kamar zata karya kyauren Hannah na kishingide akan abun sallah tun asuba bayan tayi sallah ta zauna tana jan carbi gyangyadi ya dauketa kamar a mafarki take jin bugun kofar tayi firgigit ta bude ido taga ba mafarki take yi ba ta zabura da sauri taje ta bude kofar. Iya Abu ta gani a tsaye ta kama tsantsan tayi kalar rashin mutunci. Hannah taji gabanta ya yanke ya fadi tasan rashin mutunci ya motsa yau kuma sai yadda Allah Yayi da ita. Ta ce “Hannah an gama Hada-Hadar mutuwa nayi na Allah nayi na Annabi na ciyar da ke a aljihuna har sati biyu. Ga goro can na aika an suyomin zan dafa in fara zuwa kasuwa ina siyarwa don nima dan kudin cefanen hannuna ya kare Ubanki bakar dawa kadai ya bar mana a rumbu don haka ke kinci kashinki sauran ta zama kashin *ya*yana zan ringa siyar da goro ina samun na cefane ina tuka dawata, daga yau ki fara ciyar da kanki kafin a raba gado dama sunce sai na fita daga takaba kar kice daman ban gaya miki ba dan kar in ajiye tuwon dumame kizo ki gutsirar mun tuwo, in kuwa kika sake kika gutsirarmin sai na shake ki kin amayo shi. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai kasa hawaye ya zubo shar ta ce “To, naji “Iya Abu ta tafi ta barta anan a tsaye kamar an kafata ta rasa mafita kuma. Hannah ta kasance tana kwana da yunwa sai ruwa da take ta dirka wai ko Iya Abu taji tausayinta ta dinga bata dan tuwo amma taga makatau, sai ta shirya ta nufi gidan Malam Uba kanin Mahaifinta ta shaida masa cewar yanzu bata da abunda zata ci ko zai ajiye mata kwano a gidanasa ta dinga zuwa tana daukar abinci ko da sau daya ne a rana. Yana budar bakinsa sai ya ce mata daman ta girma ta rika wai ita *yar boko ga irinta nan abincin da zata ci ya gagareta shi dai shawara daya da yaga ta dace tunda duk samarin garin suna tsoron zuwa wajenta suce suna sonta ganin ita *yar boko ce to ta yarda yayi wa Alhaji Bilya mai kudin garin nan magana ya zo ya aureta, zata fi karfin abinci don har tuwon shinkafa dafawa akeyi a gidansa da daddare. Wani daci ya disu a zuciyar Hannah da taji bayanin kanin Mahaifinta. Alh Bilyan da yake magana wani shirgegen tsohon mutum ne matan sa uku *ya*ya kuwa sun doshi talatin da yawa Iyayensu basa gidan kuma jikokinsa ma sa’anninta ne, manomi ne ba laifi yana samu a dai garin shi mai kudi ne amma ai tana zuwa gidan ada wajen kawayenta tasan yadda yanayin gidan yake. Wata katuwar tukunya ake dorawa a gidan kamar ta *yan makaranta girki ma kadai ya ishi matan baya ga dukan mata da yake yi yana da ciwon kuturta kuma harma ta fara fitowa. Hannayensa da bakinsa zaka kalla kasan kuturu ne yatsun ne kawai basu gama guntulewa ba amma sun fara Ruwa. Hannah ta tabbatar lallai Baba Uba ba sonta yake yi ba tunda zai hadata da Alh Bilya aure. Tayi shiru a durkushe a gaban Malam Uba tana jin bayanan da yake yi mata ya ce “Kin amince inje in sanar masa ko kuma kina da magana kiyi. Hannah ta nisa ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “Baba ba na ki jin maganarka bane ko naki yardaba Alh Bilya fa kasan halinda yake ciki yana da lalurar kuturta, Baba yanzu zaka yarda in aure shi a haka? Malam Uba ya fusata ya zaburo Hannah da fada “Ke kinfi sauran matan zani ne? Asirinsu a rufe ko goya shi zaki yi kina yawo dashi? Kuma shi da kansa ya same ni ya ce yana son ki zai aure ki. Nake jira daman a gama zaman makokin nan in shaida miki. Tunda kinki sai ki tafi ki nemo abinda zaki dinga ci gardiya dake kinki aure babu mai ciyar dake, tashi ki tafi bani waje mutumiyar banza. Hannah ta tashi sumi-sumi ta fice tana sharbe hawaye. Tana fita ta nufi makarantar boko, ta kuwa ci sa’a ta sami Alhajiji wani ma’aikacin da yake zuwa daga local government ta rubuta takardar neman aiki (application) tuntuni zai nemar mata aikin koyarwa a primaryn garin. Hannah cike da fara’a da murna ta zo ta durkusa har kasa ta gaishe da Alhajiji ya amsa, tun kafin ta ce masa komai ya ce “Hannah na kai takardar neman aikinki wajen manyana Alhamdulillahi kansilan garin nan ya gani ya sa hannu an kai ofishin secretary. Murna ta rufe Hannah ya ci gaba da cewa “To amma abunda sakatare ya ce shine baza su iya daukarki aiki ba saboda akwai wadatattun Malamai a wannan makarantar akwai makarantun da aka rurrubuta za’a kara ma’aikata amma daman banda garin nan don haka sai dai kiyi hakuri. Hannah taji ba dadi hankalinta Ya tashi ta ce “Yanzu Malam Alhajiji ko share-share baza a dauke ni ba ko can local government din? Ya ce kai share-share ai kinfi karfin yin shara Hannah ki je dai kici gaba da addu’a, na manta ma ban fada miki ba na tambaya ance resul dinku na jarabawa (s.s.c.e) ya fito amma an rike na F.G.G.C Kazaure saboda kunyi matukar ci sosai wai har da masu nine distinction kinga dole aki sakin sakamakon sai anyi kyakkyawan bincike ko an baku amsa ne. Hannah ta ce “Binciken zai dade ne? Ya ce “Gaskiya irin wannan yana daukar kusan shekara ma ba’a saki ba. Amma daman da da result dinki a hannu da tuni na samar miki aiki ko ba’a nan garin ba. Hannah ta dade a tsugune a gaban Alhajiji tayi shiru ta rasa yadda zata yi, can ta yunkura zata mike da kyar saboda jikinta yayi sanyi sai Alhajiji ya miko mata *yan kudi ya ce “Gashi kya dan kashe. Dadi ya lullubeta ta sami nacin abinci don yunwa take ji. Ta yi masa godiya ta nufi gidan Iya Salmai, ta isketa a zaure ta kasa zogale tana zaune tana jiran masu saya. Hannah tayi sallama ta shiga, bayan sun gaisa Iya Salmai ta ce “Hannah lafiyar ki kalau kuwa kin birkice gaba daya kamar ba ke ba? Hannah tayi murmushin karfin hali ta ce “Iya yunwa nake ji ko da sauran dumame? Ta ce “Wada na ajiyewa ya tafi kwallo, rabonki ne zuba ki ci. Da sauri Hannah ta mike ta nufi kicin don ta zubo tuwan. Iya Salmai ta bita da kallo cike da tausayinta. Sharkab tana kuka Hannah ta fito ta sami Iya Salmai tana cewa “Allah Sarki Habu ka mutu kabar yarinya marainiya a duniya kaine daman gatanta. Hannah ta zauna a sanyaye tana cin tuwon su duka hawaye suke yi. Iya Salmai na tausayinta itama Hannah na tausayin kanta. Bayan ta ci ta koshi tasha ruwa taje ta ajiye kwanon a cikin gida ta wanke hannunta sannan tazo ta zauna ta shaidawa Iya Salmai halin da take ciki ta ce kuma tana neman alfarmar idan da hali Iya Salmai ta ajiye mata kwanon tuwo a gidanta tana aika mata. Iya Salmai taji dadi kwarai da Hannah bata yi kauron baki ba tazo ta sanar mata da wuri ta ce insha Allah kome taci da kashin Hannah to amma itama ba kullum suke dora tukunya sau uku a rana ba. Itama ba da ko *ya gareta ba bishiyoyin zogale ne burjik a shuke a gidanta. Ta tsinka ta dafa ta sayar ko azo a tsinka danye a biyata. Daga ita sai Wada wani dan kanwarta data rasu ta barshi tun ranar da aka haife shi ta dauke shi. Shima yana kokari ya samo kudi, to da haka suke cin abincin, ranar da ba’a samu ba su sayi na siyarwa ko su hakura idan babu kudin sayan na sayarwar. Iya Salmai ta ce “Ai idan naga *ya*yan Habu raina dadi yake yi, ba don Habu yana dan Uwana bama, soyayyar da nake masa ce Hannah har yau ina jin dandanonta a raina. Hannah tayi shiru tana tunani a ranta tana kuma tausayawa kanta cewar. In har Iya Salmai bata daina jin dandanon soyayyar da take yiwa Mahaifinta ba har yanzu shekararsu tafi ashirin da biyar da rabuwa gashi kuma ma har ya mutu tana zancen sonsa, ashe har abada Iya Salmai baza ta daina jin dandanon son nan ba. To itama tana kyautata zaton haka zata kasance da son Haisam tunda gashi dai yanzu bata ganinsa yayi aurensa ma amma sai kara jin kara sonsa take ashe itama a haka zata dauwama kenan har karshen rayuwarta. “Soyayyar gaskiya ce. Hannah ta fada a baiyane. Iya Salmai ta ce “Soyayyar gaskiya ce Hanne. Haka dai suka yini suna hira Hannah ce ta dafa musu abincin dare suka ci sannan suka yi sallama Hannah ta tafi gida. Sun rabu akan Iya Salmai zata ringa tura Wada yana kawo mata abinci duk sanda suka sami damar dafawa. Haka Hannah ta kasance duk sanda Iya Salmai ta dafa abinci ta aiko mata taci ranar da itama bata dafa ba haka Hannah take zama da yunwa. Ta rame kurkut da ita sai ido da dogon hanci ta yi duhu kuma saboda tsabar wahala da tsananin tunani. Ranar da Iya Abu ta fita daga takaba sai mai gari ya hado Manyan Malaman garin da masu fada aji na garin da *yan Uwan Malam Habu don a raba gadonsa ga Iyalansa. A zauren gidan aka zazzauna ga Iya Abu ga *ya*yanta kakaf mata da maza ga Hannah a gefe, itama da Iya Salmai. Mai gari ya ce “A karantawa Mamacin kulhuwallahu kafa uku-uku, da Inna a’adaina kalkausar uku- uku aka shafa Allah Ya kai kabarinsa. Sai mai gari ya fara da cewa “Malam Habu ya rasu yabar mace daya da *ya*ya takwas. Dukiyarsa kuwa wannan gidan ne da kuma katuwar gona, amma tun ranar daya mutu aka biya masa basussukan da ake binsa da dan kudin daya bari. Ga manyan Malamai nan zasu raba gado. Ga sunayen *ya*yan nan a wajensu zasu shiga cikin gidan su tsattsaga su bawa kowa nasa bangaren. Iya Abu ta nisa ta ce “Ina da magana ni dai nice matarsa Uwar *ya*yansa kuma bare daya ce Hanne don haka a tabbata an bata bangarenta daban kar a saka min ita a cikin kason *ya*yana azo ana rigima. Mai gari ya ce “Ai Abu rabon gado ba’a cewa ga bare Allah ne Ya raba da kansa don haka duk yadda ta kama haka za’ayi. Malamai sun yi iya kokarinsu sun kacaccala dan mitsitsin gidan nan da gona. Allah cikin ikonsa Hannah bata tashi da komai ba sai runbun ajiyar abinci wani dan mitsitsine kasa ce turmus a kasan da gidan tururuwa sai dan wani bangare karami a tsakar gida shine kashin Hannah a gona kuwa bata ciki. Murna ta lullube Iya Abu gona da gaba daya dakunan gidan nata ne da *ya*yanta sai ta ce “Wannan rabo yayi dai-dai to yanzu sai mai gari kasa Hanne ta hada kayanta ta koma runbunta ta tashi daga dakin nan. Mai gari ya ce “Haba Abu har yanzu tsangwamar da kike yiwa Hanne baki bari ba har Mahaifinta ya mutu ma bakya rangwanta mata ba. Iya Abu ta ce “A’a babu wani rangwami *yan haya zansa a sauran dakunan ina karbar kudi wannan abu ne fa na gado. Nan fa duk suka hadu suna ta bawa Iya Abu Hakuri ta bar Hannah ta ci gaba da zama a dakin da take har Allah Ya yanke mata wannan zama tunda komai dadewa aure zata yi. Iya Abu ta kekashe idanuwanta ta ce in anga Hannah yau ta sake kwana a cikin dakin nan nata to ta bata kudin haya ne a matsayin tana haya. A cikin mutanen dake wajen harda Alh Bilya ya ce to tunda Abu ta ce haka shi yayi alkawari zai dinga biyawa Hanne kudin haya daga yau ya tambayi Abu ko nawa ne kudin hayar dakin da Hanne ke ciki ta kai-kai ce ta zambada kudi ya zaro ya biya ba tare da ya nemi ragi ba, ya biya na shekara ya san Iya Abu kora da hali take yiwa Hannah ta zambada kudi dan a ce yayi tsada a kama mata a wani gida cikin ikon Allah sai taga ya biya. Mai gari da sauran mutanen dake wajen suka dinga shiwa Alh. Bilya albarka. Hannah ita da Baba Uba ne kadai suka san manufar Alh Bilya shi a nufinsa auren Hannah zaiyi shi yasa ya fara yi mata hidima, wani gululun bakin ciki ne ya dira a zuciyar Hannah musamman da ya biya mata kudin haya ta san lallai da gaske yake auren nata yake so yayi ita ko gara a kasheta da a daura mata aure da wannan mutumin kamar ta ce bata son kudin hayar baza ta zauna a gidan ba karya ya biya sai tayi tunani in ba gidan uban nata ba a ina zata zauna saita hakura kawai tayi shiru idan ta ce zata koma gidan Iya Salmai to ai daki daya ne kacal a gidan dan karami ita da Wada suke kwana a dakin, ba zai yuwu ita ta hadu da Wada a daki daya ba saboda yanzu Wada shekararsa goma sha takwas yama girme ta da shekara daya don haka ya haramta su cusu a daki daya. Bayan nan babu kuma gidan wanda zata iya zuwa ta zauna duk danginta. Da daddare bayan kowa ya shiga bacci ya kwanta Hannah na juyi akan *yar katifarta ta kasa bacci tsananin bakin ciki ne ya dameta a ranta babu abinda take nanatawa a ranta sai zancen hayar nan, ita da gidan Ubanta yau ta zama *yar haya sai ta rushe da kuka harta gaji. Ta ce “Allah kana ji, kuma kana ganina, kana kuma sane da irin abubuwan bakin cikin da nake gani tun ranar da Mahaifiyata ta sako ni a duniya Allah ka fitar dani, kai ne gatana Ya Sarkin Sarakuna. A haka Hannah ta kasance har shekara guda da rasuwar Mahaifinta yau ta ci abinci gobe ta rasa wannan bai dameta ba sosai irin zirga-zirgar da Alh Bilya yake yi a danginta yana cewa shifa yana so ya aureta. Dan har yaje ya sanarwa da mai gari, mai gari yasa aka kira Hannah fada ya shaida mata abun da Alh Bilya yake nema a wajenta shin ta amince zata aure shi, ta yarda tana so a daura auren? Hannah ta fito gar da gar ta fadi gaskiya ta ce “Ranka ya dade banki jin shawarar da ka bani ba amma dan Allah ina so a barni haka bana so in auri kowa. Gaba daya aka dau salati aka fara yiwa Hannah cari “To ba’a garin nan ba, duk garin nan wacece ta taba kaiwa shekara goma sha takwas ba a yi mata auren fari ba? Hannah ta ce “Ba zan Iya auren Alh Bilya ba a matsayinsa na Mahaifina dan ni tamkar Mahaifina yake a wajena. To haka aka yi da Hannah a fada. Alh Bilya yaji haushin Hannah data ki yarda amma yasan tuggun da zai tafka mata ya rama. Bayan anyi haka da Hanna a fadar mai gari da kwana uku, Alh Bilya yazo har cikin gidan su Hannah da rana tsaka. Hannah na daki a kwance tana jin yunwa tana jiran a kawo mata abinci daga gidan Iya Salmai tana fargabar ko suma basu yi abinci ba ne sai ta jiyo muryar Alh Bilya yana rafsa sallama Iya Abu ta fito. Bayan sun gaisa Iya Abu ta ce “Yau Alhaji da kanka a gidan namu? Ya ce “Eh wallahi zauwa nayi mu gaisa inji ko yaushe kudin hayar dana biya yake karewa? Iya Abu tayi dariya ta sosa kwarkwata a kai ta ce “Ai saura wata uku ina jin, ya ce “To ki raba kudin hayar gida hudu ki dauki kashi uku naki ki bani kashi daya na ragowar watannin uku ki kori Hanne daga dakin da take haya in bata biya ki ba babu ruwana. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter16 Iya Abu ta bata rai ta ce “To ni yanzu na kashe kudi yaya kake so nayi a ina zan samo kudinka da zan dawo maka dashi? Hanne fakara’u ko sisi bata dashi ina zata samo wani kudin haya ta biyani? Gaskiya Alh Bilya kai ya dace kaci gaba da biyan kudin haya don haka kace a gaban maigari, ya ce “Kash ni baki fahimce ni ba Abu ba don in takura miki ba nace ki bani sauran kudin ki rike sauran kudin ina nufin a yanzu ki koro Hanne daga dakin da take haya donni bada yawu na take zaune a dakin ba kuma ba’a kudina ba. Iya Abu tayi dariya ta ce “Oh na gane wato yanzu dai na rike ragowar kudin watanni ukun da suka rage kenan sannan in koro Hanne waje idan bata biyani kudin haya ba ko, ko ba haka kake nufi ba? Alh Bilya yayi dariya ya ce “Haka nake nufi mana. Iya Abu ta ce “An gama ai a gabanka zan koro shegiyar. Gaban Hannah ya yanke ya fadi tayi zunbur ta tashi zaune ta dafe kirji tana ta Innalillahi wa’inna ilaihi raji’un. Iya Abu ta wangale labulen dakin ta shiga ta sami Hannah a kan katifa a zaune ta mikawa Hannah hannu ta ce “Bani kudi, Hannah ta ce “Bani da kudi. Iya Abu ta wawuri jakar Hannah zata wurgar waje Hannah ta rike tana mata magiya tayi hakuri dan Allah ta rufa mata asiri. Amma kamar zuga Iya Abu take. Hannah ta fito da gudu daga dakin ta zo ta durkusa a gaban Alh Bilya tana rokonsa dan Allah yayi hakuri ya bar mata kudin hayar wata uku kafin nan zata san yadda zata yi ta sake biya. Amma yayi kunnen uwar shegu da ita yana cewa “Yauwa Abu ki tattaro kakaf kayanta ki watso. Ana cikin wannan hali sai ga Wada nan dauke da kwanon abinci ya kawo mata abincin rana ya sami Hannah kace-kace tana kuka a durkushe a gaban Alh. Bilya tana rokonsa Iya Abu kuwa tana ta faman watsi da kayanta. Cikin kuka Hannah ta ce “Wada kaga halin da nake ciki jeka ka kira Iya Salmai tazo ta tayani rokarsu. Nan da nan Wada ya garzaya dan ya shaidawa Iya Salmai halin da yazo ya tarar da Hannah. Bayan tafiyar Wada ba dadewa sai ga Iya Salmai da mai gari da tawagarsa sun shigo gidan suka iske su Hannah a cikin wannan hali. Mai gari ya ce “Subhanallahi Alh Bilya da girmanka, meye haka? Alh Bilya ya ce “Ranka ya dade babu yadda za’ayi taci gaba da zama a cikin kudina bayan bata sona shi yasa nazo na ce to in Abu taga zata bar Hanne taci gaba da zama a kyauta to, amma in dai nine ke biyan kudin nan dole Hanne ta fita don bazan barta taci gaba da zama a kudina ba tunda bata sona. Nan dai aka hau bama Alh Bilya da Iya Abu baki ana musu wa’azi da nasihohi akan rayuwa ce kuma suma suna da *ya*ya zasu iya mutuwa su bar *ya*yansu suma ayi musu haka. Hannah tasa gefen zaninta ta goge hawaye ta mike daga durkusan da take yi ta juya ta kalli su mai gari ta ce “Ku kyale su, ni na hakura da zama a dakin zan koma rumbun in zauna. Hannah ta fara dibar jakunkunan ta tana shigarwa cikin rumbun nan mai gidan tururuwa da cinnaku ga buhunhunan dawa dana kaikayi. Hannan abun tausayi Iya Salmai ta ce “Haba sai kace ba raina ai bazan barki ki zauna a nan dakin mai tururuwa ba, ko Wada ya dinga fitowa yana kwanciya a waje ni da ke mu dinga kwana a daki. Hannah tana hawaye ta ce “Iya Salmai kyale ni gara in mutu in huta da irin wannan rayuwar. Ana cikin wannan badaqalar ne Musa dan makwabcinsu ya shigo ya ce “Wasu maza ne guda biyu gasu nan a waje wasu farare ne kamar larabawa sunce suna neman Hanne *yar gidan Malam Habu. Mai gari ya ce “Larabawa daga ina? Musa ya ce “Sun ce wai daga Niger suke, maigari ya ce to muma ai tafiya zamu yi mu tafi kawai. Har Hannah suka yiyo waje wasu samari farare sol-sol ne guda biyu a tsaye a kofar gidan. Daya daga gani ko tambaya babu jinin Hannah ne don kamar su daya kamar an tsaga kara, mai gari ya ce “Kune bakin daga Niger? Suka amsa da “Eh, sannan suka duka suka gaishe da su maigari. Hannah ta tsaya a gefe tana kallon wadannan baki nata, bata san su ba amma daya daga cikin samarin kamar su daya futik daga gani babu tambaya daga tsatso daya suka fito. Mai gari ya ce “To ga Hannen, yaya kamar baku san juna ba. Mai kama da Hannah ya ce “Ni sunana Ahmad wannan abokina ne sunansa Bello Madu. Ni kanin Mahaifiyar Hanne ne Uwa daya Uba daya, Hanne bata taba ganina ba ban taba ganinta ba shine nazo na nemota dan muga juna. Hannah na jin haka sai ta daka tsalle ta rungume Ahmad sai ita dashi suka rushe da kuka. Mai gari da sauran mutane sai suka hau girgiza kai suna masu tausayinsu. Mai gari ya ce “Alhamdulillahi gara da Allah Ya kawo ku sai mu koma daga ciki a tattauna. Bayan kowa ya sami waje ya zauna, Hannah ta tashi ta dauki kwano ta kwalfo musu ruwa a randa ta kawo musu. Bayan sunsha mai gari ya fara bayani ya shaida musu duk halin da Hannah take ciki yanzu ma ga jakunkunanta nan a watse a waje, dakin da zata zauna ma yanzu ya zama garari. Ahmad ya matse hawaye ya ce “Hakika tuntuni munji halin da Mahaifiyarki ta shiga har ta rasu mun san kuma halin *yarta Hanne zata shiga amma da yake ni ina yaro bani da ikon inzo in dauketa shi yasa na hakura. A kwanakin nan kuma na dinga mafarkai iri-iri na *yar uwata marigayiya Uwar Hanne, kullum na kwanta bacci sai inga Yayata Habi tazo tana cewa Ahmad dan Uwana yanzu ba zaka je ka nemo *yata ba Hanne kaga halinda take ciki a duniya ba, ko daren jiya ma nayi mafarkinta abu daya kuma take maimaitawa, don haka yanzu daman nazo da niyyar mu tafi da ita ko da Mahaifinta yana nan zan rokeshi ya bani ita idan bata yi aure ba in tafi da ita, balle kuma yanzu da ya rasu dole in tafi da ita. Iya Abu ta tabe baki ta ce “Malam tunda ransa ya hana akai Hanne wannan garin. Mai gari da jama’arsa suka yiwa Iya Abu caa suka rufeta da fada suna cewa “Ba yanzu kika gama mata watsi da kaya ba? Bayan bakar wahalar da take sha tun tana karama ta zamo tamkar baiwa a gidan nan. Ahmad ya ce “Ba saikun bata bakinku bama wajen bata amsa mu dai zamu tafi da ita. Sai yanzu daya mutumin yayi magana wato Bello Madu, ya ce “Ai anan kusa muke a garin Dashi muke, Dashi da Babban mutum ai border ce ta raba. Ni costom ne ina aiki a border lokaci lokaci zan dinga kawo muku Hanne kuna gaisawa. Ahmad ya katse shi ya ce “Bello Madu duk zancen ka lallashi matar nan bai taso ba kaga kankat din garin wato Maigari da jama’arsa sun bamu izinin mu tafi da ita, to ita wacece kuma da zata ce sai Hanne ta zauna yunwa ta kashe ta. Iya Abu taji wani dacin bakin ciki ya rufeta ganin Hannah ta sami wajen da zata je ta huta, ta so ace da ta yiwa Hannah watsi da kaya duk garin ta rasa inda zata zauna. Ahaka dai aka rabu Ahmad da abokinsa Bello Madu suka yiwa mai gari da jama’arsa sallama suka daukarwa Hannah Jakunkunanta, Hannah ta yafa gyalanta ta rungume Iya Salmai suna kukan rabuwa Hannah da Kawunnanta suka tafi. Sun isa garin Dashi da daddare gidan Ahmad suka sauka, Ahmad yana da mata daya da *ya*ya biyu. Sunan matarsa Hajir itama irinsu ce buzuwa. Hajir ta tari Hannah cikin fara’a da murna ta kaita daki ta kawo mata ruwa tasha sannan ta zauna suka gaggaisa sannan ta je ta shirgowa Hannah tuwo. Hannah ta ci tuwon nan kamar tunda Allah Ya halicceta bata taba cin tuwo mai dadin haka ba, saboda tsabar yunwar da take ji, ta ci tayi nat sannan ta ce a nuna mata ban daki zata yi alwalla. Hajir ta nuna mata. Hannah ta shiga ta dauro alwalla ta zo ta yi salla tana idarwa taje ta watsa ruwa tayi wanka tazo ta kwanta. Hajir taji tana son Hannah, tana sonta da kawa daga gani ma sa’anni ne. Hajir ta zauna a gefen shimfidar, Hannah na kwance suna ta hira kala-kala, Hajir bata bar dakin ba sai da taga Hannah ta fara bacci sannan ta hure mata fitila ta rufo mata kofa ta fita ta nufi dakin kwanciyarsu. Da asuba Hannah ta farka taji ana kiran assalatu ta mike ta nufi ban daki tayi alwala tazo tayi sallah ta zauna tana ta lazumi. Gyangyadi ne ya dinga daukar Hannah ta mike ta koma kan katifa ta koma bacci tayi tayk barci har sha dayan rana babu wanda ya tashi Hannah sai da tayi barcinta ta gaji ta farka da kanta. Tana tashi tayi ido hudu da soye-soyen abinci kala-kala Hajir tazo ta jera mata. Ba Hajir kawai ba *yan Uwan Uwar Hannah da yawa labari ya kai musu cewar Hannah ta zo don haka suka aiko mata da abincin karin kumallo iri-iri sunka ce kafin suzo su ganta. Hannah ta fada wanka tayi brush sannan ta saka kayanta tazo ta zauna a gaban abincin burjik a jere a tsakar dakinta duk nata ne sai taji wani farin ciki ya lullubeta ba’a sabanba. Yau Hannah ce da barcin safe ta farka taga abinci burjiki an jere mata, haka Allah Ya ke, duniya juyi-juyi. Tun kafin Hannah ta gama karin kumallo taji tsofaffi da mata suna sallama a tsakar gida, *yan Uwan Mahaifiyar Hannah ne suka fara cici rindon zuwa ganin Hannah. Sai koke koke daga su har Hannah taga dangin Uwarta cunkus amma suka ce mata wadannan ma kadan ta gani dan tushen zuriyarsu abzinawa ne (buzaye) suna Agadas state. Sai dai wani abu guda da Hannah ta lura duk danginta talakawa ne sosai suna cikin rashi, wasu nono suke sayarwa a rugage, wasu kuma manoma ne. Kawu Ahmad ne kawai dan boko wayayye mai dan hali akan sauran koyarwa yake a makarantar firamaren garin har ya sami matsayin mataimakin headmaster. Shima dai rufin asiri ne kawai ba wani arziki gare shi ba. Gidansa ginin kasa ne dakuna uku ne, bandaki da zana aka zagaye, kicin kuwa a tsakar gida aka dasa murhuna. Haka dai Hannah taji ta shiga wata sabuwar rayuwa mai dadi fiye da rayuwarta ta da a gidansu. A koda yaushe tana godewa Allah da Yayi mata canji daga ukuba da bakin ciki hantara Ya kawo ta inda ake tarairayarta. Hannah da Hajir sun shaku sosai a koda yaushe suna tare suna wasa da dariya. Tun Hannah na boyewa Hajir wasu abubuwan na dangane da rayuwarta har ta yaba da hankalinta ta fara gaya mata wasu abubuwan da suka faru da ita ada na dangane da tsananin son Haisam da ranar rabuwarsu. Ta ce har yau kullum da daddare sai tayi kuka idan taje kwanciya bacci saboda tunaninsa. Hajir ta tausayawa Hannah sosai har hawaye tayi mata, daga karshe tayiwa Hannah nasihohi akan tayi hakuri kaddara ce daga Allah haka Allah Ya rubuto musu. Bayan zuwan Hannah da kamar wata guda Kawu Ahmad da sauran manyan danginsu suka kira Hannah babban zauren dake gidan. Bayan ta gaishe da kowannensu ta koma gefe ta takure. Baba Sha’aibu ya ce “Hannah kinsan dalilin da yasa muka kiraki nan? Hannah cikin ladabi ta amsa musu da “A’a, ya ce “To a matsayinmu na Iyayenki da Kakkaninki munyi nazari mun kuma tsayar da shawara, abinda da nake nufi da munyi nazari shine bai kamata ba mu zuba miki idanu haka nan babu aure ba. Don haka ya kamata kiyi aure a watannan. Gabanta ya yanke ya fadi ras dajin kalmar aure cikin rudani ta ce ……. “Wa zan aura ai ni bani da kowa a garinmu anan garin ma babu wanda ya ce yana sona. Su duka suka kyalkyale da dariya. Ahmad ya ce “Hannah kwantar da hankalinki dole mu aurar dake ga mai sonki kece dai baki sani ba amma zuwanki garin nan maza sun doshi goma suka sameni suka ce suna sonki. Shawarar da muka yanke ita ce muduba a cikin su waye yafi hankali, addini, sana’a, asali wanda zai rikeki tsakani da Allah mu aura miki shi tunda ke bakuwa ce ba sanin halayensu kika yi ba babu kuma ishasshen lokaci da za’a barki kina soyayya dasu har ki zabi miji mu baza mu zaba miki wanda zai cuceki ba. Hawaye ne ya fara zubowa shar daga idanuwan Hannah babu wanda ya fado mata a rai sai Haisam, soyayyar da take yiwa Haisam sai kara yabanya take a cikin ranta, Hannah ta cire sha’awar auren wani a rayuwarta tunda ta rasa Haisam shine ma hawaye yake zuba daga idanuwanta don tasan ta rasa wanda take so duk duniyar nan ta rasa farin ciki kuma. Wannan hawaye na Hannah da yake zubowa daga idanuwanta yasa jikin su Ahmed yayi sanyi kuma mamaki ya rufe su yaya za’ayi Hannah ta fara kuka tun kafin taji waye aka zabar mata ta aura. Ko akwai wanda ta kudira zata aura ne basu sani ba? Inna Rabi ce ta ce “Hannah kukan me kike bafa cewa muka yi dole sai kin auri wannan wanda muka zabar miki ba idan kina da wanda kike so fadi mu aura miki. Daman ganin babu kowa ne shi yasa muke tunanin hadaki da wani. Hannah ta share hawaye ta girgiza kai ta ce “Babu wanda nake so zan aura duk wanda kuka zabar min zanyi biyayya in aure shi ko waye, kuma nasan baza ku zabar min wanda zai cutar da ni ba. Gaba daya suka fara shiwa Hannah Albarka suna jinjina mata bisa tsananin biyayya da take yi musu, Allah Ya yi mata albarka. Kawu Ahmad yayi gyaran murya ya gyara zama ya ce “Hannah tun farkon zuwanki abokina koma in ce ya zama dan uwana saboda tun muna yara muke tare nasan halinshi ciki da bai fiye da Uwar da ta haifeshi bata sanshi ba fiye da yadda nasan yadda yake, yana da mutunci da sanin ya kamata ya ce yana sonki tsakani da Allah zai aureki wannan aboki nawa shine Bello Madu abokina din nan da muka je Nigeria garinku dashi muka dauko ki, yana da sana’arsa kuma yana da ilimi gaba daya boko da arabiya yanzu ma babba ne ba laifi a aikinsa aikin custom yake sune suke tsaye a bodar Nigeria zuwa niger. Ni dai a ganina Bello Madu ne kawai ya cancanci ya aure ki ko ya kika gani? Iya Ma’ida ta ce “Wanne irin yaya ta gani bayan ta gama magana ta ce ko waye muka zabar mata tana so. Cancanta ma ai ba sai an fada ba sun dace ai. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai sai hawaye shar ya sake keto mata. Bello Madu kam ya cancanci a soshi bashi da makusa kyau kuwa kamar shi yayi kansa dan buzayen asali kamar balarabe, hankali da tausayi kuwa ba’a magana don da yaji labarin Hannah hawaye ya dinga yi don tausayinta bashi da makusa ko kadan amma ita abun da ya kara sata kuka shine tana matukar ganin mutuncinsa don haka bata so aka ce shine zai aure ta ba don duk wanda ya aureta sai yayi hakuri saboda bazai sami soyayyarta ba GANGAR JIKINTA zai aura zuciyarta na wajen Haisam har abada. Hankalin Hannah ya sake tashi sosai da taji sunan wanda zata aura. Kawu Ahmad ya ce “Ni wannan kukan naki ne yake tsoratani Hannah kiyi magana idan akwai wani abun da yake damunki. Hannah ta yi dan murmushi ta girgiza kai ta ce “Babu komai zabin da kuka yi min yayi. Inna Goshi ta dau buda kowa ya hau cewa “Allah Ya sanya alheri ya baku zaman lafiya. Hannah ta mike ta shiga cikin gida bata tsaya a ko’ina ba sai cikin dakinta ta rufe kofa ta fada kan katifa sai ta bude shafin kuka mai tsanani taji a ranta kamar wata sabuwar soyayyar Haisam aka kara zuba mata taji sonsa ya sake sarketa kamar zata yi hauka. Bayan anyi haka da kwana uku Hannah na zaune tsakar gida tana tankaden gari da yamma tana taya Hajir aiki, Hajir kuma na wajen murhu tana kada miyar kuka, suna taba hira. Hajir ta ce “Hannah ina ganin kinfi sauran mata yin sa’ar samun kintsattsan miji a duk *yan matan garin nan saboda duk yawanci *yan matan garin babu wacce bata kaiwa Bello Madu hari ba farin jini gareshi sosai. Kyawunsa ne, ko kuwa iliminsa, ko kuma jan ajinsa ne yake rudarsu oho? Amma ke gashi kwatsam ya damu da sanki kinsan tun ba yauba Kawunki Ahmad ya fadamin cewar Bello Madu yana sonki amma ya gargadeni da nayi shiru kai in sanar miki har sai ya sanarwa da magabatansa shima. Hannah ta cije tayi dan murmushi ta ce “Hajir kenan wato nayi sa’a sosai ashe dana sami Bello ta sama, ba tare da nasha wahala ba? Amma ni a wajena sai dai ma ince shine yayi sa’a sosai ma kuwa. Alhamdulillahi amma akwai matsala tabbas. Hajir ta juyo gaba dayanta tana kallon Hannah can ta ce “Ban gane akwai matsala ba, wacce irin matsala kuma Hannah? Ko bakya sonsa ne? Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “A’a naki shi bayan shine zabin Iyayena ina sonsa mana. Muryar Bello Madu ce ta ce “Assalamu Alaikum. Kai tsaye ya shigo cikin gidan kamar yadda ya saba shigowa daman. Kai tsaye wajen Hannah ya dosa, Hajir ta amsa masa sallamarsa gami da yi masa tsiya ta ce “Oh dan halak kaki ambato yanzu zancenka fa muke yi ango kasha kamshi daga zuwanka ka doshi wajen Hannah, da idan kazo wajen wa kake dosa? Bello Madu ya kyalkyale da dariya ya ce “Kai Hajir kin fiye tsokana kinsan da sai inyi sati biyu a boda ban damu da zuwa garin nan in kwana ba amma yanzu kusan kullum sai nazo garin nan ko banzo gidan nan ba ina jin dadin garin saboda matar da nake so tana cikin garin. To yanzu an bani izini inzo wajenta kina nufin sai in doshi wajenki duhu, bayan daga shigowata hasken fuskar Hannah ne ya bugi idanuwana. Kinsan ko a kabari haske ake nema ana neman tsari da duhu. Hajir ta rike baki ta ce “Ah Bello Madu daina hadani da duhun kabari Allah Ya baka hakuri. Wannan hira tasu ta bawa Hannah dariya bata san sanda ta tuntsire da dariya ba duk da wani kululun bakin cikin daya dira a ranta yanzun nan da Bello ya shigo. Haisam kawai zuciyarta take haska mata, inama- inama ace da Haisam za’ayi musu auren nan wata guda ya rage ayi bikinta. Bello Madu ya ce “Hajir yi hakuri bada duhun kabari nake hadaki ba ni na isa? Ai nasan kokarin da kike min wajen turani fadar zuciyar Hannah tun dazu ina zaure a tsaye ina jin hirar da kuke yi, kuyi hakuri ba labe nake yi muku ba ina doso kaina Bello Madu naji ana ambato shiyasa na dakata sai da na gama jin komai. Hajir ta yi dariya ta ce “A’a Baba Bello ka fara labe a gidan mutane dai kawai zaka ce min. Ya karasa wajen Hannah ya jawo wata kujera a gefenta ya zauna a hankali yayin daya kafawa Hannah ido yana kallonta, ji yake tamkar ya hadiyeta saboda son da yake yi mata, fargabarsa daya yana tsoron kada Hannah taki amincewa da soyayyar da yake yi mata haka nan ko bayan abokinsa Ahmad ya shaida masa an bashi Hannah yayi farin ciki amma farin cikin ragagge ne yana gudun kada a takurawa Hannah ta aure shi yazo ya rasa soyayyarta amma yau sai gashi da kunnensa yaji Hannah ta ce “Ni na kishi bayan shine zabin Iyayena ina son sa. Don haka yau yafi kowa farin ciki. Hannah ta dago a kunyace ta gaishe shi ya amsa cike da fara’a ya mika hannu ya karbi rariyar dake hannunta ya fara tankade Hannah na zuba masa gari yana tankadewa. Hajir kuma tana yi masa tsiya tana cewa “Wai Bello wannan bamu san wanne irin abu za’ayiwa Hannah ba bayan anyi auren, tuwan ma nasan kai zaka dinga tuka mata Hmm wai ya abin yake ne!!? GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 17 Bello ya ce “Ke kin fadi kadan tauna abincin ne kawai bazan yiwa Hannah ba saboda bazai yuwu in tauna mata ba amma a baki zan dinga bata bayan na dafa mata domin Hannah tafi sarauniyar da take mulkin duniyar nan idan ma akwai yadda nake jinta a raina. Ga mamakinsu sai suka ga hawaye shar ya tsiyayo daga idanuwan Hannah, babu abinda ya sata kuka sai tausayin kanta dana Bello Madu domin kowannensu son maso wani yake yi, inama Haisam ne yake jinta a ransa haka kamar yadda Bello Madu yake jinta a ransa. Shima inama ma yadda yake sonta shima tana sonsa haka. Allah Sarki Bello ka makara. Hannah ta fada a ranta. Sai Bello ya kurawa Hannah ido kawai yana kallo sai ya juya ya kalli Hajir wacce itama tayi kasake a tsaye tana kallonsu. Ya mike tsaye ya kade garin da yake hannunsa ya ce da Hannah ta taso suje zaure yana son ganinta yana da magana da ita. Hannah ta mike ta dauko ruwa ta wanke hannayenta ta yafa gyalenta tana biye dashi suka fita zaure. Tambayoyin da Bello madu ya jerawa Hannah sun doshi goma don son yaji meye ya sata kuka ko aurensa ne bata so amma dukka da a’a Hannah take amsa masa. Domin idan ta kuskura ta baiyana abunda yake ranta ta sake shiga uku tasan Bello ba zai takura ya ce zai aureta ba hakura zai yi idan ya fasa aurenta wa zata aura kuma tunda bata da maganin ciwon da yake damunta. Na san na rasa Haisam, na rasa shi kuma har abada na rasa soyayyarsa na rasa farin cikin rayuwata, meye ya rage mun a duniya kuma? Banda jiran mutuwata. Bello ya katsewa Hannah tunani ya ce “To tunda na tambayeki kince babu komai akwai magana guda da nake son muyi dake, Hannah dan Allah kiyi hakuri ki sake hakuri da duk yanda kika tsinci rayuwarki, abin da nake nufi shi ne, watakila Hajir ta fada miki ina da gida nawa na kaina, yanzu ma a ciki nake zaune nan za’a kaiki bayan anyi bikinmu, to kinsan halin Iyaye musamman ma mata. Mahaifiyata ta kekashe kasa tace lallai-sai dai a kaiki cikin gidanmu ma’ana gidan da take zaune da kishiyarta wanda ba karamar takura bace, daki ne kwaya daya jal ga nata ga wanda za’a kaiki. Kiyi hakuri ko bayan bikin zanci gaba da bata hakuri akan ta yarda in mai da ke gidana. Hannah ta sunkuyar dakai kasa ta ce “Kawu wannan ba wani abu bane da zaka damu kankaba ka bi maganar Mahaifiyarka domin abunda babba ya hango yaro ko ya hau bishiyar rimi bazai hango ba, ita ta haifeka ta fika sanin dalilin da yasa ta ce ka zauna da matarka a kusa da ita, Allah Ya bamu zaman lafiya gaba dayanmu ni da ita, ni da kai kuma na gode. Wannan kalaman na Hannah ya kwantarwa da Bello Madu hankali don bai taba zaton Hannah ba zata damu ba idan taji tare da surukai zata zauna amma sai yaji ita take kokarin yi masa nasiha, akan ya kwantar da hankalinsa ya bi maganar Mahaifiyarsa. Kuma Hannah ita ce take yi masa godiya. Daga karshe ya yiwa Hannah sallama ya ce zai koma wajen aiki sai nan da kwana hudu zai dawo an turashi boda dake tsakanin Maigatari da Niger da zarar ya dawo za’a kawo lefe insha Allah. Hannah tayi masa fatan dawowa lafiya ya tafi ita kuma ta shiga gida. Ta iske Hajir tana kwasar tuwo, ta je kusa da ita ta jawo kujera ta zauna. Hajir ta kalleta ta ce “Amarya a gidan custom Bello Madu kinsha kamshi, amaryar nan da wata guda, wai naga duk jikinki yayi sanyi ne har koke-koke kike yi? Koda yake muma fa duk munyi wannan don gabannin bikina kurket na rame sai kuka ina zaton auren wani tashin hankali ne ashe babu abin da ya kaishi kwanciyar hankali, ke kuwa daga ke sai masoyinki ku biyu a gida ku rakashe kowa kokarin ya farantawa dan uwansa yake yi. Ke gidanki na siminti ne kewayayye ai Bello Madu ya zuba sumunti a gidansa tal a lailaye da simunti kamar a birni. Mu da muke gidan kasa ma muke jin dadin rayuwarmu balle ke. Hannah ta ce “Kai Hajir ai da gidan sumunti dana kasa duk daya ne yanzu yake cemun Mahaifiyarsa ta tubure lallai-lallai bata yarda ya kaini gidansa ba sai dai in zauna a gidansu. Hajir ta zabura ta wurgar da marar da take kwasar tuwo ta mike tsaye ta rike haba da hannu ta ce “Hannah me kika ce kina nufin yanzu cikin gidan su Bello za’a kaiki? Lallai mun shiga uku mu masu kai amarya ma balle ke da za ki zauna da ita. Hannah ta jawo hannun Hajir ta zaunar da ita ta ce “Hajir zauna mana muyi maganar daga zaune me yasa kika ce mun shiga uku wani abu ne? Hajir tayi ajiyar zuciya ta koma ta zauna ta ce “Hannah bazan boye miki ba a gaskiya Innar Bello bata da hali saboda duk garin nan babu wanda bai san bala’in Inna Haule ba har tafi Iya Abu matar Babanki da kike bani labarinta don tun maigidanta yana nan bai rasu ba take azabtar da kishiyarta Indo, wahalar duniyar nan yau idan kika je gidan Indo da *ya*yanta tamkar bayi ne a gidan. Debo ruwa a rafi ma ya ishe ki bayan zuwa gona da sassake, amma shi Bello me yasa zai yi mana haka bayan yasan halin Mahaifiyarsa ko da yake ba laifinsa ba ne, don idan ta saka musu kara basu isa su tsallake ba musamman Bello yana yi mata ladabi sosai fiye da sauran kannensa, shi ne babba a gidan. Ina jin bata so yayi nisa da itane, gani take komai ya samu yanzu ke zai dinga kaiwa, kinsan ko albashinsa aka ce kusan ita yake dankawa gaba daya. Kafin Hannah ta ce wani abu Ahmad ne ya yi sallama ya shigo suka amsa masa gami da yi masa sannu da zuwa. A murtike ya amsa sannan ya juya ya kalli Hajir ya daka mata tsawa ya ce “Ke Hajir ki iya bakin ki don me kike kokarin rikita Hannah game da aurenta da Bello Madu akanta aka fara zama da surukai. Ya juya ya kalli Hannah ya ce “To sai kin toshe kunnuwanki shi aure dan hakuri ne ki ji, kiki ji, ki gani kiki gani, ladabi da biyayya shine zai rabaki da masifa da takurawar surukarki. Kada ki yarda da *yan zuga masu nuna miki kin hadu da masifaffiyar suruka mutum ko shaidan ne yasan mai kyautata masa don haka idan kika bi Inna Haule sau da sau dole ta daga kafa. Bawai na ce Hajir tayi karya ba haka halaiyar Inna Haule take amma sai kinyi hakuri kin daure kin mata biyayya zaki ga ashe duk abunda ake fada miki ba haka take bama. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “To Kawu naji abunda ka fadamin zanyi amfani dashi na gode madallah. Ta mike ta shiga daki Ahmad ya juya ya kalli Hajir wacce ta cika tayi fushi taf kamar zata fashe. Ya shafa kumatunta ya ce “Ke kuma daga magana maye abun yin fushin, Hajir ta ce “Haba Ahmad me kake nufi da ka ce kada Hannah ta saurari *yan zuga, kana nufin ni ce *yar zugar kenan zan hanata yin aure ko? Ya ce “A’a abunda naga laifinki shine muddin kika sanar mata da halin Innar Bello Madu ai zata tsorata kuma zata ji ta tsani auren ta tsani surukarta daga nan zaman lafiya babu kuma ni Bello ne yafi bani tausayi har cewa ya yi ko zai fasa auren Hannah ne saboda yasan tabbas zata hadu da halin Mahaifiyarsa shi kuma a duniya babu abinda yaki jini irin batawa Hannah don yana sonta kamar yadda yake son rayuwarsa. Mun kada mun raya da Inna Haule ta hakura ta bar Bello ya tare da amaryarsa a gidansa taki fur don wani uban ashar ta soka min ashe haushina take ji wai na dauki *yata na bashi, ashe tana so ta hada shi da wata shi ne yaki. Sum-sum nayi na fice daga gidan. Kuma wani abun bakin cikin shi ne Bello yayi-yayi ta yadda ya rushe bangarensa yayi na siminti ya zagaye da katanga ta ce bai isa ba ana kasar zai saka amaryar tasa. Sai zana ya suyo yadan zagaye dakin su kwaya daya jal. Kuma abincinsu a hade dana *yan gidan zasu dinga yi Allah dai Ya kyauta muna nan mun dukufa da addu’a Allah Ya dora shi akanta ta hakura ta barshi ya zauna a gidansa. Hajir ta ce “Amin nima zan taya Hannah da addu’a, amma caf wannan suruka ta Hannah, ai ko gidan bazan taba takawa ba da sunan ziyara ni tun ina yarinya daman tsoranta nake ko gidan bana shiga Allah Ya sani banasan masifa. Duk hirar nan da suke yi kakaf a kunnen Hannah wacce ke daki a zaune tana jiyo su. Tayi ajiyar zuciya ta girgiza kai don tausayin kanta da kanta ta ce a ranta “Haka Allah Ya so yi dani haka zan kare a kunci, wahala da bakin ciki na rabu da wahalar Iya Abu na fada wahalar Inna Haule, Allah Kana sane da ni, Kasan halin da nake ciki Kai ne majibancin lamarina La’ilaha’illa’a nta subhanaka inni kuntun minal zalimin. Babana yayi gaskiya da ya ce yasan babu mijin da zan aura da zai rikeni amana in ba Haisam ba. Baba baka san yadda muka yi da Haisam ba ka mutu ka barni akan inje in cewa Haisam ya zo ya aureni ka bashi ni, Yaya Haisam ya auri wacce yake so ya barni. Baba ka barni a duniya baka san na rabu da Haisam din bama. Ta rushe da kuka mai tsanani. Ta koma ta kwanta a tsakar dakin tana tunanin rayuwar da suka yi da Haisam shine farin cikinta a makaranta baya so ko kuda ya cijeta yana tattalinta wasa da dariya kullum har ya zuwa ranar rabuwarsu. Hannah tayi kuka har ta gaji sannan ta mike don zuwa ban daki tayi alwalar magariba, ashe ta dade dayi bata sani ba. Kamar yadda Bello Madu ya ce za’a kawo lefe da sauran kudade na al’ada an kawowa Hannah lefe akwati uku kowacce a cike danma Inna Haule duk ta rarrage kayan amma duk da haka masha Allah an zuba mata kaya. Anan kauyen sai zancen yawan kayan ake yi, *yan uwan Hannah sai murna ake amma banda Ahamad domin ya tsorata da ganin yawan lefen nan yasan dole za’a zuba ido aga me kuma za’a kai dakin Hannah. A matsayinsa na dan karamin Malamin makarantar firamare mai daukar dan karamin albashi shi zai yiwa Hannah gado, gara da kuma abincin *yan biki gashi kuma a kurarren lokaci aka saka ranar bikin. Gashi duk danginsu shine wai mai dama-dama duk a jikinsa dangi suke nema. Yasan ko za’a taimaka masa da gudunmawa bai wuce ayi masa fantekar alkaki da nakiya ba sai *yan kwanukan cin abinci wadanda suka daddage ne zasu bashi setin samira. Da cin bashi da komai Ahmad ya hada kudin gado lamba one da mudubinsa. Dan kudin da Hajir take tarawa na dinkin hular da take, ta bashi ya hada da sauran *yan gudunmawar da ya samu ya sayi ledar daki da labule shi kenan sai kwanukan rabon abinci da samira seti hudu aka hada aka jerawa Hannah a daki. Bayan ansha biki an kai amarya dakinta tsaf-tsaf daidai karfinsu sai dai wani babban tashin hankali Ahmad ya buga sama da kasa ya rasa kudin siyawa Hannah gara. Don haka ya ce Hajir da wasu matan suje su bawa Inna Haule hakuri insha Allahu kafin ta haihu za’a kawo mata gara donhar ta fara habaici an kawo amarya babu gara. Kwanan Hannah uku cur tana rusar kuka bayan an kaita gidan miji. A ran na hudun ne Bello Madu ya shigo dakinta da jakar kayansa shi ma ya kauro gidan daga can gidansa. Da misalin karfe goma na dare gari yayi shiru kowa yayi bacci abinka da rayuwar kauye amma a zaune a gefen gado ya tarar da Hannah tayi tagumi tana tunani ido yayi mata jawur a kumbure, yayi mata sallama ya shigo. Ta daga kai da sauri ta dube shi sannan ta amsa masa sallamar da yayi mata. Ya shigo ya ajiye jakarsa a gefen akwatinta yazo kusa da ita ya zauna yana yi mata murmushi da nuna farin cikinsa a fili, ya dubi kwayar idanuwanta yaga jawur don tsananin kukan da tasha yi ya ce “Hannah kukan ne har ya zamar miki da idanuwanki haka? Don Allah ki daina kuka, Hannah ni mai kaunarki ne bazan cutar da ke ba, ta sake rushewa da kuka yasa Hannu ya jawota a jikinsa sai yaga tayi sauri ta zabura ta mike tsaye. Wannan zabura ta Hannah ta bawa Bello mamaki kamar wanda ya jona mata wuta, ya mike yasa hannu zai rukota, Hannah tayi sauri taja da baya tana kokarin ta fice waje. Bello ya ce “Ah har waje zaki fice to na kyaleki zo ki zauna bazan sake taba ki ba. Sannan Hannah ta dawo tazo ta zauna a kasa kan ledar dake shimfide a tsakar dakin ta hada kai da gwiwa tana kuka tamkar ranta zai fita. Wannan kuka na Hannah yana tayarwa da Bello hankali ji yake kamar tana soka masa wuka a zuciyarsa idan Hannah tana zubar da hawayen nan. Ya nisa sannan ya ce. Hannah kiyi hakuri dan Allah ki daina kuka meke damun ki ne? Nifa yanzu mijinki ne ki daina guduna kuma kina kuka kina tayarmin da hankali. Na ce kiyi shiru kinki ki daina, ko kina so inyi fushi dake Allah Yayi fushi dake Mala’ikun Allah su dinga la’antarki har sai gari ya waye ne? Hannah ta dago da sauri ta kalleshi ya ce “Yaya kike kallona? Gaskiya nake fada miki ai duk macen da take gudun mijinta Allah da Mala’ikunsa zasu dinga la’antarta har sai gari ya waye ko kin yadda ki halaka? Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Bana so na halaka, ya ce “To in bakyaso ki hallaka zo nan kusa dani ki zauna muyi hira. Hmm su bello madu sarkin wayo To gafa Hannah a gidan Iya haule me zai faru!! Ku biyoni GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter18 Cikin shesshekar kuka Hannah ta ce “Kawu na zalunci kaina, na kuma zalunceka da ban fada maka gaskiyar abunda yake damuna ba. Kawu na kasance ina cikin wani hali na tsananin damuwa wanda har nake tunanin bazan iya auren kowa ba. To amma dole nasan za’ayi min aure shi yasa na hakura na amince na aureka a tunanina zan iya daurewa in zauna amma yanzu bayan da akayi auren ciwon da yake damuna ya dawo min danye bana jin zan iya zaman aure har in samu aljarnar da kowacce mace take nema a karkashin tafin kafar mijinta ta hanyar biyayyar aure. Kawu kayi hakuri ka yafe ni dan Allah ka rufamin asiri. Ka sauwakemin mu zauna a haka ba tare da kowa ya sani ba, saboda sai in halaka idan muka zauna a haka da igiyar aurenka. Bello ya bude baki yana kallon Hannah can ya taso yazo gabanta ya durkusa ya rike hannunta cikin siririyar murya mai dauke da tsananin dimaucewa ya ce “Hannah, fadamin ni Kawunki ne mai shirin taimakonki ta kowacce hanya kada kiji tsoron fadamin ko mene ne. Ta janye hannunta a hankali ta share hawayenta ta ce “Idan baka manta ba a labarin dana baku a garinmu nace nayi makarantar sakandire da taimakon Allah da taimakon Yaya Haisam, son Yaya Haisam ne ya zame mun dafi a zuciyata wanda dafin nan zai iya zamar min ajalina. Kawu Bello ina son Haisam harni kaina ina mamakin yadda akayi zauciyata ta kamu da sonsa haka nayi addu’ar don Allah Ya goge mun, nayi azumin nayi kukan kullum akan Allah Ya yayemun amma kamar karamin ake. Daga karshe sai nake addu’ar Allah Ya dauki raina da in dauwama a haka amma ka ganni har yanzu a haka na rasa yadda zanyi. Ta rushe da kuka. Bello yayi shiru yana kallonta can ya nisa ya ce “Hannah me yasa baza kiyi addu’ar Allah Ya hadaki da Haisam ba kuyi aure kike addu’ar Allah Ya yaye miki sonsa ko kuma Allah Ya dauki ranki? Hannah ta goge hawaye ta ce “Haisam yayi aure a ranar da Mahaifina ya rasu “Bello ya gyara ya zauna a gaban Hannah ya lankwashe kafa don jin labarin wannan rikirkitaccen ala’amari na Hannah. Hannah bata boye masa ba ta bashi labarinta da Haisam tun daga ranar da Babanta ya kaita makaranta har ranar da taje gidansu ta iske shi zai tafi daurin aurensa, daga karshe ta ce “Ashe Yaya Haisam ba sona yake ba taimako kawai yayi min ni kuma zuciyata ta kamu da tsantsar kaunarsa. Don haka ne a koda yaushe nake addu’ar Allah Ya yayemun sonsa bana addu’ar Haisam yazo ya aureni. Bello Madu yayi murmushin karfin hali ya ce “Haisam yana sonki yana kaunarki sosai fiye dani kaina da duk wani mai sonki a duniya. Akwai wata matsalar da tasa bai aureki ba Hannah. Hannah cike da mamaki ta kurawa Bello ido ta ce “Me yasa kace haka, me ka gani da ka fadi haka? Bello ya ce “Saboda ke yarinya ce shi yasa baza ki fahimci hakan ba, kuma nasan irin yadda kike ji Hannah bawai haka ta taba faruwa akai na ba a’a ina kwatanto nima rayuwata zata iya shiga irin wannan halin da kika shiga idan na rasa kine, saboda kece wacce na taba ji ina so a duniya. Ni na yadda na amince zan ci gaba da zama dake a haka a matsayinki na matata amma babu zancen saki a tsakanina dake in Allah Ya yarda sai dai mutuwa ta raba mu saboda son da nake miki, Hannah da ace Haisam nacan yana jiranki baiyi aure ba da zan daukeki in kaiki wajensa in aura miki shi don kiyi rayuwa cikin fari ciki, ni in dawo gida in zauna ciwon son da nake yi miki ya kashe ni na yadda in dai na ceto rayuwarki. Amma yanzu da yake Haisam yayi aure kiyi hakuri, a cikin kashi dari bisa dari na soyayyar da kike yiwa Haisam, ki daure ki bani kashi daya a cikin dari har karshen rayuwarmu ta aure na gode. Hannah ki daure ki ci gaba da zama dani a haka kada ki barni ni dake muyi biyu babu, kin rasa Haisam ni kuma in rasa ki. Yasa hannu ya jawota jikinsa zai rungumeta tayi sauri ta mike ta juya masa baya. Ya tashi a sanyaye yaje ya rufe kofa ya datse da mukulli. Yayin da Hannah taji wannan rana tamkar ranar da Mahaifinta ya rasu ta kuma rasa Haisam yau gata a daki daya zata kwanta gado daya da wani a matsayin mijinta ba Haisam ba. Hawaye yaci gaba da tsiyayo mata daga idanuwanta. Bello yazo ya rungumeta ta bayanta yana mai sunbatar kunnuwanta da gefen kumatunta cikin sanyayyiyar murya Hannah ta ce “A matsayinka na mijina akan babu yadda zanyi ka sami GANGAR JIKINA amma ruhi, zuciyata tana wajen Haisam. Bai iya bata wannan amsar ba cik ya dauketa ya dorata a tsakiyar gado. Hannah ta shide tama fita haiyacinta saboda tsananin bakin ciki yau ga wani daban zai fara saninta *ya mace kafin Haisam, wannan bakin cikin ne yayi mata yawa yasa ta fita hayyacinta tama iya cewa suma tayi amma gogan naka baima lura ba ji yake yau tamkar an masa albishir da gidan aljannah gashi ya auri Hannah harma ta mallaka masa GANGAR JIKINTA. A ranar da Hannah ta cika sati guda ta fara sanin halin Uwar mijinta ashe da kara take yi mata. Da sassafe ko tashi daga bacci basu yi ba Inna Haule tayi dirar mikiya a bakin kofar dakinsu tana bugun kofar da karfi tana fadin a tashi haka baccin ya isa duk inda sati guda yayi angama cin amarci bakunta ta kare kin zama *yar gida fito ki dora dumame. Indo zata je rafi debo ruwa. Furgirgit Hannah ta mike ta diro daga kan gado, ta bude kofa ta fito. Ta durkusa har kasa ta gaishe da Inna Haule. A yatsune ta amsa ta ce “To a tafi wajen murhu a dora dumame ga dawa da gero can idan kuka karya kumallo ke da Indo ku surfa. Bello wanda yaji tamkar yayi ihu saboda takaici yasan Hannah kuma ta shiga uku ta lalace kamar yadda amaryar Babansa Indo take dandana wahala kullum kamar baiwa. Ya tashi zaune ya rike kai tausayin Hannah yana ratsa zuciyarsa da tunano ina zai samo mata mafita kafin ta zama baiwa. To amma babu wata mafita tunda har yau har wayewar gobe Inna Haule ta ki amince masa ya koma gidansa shi da matarsa. Da ya isheta ma da maganar sai ta ce duk ranar daya sake rokonta wannan bukata tasa Allah Ya isa kuma zata tsine masa, don haka Bello yaja bakinsa yayi gum. Haka Hannah ta kasance tana yin iya kokarinta na ganin ta farantawa Uwar mijinta tana binta sau da kafa kafin ta saka ta aiki tuni ma tayi mata, amma a banza Inna Haule bata gani. A ko da yaushe zagin Hannah take tana cewa auren da ba gara ma ai bai cika aure ba. Wai Hannah ta mallake mata da don da sai yayi sati biyu, uku bai zo garin ba daga wajen aikinsa amma yanzu baya sati guda. Zantuttuka barkatai marasa ma’ana dai na nuna tsana tsagwaronta. To wannan al’amari yasa Hannah ta sake fitar da rai daga samun zaman lafiya a rayuwarta. Inna Haule halinta daya da Iya Abu koma tafi Iya Abu, ko Uwarka ka yanka musu ka dafa ka basu baza su gode maka ba. Sai dai kawai idan abun ya isheta ta shiga daki tayi kuka ta gaji. Idan Bello Madu ya dawo ya ganta a wannan hali sai ya shiga lallashinta yana bata hakurin nan nasa, babu abinda yake karawa Hannah banda takaici. Abu daya ya gano logarta in har yana so tayi dariya a duk Bakin bacin ran da take, shine ya ce mata Haisam. Haka yake sakata a gaba ya tilasta mata ya ce dole sai ta bashi labarin Haisam tun tana jin kunya da nauyinsa har ta saki jiki tayi ta bashi labarin Haisam na dariya suyi dariya na tausayi ya tausaya mata, na tambaya ya tambayeta. Da haka Bello ya fara samun shiga a wajen Hannah. A koda yaushe Hannah na kirga kwanakin yaushe Bello zai dawo daga wajen aiki saboda dashi ne kawai take hira mai dadi har tayi dariya hirar ita ce hirar Haisam. Hannah da Indo ne suke surfe a yau, Inna Haule ta fita unguwa shine ma suka samu suna *yar hira. Duk da Indo ta girmewa Hannah amma duk da haka bata fi shekara ashirin da shida ba a matsayin suruka take a wajen Hannah tunda matar Baban mijinta ce. Amma dole tasa suka zama kawaye. Hannah na bakace dusar. Indo tana tikar dawa a turmi, Indo ta tsagaita da dakan ta ce “Hannah sai dai hakuri ni harna saba da wannan bauta haka Allah Ya rubuto mana rayuwarmu. Hannah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Allah Yana barin bawansa a halinda Ya so Ya ganshi. Amma duk abubuwan da Inna ke yi mun baya damuna irin duk abunda muke yi mata batagani, dubi fa irin aikin da muke yi kamar zamu mutu yanzu idan tazo cewa zata yi munyi ha’inci bata surfu ba. Ga zagin da take yimin akan gara ni na rasa yadda zanyi da rayuwata wallahi. Indo ta ajiye tabarya ta ce “Ai wai ke kina nufin duk abinda ake baki sani ba a gidan nan yau? Hannah ta ajiye faifan dake hannunta ta tattara hankalinta gaba daya a wajen Indo tana jiran taji me yake faruwa. Indo ta ce “Ko da yake kin tafi debo ruwa dazu da sassafe Inna Haule tasa na shiga dakinki na miko mata akwatinan aurenki guda biyu wadanda baki dinka kayan ciki ba tasa almajiri ya daukar mata wai zata kai wani gida ajiya tunda ba’ayi miki gara ba suma baza ki daura lefansu ba. Daman wata uku ta daukar miki a kawo gara gashi yanzu kin shiga wata na hudu da aure. Don haka da zarar Bello ya dawo zata sa ya sake ki, lefan kuma ta kaiwa wata yarinyar a daura masa aure da wacce zata kawo mata gara. Kuma kinsan Bello babu yadda zaiyi idan tasa shi a gaba ta ce ya sake ki. Hawaye ne sharrr yake zuba daga idanuwan Hannah ta mike da gudu ta shiga daki ta tarar wayam an kwashe akwatina sai kwaya daya *yar karamar kaya kala uku ne ta dunka a lefen, su suka rage sai sauran tsofaffin kayanta nada ga sunan a zube a kasa an watsar mata. Sai ta kwanta a kan gado ta fara rusar kuka, Hannah ta kware wajen iya kuka dan ko gasar masu iya kuka aka je ta duniya ina ganin ita zata zo ta daya. Can ba dadewa Inna Haule ta dawo ta tarar da Indo ce kadai take aikin abincin rana ta ce “Ina Hannah? Indo ta ce “Ciwon ciki take tana daki. Ta leka ta tarar da Hannah sharkaf cikin kuka sai ta ce “Babu wani ciwan ciki ba ciwan ciki ba ko ciwan nakuda kike sai kin bar gidan nan bazan iya ba harkar talauci anyi biki ko gara babu lefen dana dauke ne shine yasaki bakin ciki ya kwantar dake. Haka Hannah ta yini shiru a kwance babu ci babu sha sai kuka, Allah cikin ikonsa sai ya jeho mata Bello da yamma kwanakinsa biyu jal da tafiya ba zato ba tsammani Hannah taji sallamarsa ya shigo, furgigit tayi ta tashi zaune kallo daya yayi mata yasan akwai abunda aka yi mata har ta sha kuka. Yaje da sauri ya zauna a kusa da ita ya jawota jikinsa ya tambayeta meke damunta take kuka. Ta amsa masa da ba komai, ya ce yasan dole da wani abu karta boye masa ta fada masa gaskiya. Sai ta ce cikinta ne yake ciwo, yayi shiru shi dai ya jita ne kawai amma bai gamsu ba. Sai can da aka jima hankalinsa yakai wajen akwatina yaga basa nan ya ce “Hannah ina akwatinanki suke? Tayi shiru can ta ce “Inna ta kwashe ta kai ajiya wai tunda ba’ayimin gara ba wata zata kaiwa ta aura maka ita, ni ka sake ni. Sai ta rushe da kuka. Bello ya cije baki don tsananin bakin ciki yayi shiru ya kasa magana sai yasa hannu yana goge mata hawaye ya nisa ya ce “Daina kuka kece baki sani ba na bawa Ahmad kudin da zai saya miki gara kakaf, yanzu ma cikon kudin da zai karasa sayayyar na kawo masa. Daman zan koma wajen aiki tunda ina da aikin dare. Daman Inna bata ganni ba ance tana makwabta bari inyi sauri in tafi baza ta san nazo garin bama balle tayi min maganar sai in cewa Ahmed suyi kokari su kawo garar gobe kinga an kashe bakinta kafin in dawo. Ya rungume Hannah ya sumbaci kumatunta ya ce “Bazan sake ki ba Hannah ina sonki da yawa ki kwantar da hankalinki kinji ko? Sannan ya fice yana sauri ya tafi. Hannah ta bishi da kallo yayin da zuciyarta ke ce mata “Ba Haisam kadai ba Bello Madu ma mai sonki ne Hannah ki kaunace shi. Haka kuwa akayi washe gari da misalin karfe uku na yamma sai Hannah taji buda an doso cikin gidan kamar a mafarki taga kartan maza suna ta ajiye buhunhuna a kofar dakin Innah Haule. Mata suna ta shigowa da fantekun alkaki, nakiya dibulan da dai sauransu. Wannan al’amari ya bawa Inna Haule mamaki, nauyi da kunya saboda sunyi mata bazata duk tabi gari tana fadin ba’ayiwa Hannah gara ba kuma ba zasu iya yi ba kwatsam sai taga gara wacce ko *ya*yan attajiran garin ba’a taba yi musu gara mai yawan buhunhuna haka ba. Hmm bello madu dai ya bude wuta wato shida hanne mutu ka raba me zai faru? Ku biyoni!!!!!GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter19 Nan dai Inna Haule ta hau borin kunya tana cewa “Ashe kuna tafe ku ka ki sanar min nima in gayyato *yan uwana suzo su tayani karbar irin wannan abun alhairi sannunku da zuwa ku shigo daki mana ya zaku zauna a waje. Hannah debo tabarmarki dana Indo a shimfidawa baki. Ai da kun sanarmin zaku zo da nasa anyi muku girke-girke da soye-soye irin wannan abun arziki haka. *Yan uwan Hannah suka ce “Babu komai ai ba zama muka zo yi ba mun kawo gara gata nan, zamu koma don *yar mu ta sami salama a zamanta na aure da mijinta. Suka yaba mata ba dadi. Washe gari da sassafe Inna Haule taje ta debowa Hannah akwatinanta ta kawo mata amma an kwashee wasu kayan da yawa babu. Ta kuma gargadi Hannah kada ta sake ta fadawa danginta ko mijinta tayi shiru da bakinta. Da Bello Madu ya dawo faran-faran Inna Haule ta kira shi ta nuna masa gara har tana cewa “Allah Sarki ashe ba karamin shiri suke yi ba shi yasa basu kawo da wuri ba irin wannan yawan gara sai ka ce *yar Sarkin noma ka auro. Bello yayi dariya ya ce “Allah Ya sanya alheri ya bamu zaman lafiya. Ya nufi dakin Hannah, bayan tayi masa sannu da zuwa ta kawo masa abinci da ruwa ya sha, sai ya janyo akwatinan ya bude kamar yadda ya zarga tabbas Mahaifiyarsa zata kwashe wasu kayan, haka kuwa ya gani ta kwashe kaya da yawa. Ya waiga ya Kalli Hannah sai ta sunkuyar da kanta kasa bata ce masa komai ba. Ya ce Hannah an kwashe miki lefenki ko? Kiyi hakuri zan suyo miki wasu insha Allah idan muka yi albashi wani watan. Hannah ta dago cikin ladabi da tattausar murya ta ce “Ni na yafe duniya da lahira ba sai ka biyani ba, wahalar zata yi maka yawa. Kawu Bello babu abinda zance maka sai godiya da wannan garar da ka yimin Allah Ya saka da alheri domin ka kwatar min *yanci na tun daga ranar da aka kawo Inna bata sake yimin gori ba. Yanzu zanyi zaman farin ciki a gidan aurena. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Farin cikinki shi ne nawa Hannah, Allah Ya kara sanya ki a farin ciki fiye dana yanzu. Ta ce “Amin na gode. Karshen wata nayi Bello ya dau albashi sai da ya sissiyawa Hannah kayayyakinta da Mahaifiyarsa ta kwashe, cikin dare ya kawowa Hannah a boye ya ce ai hakkinta ne dole ya biya ta. Hannah tayi godiya ta karba. Haka Hannah da Bello suka kasance yana kyautata mata a boye komai ya gani na sakawa kona marmari sai ya suyo mata da daddare ya shigo mata da shi ya bata a boye ba tare da ya bari Mahaifiyarsa ta gani ba. Bello yana kara son Hannah saboda ladabinta hankali da nutsuwa da Uwa Uba tsananin hakurinta da tawakkali. Ita kuwa Hannah har yau har wayewar gobe ta kasa masanya gurbin Haisam ta mayar da Bello amma mafarkin Haisam take, idan tunani take Haisam kawai take hangowa a zuciyarta. Tana kokarin mayar da soyayyar da take yiwa Haisam kan Bello saboda ita ma ta saka masa soyayyar, saboda irin kyautata mata da yake amma abu ya faskara haka dai take dagewa tana nunawa Bello tana sonsa wanda a zuciyarta ba haka ba ne. Wasu lokuta da yawa idan suka tashi da safe, Bello yakan ce mata yaya Haisam? Don naji jiya kina kiransa a mafarki. Hakika Hannah duk sanda ta kwanta mafarkin Haisam take yi ashe har ambatonsa take a fili. Saboda tsananin son da Bello yake yi mata ya yarda ya amince kuma zai zauna da ita a haka. Bai taba nuna mata bacin ransa ba, ita kuwa Hannah sai taji tausayinsa ya kamata nauyi da kunyarsa ta lullubeta. Amma yaya zata yi tunda GANGAR JIKINTA YA AURA zuciyarta na wajen Haisam. Matsalar gara ta wuce tsakaninta da surukarta sai kuma matsalar da Inna Haule ta dauko ta dorawa Hannah ita ce har yanzu Hannah ko batan wata bata yi ba balle ta samu ciki. Fada da gori a wajen Inna Haule babu dare babu rana. Bello yayi kokarin ya wayar mata da kai akan cewa ba laifin Hannah bane ciki Allah ne ke badawa amma abu ya ci tura Inna Haule taki saurarawa Hannah cewa take ga sa’annin aurenta nan dukka ciki garesu wata bakwai-bakwai tunda yanzu watan Hannah bakwai da aure. Yau Hannah tun karfe biyun dare take kai kawo a tsakar gida bacci ya gagari idanuwanta. Duk bude idon da Bello zaiyi sai yaga Hannah tana fita ko tana shigowa cikin dakin kamar a mafarki yake ganinta. Can yaji ana kiraye-kirayen sallar asuba tayi. Yasa hannu ya laluba gefensa yaji Hannah bata nan. Yayi firgigit ya tashi ya fito tsakar gida ya hango Hannah a gaban murhu tana hura wuta. Ya karasa inda take ya ce “Hannah yau lafiyarki kalau kuwa tun dare kike shige da fice kinki ki kwanta, yanzu da asubar nan wutar me kike hurawa? Hannah ta danyi murmushi ta ce “Kawu ka manta yau da duku-duku oganka ya ce zai aiko da mota za kuje Agadas shine nake dora maka ruwan wanka naji yau garin da sanyi-sanyi. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Ai jinsa nayi kawai, meye abun turo mota da duku-duku sai ka ce zamu bar kasar, Hannah ta ce “Agadas ai da nisa shi yasa, kuma watakila ba kwana za kuyi ba ko? Ya ce “Gaskiya Agadas da nisa ba kuma cikin garin zamu shiga ba Local Government din Agadas din zamu Aderbisanat local government zamu je ina ganin wajen 540km ne kuma bana jin zamu kwana ziyarar aiki zai kai can mu kuma yan rakiya ne. Hannah ta ce “Allah Ya kaiku lafiya ya dawo da ku lafiya. Ina jin kiran sallah assalatu kafin ruwan yayi zafi ga buta ka fara yin sallah. Ta mika masa buta ta durkusa har kasa, Bello ya tsaya yana kallonta kawai saboda wata tsantsar soyayyarta ce take kara sarke masa zuciya. Musamman wannan kulawa da ladabi da Hannah take yi masa, ya karbi butar ya shiga ban daki, kafin ya idar da sallar Hannah ta hada masa ruwan wanka takai masa ban daki ta zo ta durkusa a gabansa har sai da ya idar ta ce masa ta kai masa ruwan wanka. Ya tashi ya shiga wanka, kafin ya fito ta debo masa wankakkun kayansa data wanke ta goge masa ta dora a kan gado ta goge masa takalmin da zaisa kamar yadda ta saba yi masa kullum. Bayan ya kammala yana goge-gogensa da *yan shafe-shafe sai ya dauko kayan da Hannah ta fitar masa ya saka. Ta zo tana balle masa maballin wuyan rigarsa, yayi murmushi ya ce “Hannah na gode da irin wannan hidima da kulawa da kike nunamin wannan yasa nake kara sonki dari bisa dari, idan akwai soyayyar da tafi dari bisa dari ina miki Hannah sai dai anya kuwa na sami kwaya dayan nan kacal da nake so a sammin a cikin darin da ake yiwa Haisam? Cikin kunya Hannah ta ce “Haba daya kacal ai kafi guda daya. Ya ce “A’a Hannah zancen gaskiya muke, nawa aka karamin? Tayi dariya ta ce “Kawu ka wuce goma ma zaka kai sha biyar. Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya. Ya ce “To tunda a wata bakwai na sami goma sha biyar nan da shekara bakwai zan iya tadda Haisam. Suka sake tuntsirewa da dariya. Muryar Innah Haule ce ta katse musu dariyar da suke yi tana bakin kofar dakinsu tana cewa “Tun dazu magana nake muku baku jini ba kun shige daki kuna tuntsira dariya da duku-dukun safiyar nan to motar ofishinku ce ta zo suna ta kwankwasa gida. Daman Hannah abunda kika sani kenan ki shiga daki da miji kina dariya aikin kenan ciki fal kashi, babu gurbin kwanciyar da sai gurbin tarin kashi. Hannah tayi kasake jikinta yayi sanyi fara’ar da take ta koma ciki ranta ya baci domin da ana siyar da ciki da ta suyo, haka kuma da a wani waje ake nemoshi da taje ta nemo duk wahala koda kuwa zata mutu ne. Ko ta huta da wannan zagi da gorin da ake yi mata. Bello yayi ajiyar zuciya ya ce “Inna gani nan zuwa shiryawa nake. Ta wuce ta tafi tana tsaki tana cewa “Kaje ka dawo dai daga tafiyar kazo mu zauna muyi maganar saboda bazai yu ba, in zuba muku ido haka kawai aure yau wata bakwai kenan babu ciki ba alamarsa kaina da kafata turawa yarinya abinci nake sai dai ta ci tayi kashi kawai. Ai ba dan tazo ta cika mana shadda muka aurota ba muma muna so muga dan jariri a gidanmu. Tunda ta shanye ka ta asurce ka baka ganin laifinta to ni bata asurce ni ba dole ma ka sake ta ka auro mai haihuwa don daki daya garemu a gidan nan. Har Inna Haule tayi nisa ta juyo ta dawo ta tsaya a kofar dakin su Hannah ta ce “Hannah kiyi ki fito daga dakin nan yau duk ke zaki yi aikin gidan nan shara wanke-wanke surfe da girki ki fara debo ruwa tukunna idan kin cika randunan gidan nan kakaf sai ki fara aikin gida da yamma kuma kije gona ki tsinko wake da gyada dan sun nuna. Yau wacce kuke aikin tare Indo aikenta zanyi garin magarya wajen kawata. Tunda ba ciki gareki ba ba goyo ba ai wannan aikin bazai gagareki ba, sai dai idan kinji kashi kiyi a gonar, tunda cikinki sai kashi babu haihuwa, kinga kuwa kashin naki ya zamar mana taki a gonar kinga kin taimaka kema. Bello Madu ya fusata baisan sanda ya ce “Haba Inna ki daina yiwa Hannah gorin haihuwa ba laifinta ba ne, rashin haihuwa Allah ne Yake bayarwa. Innah har yanzu daman Hannah ce take dauko ruwa a rafi ina almajiran dana dauko aiki nace zan dinga biyansu. Ita taji da aikin gidan su kuma almajiran suje gonar. Hannah tasa hannu ta toshe masa baki ta ce “Yi shiru karka sa taji haushina, Mahaifiyarka ce babu komai duk zanyi aikin. Inna Haule ta rike baki ta ce “Inye dannan ka fara fada in fada dani akan matarka lallai abun babba ne, jeka ka dawo ka sameni don wallahi ina ganin zamanka ya kare da wannan yarinyar mai kama da tumatur ina ganin rabaka take so tayi da kowa a duniya har dani dana haifeka. Ba’a haiyacinka kake ba na sani bayinka bane. Ta tafi tana surutanta dai barkatai. Hawaye yana zuba shar daga idon Hannah, Bello yasa hannu ya goge mata zuciyarsa cike da tsananin tausayinta amma yafi jin tausayi kansa da kansa, saboda zaifi Hannah shiga wani hali idan Mahaifiyarsa tasa ya saketa don shine yafi sonta fiye da yadda take sonsa idan ya rabu da Hannah ya rabu da farin cikin rayuwarsa. Kalma daya ce yasan idan ya fadawa Hannah duk irin bacin ran da take zata yi dariya idan ya ambaci sunan Haisam, yayi dan murmushi ya kalleta ya ce “Hannah dama a ce a yanzu haka kina da ciki ki haifamun da namiji in saka masa suna Haisam. Hannah ta dago ta dubeshi idanuwanta a cike suke da hawaye sunyi jawur don kuka amma saida murmushi ya subuce mata a take taji zuciyarta ta fara dan hucewa daga tsananin tafasar da take yi saboda kunar maganganun da Inna Haule ta fada mata. Hannah ta ji wani dan sanyi a ranta wani abu ya dazu a zuciyarta da Bello ya ce dama a ce tana da ciki ta haifi da namiji ya saka masa suna Haisam taji dama ace hakan ta faru . Amma data tuna yanzu ma haka al’ada take don haka zancen ciki ma babu shi, sai ta sake rushewa da kuka. Bello ya jawota ya rungumeta a kirjinsa yana shafa lallausan gashinta ya ce “Hannan lallai yau ranki ya baci sosai har in kira miki Haisam amma kici gaba da kuka kiyi hakuri ki yafewa Innata muci gaba da yi mata addu’a Allah Yasa ta gane gaskiya Allah Ya cusa mata soyayyarki a ranta. Hannah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Amin, amma ka tayani addu’a Allah Ya bani ciki kafin karshen watan nan ina ganin haka shi zai saka soyayyata a zuciyar Inna. Bello ya ce “Amin ya Allah, zan dukufa da addu’a kema kiyi Allah Ya amsa mana. Ya goge mata hawayen idanuwanta ya sumbaci kumatunta ya ce “Haisam sunan danmu fa. Hannah ta kyalkyale da dariya ta rufe ido sai taji wani farin ciki ya lullubeta. Ta tsuguna ta jawo takalminsa ta fara saka masa a kafa tana sake goge masa da tsumma. Ta feshe masa jikinsa da turare ta ce “Kawu Allah Ya kiyaye hanya ku je lafiya ku dawo lafiya. Ya ce “Amin Hannah Allah Yasa na zo na sameki lafiya cikin farin ciki. Yana tafiya yana waiwayan Hannah, itama ta fito har bakin kofar dakin ta tsaya tana daga masa hannu har ya shiga dakin Mahaifiyarsa sannan Hannah ta koma daki. A zaune a kofar gado Bello ya iske Mahaifiyarsa tana tunani tana gyada kai ya durkusa ya gaisheta ta amsa a fusace ta fara masa fada ta ce “To dan nan abunda nake so da kai shine kada ka sake ka yimin musu akan duk hukuncin da na yanke akanka ina nemar maka aure a gidan dagacin garin nan *yar Sarauta ka dace ka aura tunda ka makalewa Hannah baza ka iya sakinta ba to ta zauna anan gidan tare dani ita kuwa waccan idan anyi auren sai a kaita gidan ka. Bello ya daga kai ya kalleta zauciyarsa cike da bakin ciki. Gidan da yasha magiya ta yarda akai Hannah taki yau gata da bakinta tana cewa yayi aure ya kai matarsa can amma bada Hannah ba. To ashe Hannah din ta tsana kawai. Ya nisa ya ce “Inna me zai hana mu tare mu duka da amaryar da Hannah duk in hadasu acan din. Ta girgiza kai ta ce “Na ce maka karka yimin musu ko? Haka naga dama, tashi kaje ka dawo din mu karasa maganar amma idan ka matsa akan sai ka mayar da Hannah gidanka zaka sa ince sai ka sake ta don wallah Hannah baza ta tare a wancan gidan ba sai dai idan bani na haifeka ba. Ko bayan raina ka kaita can Allah Ya isa. Bello ya rike kai don takaici can ya ce “Naji Inna na gode, dan Allah ki yafe min duk abin da nayi miki, idan na bata miki rai a rayuwata gaba daya. Ta yi dariya ta ce “Babu abinda ka taba yimin wallahi ko musun ma daka tarka kake mun bayin kanka bane ta shanye ka ne, na yafe maka Allah Yayi maka albarka. Bello ya mike ya fita hawaye ne shar yake fita daga idanuwansa. Yana fitowa yaga Hannah tana jika gero. Tayi sharkaf da hawaye daga gani ta gama jin duk maganganun da suke yi. Kallo daya yayi mata yaji hawaye ya sake kece masa. Ya zo ya wuce ta gabanta ya ce “Hannah kiyi hakuri, ki sake yin hakuri, Allah Yana tare da mai hakuri. Ta bishi da kallo tana hawaye yana waiwayenta yana hawaye har ya fice. Tayi shiru tana sauraren karar tafiyar motarsu har suka yi nisa ta daina jin karar motar. Ta rushe da kuka tana cewa a ranta. A bakin ciki ashe zan dauwama? Yanzu aure Inna zata sa Kawu Bello zaiyo ya tare da amaryarsa a gidansa ni abarni anan, me yasa Inna ta tsaneni? Me nayi mata ta tsane ni? Me yasa kowa ya tsane ni a duniyar nan? Ubangijina yana sane dani, Allah Ka san halin da nake ciki, Allah Ka fitar dani, Allah Kai ne abin godiya. Bayan fitar Bello Madu da kamar awa guda. A lokacin Hannah tana surfa gero, Inna Haule tana tsakar gida tana cin dumamen tuwo, Indo kuwa daga wanka ta fito zata shirya ta tafi Magarya inda Inna Haule zata aiketa. Suka ji mota turus ta tsaya a kofar gidansu. Wani ma’aikaci ne mai sanye da kayan *yan sanda yayi sallama ya shigo ba tare da ya gaishe da su ba. Ya ce “Nan ne gidan su custom Bello Madu ko? Inna Haule ta tsaya da cin tuwonta ta ce “Nan ne amma baya nan waye yake nemansa? Ya ce “Ina zuwa. Ya fice, gaban Hannah ya dau faduwa daf-daf daman tun daren jiya ta kasa bacci sai faduwar gaba take. Ta jingine tabaryar da take surfe ta tsaya. Kawai ji suka yi ana cewa “Ku kama da karfi wajen kafadar zaku rike. Inna Haule ta zabura ta mike da gudu ta leko, Hannah ma ta biyota da sauri idanuwansu suka gane musu wannan gagarumin tashin hankali. Gawar Bello Madu ce ake shigowa da ita. Allah Yayi masa rasuwa a sanadiyyar hatsarin motar daya ritsa da su yanzu-yanzun nan suna hawa hanyarsu ta tafiya Agadas wata babbar mota ce ta gwara musu suka kutsa ta tsakiyar motar cikin ikon Allah Bello ne kawai ya rasu, sauran sun sami munanan raunika suna asibiti. Take Hannah ta fadi ta suma, yayin da Inna Haule take neman tube kayan jikinta don gigicewa, sai da aka rirriketa. Kafin ka ce kwabo gidan ya cika yayi makil da *yan Uwa da makwabta maza da mata. An yi masa wanka, an suturtashi an kaishi an binne kamar yadda Shari’ar Musulunci ta tanada. Bello ya tafi ya bar rikicin gidansa kuma shi tasa ta kare a duniya, domin rikicin duniya da mai rai ake yi duk wani rai sai ya dandana mutuwa, Allah Ya sa mu cika da imani. Hannah ta yiwa Bello addu’a har yawun bakinta ya kame idan ta gaji da addu’a ta rushe da kuka tayi ta huta haka dai har akayi sadakar bakwai *yan zaman makoki suka watse aka bar *yan gida. Yayin da barci yake gagarar idanuwansu, kamar yadda Inna Haule take kuka cikin dare haka Hannah ma sai ta laluba kusa da ita taji ita kadai babu Bello sai ta tashi tayi ta kuka har ta godewa Allah. Kaico Hannah ta rasa kowa a duniya. Hannah bata shiga wata matsala ba ta bangaren ci ko sha ko aikin gida ba har ta fita daga takabarta. Sai bayan ta fita daga takaba an fara zancen rabon gado sannan Inna Haule ta daka tsalle ta dire ta ce babu abunda za’a bawa Hannah na gadon danta tunda Hannah ba haihuwa tayi ba da Bello sai dai ta hada *yan komatsanta ta bar musu gida. Kawu Ahmad yaji haushi sosai ya kuma lashi takobin ko sama da kasa zata hade sai ya kwatarwa *yarsa Hannah hakkinta na tumulin takaba shari’a shi da Inna Haule har kotin koli idan bata bari an raba gadon nan da Hannah ba. Ya ce kuma babu inda Hannah zata je gidan zata zauna saboda Bello yana da gado a gidan Ubansa. Inna Haule kuma ta ce ita kuwa baza ta bayar da dukiyar Bello ba sai dai su zuba. Makudan kudi kuwa aka kawo daga wajen aikin su Bello, gashi da filaye da wannan tafkeken gidan nan daya sha sumunti da bulo. Inna Haule kuwa ta ce duk nata ne banda Hannah ko sisi baza ta bata ba tunda ko kwai bata saka a gidan ba. Tashin hankali ya tabbata a zuciyar Hannah ta rasa yadda zata yi da rayuwarta da Kawunta zai hakura ya bar Inna Haule ta rike dukiyar Bello dukka ba sai an raba da ita ba. Saboda duniyar nawa take wanda ya tara ma ya tafi ya barta kowa ma mutuwa zai yi. Duk wani hango jin dadin rayuwar duniya ya goge a zuciyar Hannah babu abunda take bege sai mutuwa tazo ta dauketa ta tafi ta huta itama. Daga gidan Kawu Ahamad ake aiko mata da abincin dare da rana. Tafi tafiya suma wata rana basa aiko mata don yau da gobe sai Allah. Hannah ta fara fitar da zannuwan daurawarta da kwanukanta tana siyarwa sannan ta ci abinci. Hmm hanne na ganin jarabawa Mai zai faru!!!? Ku biyoni GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 20 Wata rana da yamma Hannah da Indo sun je rafi sun debo ruwa suna tafe suna hira sai suka ji Hassan me yekuwa yana sanarwa yana cewa “Yekuwa jama’a ga wata sanarwa, mai girma dagacin garin nan ya ce a sanar muku, mata wadanda mazansu suka rasu suka barsu da suzo fadarsa yanzun nan. Ma’aikata daga Nigeria sunzo musu da tallafin taimako. Gwamnatin jihar Kano a Nigeria ta aiko da taimakon kudi za a raba musu jari domin su rike kansu da marayun *ya*yansu. Amma kada wata ta kuskura taje idan ba mijinta bane ya mutu, sai wacce mijinta ya mutu. Indo ta zunguri Hannah ta ce “Hannah muje wajen taron nan ko Allah zai sa mu dace. Hannah ta rike baki ta ce “Babu ruwanmu yanzu idan muka je ai mun shiga uku a wajen Inna cewa zata yi munje mun tona musu asiri ci muka rasa ko sha. Indo ta ce “To shike nan amma idan muka je mu tambaye ta ko zata yadda. A hanya suka dinga haduwa da mata wadanda mazansu suka rasu suna ta tafiya gidan dagaci don karbar wannan tallafi mai tsoka. Kowacce taga su Hannah sai ta ce “Au, baza ku taho fada ku karbi wannan tallafi ba daga Nigeria fa baki suka zo. Indo ta ce “Gaskiya Hannah in baza ki ba ni zanje saboda idan muka kuskura muka je gida Inna Haule baza ta barmu ba, amma idan mun riga munje mun karbo babu yadda zata yi damu fada ne dai da zagi ya zama jiki. Hannah ta ce “To mu shiga gidan Adama mu ajiye ruwan muje din daman gudun fadan Inna nake, to ko babu abunda muka yi ma kulllum zagin mu take muje kawai. Suka shiga gidan Adama suka ajiye ruwan da ya ke kansu suka nufi fada wajen taron. Mata ne makil akan layi suma su Hannah suka je karshen suka tsaya. Wata kyakkyawar mata ce a zaune a kan kujera da tebur a gabanta an dora wasu files a kan teburin. Kallo daya zaka yiwa matar kasan tana cikin daula fatar jikinta mulmul-sumul. Duk da matar ba fara bace amma ba baka bace kalarta mai kyau ne kayan jikinta kuwa ko ba’a fada maka ba leshin zai doshi dubu hamsin sarkar gwal da dan kunnenta da zubbunan gwal reras a hannunta wasu manyan warwarayen gwal ne a hannunta guda hudu sai sheki suke yi. Matar mai fara’a gata bata kyamar talakawa sai gaggaisawa dasu take suna yin hannu. Ta ce kowacce tazo gabanta ta rubuta sunanta don asan yawansu kuma nawa ya cancanta a basu. Kowacce tahau zare ido saboda basu iya rubutu ba cikar wajen da batsewarsa aka rasa wacce ta iya rubuta sunanta. Matar ta ce “Yanzu duk cikinku babu wacce ta iya rubutu ta zo ta taimaka min mu rubuta sunayenku? Hannah tayi shiru kamar ta ce ta iya amma gudun surutun *yan gari nan kar a ce ta cika nuna iyawa sai tayi shiru. Indo ta zungureta ta ce “Hannah bakin iya rubutu ba ki rubuta mana. Hannah ta ce “A’a Indo babu ruwana a samu wani yazo yayi dan kar ace nazo garinku na zake. Matar ta sake cewa “To tunda babu wacce ta iya rubutu ina ganin ba zaiyu mu aiwatar da aikin da zamu aiwatar ba a yau sai mun nemo wacce ta iya rubutu sannan saboda da mata zalla muke so mu kafa kungiyar, dole mace ce zata zo ta rubuta mana sunayen. Indo da taga kiri-kiri zasu rasa kyautar bata san sanda ta ce “A’a ranki ya dade ga Hannah ta iya rubutu Saura suka hau cewa “Hannah taimaka mana ke kuwa ashe daman kin iya rubutu, rubuta mana kar mu rasa. Matar ta ce “Wace ce Hannah? Ta fito tazo nan. Hannah taje gaban teburin matar ta tsaya ta ce “Gani ranki ya dade. Matar ta kalli Hannah sama da kasa wata burgujejiyar doguwar rigace wacce aka dinkata da wani wagambari mai kauri irin na da dinnan itama kanwar kakarta ce ta bata, gashinta a tufke a tsakiyar kai tayi gammo dashi da zasu debo ruwa, sai wani yalallen gyale baki ta yana a kanta da takalminta dan madina a kafarta. Matar tayi murmushi ta ce “Yaya sunanki? Hannah ta ce “Suna na Hannah Abubakar Imam. Matar ta ce “Hannah Abubakar kin iya rubutu? Hannah ta ce “Na iya ranki ya dade. Matar ta ce “Ko da yake ku anan Franch kuke yi ba turanci ba ko irin na *yan Nigeria? Hannah ta ce “Ni nafi iya turancin Nigeria, french din kadan-kadan na iya mijina yana koya min. Matar ta ce “To jawo kujera kizo nan kusa dani ki dinga rubuta sunayensu, ki fara rubuta sunan ki sannan ki rubuta sunayen sauran. Hannah ta zauna tana rubuta sunayen matan nan daya bayan daya suna tahowa a layi. Ta gama rubuta sunayen sai magaruba tayi sai aka tsayar da shawarar sai gobe da safe karfe tara na safe su kara taruwa anan don a raba musu tallafin suka nufi gidajensu. Matar kuma gidan dagaci aka kaita a can zata kwana, na mijin kuma da suka zo shima aka kaishi wani gida aka sauke shi tunda dare yayi dole su kwana. Kowacce ta tafi gida tana murna tana dokin gobe tayi su koma fada. Hannah da Indo kuwa sai suka hau faduwar gaba suna shirya kalmar da zasu furta wajen kare kansu daga fadan Inna Haule. Ai kuwa daga shigarsu gida ta fara yi musu fada don labari ya kai mata cewar anga su Hannah a fada sunje karbar jari. Tana cewa “Dole Hannah ki barmin gidana saboda so kike ki koyawa Indo qinji da fitina wanda da bata iya ba, ki tafi can gidan ku acan ake yunwa ake neman jari mu nan Allah Ya rufa mana asiri. Kema Indo tunda wanda ya dau nauyinki ke da *ya*yanki ya rasu Bello ne daman ya ce shi zai dinga ciyar da ku gashi ya mutu dole kema asan yadda za’ayi idan bangaren gadonku zaku siyarmin to, idan ma wani zaku siyarwa dai duk daya ki karbi kudinki keda *ya*yanki ku koma can Tawa local Government garinku. Ba zaku zo ban haifeku ba ku samun hawan jini tunda kun hallaka mazan naku ni dai ku kyale ni. Washe gari da sassafe su Hannah suka tashi suka hau ayyukan gidan, bayan sun gama suka leka ko ina basu ga Inna Haule ba ta shiga makwabta sai suka debi bokitansu suka cewa Masa’ud dan gidan Indo in Inna tazo ya ce mata sun tafi rafi debo ruwa. Atamfa mai kyau Hannah ta daura basu tsaya a ko ina ba sai a fada wajen taro, sunma dan makara don yanzu tara da rabi tayi suka ajiye bokitansu a lungu suka je taron. Matar ta kalli Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Hannah ke muke jira ki fara kiran sunaye in rarraba muku kudin. Hannah ta gaisheta faram-faram da fara’a sannan ta karbi takardar ta fara kiran sunanta ce “Hannah Abukar Imam ce ta farko, matar ta ce “To ki kira sunayen daya bayan daya suzo su bi layi sai kawai in dinga mimmika musu kudin a layi Hannah ta fara kiran sunayen, kowacce tana zuwa tana shiga layi kamar yadda sunayen suke a jikin takardar. Bayan Hannah ta kammala kiran sunayen sai matar ta mike ta ce “To madallah Assalamu Alaikum jama’a. Su duka suka ce Wa’alaikumussal am. Ta ce “Ni sunana Haj. Hindatu Umar daga Kano state Nigeria. Nazo nan garin mai suna Dashi karkashin karamar hukumar Magarya a Janhuriyar Niger ne don in kawo wa *yan uwana mata tallafi da taimako yadda matan da suke da maza su ke samun taimako daga wajen mazajensu to ku da baku da maza sai ku samu sana’ar da zaku taimakawa kanku da marayun *ya*yanku. Suka sa tafi raf-raf suna cewa “Allah Ya saka da alheri mun gode Hajiya Hindatu. Ta ci gaba da cewa “Daga gwamnatin Jihar Kano, matar maigirma gwamnan jihar Kano ta bude wata kungiya wacce za’a dinga taimakawa mata da mazansu suka rasu suka barsu, shine taga ya dace mu shigo makwabciyar kasarmu Niger suma mu hada kai da gwiwa mu taimaka musu saboda abunda yayi Nigeria shi yayi Niger duk Uwa daya Uba daya muke. Tafi suka hau yi suna murna suna cewa “Allah Ya kiyaye Nigera da gwamnatin Jihar Kano. Hajiya Hindatu Umar ta ci gaba da cewa “Yanzu anan garin zamu kirkiro wani suna mu saka wa wannan kungiya tamu don muci gaba da turo muku da tallafi ta ko ina daga kasarmu. Bani zan bawa kungiyar suna ba ku da kanku ya kamata ku saka mata suna. Nan dai wannan ta ce a sa mata kaza waccan ta ce asa mata kaza, daga karshe sai dai aka tsayar da shawara akan a sawa kungiyar suna Hindatu Umar. Tayi dariya ta ce “A’a ba suna na za’a sa ba saboda watakila ba zaku sake gani na ba sai dai kuga an turo muku wata saboda muma can *yan kungiyar muna da yawa. Idan aka turo ni yau gobe wata za’a turo muku. Amma yanzu tunda ga wacce ta iya rubutu da karatu Hannah ita zata dinga wakiltarku idan ta kama ma har can Nigeria zata dinga zuwa tana karbo muku tallafi ina ganin idan kun amince asawa kungiyar sunan Hannah. Gaba daya suka hau cewa mun amince asa sunan Hannah. Daga karshe matar ta jawo wata jaka ta fara mika musu damin kudi kowacce kudin data samu idan aka kiyasta da kudin Nigeria zai kai kimanin dubu sha biyar- biyar. Bayan kowacce ta karba ta ce ba’a kare ba. Akwai atamfofi da wasu kudade da za’a sake basu shima daga gwamnatin Nigeria sai dai basu zo da kudin yanzu ba amma idan zaiyu su nada wata daga cikinsu da zata je ta wakilce su don taga waje taci gaba da zuwa tana karbar musu lokaci-lokaci. Murna ta kama su sai suka hada baki suna cewa “Mun wakilta Hannah a matsayin wakiliyarmu. Hajiya Hindatu ta juya ta kalli Hannah ta ce “Kin amince Hannah za ki bini Nigeria ki dinga karbo musu taimako? Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Hajiya me zai hana sai in biki din, akan haka suka yi sallama cewar Hannah zata bi Hajiya Hindatu Kano don karbo musu wasu tallafi masu yawa, kafin Hannah tabi matar sai da taje da sauri gidan Kawu Ahmad ta shaida masa duk shawarar da suka yanke akanta ya amince ya kuma yi mata fatan Allah Yasa su dauketa aiki acan tayi ya ce, idan da sarari taje makarantarsu ta karbo sakamakon jarabawarta ta nemi aiki ko Allah Yasa ta dace. Ta raba kudinta gida biyu ta bashi rabi. Ta sake raba nata gida biyu ta bawa matarsa Hajir, ko gidan Inna Haule bata je dauko kayanta ba, kawai ta fada motar su Hajiya Hindatu Umar sai tafiya daman Hajiya Hindatu tayi sallama da dagaci da sauran hakiman garin ta basu kaudi masu yawa suma ta sanar musu zata tafi da Hannah donta sake karbo musu wasu kudaden taimako. Sunyi murna sosai sun shi albarka sunyi musu fatan Allah Ya kiyaye hanya. Mutumin da suka zo dashi mai suna Shehu shine yake tuka motar. Hajiya Hindatu a baya ta zauna Hannah ce ta zauna a gidan gaba, motar kirar Hummer Jeef dindimemiya mota mai dauke da rundimemiyar rikoder an saka sauti mai tashi a hankali sai sanyayyiyar na’aurar sanyi ce ke dukan jikin Hannah. Cikin motar ma abun kallo ne lausasan kujerun motar su suka sa Hannah ta nutsu ko magana bata iyayi. Ta ce a ranta “Allah Ya baku duniya wannan mota ce kawai ba gida ba. Allah mai azurta wanda Ya so. Sun hau titi dodar suna zuba gudu a titi sai hanya. kafin karfe uku ma a cikin garin Kano tayi musu tafiya suke kamar bayi suke yi ba saboda babu wata kura ko gajiya irin ta matafiya a tare da su. Hannah sai kallon Kano takeyi galala komai yaci gaba ba kamar lokacin data zo ba. Babu abunda ya fado mata a rai sai ranar da ta zo wajen Haisam zuwanta Kano na farko kenan kuma bata taba saka ran sake dawowa ba ashe zata dawo yanzu Allah Ya kawo dalili. Ta dinga kallon hanyoyi ko zata gane gidan su Haisam amma ina ba tama gane Hanyar ba balle ta gane gidan. Haisam, Haisam take ta kira a zuciyarta yayin da kwalla ta cika mata idanuwanta Ta mudubi Hajiya Hindatu take kallonta ta ce “Hannah yaya dai naga kamar kwalla ta cika miki ido ko iskar A.C ce tayi miki yawa a ido a rage? Hannah ta ce “A’a babu komai suka ci gaba da tafiya can Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Hannah ga garinmu fa, Kano kenan TA DABO TUNBIN GIWA kin taba zuwa Kano ne tunda naga kamar a Nigeria kika yi karatu? Hannah ta ce “Nan F.G.G.C Kazaure nayi na taba zuwa Kano amma sau daya shekaru biyu da suka wuce amma bazan iya tuna ina ne unguwar dana zo ba, Sulemanu cresent sunan unguwar. Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Oh Sulaiman cresent sunan unguwar ai bamu da nisa sosai yanzu muna Ahamadu Bello way zamu bi ta wajejen dai, ni a Sokoto road farm center nake zan nuna miki kwanar. Hannah ta ce “To suka ci gaba da tafiya. Dai dai get din wani tsantsareren katafaren gida motar su Hannah ta tsaya yayin da mai gadin ya taso da sauri ya bude musu. Hajiya Hindatu ta kalli Hannah ta ce “Hannah nan gidana ne ina so muyi sallah muci abinci mu huta wajen gobe sai in kaiki wajen kungiyar su baki tallafi a kaiki can garin naku ko? Hannah ta ce “Babu komai na gode. Hannah taga duniya wannan gida shine ake kira aljannar duniya saboda kana shiga farfajiyar gidan wasu fulawoyi ne an zagaye wani dan tudu yana bul bulo da ruwa sanyi garai. Ga lilo irin na hutawar nan da ake saka shi a gidan attajiran gaske. Wasu Dawisu ne da talo-talo da tsuntsaye masu kyawu aka watsa a farfajiyar gidan suna ta yawo can gefe kuma wajen wanka ne (Swimming pool) an kewaye da wasu kujerun hutawa can gefe kuma wajen wasannin yara ne na motsa jiki (games) wajen basket ball, table tennis, foot ball da dai sauransu. Sai kuma ga wata tafkekiyar kofa wacce zaya kaika cikin gidan. Daga can baya kuma boy’s quater ce itama kamar wani katafaren gida. Arziki ma anan ai ba’a magana kai kace a turai kake ba a Nigeria ba. Hajiya Hindatu ta yunkura zata fita daga cikin mota ta juya ta kalli Hannah wacce ke zaune tayi turus ta ce “Hannah fito mana. Hannah taja kofar zata bude ta kasa sai da Hajiya Hindatu ta fito daga kujerar baya ta bude mata ta waje, sannan Hannah ta fito. Gidan ya bawa Hannah sha’awa kwarai da gaske. Ta ce “Hajiya gidanki yayi min kyau wallahi. Ta kalli Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Na gode Hannah. Wani dogon saurayi ne kyakkyawa a gefe a zaune akan wata kujerar roba yayi tagumi ya rike kai. Hajiya Hindatu taje ta same shi tana zolayarsa ta ce “Mijin me akayi maka yau? Kana gani na ko ka dago kayimin magana ko budurwarce ta bata maka rai? Daga nan Hannah ta tantance kanin mijinta ne wasan kanin miji take yi masa. Ya dago a sanyaye ba fara’a dakyar ya kalleta ya ce “Auntyna muje daga ciki muyi magana. Hajiya Hindatu ta kyalkyale da dariya ta ce “Kai dalla rago nasan fada kuka yi kai da Ummi duk yadda aka yi. Ya ce “Wannan mai sauki ne muje ciki dai. Ya juya ya kalli Hannah ya ce “Aunty wace ce wannan? Ta ce “*yar Niger ce, ya ce “Niger? Daman Niger kika je yau kwana bakwai bakya nan? Ta ce “Eh muje ciki dai, Hannah zo mu shigo ciki. Suka isa wani tafkeken falo wanda zan iya kiransa da aljannar Duniya, nan Hajiya Hindatu ta ajiye jakarta akan kujera ta kishingida don gajiya. Ta ce Hannah zo ki zauna bakuwa kema kin gaji. Hannah tayi murmushi dukka sassan jikinta ya dau sanyin na’ura, a fakaice kallon alatun da suke jifge a falon take, tana tambayar zuciyarta abin da bata sani ba bata taba gani ba. Saurayin yaje wajen wata telephone da take sakale a jikin bango ya dauka yana latsa wasu lambobi can da aka jima ya ce “Hello Hajiya ga Aunty ta dawo ashe wai Niger taje. Hajiya Hindatu ta tashi zaune ta ce “Lah Hajiya kake gayawa ashe Niger naje, daman haka kake kai in angaya maka magana sai ka fada? Ya zo a sanyaye ya zauna akan kujera ya ce “Aunty dole fa Hajiya tasan kin dawo kuma ina kika je tunda neman ki ake yi tuntuni. Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Hajiyar a asibiti take ko kuma a ofis? Yaya mai jikin ina ta tambayarka baka bani amsa ba? Ya ce “Yana can yaji sauqi. Ta ce bari inje inyi Sallah in je in duboshi, har yanzu basu sallame shi ba? Yana premier hospital ko Aminu Kano aka mayar dashi? Ya ce “Yana can dai. Ta ce “Wai meke damunka ne duk da kyar kake magana na lura? Hannah ta ce “Wani ne bashi da lafiya? Allah Ya sawake. Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Wallahi mai gidana ne bashi da lafiya yana asibiti. Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Kai kai Allah Ya sawake masa, ciwon ya tsananta ne haka har da kwanciya a asibiti me ya same shi? Ta ce “Ciwon zuciya yake ta fama dashi wallah Hannah. Hannah ta ce “Zuciya? Allah Ya bashi lafiya. Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Amin, shigo ga bandaki muyi sallah ko azahar bamu yi ba gashi uku da rabi yanzu la’asar ta kusa. Hannah na biye da ita har wani katafaren daki mai dauke da wani kayataccen gado a ciki dakin, kuma da wani kayataccen bandaki. Hajiya Hindatu ta ce Hannah ta shiga bandaki tayi alwala idan ta fito sai ta shiga. Hannah ta shiga bandaki sai da tasha kallo ta gaji sannan tayi alwala ta fito. Hajiya Hindatu ma ta shiga ta dauro alwala. Suna idar da sallar azahar sai kawai suka yi la’asar don lokaci yayi. Hannah na tahiyar karshe Hajiya Hindatu ta idar tana jan carbi suka juyo ana rafsa kuka kamar na mutuwa a babban falo a guje Hajiya Hindatu ta tafi Hannah kuma ta hau sauri tana so ta idar taje itama taga meke faruwa Hannah taji ihun ya kara karuwa da Hajiya Hindatu ta fita kuka wiwi suke yi. Hannah ta fita da sauri ta iske mata makil a falo ana ta kuka. Hannah tayi kasake tana kallonsu bata san me ya faru ba balle tasan me zata ce musu. Hajiya Hindatu ce ta taso tazo ta kama hannun Hannah ta kawo tsakiyar matan nan wadanda suka doshi su ashirin. Hannah ta durkusa akan kafet ta gaishe su wata kamilalliyar Dattijuwa mai kyau ta dago luhu-luhun idanuwanta ta dubi Hannah ta juya ta kalli Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Ramlah wacece wannan? Ta ce “Wannan ita ce Hannar Haisam. Su duka suka bude baki suka ce “Hannah, Hannah ce wannan ina kika nemota? Ta rushe da kuka ta ce “Har Niger naje na nemota. Sai gaba daya aka rushe da kuka. Hannah ta kasa gane abunda ake nufi, kanta ya daure abun ya bata mamaki. Ta ce “Meke faruwa, a ina nake anan? Haj. Hindatu ta goge hawaye ta ce “Hannah nan Kano ne, ta nuna wannan dattijuwar matar ta ce “Wannan ita ce Mahaifiyar Haisam. Hannah cikin mamaki ta ce “Mahaifiyar Haisam! Haisam!! Haisam!!! Hajiya Hindatu ta ce “Haisam, ta nuna wannan saurayin ta ce “Wannan shine Izzuddin kanin Haisam ne, ni kuma ba sunana Haj. Hindatu ba, sunana Ramlah ni ce matar Haisam. Hannah ta zabura ta mike tsaye ta ce “Ramlah, meke faruwa, me nayi miki? Ramlah ta jawo hannun Hannah ta zaunar da ita ta ce “Zauna Hannah zan baki labarin Haisam yanzun nan. Hannah ta koma ta zauna a sanyaye ta tattara hankalinta baki daya tana sauraron Ramlah. . Kukan da nake yasa nakasa karisawa sai kuma Gobe in Allah ya kai mu……….GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 21 Ramlah ta sharbe hawayen da suka cika mata ido ta ce “Hannah, Haisam yana sonki, Haisam ne mai sonki, babu wani mai sonki a duniya irin Haisam. Haisam ya fi kowa kaunarki a cikin duk masu sonki a duniya. Hannah ta ce “Ramlah me yasa kika ce haka? Ramlah ta ce “Abun da yasa nace haka shine Haisam bai taba yin soyayya ba sai a kanki, bai taba ganin wata *ya mace ba a duniya da yaji yana sonta kamarki Hannah. Hannah ta dago ta kalli Ramlah ta ce “Amma Haisam ke ya fara so kafin ma mu hadu dashi har yayi miki alkawarin zai aureki. Ramlah ta girgiza kai ta ce Haisam ya sanni tuntuni amma ba sona yake ba. Allah Ya jarabeni da tsananin son Haisam tun muna America idan sunje hutu gidanmu. Nasha sanarwa Mahaifiyata sai ta ce kada ma in fara bazai yiwu ba, saboda Mahaifiyar Haisam Kawarta ce tasha gaya mata cewa Haisam bashi da ra’ayin soyayya ya ce shi bai taba jin yana son wata ba kuma yana ganin bazai taba ji ba. Har muka dawo kasar nan. Amma naki hakura naci gaba da cusa soyayyar Haisam a zuciyata, na dinga kokarin nunawa Haisam irin soyayyar da nake yi masa amma sai yake nuna min baisan abunda nake nufi ba. Da naga haka sai na dinga bin ta hanyar Iyayenmu don na sami Haisam. Da farko Mahaifina na samu nasa masa kuka cewar in ba’a bani Haisam ba zan kashe kaina. Mahaifina ya lallashe ni ya ce “Duk mai sauki ne zai sami Mahaifin Haisam. Haka kuwa akayi Mahaifina yaje ya sami abokinsa Mahaifin Haisam ya shaida masa bukatata. Saboda sanin ra’ayin Haisam akan soyayya bai amsa masa kai tsaye ba sai dai ya ce zai tuntubi Haisam zai kuma yi shawara da Mahaifiyar Haisam. Kusan shekara guda bamu ji wata cikakkiyar amsa ba daga gidansu Haisam, to sai nasan Haisam yaki amincewa ne yasa babu wata cikakkiyar amsa da naji game da bukatata akan nifa har yanzu ina son Haisam. Babu irin kalmar da Mahaifina bai furta min ba wajen wayar min da kai akan na cire son Haisam, in so masu sona ga sunan barkatai suna zuwa, naki na ce Lallai-lallai sai Haisam. Nazo nayi yajin cin abinci naki ci naki sha na kaura daki sai kuka. Iyayena suna ta lallashina naki canja ra’ayina. Shi kuwa Haisam bai san ma abunda nake yi ba, yana can Jami’a yana karatunsa. Kawarki Rauda Kanwata nake aike da wasika in shaidawa Haisam halin da nake ciki amma bai taba bani amsar wasikata ba. Ko da naje gidansu baya cemin komai koda zamu yini tare ko uffan bazai ce min ba. Haka idan yazo gidanmu wajen Auwal Yayana abokinsa idan muka gaisa babu abunda zai sake cemin ko hira nake musu bai cika sa baki ba. Da Mahaifina yaga na damu sosai da son Haisam shi ne ya sake samun Mahaifin Haisam suka zauna suka yi magana sosai Mahaifina ya nuna bacin ransa ya ce ba yadda za’ayi suce Haisam yaki amincewa tunda bashi ya haifesu ba, su suka haifeshi in har suna so zasu san yadda zasu sashi ya amince dole. Gudun kada abokantakarsu ta baci Mahaifin Haisam ya kira Haisam ya ce “Ko yaki ko yaso sai ya aureni. Da farko Mahaifiyarsa taki ta ce baya yiwuwa a yiwa namiji auren dole a barshi tunda ya ce bashi da ra’ayin soyayya gashi yanzu karatu yake a lokacin yana shekara ta karshe a jami’a. Mahaifiyar Haisam taga dai abun zai koma tashin hankali tsakaninta da Mahaifana da kuma mijinta sai ta amince ta ce ayi auren, ta ci gaba da lallaba Haisam akan ya yarda ayi bikin. Da aka zo sa ranar auren Yaya Habib sai aka hada damu. Aka saka ranar auren mu shekara daya dai-dai lokacin da Haisam zai gama bautar kasa ni kuma na gama sakandire sai ayi bikin. Har lokacin da aka saka rana Haisam bai taba zuwa gidanmu ba da sunan yazo zance. Ni ce kullum nake yi masa waya musamman da tsakar dare. Yana amsa mun wayar amma wani lokaci sai yayi barcinsa abinsa ma ya barni a layin wayar ina ta magama ni kadai. Haka a cikin hirarrakin da muke akwai wasu tambayiyi da nake yi masa bai taba amsa mun ba sai dai yayi shiru. Tambayoyin kuwa sune Haisam yanzu kuwa kana jin sona a zuciyarka? Me yasa baka zuwa gidanmu zance? Idan ban ganka ba ko naji muryarka bana iya barci kaifa? Baya amsamun duk wata tambaya da ta jibanci soyayya. Na sani kuma na gane Haisam ba sona yake ba kiri-kiri amma idona ya rufe tunda ni ina sonsa zan iya zama dashi a haka. Haisam yana bautar kasa a F.G.G.C Kazaure ina gida ina jiransa ya gama sai ranar daurin aure a bada da sadaki in zama matarsa kawai ya tage. Kwatsam da Haisam ya kammala bautar kasa sai ya ce shifa ba yanzu za’ayi bikin ba a yi na Yaya Habib tunda shine babba ayi namu daga baya. Aka yarda da bukatar Haisam tunda lallabashi ake yi akayi bikin Yaya Habib. Sai kawai muka ji Haisam ya koma F.G.G.C Kazaure a matsayin cikakken Malami wai shi koyarwa yake so yayi shi yasa ya nemo aikin acan. Na ce na yarda ayi bikin zan iya binsa Kazaure mu zauna. Haka dai Haisam yayi ta yi mana hanya-hanya yaki yarda ayi bikin. Da yaga an takura masa ance ya baro Kazaure ya dawo Kano ga kamfanin Babansa anan zaiyi aiki ayi bikinmu kuma sai ya ce shi ya amince idan na sami wani in aura don shi kuma sai nan da shekara biyar. Na ce na yarda zan jira shi in shiga Jami’a kafin nan nima na kare sai muyi auren kawai. Ran Mahaifina ya baci Mahaifiyata ta zazzageni ta ce bazan jira shi ba sai kace bani da zuciya wanne irin so ne wannan. A lokacin akwai wani saurayina mai suna Dalhatu dan jarida ne yana sona sosai, yana so ya aureni nace bana sonsa bazan aureshi ba dai-dai lokacin nan an tura shi B.B.C London ya ce idan anyi bikinmu sai ya tafi dani can London nayi karatun jami’ata, naki fur. Babu irin nasihar da Iyayena basu yimin ba da lallashi naki ji nifa idan ba Haisam ba sai dai in fasa aure. Iyayen Haisam ma sun yi iya kokarinsu wajen tilastawa Haisam ya dawo yazo ayi bikin nan namu sai ya daina zuwa week end dinma da yake zuwa kwata-kwata. To kowa ya rasa yadda zaiyi da mu suka zuba mana ido sai addu’a. Na shiga Jami’a a nan Kano B.U.K ina karantar bangaren labaran *yan Jarida (mass communication). Ina karatuna ina jirar Haisam na sami samari kala-kala akwai kyawawan da suka fi Haisam kyau nesa ba kusa ba akwai masu arzikin da suka fi Haisam, masu sona fiye da Haisam amma naki su ni sai Haisam don bazan manta ba har Mahaifiyata take cemun zaki auri Haisam in an takura masa amma ba zaki sami soyayyar da kike nema ba. Na ce idan anyi auren zai so ni ai. Nasa Kanwata Rauda ta binciko mun wanne irin buri ne Haisam ya kudira a F.G.G.C Kazaure yake so ya cika kamar yadda kullum yake cewa, Rauda ta ce ai wata yarinya ce *yar ajinsu mai suna Hannah ya ce kanwarsa ce tana jin saboda ita ya ki barin makarantar. Na sa Rauda ta ci gaba da lura da abinda yake gudana tsakanin Haisam da Hannah. Kuna aji hudu (S.S 1) Rauda ta zo min da cikakken bayani game da binciken da nasa tayi mun. Ta ce abu ya tabbata Haisam son Hannah yake yi, duk makarantar an sani zance ya fito fili. Ta bani labarin irin gwagwarmayar da aka yi tsakanin Haisam da Malamai masu takurawa Hannah da Dalibai masu takura miki, Yaya Habib ma ya fada mana yadda suka yi da Haisam har Haisam ya wawuri adda kamar zai daba masa, Yaya Habib ya ce Haisam sai addu’a saboda kamar ya zautu a son wata yarinya don haka nema yaki dawowa gida. Raina ya baci sosai da naji ance Haisam yana son wata, na lashi takobin ko wacece wannan Hannah sai naga karshenta ko ani ko a ita, shine nabi direban mu da zai dauko Rauda ranar hutu don in ga wacece wannan Hannah? Kuma *yar waye? Dame ta fini da Haisam yafi sonta da ni? In kuma ja mata kunne akan ta rabu da mijina, don a lokacin yadda nake ji zan iya hallaka duk wanda yake kokarin ya rabani da Haisam. Na je makarantar na tarar bakya nan ance su Haisam sun tafi dake sai muka biki garin ku muka tarar bakya nan, sai Mahaifinki. Na fadi maganganu iri- iri a cikin bacin rai saboda Mahaifinki ya rabaki da makarantar don ki rabu da Haisam. Haisam bai bar Kazaure ba sai da kika gama makaranta da sati biyu sannan ya dawo gida da kayansa. Mahaifinsa na ganinsa cewa yayi Haisam har ka cika burin daka kudira ka dawo? Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Eh Baba, Mahaifiyarsa ta ce idan baka gama cikawa ba ka koma ka gama ka dawo Ramlah na jiranka ayi bikin ku. Haisam ya ce ya gama sai dai kuma ya zo wajensu neman alfarma guda daya don Allah su taimaka masa, suka bukaci Haisam ya fadi abunda yake so ya fada insha Allahu idan bata fi karfinsu ba zasu yi masa sai ya zauna ya basu labarinki tas tun daga ranar da aka kawo ki makaranta har halinda kike ciki a gidanku, ya kuma bayyana musu tsananin son da yake miki ya ce su taimakeshi su bashi izini ya hadamu mu biyu ya aura saboda kece rayuwarsa zai iya shiga wani hali idan suka ki amince masa. Bai rufe bakinsa ba Mahaifinsa ya daka masa tsawa ya ce bazai yuba karma ya sake yi musu wata magiya. Mahaifiyarsa ma ta ce in har ita ta dauki cikinsa wata tara ta haifeshi yasha nononta har ya girma to bata amince masa ya auri Hannah ba. Kwana biyu Haisam ya fara ramewa kullum ka ganshi yana tunani, kallo daya zaka yi masa kasan yana cikin wani hali na tsananin damuwa, ya daina ci ya daina sha balle yayi hira da mutane Mahaifinsa da yaga haka sai ya kira shi ya ce yaje ya same ni yayi mun bayani akan ko zan yadda ya auremu mu biyu, idan na amince to zaije ya sami matarsa Mahaifiyar Haisam ya lallasheta ta yarje masa. Haisam ya sameni a lambun gidanmu da yamma yake cewa in taimakeshi in ceto rayuwarsa ya auremu mu biyu ni da ke. Na kekashe kasa nace ban yarda ba, Haisam ya durkusa gwiwowinsa biyu a kasa yana rokona in duba girman Allah da tsananin son da nake yi masa da zumuncin da yake tsakanin Iyayensa da Iyayena tun suna yara in barshi ya aureki yayi min alkawari zaiyi adalci a tsakaninmu kawai don ya ciro Hannah daga cikin wahala ta dawo wajensa ba don yafi sonta ba a kaina. Mahaifansa sunce in har na amince suma sun yarda ya aure mu mu biyu. Na ce har abada bazan taba amincewa ba. Hawaye ne yake zubowa daga idanuwan Haisam yana rokona amma naki fur. Ramlah ta sharbe hawaye taci gaba da cewa. Bayan anyi haka Haisam ya hakura akayi bikinmu ranar daurin aure ma Haisam kuka yake ko a bidiyo kaset an nuna babu abinda zaka gani a idanuwan Haisam sai hawaye. Anyi biki an kaini gidana kowa ya watse aka barni da Haisam. Babu abinda Haisam yake sai dai ya zauna a falo yayi shiru yana tunani sai inyi magana sau goma Haisam baya sanin abinda nake cewa yana tunani. Hira wannan ba mayi da Haisam balle zancen wata soyayya, ina alkunya ina sharewa a matsayin na sabuwar amarya bai kamata in dinga binsa shi namiji bai bini ba. To in har zanyi sati ban shiga bangarensa ba ba zaizo inda nake ba, gaisuwa ce kawai take hada ni da Haisam. Bayan mun gaisa sai kallo da ido kawai ko abinci na kai masa baya ci sai da ruwan shayi kawai yake sha. Tun yana lekawa ofis wajen aikinsa kamfanin Babansa anan yake aiki harma ya daina zuwa kwata-kwata. Yayansa Habib yayi fadan har ya gaji ya kyale shi, abokansa gaba daya magana suke meke damun Haisam ya canja gaba daya baya zuwa wajensa babu walwala baya son yin magana ko sunje wajensa. Nima har wannan abu na Haisam ya fara damuna. Inyi wanka in caba ado amma Haisam bai san ina yi ba. Sai mu yini a zaune Haisam bai dago kai ya kalli fuskata ba balle yaga jan baki da hodar dana shafa balle yaga fari da idon da nake yi masa da kallon soyayyar da nake yi masa. In takaice miki munyi wata hudu cur da Haisam a haka ko hannu na bai taba rikewa ba balle ya shiga dakina. Sai da abun ya isheni nayi yaji na tafi gidansu naje na sami Mahaifiyarsa na shaida mata halin da muke ciki da Haisam, ina kuka kamar zan mutu. Ta lallasheni ta ce in daina kuka muka tafi gidan ni da ita muka sami Haisam a zaune a falonsa akan kujerar da ya saba zama yayi tagumi yana tunani kamar yadda ya saba. Hajiyarsa tayi masa fada sosai ta shaida masa gara ya saki jikinsa ya dawo da walwalarsa zamansa da ni daram kuma har abada baza ta yarje masa yaje ya auro wata Hannah ba. Bayan nan ne Haisam ya yarda ya shiga daki na da daddare wani babban takaici ma muna kwance yana kirana da sunan Hannah. Nayi fadan nayi fushin sai dai ya bani hakuri ya ce mantawa yayi gobe ma haka jikina ya fara sanyi na fara sarewa na fara fitar da rai akan samun soyayyar Haisam, yayi nisa sosai a fagen son Hannah. Kullum sai sake dulmiya yake a tunanin Hannah, baya cin abincin kirki ba a hira dashi shi dai gashi nan ne kawai yana Kano amma zuciyarsa tana Babban-mutum garinku. Wasu lokutan da yamma yakan shiga lambu yana busa wani dan karfe dogo kamar na azurfa da nayi bincike aka ce mun abun busarki ne akwai wasu tsakiyoyi a akwatinsa suma wasu lokutan yana dauko su ya baza a gado da wani hoto tun kuna J.S.S one ke da Rauda kanwata da Nusaiba Haisam a tsakiyarku shima ya kura ido yana kallo in takaice miki soyayya ta fara zautar da Haisam ni kuma ina gefe ina son maso wani, ni da dutse duk daya nake a cikin gidan. A haka muka shekara da Haisam sai muyi wata uku sannan nake samu ya shiga dakina, to koda ya shigo ma ba faranta min zaiyi ba daga karshe sunan Hannah zai dinga kirana da shi. Nayi fada, nayi yaji har na gaji Haisam baya tankamin balle ya bini biko idan nayi yaji. Da kaina nake zuwa in dawo. Ban sami kulawar Haisam ba, babu soyayyarsa. Akwai abinci, ga kudi, galla-gallan motoci duk wacce nake so ita zan shiga. Mahaifiyar Haisam ce take yimin sutura, ba’a yin wata guda sai ta aiko min da dinkuna haka Mahaifinsa ya budemin account a banki yana turomin da kudi. Yaya Habib duk wata yake siyomin kayan abinci komai da komai. Mahaifana kansu da kafarsu kudi suke bani suka kara rokona inci gaba da hakurin zama da mijina tunda ni nace naji na gani ina sonsa haka. Amma kuma dukka gatan da surukaina suke yimin da Iyayena duk na banza ne ba dadin rayuwata nake ji ba tunda na rasa soyayyar mijina. Kowa ya rasa kan Haisam an rasa yadda za’a kamo bakin zaren bare a warware mana matsalarmu. Wani lokaci Mahaifiyata ta kirani take shawarta ta ko zan hakura da wannan aure in zo in auri mai sona shima yaje ya auro wacce yake so nace ai ni ko da zan mutu gara naci gaba da zama da Haisam a haka saboda tsananin son da nake yi masa. Haka naci gaba da zama da Haisam, kullum a cikin tunani yake har zuciyarsa ta samu matsala ya kwanta ciwo likitoci suka ce lallai-lallai Haisam Ba,anan ya qareba Shiga cikin wannan website din domin qarisa karanta chapter 21 Www.littafanhausane.com.ng yana cikin matsananciyar damuwa da tunani da kunci dole ne a dinga kwantar masa da hankali don har zuciyarsa ta ta kamu da ciwo saboda damuwa. Bamu da maganin wannan matsalar ta Haisam saboda kece maganin, tsananin sonki shi yake damunsa. Don haka ciwon Haisam ya ci gaba da yaduwa kusan kullum a asibiti Haisam yake daga ya dawo gida sai ciwo ya tashi a mayar dashi asibiti Haisam ya rame yayi duhu abin tausayi. Wani abin mamaki a karkashin filonsa na asibiti abun busarki ne da tsakiyoyinki yake yawo dasu. Likitoci sunyi-sunyi da Haisam ya rage damuwa saboda samun lafiyar zuciyarsa abu ya faskara. Akwai lokacin da Haisam yayi wata biyu a kwance a premier clinic jikin babu sauki saida aka mayar dashi Aminu Kano Teachin hospital amma in yanzu kaga Haisam zaka dauka kafin ka fita bakin kofar dakin zai mutu saboda tsananin jin jiki da yake. Numfashinsa sama-sama dakyar abun tausayi. Hannah ta rushe da kuka gaba daya wajen sai aka fara hawaye. Ramlah ma hawayen da take ya kara karuwa. Ta ci gaba da cewa “Nafi kowa sanin takamaimai meye ke damun Haisam ina ta zargin kaina nice silar wannan ciwon na Haisam tunda nice na raba shi da abar kaunarsa. Da naga haka sai na yankewa kaina shawarar kawai in shiga gari duk inda Hannah take inje in nemo wa Haisam saboda ita ce kadai soyayyar da zan nunawa Haisam a matsayina na mai tsananin sonsa bana son in rasa shi gaba daya, gara na nemo masa maganin wannan ciwo da yaki warkewa fiye da shekara guda yana fama. Ban bari kowa ya sani ba, ban shawarci kowa ba na shirya tsaf da kayana da guzirina da direba na na shirya fita neman Hannah. Na yiwa surukaina da Iyayena sallama akan zanje Kaduna gidan wata kawata da mijinta ya rasu inyi mata ta’aziyya kwana biyu kawai zanyi. Mahaifiyata ta nemi ta hana ni tafiya saboda ga jikin Haisam yayi tsanani yana kwance a asibiti yaya za’ayi ince zanyi balaguro duk da ma dai bani bace nake zaman jinyarsa kaninsa ne Izziddin da Mahaifiyarsa ai sai suga ban damu dashi ba harkata ma na tafi. Nasan hakan da ta fada gaskiya ne bai kamata in tafin ba amma na ce ni dai zanje ba dadewa zanyi ba. Tayi min fatan Allah Ya kiyaye hanya sai na dawo, na tafi. Hmm soyayyah!!!!!!!GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter22 Karku manta daga yau duk post din da zamuyi bazamu Kawo complete chapter dinba don samun complete sai a shiga cikin wannan website din www.littafanhausane.com.ng Kowa ya gyara zama dan yaji labari cike da mamaki da tausayin Ramlah kowa ya zubo mata ido yana kallo musamman Hananah. A zuciyarta cewa take wai shin ko mafarki nake ne ba gaske bane ni Ramlah ta nemowa Haisam. Yau zanga Haisam kenan? Ikon Allah, Allah Mai Girma, Allah na gode maKa, ko bazan auri Haisam ba in ganshi ma na gode wa Allah. Ramlah ta ci gaba da cewa “Babban-mutum garinku na nufa na rasa gidan naku ma sai da muka yi tambaya don ban manta sunan Mahaifinki ba Malam Habu. Na ce yana da *ya Hannah wata fara. Da afarko basu gane ki ba da Hanne suka fi saninki ashe ko *yar Baba na ce kece sannan aka kaimu gidan naku. Ashe Mahaifinki ma ya rasu? Hannah ta gyada kai ta ce “Yafi shekara biyu ma da rasuwa. Ramlah ta ce Allah Ya jikansa. Mahaifiyar Haisam babu abinda take iya cewa sai kuka kawai take yi kamar ranta zai fita, Mahaifiyar Ramlah ce take rike da ita tana lallashi itama kukan take. Ramlah ta ce “Sai matar Babanki muka iske take cemun suma basu san inda kike ba, kanin Mahaifiyarki ya zo ya dauke ki tun bayan rasuwar Mahaifinki kun tafi kasarsu Niger. Na tambaya wanne gari a Niger ta ce Dashi. Na dan sha wuya kafin na gano inda kike. Munyi kwana biyu a gidan wani bawan Allah a garin muna yiwa matansa kwatance sai can daya daga cikin matan ta ce Hannah matar marigayi Bello Madu custom. Na ce mijinta ya rasu ne? Suka ce ya rasu harta fita takaba, naji dadi da suka ce a yanzu baki da miji don zan iya tahowa da ke. To amma yaya zanyi gashi baki sanni ba, *yan Uwanki da *yan uwan mijinki ba zasu bari in taho da ke ba. Na tambaye su *ya*yanki nawa yanzu suka ce baki taba haihuwa ba watanki bakwai da aure mijinki ya rasu ya barki. Sai kawai na tuno wata dabara na ce to tunda mijinki ya rasu bari ince daga gwamnatin jihar Kano matar gwamna ta aikoni don in kafa wata kungiya da za’a tallafawa matan da mazajensu suka rasu suka barsu da marayun *ya*ya. Haka kuwa akayi nasa aka rakani fadar mai gari ni da direbana muka hada baki muka ce tare aka turomu. Dajin haka mai gari da jama’ar gari suka yi farin ciki da wannan ziyara tamu. Washe gari yasa akayi shela aka tara mana matan da mazansu suka rasu suka barsu. Kallo daya nayi miki na gane ki, saboda na sanki a hotuna a wajen Raudah kanwata tun kuna aji daya har aji shida. Tunda nasan kin iya rubutu sauran basu iya ba sai na ce kowacce tazo ta rubuta sunanta. Basu iya ba, na ce to wacce ta iya tazo ta dinga rubutawa suka nuna ki kika zo kika rubuta. Na babbaku taimakon da zan baku sannan na ce tunda kin iya rubutu to ke zaki dinga wakiltarsu kina karbo musu taimako daga Kano na nemi da ki biyoni Kano. Na ci sa’a kuwa *yan uwanki suka amince kika biyoni. Don kawai in kawo ki wajen Haisam. Wannan karon Hannah murmushi ne ya kece mata saboda tsananin farin ciki. Ta sake tattara hankalinta wajen Ramlah tana sauraronta. Ramlah ta ci gaba da hawaye ta ce “Hannah gaki a tsakiyar falon gidan Haisam don kece kadai maganin da zaisa Haisam ya warke daga wannan matsanancin ciwon zuciyar da yake fama dashi. Ta sharbe hawaye ta ci gaba da cewa. Haisam ya sha wuya Hannah a sanadiyyar tsananin sonki, Haisam ya rasa walwala a rayuwarsa a sanadiyyar tsananin sonki. Haisam mai kaunarki ne fiye da duk wani mai sonki a duniya. Sai yau Hannah ta ji amsar wannan kalmomi da ta dade tana nema dalilin da ake cewa Haisam yafi kowa sonta a duniya. Mahaifinta ne ya fara fada mata, Bello Madu ya fada mata haka, sannan Ramlah ta fada mata. “Lallai na yarda Haisam yafi kowa sona, Hannah take fada a zucitarta. Ramlah ta sake rushewa da kuka mai tsanani ta ce “Ban sami soyayyar Haisam ba ban barshi kuma ya auri wacce yake so ba. Hannah ta matso ta rungume Ramlah tana lallashinta tana bata hakuri itama kukan take yi. Ramlah ta ce “Hannah dole nayi kuka dole na dauwama cikin bakin cikin dana jefa Haisam na cuceshi na cuci kaina. Hannah ta ce “Aunty Ramlah daina cewa haka Allah Ya rubuto sai anyi haka amma bake kika sa haka ta faru ba, Ramlah ta dago ta kalli Hannah ta ce “Haisam yasha wuya, kullum yana tunani kamar ya zautu don wani lokaci sai kaga yayi murmushi ya ce Hannah kenan saboda tsananin tunaninki da yake. Ni dai kawai ina tare da GANGAR JIKIN Haisam ne amma zuciyarsa na wajenki. Ramlah ta sake rushewa da kuka ta ce “GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA!!! Zuciyarsa na wajenki Hannah. Ke kadai ce maganin ciwon nan na Haisam Hannah kece kadai zai gani ya warke. Hannah tasa hannu tana gogewa Ramlah hawaye can cikin zuciyarta kuma cike take da farin cikin da ta dade bata ji irinsa ba cikin sanyin murya ta ce “Yanzu ina Yaya Haisam din yake, ku kaini in ga jikin nasa.. Gaba daya falon suka dauki kuka mai tsumama zuciya Hannah cike da mamakin me yasa suka sake rushewa da kuka kuma. Hannah ta dubi Ramlah ta ce “Lafiya kuka sake rushewa da kuka? Ramlah ta dafa kafadar Hannah ta ce “Hannah sai dai kiyi hakuri Allah Ya yiwa Haisam rasuwa jiya Yaya Habib yayo waya. Zasu taho da gawar a yau da daddare zasu iso. Hannah ta zabura ta mike tsaye yayin da zuciyarta ta fara dukan uku-uku kanta ya fara sarawa kamar zai fashe ta dora hannu aka yayin da jiri ya dauke ta ta koma ta zauna, Ramlah ta riketa. Izzidin kanin Haisam ne ya katse Hannah daga tunanin da take ciki yazo gabanta ya durkusa yana mai tsananin kuka da hawaye ya ce “Ni nake zaman jinyarsa ya ce min duk ranar dana ganki na baki wannan. Ya mikowa Hannah tsakiyoyinta da abun busarta. Cikin sanyin jiki tasa hannhu ta karba tana jujjuyawa ta gansu gar da su kamar yau ya karba daga wajenta. Sai ta tuno ranar da aka kai ta makaranta tana zaune akan akwati, Haisam na kan benci yana mata tambayoyi har ya karbi wadannan tsakiyoyin. Sai hawaye ya dinga digowa daga idanuwanta. Izziddin ya ce “Bayan tafiyar Ramlah jikin Yaya Haisam ya rikice sosai har aman jini yake yi. Ashe Yaya Habib yana ta cuku-cukun zai fita dashi turai. Bayan tafiyar Ramlah da kwana biyu Yaya Habib ya tafi dashi London. Ranar da suka isa da dadddare Allah Yayi ikonsa Yaya Haisam ya rasu. Gingirin Hannah ta tsaya tana kallon Izziddin tamkar wata gunki. Izziddin ya ci gaba da cewa “Yaya Habib yana kuka yayi waya ya ce yau da daddare gashi nan zai juyo da gawar Haisam shine wannan taron da kika gani anan jiran isowarsu muke. Kiyi hakuri Hannah haka Allah Ya rubuto miki. Haisam yasha wuya a sanadiyyar son ki. Kowa yayi shiru babu abinda kake ji a falon sai sautin shesshekar kuka kowa nayi. Can Hannah ta rushe da kuka tana cewa “Inna lillahi wa’inna ilaihi raji’un haka Allah Ya rubuta min Allah haka Yake so ya ganni na godewa Allah. Yanzu babu Babana, babu mijina Bello Madu haka babu Haisam din da a kullum nake saka ran zan ganshi duk daren dadewa. Hannah tana rusa kuka tana basu labarin rayuwarta tun ranar da Mahaifinta ya kaita makaranta suka gamu da Haisam har izuwa aurenta da Bello Madu har zuwa rana irin ta yau da aka bata labarin mutuwar Haisam. Ta ce ta dauka ita kadai take haukarta Haisam yana can da matarsa ya manta da ita tunda ya ce min ya cika burin daya kudira a kaina, na inyi karatu ya dawo gida yanzu zai cika alkawarin da ya dauka. Sai na dauka Haisam ya manta da wata Hannah ashe ina like a ransa. Hannah kuka wiwi Jama’ar dake a falon Iyayensa da Iyayen Ramlah daginsa da dangin Ramlah da makwabta duk suka ji tausayin Hannah fiye da kansu. Hannah ke akayiwa mutuwa. Inji Mahaifiyar tace Haisam ya ce min Hajiya ku barni in auri Hannah, Hajiya Hannah ce rayuwata amma naki fur ashe kuwa da gaske yake yi gashi yanzu babu shi. Inama Haisam na da rai yazo ya ga Hannah. Sai duk falon aka dauki kuka gaba daya. Hannah ta kankame tsakiyoyinta da abun busarta a cikin gyalenta ta mike dakyar tana hada hanya tana tafiya dakyar ta nufi cikin wani daki ashe dakin Haisam ne, can lungun gado ta shige ta zauna yayin da idanuwanta suka fada wani katon hoton Haisam dake like a jikin bangon dakin yayi kyau sosai yana dariya a hoton. Taji gabanta ya yanke ya fadi ta kurawa hoton ido kem yayin da taji wani ruwa daga hancinta yana zurara ta cikin kanta numfashinta yana kokarin dauke mata abunda zata iya tunawa kenan, ashe suma tayi. Amratu kanwar Haisam aka turo tazo dakin taga wanne hali take ciki karta nemi ta halaka kanta, sai kuwa tazo ta ganta a jingine a lungun gado a zaune ido babu baki sai fari ta kafe. Amratu ta kwalla ihu sai duk suka shigo aka tarar da Hannah cikin wannan hali, ba ayi wata-wata ba aka daukota ana salati aka yayyafa mata ruwa ta farfado. Tana bude ido taga dandazon jama’a har sunfi na dazu mata da maza an idar da sallar magariba an sake taruwa ana jiran isowar gawar Haisam. Kofar gida cike taf da maza. Hannah tayi salati ta shiga ta zauna tana tunanin a ina take ko dai mafarki takeyi dazu ance mata Haisam ya mutu. Allah Yasa mafarki ne, amma ta mutsike idon ta goge ruwan dake fuskarta taga zahiri ne ba mafarki bane Haisam ya rasu, ya rasu da gaske ne. Hannnah taji sai sannu ake yi mata yayin da taji wasu na tambaya ita ce Hannah? Wannan ce Hannar? Wadanda suka zo yanzu kenan. Hannah ta ce a zuciyarta wato kowa ma ya sanni kenan kamar yadda nima acan duk wanda ya sanni sai yasan Haisam. Hannah ta matsa kusa da Mahaifiyar Haisam ta zauna sai ta ji Mahaifiyar Haisam tasa hannu ta goge mata hawaye, ta ce mata “Hannah kiyi hakuri Allah Ya kaddara, haka fatana ki dinga yiwa Haisam addu’a kinji ko? Allah Ya jikansa ya gafarta masa. Allah Ya hadaki da mai sonki fiye da yadda Haisam yake sonki. Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Har abada ba’ayi ba, baza ayi ba kuma Hajiya, na rasa mai sona, nima na rasa wanda nake so. Sai su dukka suka rushe da kuka. Kan Hannah akan cinyar Mahaifiyar Haisam tana kuka kamar ta shiga cikinta don tsananin son da taji tana yi mata tamkar Haisam tunda ita ta haifi haisam. Itama Mahaifiyar Haisam ta dafa kanta jin Hannah take kamar Haisam ita tunda Haisam na son Hannah itama har ga Allah taji Hannah ta shiga ranta. Amma aikin gama ya gama Haisam din daya hada ya tafi ya barsu. Can Hannah ta dago ta ce “Zanje inyi sallar magariba. Hajiyar Haisam ta ce “Eh jeki kiyi. Hannah ta mike dakyar ga tsananin faduwar gaba da ciwon kai, ita kanta baza ta iya misalta yadda take ji a wannan rana ba. Ta shiga dakin ta kalli wajen da hoton Haisam yake manne taga an cire shi sai ta wuce ta shiga bandaki ta dauro alwala tazo ta fara sallah. Bayan ta idar da sallar magariba ta tashi ta fara jero nafiloli sai taji gaba daya an dau salati tun daga *yan kofar gida har matan dake falo sai taji ana cewa sun iso, an iso da gawar. Tana tsaye tana sallah sai taji ta sulmiye ta zauna kafarta ta kasa daukarta gabanta ya yanke ya fadi. Ta ji duk tsikar jikinta tana tashi. Kukan da yaki zuwa dazu ya kece mata tamkar ranta zai fita. Can taji salatin da ake ya lafa sai ta rike bango ta tashi tsaye da kyar don ta fita falon taje taga gawar abun kaunarta don idan taga fuskarsa yanzu ita ce kadai zata dinga tunawa har karshen rayuwarta. Duk dama taji a jikinta itama ba dadewa zata yi ba a duniya zata bi Haisam dinta. Tunda damuwa da tunani ne ya kashe Haisam a shekara biyu ita yanzu yadda take ji ya linka yadda Haisam yake ji don haka zuciyarta zata iya fashewa a wata uku ta mutu ta huta. Tana tafiya a hankali dan karta fadi har ta fita daga dakin, tana fitowa taga gaba daya daruruwan mutanen da suke zazzaune a falon sun juyo suna kallonta gaba dayansu. Idonta ya dira akan wata fuska wacce take tunanin ba gaskiya take gani ba gizo ne. Ku shiga cikin nan domin karanta qarishen chapter 22 www.littafanhausane.com.ng Haisam ta gani zaune akan doguwar kujerar da ke falon, Yaya Habib a kusa dashi. Ta sake zare ido tana kallon Haisam taga dai shi din ne haka taga shima yana murtsike ido yana kallonta yayin daya jawo hannun Mahaifiyarsa ya ce “Hajiya ga Hannah can a mafarki ina ganinta. Mahaifiyarsa ta rushe da kuka ta ce “Haisam ba mafarki kake yi ba Hannah ce. Ya zabura zai mike da sauri Yaya Habib ya rike shi don baya iya tashi tsaye, ya mayar da shi ya zaunar. Ramlah ce taje wajen Hannah ta riko hannunta ta nufo da ita wajen Haisam ta ce “Haisam ga Hannah, Hannah ga Haisam da gaske ne ba mafarki ku keyi ba. Hannah ta rushe da kuka ta rungume Ramlah tana cewa “Ramlah daman ba da gaske kuke yi ba da kuka ce Haisam ya mutu. Ashe zan sake ganin Haisam da idona? Hawaye ne yake zubowa daga idanuwan Hannah da Haisam. Yaya Habib ya nisa ya ce “Ikon Allah Hannah yi hakuri daina kukan yanzu duk jama’ar nan sauraro suke suji yaya akayi aka ce musu Haisam ya mutu kuma gashi yazo da ransa. Sami waje ku zauna. Hannah da Ramlah suka sami waje suka zauna babu abin da Haisam yake sai kallon Hannah ko kiftawa baya yi itama kuma ta manta da a gaban jama’a take duk idonsu kuma a kansu itama wani irin kallo take yi masa mai dauke da tsantsar so da kauna, Mahaifin Haisam da sauran jama’ar duk suma sun shigo. Yaya Habib ya ce “Kamar yadda kowa ya sani Haisam na cikin tsananin ciwo muka bar kasar nan ranga-ranga muka tafi London. To muna isa can nayiwa asibitin da zamu kwanta waya suka aiko da motar asibiti aka daukemu muka tafi. Likitoci na ganin yadda jikin yake baki da hanci jini sai suka ce zasu wuce dashi tiyata. Na sa hannu akan na amince ayi masa. Ina bugo waya ina sanarwa da Baba duk halin da ake ciki. Bayan sun gama masa tiyatar ne suka yi suka yi ya farfado yaki farfadowa suka sa masa iskar kara numfashi (oxygen) don a jawo lumfashin amma abu ya faskara sunyi iya kokarinsu na su nemo lumfashin sun kasa. To ni kuma da naga haka sai na rikice na bugowa Baba waya ina kuka nace Haisam ya rasu. Wani likita yayi-yayi kada in bugo waya har sai anyi wasu awanni a gani ko zai dawo saboda akwai alamar bai mutu ba, na ce ina ai babu sauran wata rayuwa a jikin Haisam. A take Baba ya yiwa abokansa dake London waya akan suzo su sameni a asibiti suyi kokari a bamu gawar a gobe mu juyo gida Nigeria ba sai an yi ta dogon bincike ba har kwana da kwanaki. Tunda ya rasu azo gida ayi masa sutura a binne. Abokan Baba suka zo aka hau dogon turanci likitoci suka ce sai an basu awa goma sha biyu suga ko zai farafado dansu basu yarda ya mutu ba doguwar suma ce in har bayan awa goma sha biyu bai farfado ba to saisu bamu gawar. Mun dauka duk haukarsu ce ta nasara mutuwa ai daya ce kuma kallo daya zaka yiwa Haisam kasan ya mutu, ganin babu inda yake numfasawa a jikinsa. Su ashe sunga akwai wata jijiya a hannunsa da suka ji tana dan harbawa shine suke sa ran zai dawo ya rayu. Muna kirgawa awannin da suka dibar mana sun cika su bamu gawar mu taho shine nayi waya nace gabannin magariba zuwa isha’i zamu iso azo a taremu. Da rana karfe uku jirgi zai tashi daga London zuwa Nigeria haka kuma da karfe biyu awannin goma sha biyu zasu cika da suka dibar mana sai mu taho. Muka sayi akwatin saka gawa, na cike form din zan tafi da gawa. Karfe biyu na cika cikin ikon Allah akaga numfashinsa ya fara dawowa. Likitoci sukayi-sukayi mu barshi suci gaba da ceto rayuwarsa naga gara kawai mu taho tunda dai sunyi masa abunda zasu yi masa shikenan sauran sai a barwa Allah ikonSa. Tunda acan gida nace ya mutu gara dai mu taho din idan ya rayu Alhamdulillahi idan kuwa ya mutu dama nace musu ya mutu shikenan. Muka taho a haka sunan dai yana da rai wasu daga jijiyoyinsa suna harbawa amma ko motsi bayayi. Naga gara nayi shiru kada ince bai mutu ba kafin mu karaso ya mutu gara ace kafin mu karasa ya farfado. Kuma cikin jirgin ma akwai likitocin da suka yi ta taimaka masa wajen jawo numfashi. Cikin ikon Allah muna dira a garin Kano ya fara numfasawa sosai. Mun sashi a cikin mota zuwa nan gidan ya bude ido yayi salati. Shine yanzu da yaga wannan taron jama’a yake tambaya me ake yi, aka ce ai an dauka ka rasu shine *yan jana’iza suka taru, shine yayi karfin halin ya tashi zaune ya jingina. Farin ciki a zuciyar jama’a abun ba zai misaltu ba musamman Mahaifan Haisam da Ramlah da Hannah. Tamkar anyi musu albishir da gidan Aljannah Alhamdulillah jama’a ke cewa. Don da aka ga Haisam an dauko shi da idonsa kiri-kiri yana kallon mutane wasu da yawa har sun fara rugawa a zatonsu sunga fatalwa. Wani abin kunya ma ba mata kawai ba har wasu mazan a kofar gida sun fara rugawa. Nan fa kaji falo ya hargitse da Kabbara da Hamdala. Ana ta taya Mahaifin Haisam da Mahaifiyarsa murna da fatan Allah Ya bashi lafiya da tsawan kwana mai amfani. Murmushi kawai Haisam keyi murna ce ta cika masa zuciya haka kawai ya tsinci kansa yana mai tsananin farin ciki badan rashin karfin jiki ba da tsalle zaiyi ya taka rawa don murna. Murnar kuma ita ce ga Hannah yau a gabansa, kusa dashi tana kallonsa tana masa murmushi. Hmmm GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 23 Zuciyar Hannah kuwa tunda uwarta ta haifeta bata taba jin farin ciki irin na yau ba taji duk ta manta kunci da bakin cikin da ta shisshiga ada. Tamkar ba’a taba bata mata rai ba a duniya balle tayi kuka. Haisam ne yanzu wannan a gabanta bai mutu ba ashe? Kai Allah Shine abin bautawa da gaskiya mai rayawa mai kashewa mai yin duk yadda yaso da bawansa. Hannah take jinjinawa a ranta. Ramlah kamar tafi kowa farin ciki a ranta kasancewar Haisam bai mutu ba ta sanadiyyar jefa shi cikin kunci da tayi ta hana shi ya auri wacce yake matukar so, bayan haka babu wani da namiji da take so fiye da dashi a duniya har yau. Ramlah na son Haisam fiye da tunanin duk wanda yasan soyayya. Wani babban Malami ne ya rufe taro da addu’a akan Allah Ya kara bawa Haisam lafiya. Bayan an shafa ne Ramlah ta mike ta ce tana da magana aka bata izinin yin maganarta. Bayan ta nemi gafarar Haisam da Iyayen Haisam da Hannah da duk wasu *yan uwansa da suka fada halin tashin hankali a sanadiyyar wannan ciwo na Haisam, sai ta zo gaban Haisam ta durkusa ta dube shi tayi murmushi ta ce “Haisam ina neman wata alfarma a gareka idan Allah (S.W.A) Ya baka lafiya ina so ka auri Hannah saboda a yanzu Hannah bata da miji ni zan biya sadaki, lefe, kayan dakin amarya da duk hidimar da za’ayi a bikinku, nayi kuskure ada dana hana ka auri Hannah yanzu na gane kuskurena. Haisam yayi wani lallausan murmushi ya gyada kai don bashi da karfin yin magana. Sai gaba daya aka dauki kabbara duk wajen, sai kowa ya fara shiwa Ramlah albarka musamman Mahaifan Haisam. Hannah ta ji wani sanyi kamar kankara a ranta abun mamaki Ramlah ta amince ta aura mata Haisam da kanta babu abinda take yi a ranta sai godiya ga Allah wani sabon Imani ya kutso a ranta ta sake gasgatawa kowa yayi tawakkali ga Allah, Allah Zai saka masa ta wata hanyar da bai taba zato ba. Allah Shine mai iko Shine yake bayarwa a duk sanda Yaso. Mai hakuri baya tabewa a sannu zaiga biyan bukata. Duk tsanani kada ka manta da Ubangijinka yana sane da kai idan ka shiga kunci sai ya kaddara maka jarabawa ce don ya gwada imaninka Allahu Akbar. Mahaifin Ramlah ne ya sake rufe taro da addu’a ya dinga shiwa Ramlah albarka da fatan alheri a rayuwarta da sabuwar abokiyar zamanta Hannah. Jama’a na amsawa da amin daga karshe aka shafa jama’a suka fara watsewa. Ramlah ta duka gaban Mahaifiyar Haisam ta ce “Hajiya abar min Haisam anan gidan ni da Hannah zamu ci gaba da kula dashi. Ko tantama Mahaifiyar Haisam ma bata yi ba ta amsa da “To shikenan. Don tasan barin Haisam a kusa da Hannah babban maganin wannan ciwon nasa ne. Kowa ya tashi ya nufi wajen motarsa don tafiya gida, babu kowa a falon daga Haisam sai Ramlah a kusa dashi da Hannah da Amratu kanwarsa *yar kimanin shekaru goma a kusa da Hannah suna zaune a gefe. Ramlah ta fuskanci Haisam ya gaji da zaman alamar yana so ya kwanta sai ta ce “Bari in dauko maka filo a daki ka dan kwanta kafin in hada maka dan shayi kasha, kasha magani sannan in kai ka daki ka kwanta. Ta mike ta nufi daki. Hannah ta dago zata kalli Haisam taga babu abinda Haisam yake yi sai kallonta tamkar ya sami talabijin a gabansa ko kiftawa baya yi. Tayi murmushi ta ce “Yaya Haisam sannu. Ya dan lumshe ido ya gyada kai. Ramlah ce dauke da filo ta iso wajen da suke gami da yin sallama. Hannah ta amsa. Ramlah ta ajiye filon akan doguwar kujerar da Haisam ke kishingide ta kama shi ta gyara masa kwanciya ya kwanta sosai. Hannah ta yunkura ta tashi tana rike da hannun Amratu ta ce “Aunty Ramlah zamu shiga daki mu kwanta, wanne dakin ne? Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Haba Hannah aike ba bakuwa ba ce yanzu, duk dakin da ya yi miki shiga ki kwanta ai gidanki ne. Amratu tayi caraf ta ce “Aunty Hannah zo muje dakina mu kwanta zaki ga *yar tsanata da Aunty Ramlah ta siyomin. Taja hannun Hannah suka tafi har sun juya Hannah ta juyo da kyakkyawar fuskarta ta kalli Ramlah da Haisam tayi murmushi ta ce “Sai da safen ku. Sannan ta juya suka tafi. Haisam har dan daga kai yake don leken Hannah ganinta yayi tayi kyawun da duk a cikin kabilu, kama daga bakar fata har farar farar fata turawa da Indiyawa bai taba ganin wacce tayi masa kyau kamar Hannah ba musamman a yau. Ramlah ta tsaya kawai tana kallon Haisam taga kamar zaije ya jawo Hannah ya rungumeta koma ya hadiyeta yadda yake binta da kallo, sai tayi murmushi ta dan taba hannunsa ya juyo ya kalleta tayi fari da ido ta kanne ido daya ta ce “Haisam ya akayi ne ko Hannah ta dawo muyi hira ne? Sai yayi murmushi ya koma ya kwanta. Ramlah ta wuce kicin don hado masa dan abu mai ruwa-ruwa da zai sha. Bayan Hannah da Amratu sun shiga daki, Amratu tayi ta nunawa Hannah kayan wasanta da kasissina cartoons dinta da litattafan makaranta. Hannah tayi ta taya ta suna wasa da *yar tsanoninta har tsawon awa guda bayan shigarsu sannan Hannah ta ce “To Amratu ya isa haka jeki kiyi wanka ki dauro alwalar sallar isha’i ki fito nima zanyi wankan da alwalar. Da ke akwai bandaki a cikin dakin. Amaratu ta fada ban daki bayan ta fitone Hannah ta shiga. Tana wanka Ramlah ta shigo dauke da sabuwar doguwar riga mai rubi biyu ta barci mai tsananin laushi da santsi ta kawo wa Hannah sai ta bawa Amratu ta ajiye mata kafin ta fito, Ramlah ta fito ta jawo musu kofa ta rufe. Hannah na fitowa Amratu ta mika mata sabuwar rigar bacci dal a leda ta ce inji Auty Ramalah. Cike da fara’a Hannah ta karbi rigar baccin ta saka sannan ta tayar da kabbarar sallar isha’i. Har Amratu ta gaji da jiran Hannah ta idar suyi kallon kaset din catoon taga Sallar take ta jerowa har bacci ya dauketa Hannah bata idar ba. Sai ukun dare sannan Hannah ta idar da nafiloli da addu’oin da take na goduya ga Allah (S.W.A) da Ya nuna mata wannan rana da fatan Ubangiji Allah Ya tabbatar da abinda Ramlah take shirin hadawa da fatan Allah Ya bawa Haisam lafiya. Sai kuka ya kece mata don farin ciki. Ta hau gado kusa da Amratu tasa hannu ta kashe fitila sannan ta kwanta. Wani laushi ne ya nutsu a cikin tsokokin jikinta don bata taba kwanciya a irin wanan katifar ba tunda take. Sanyin na’urar sanyaya daki ne (split A.C) yake ratsa hudojin jikinta ta lumshe ido sai ta hango fuskar Haisam dauke da gwarza- gwarzan idanuwansa yana kallonta. Bata dade ba bacci mai dadi ya sureta. Alarm din agogo ne ya tasheta karfe biyar dai-dai asuba tayi, tayi firgigit ta bude ido taga fitila a kunne Amratu harta shiga ban daki tana alwala. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce a ranta “Birni sai dan birni ga kudi ga ilimi, yarinya karama tasan ta saita agogo ta farka da asuba tayi sallah. Bayan Hannah da Amratu sun idar da sallah. Sai suka koma gado suka kwanta wani daddadan barci ya sake sure su. Goma dai-dai Hannah ta bude ido sai taga gari yayi tangararai. Tayi firgigit ta tashi zaune taga rana harta ralle gari. Ta fada bandaki dan yin wanka ta dauki brush dinta a cikin jakarta daman ta taho dashi. Ban dakin ma abin kallo ne a wajen Hannah taga komai na tangaran ne ga madubai a kewaye da bandakin. Ruwan sanyi da na zafi a shaya da fanfuna abun gwanin ban sha’awa. Abubuwa da yawa sai dai Hannah ta taba ta barshi saboda bata san amfaninsa ba bata taba gani ba. Aljannar duniya kenan gidan Haisam kamar a turai. Duk inda ka zagaya falo ne iri-iri wajen cin abinci dakuna masu gadaje na alfarma abin baya misaltuwa. Ramlah tayi matukar mamakin Haisam dubi yadda yake tsananin jin jiki amma sai ta ganshi daram kamar ya warke sai dai rashin karfin jiki. Babban abin da yafi bata al’ajabi shine tunda take da Haisam bai taba tsayawa yana kallon fuskarta yana yi mata murmushi ba sai a yanzu data kawo masa Hannah har ma ta ce zata aura masa ita. Wannan abunda Ramlah tayi wa Haiam yaji tsantsar tsanar da yake yiwa Ramlah ta fara komawa soyayya kawai don ta fara son Hannah. Haisam ya ji duk duniyar nan babu wanda ya taba masa kyauta mai girma kamar Ramlah yaga babu abinda ya kamata ya saka mata itama sai ya karbi soyayyar da take yi masa shekara da shekaru. Tunda ta hada shi da wacce yake azabar so. Duk sanda zai kalli fuskar Ramlah sai yaji sanyi yanzu maimakon haushinta da yake ji ada. Ramlah ta fuskanci hakan duk inda tayi Haisam na binta da kallo yana murmushi Haisam yaji dadin wannan al’amari amma Ramlah tafi jin dadi kamar a mafarki take ganin wadannan al’amari har Haisam ne yake daga ido ya kalli fuskarta har yayi mata murmushi. Turkashi !!! Kwanci tashi yau kwanan Hannah shida a gidan Haisam da Ramlah. A kullum da safe Hannah da Amratu suna fitowa daga dakinsu su iske Haisam da Ramlah a falo ko wani lokaci ma a daki suke samun su, su shiga su gaishe su suyi masa ya jiki su koma dakinsu. Duk lokacin cin abinci Ramlah tana lekowa ta kirasu, su fito suci abinci a dinning table, kuku biyu ne suke dafa abinci a gidan, masu share-share da goge daban. Dan haka babu aikin da Ramlah take yi a gidan balle Hannah ta tayata. Sai dai suyi wanka su zauna suna kallon satelite da kaset. Dinkuna masu kyau da tsada Ramlah tasa aka dinkawa Hannah. Dan kunne da sarka da zobe na gwal Ramlah ta bawa Hannah. A kwana shidan nan ita kanta Hannah tasan ta canja ta zama *yar birni. Turarruka kala-kala Ramlah ta sissiyo ta bata. Haisam kuwa jiki Alhamdulillahi sauki yana samuwa yana tashi tsaye yana dan takawa daga daki zuwa falo, in ya gaji ya zauna a kan kujera a falo. Ranar da Hannah ta cika sati guda da sassafe ta tashi ta fara harhada kayanta a jaka na tafiya. Dan taga ya kamata ta tafi gida kuma tun ana marmarinta kuma jikin Haisam yayi sauki gara ta tafi duk da ba hakan take so ba. Bayan sun gama cin abincin safe ita da Ramlah, yau Amratu ta tafi makaranta tun bakwai da rabi na safe. Haisam daman ba abinci yake ci ba yana kallonsa yana kurbar shayi. Hannah ta dubi Ramlah tayi murmushi ta dan sosa kai cikin ladabi da alamar jin kunya ta ce “Aunty Ramlah babu abinda zance miki sai godiya Allah Ya saka da alheri kuma Allah Ya kara bawa Yaya Haisam lafiya. Tunda naga jikin nasa yayi sauki inaso zan koma gida yau kar suji shiru su fara tunanin ko ba lafiya ba. Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Har za ki tafi ki barmu, bako zai yi halinsa kenan, ai ba laifi kinyi kokari tunda kinyi mana sati guda mun gode. Akwai wasu atamfofi nasa an siyomin gasu can a jaka na kuma zuzzuba kudi a ambulan dubu goma-goma kowacce na rubuta sunanta a bayan ambulan din daman ina da jerin sunayenku saiki rarrabawa *yan kungiyata in kinje. Hannah ta duka tayi godiya. Ramlah ta tashi ta shiga falon Haisam ta iske shi a zaune kan doguwar kujera ya mike kafafuwansa akan centre table taje ta zauna akusa dashi tana yi masa murmushi ya dago ya dubeta ya ce “Uwar gida yaya akayi ne? Tayi fari da idonta ta ce “Ranka ya dade bakuwarmu ce take so yau ta koma gida ta ce kar hankalinsu ya tashi in sunji shirun yayi yawa. Haisam yaji wani dum a ransa ba haka yaso ba yaso Hannah ta dade yana ganinta yana jin dadi. Can ya nisa ya ce “Har zata gudu ta barmu baza ta sake kwana biyu ba? Ramlah ta ce “A’a gani nake gara taje in yaso ta dawo daga baya kaga ni na daukota daga garinsu karsu dauka guduwa nayi da ita. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “To shikenan Allah Ya kaita gida lafiya. Ramlah ta ce “Amin bari in kirata ta shigo tayi maka sallama. Ramlah ta tashi ta fito falo ta duba wajen cin abinci taga Hannah bata nan sai ta nufi dakin Amratu inda suke kwana. A bakin kofa suka gamu Hannah ta ratayo jakarta zata fito. Ramlah ta ce “Oh, Hannah har kin fito lallai Kano ta ishe ki muna sonki ne ke kuma kina gudun mu. Hannah tayi dariya ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “Aunty Ramlah ba haka bane garin namu ne da nisa shiyasa na fito da wuri don in isa da wuri. Ramlah ta ce “Haka ne sai kizo ki yiwa Haisam sallama yana nan a falonsa. Hannah ta ce “To, sai ta ajiye jakar ta tana biye da Ramlah har zuwa falon Haisam sai Ramlah ta fito ta barsu. Ta fito ta nufi dakinta yayin da zuciyarta ta hau dukan uku-uku tana fargaba game da yadda taga kyau irin na Hannah musamman yau da tayi ado da wata tsaleliyar shadda data dinka mata combination ja da baki ga wannan lallausan gashin nan nata a tufke a bayanta. Zuciyar Ramlah na nuna mata Hannah fa tayi miki fintinkau a fagen kyau idan baki yi da gaske ba duk wannan iya kwalliyar taki da har mutane suke yaba miki Hannah zata zo ta fiki iyawa. Kalli yadda tayi wani kyau tamkar *yar tsanar roba. Sai wata zuciyar ta ce Ramlah rufawa kanki asiri ki kwantar da hankalinki karki sa wannan tunanin a zuciyarki har wani tashin hankali ya biyo baya yadda Haisam ya kwallafa ransa da son Hannah kema kika kwallafa sonsa a ranki to in kina so ki zauna kalau ki sami soyayyarsa to kiso Hannah tunda gashi kin fara gane kansa yana nuna miki soyayya. Hannah ta durkusa a gabansa ta ce “Yaya ina kwana, yaya jikinka? Yayi narai-narai da ido ya ce “Hannah da sauki. Tashi daga nan kizo nan kan kujera ki zauna. Hannah ta tashi ta zauna a wata kujera a gefensa kowannensu zuciyarsa cike da tsananin farin ciki sai suka ji dama kar su rabu su zauna din-din-din suna ganin junansu. Kallon-kallo suke yiwa junansu na tsananin kaunar juna. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Hannah zaki tafi ki barni ne, bayan ina ganinki ina jin dadi ko bakyaso inji sauki da wuri ne!! kece fa kwayar magananin da take kwantar min da ciwon. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai tana jin kunyar bada wannan amsar. Ya ce “Yaya naji kinyi shiru ne? Hannah ta ce “Yaya dole ce tasa ba a son raina nima zan tafi in barka ba. Amma nayi Qarishen chapter 23 Na cikin wannan website din Www.littafanhausane.com.ng maka alkawari kullum nayi Sallah zanyi maka addu’a Allah Ya sauwake maka. Haisam ya gyada kai ya ce “Nagode amma ina so ki min alkawari a rana zaki dinga tuna ni har sau biyar, duk lokacin da kika zo yin Sallah zaki tunani kiyi min addu’a? Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Ina tuna ka fiye da sau hamsin a rana ba biyar bama ko ina ganin ka, ko bana ganinka. Haisam ya gayara zama ya juyo yana kallon Hannah sai tasa gyalenta ta rufe ido alamar jin kunya. Haisam yayi ajiyar zuciya ya ce “Naji dadin duniya da za ki dinga tuna ni sau Hamsin a rana.. Yanzu ki fada min kalma daya da zan dinga tunawa a raina a duk lokacin da tunaninki yayi min yawa sai ta kwantar min da hankali. Hannah tayi shiru can ta dago tana murmushi ta kalli Haisam suka hada ido taga ya kura mata ido kawai yana kallonta. Sai ta sake jin kunyarsa ta lullube fuskarta ta sake jawo gyalenta ta rufe ido ta mike tsaye a hankali ta nufi kofar fita tana tafiya a hankali. Haisam ya ce “A’a tafiya za ki yi ko sallama babu, kuma ai baki bani amsar abinda na roka a wajenki ba. Hannah ta juyo a hankali ta kalle shi kallo irin wanda yake jinsa har tsakar kansa ta ce “Abinda nake so kasa a ranka shine ko da GANGAR JIKINA bata tare da kai zuciyata tana wajenka. Haisam ya sake dagowa ya dubi Hannah sai yaga ta daga masa gira tayi fari da ido ta ce “Kada ka manta soyayya gaskiya ce. Na tafi na barka lafiya ina kuma yi maka fatan kara samun lafiya. Haisam ya kasa magana sai kawai ya bita da kallo harta daga labulan kofar ta fice. Ya rike baki yayi shiru jinsa yake kamar ba’a duniya yake ba, kamar a aljanna aka jefashi yau gashi ga Hannah a matsayin masoya masu shirin yin aure harma wadannan dadadan kalamai suna fitowa daga bakinta izuwa kunnuwansa. “I can’t believe this, Hannah! Hannah ce kuwa. Haisam yake fada a baiyane. Ramlah ce ta shigo falon ya dago ya kalleta fuskarsa cike da fara’a farin ciki taf a zuciyarsa a yau. Ta ce “Yallabai kun gama sallama da Hannahr ko? Ga Shehu direba ya fito da mota zai kaita. Haisam ya ce “Munyi sallama da Hannah Ramlah sai dai ki bata kudin da zai isheta tayi hidindimunta Aunty Ramlah. Ta dan harareshi, su duka suka sa dariya ta ce “Kaima Aunty zaka ce min? Ai na bata kudi ranka ya dade duk abinda ya kamata in bata na bata, kada ka manta in so yayi so ra’ayi yana zuwa daya. Haisam ya ce “kika ce me? Tayi murmushi ta ce “I feel what you feel saboda ina sonka. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Ramlah! Ramlah!! Ramlah tayi dariya sannan ta fita. Ta raka Hannah har bakin mota sai da suka fita daga get sannan ta daina daga musu Hannu. Haisam ne ta wundon dakinsa yake kallon Hannah har suka tafi, yayin da ya ji wani kululun bakin ciki na rabuwa da ita. Bayan tafiyar Hannah da kimanin wata taji shiru babu Ramlah ba Haisam. Gashi babu waya a garinsu balle ta buga musu taji lafiyar su. Tun tana boye damuwarta akan haka har Hajir matar Kawunta ta fara fuskantar halin da take ciki. Ayau da yamma bayan Hannah ta idar da sallar la’asar sai ta shiga ta sallo wanka tazo ta hade da wani sabon dinkinta na material din da ake yayi. Material din baki ne anyi masa kwalliya da jar fulawa. Matsatsan dinki ne akayi, a rigar zanin ma anyi masa kwalliyar iri daya da yankar rigar. Hannah ta tufke gashinta da jan madauri (ribon) ta dana daurin dankwali mai kyau. Tasha hoda a fuskarta da jagira sannan ta sako sarka da dan kunnenta da zobe na gwal da Ramlah ta bata. Haka kawai yau da yamman nan taji tunanin Haisam yayi mata yawa shine take rayawa a ranta shine tayiwa wannan kwalliya. Ta tsaya a gaban mudubi ta kalli kanta ta juya gefe ta sake juyawa baya taga lallai tayi kyau sosai kamar ba ita ba. Dama Yaya Haisam na kusa mana yaga wannan kwalliya da tayi. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter24 Karku manta shiga www.littafanhausane.com.ng Don karanta complete chapter din Ta fito tsakar gida wajen girki ta taya Hajir aikin abincin dare don taga hayaki na tashi tasan an hura wutar itacen abincin dare. Tana fitowa Hajir ta zabura ta mike tana cewa “La! La!! La!!! Hannah me zan gani wacce irin kwalliya kika caba yau kamar mai shirin barin kasar? Kai amma gaskiya wannan atamfa mai kyau ce ni ban taba ganin irinta ba. Tasa hannu tana taba kayan jikin Hannah. Ta ce “Kai ai laushi garesu wannan ba atamfa ba ce. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Ba atamfa bace material sunansa kinsan a wajen *yan birni kaga abubuwa iri-iri a gunsu. Hajir ta ce “Lallai kuwa wannan matar ta caba ki da kayan alatu iri-iri. Hannah ta nufi wajen garin tuwo ta dauki rariya zata yi tankade Hajir ta rike rariyar ta ce “Hannah ba za ki bata jikinki da gari ba ga kayanki bakake barni kawai in karasa tuwona tunda har na gama miya na dora ruwan tuwo talge kawai zanyi in tuka na gama. Ga kujera can a gefe jeki ki zauna ni ina zaune ai yanzu sai ki huta ni inyi. Hannah ta ce “Ni ai zaman haka kawai bana so saboda tun ina *yar karama na saba da aiki barni kawai ba komai inyi miki tankaden. Hajir ta ki fur suna ta jayayya daga karshe Hannah ta hakura ta koma gefe ta zauna tana kallon Hajir tana aiki. Hajir ta dago ta kalli Hannah ta ce “Kwanan nan sai inga kamar kina yawan damuwa da tunanai ko dai wani abu yana damunkine Hannah? Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Babu abin da yake damuna. Hajir ta ce “A’a Hannah fadi gaskiya ko sai na miki baro-baro ne? Ai dole kiyi tunanin Haisam musamman kin baro shi bashi da lafiya. Su duka suka kyalkyale da dariya. Hannah ta ce “Don Allah ya akayi kika gane ni? Da gaske abun ya fara damuna ni dai fatana ace lafiyar sa kalau ba jikin bane ya dawo. Hajir ta ce “Insha Allahu lafiyarsa kalau ita lafiya ita ke buya. Amma lalle Haisam ya samu shiga fiye da kowa har yafi marigayi samun waje. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Ni dai baza ki ji a bakina ba. Hajir ta ce “Jiya kuwa Ahmad yake ce min a kalla masu sonki a garin nan sun doshi mutane biyar da suka same shi suka yi masa zancen don Allah ya basu izini su zo su nemi aurenki wai in sun zo wajenki bakya fitowa. Hannah ta bude baki don mamaki ta ce “Don Allah da gaske kike yi? Hajir ta ce “Wallah da gaske nake. Hannah ta gyara zama, ta dafe kirjinta ta ce “Me Kawun ya ce musu? Hajir ta ce “Cewa yayi har a dangi an fara damunsa ya kamata kiyi aure ga masu sonki ki zabi daya ya ce min shi gaskiya baya so ki sake aure a kauyen nan yafi son ki auri Haisam, to amma gashi yau kusan wata biyu bai zo ba bai aiko ba. In har ya bashi wasu lokuta bai aiko ba zai shawarce ki, ki zabi wani tunda har akwai samarin da basu taba aure ba a wadanda suka same shi da zancen suna sonki. Hannah tayi ajiyar zuciya tayi shiru ta rasa ta cewa sai tsananin bugun da zuciyarta take yi. Ta ce a ranta “In har Haisam ya kara wata bai zo ba to nasan akwai matsala. Ko ya hakura da sona ne? Kai Haisam ba zai hakura da sona ba. Yaya zanyi yanzu in har Kawu ya zo ya sani a gaba ya ce in fitar da wani in aura? Sallamar Kawu Ahmad ce ta katsewa Hannah tunanin da take yi. Ya shigo da saurinsa ya suri tabarma sannan ya juyo ya kalli Hannah ya ce “Ki dauko gyalenki ki kawowa baki ruwa a sabon kwanon sha da kofina masu kyau. Hannah ta amsa da “To Kawu. Ta juya suka hada ido da Hajir. Hajir ta ce “To ko Haisam ne dan halak yaki ambato ya iso garin gabannin magariban nan? Hannah ta ce “Banji a jiki na ba, Haisam ba zai zo yanzu ba. Ni har gabana ya na faduwa Allah Yasa dai ba masu neman auren nawa bane aka sami wani dan…… ya canjawa kawu ra’ayi. Hajir ta ce “Kai haba dai tashi ki kai ruwan kiga ko waye. Dakyar Hannah ta mikewa saboda sanyin da jikinta yayi ta shiga daki ta yafo dan yalolon gyalenta ja ta dauko kwanon sha da kofuna biyu ta zo ta wanke su tas ta cika da ruwan randa mai sanyi ta nufi zaure. Kanta a sunkuye a kasa tayi sallama ta ajiye kwanon sha a gaban bakin sannan ta gaishe su ba tare da ta dago kai ta dubi fuskokinsu ba. Wata murya ce ta amsa mata gaisuwar kamar a mafarki muryar da take muradinta. Ta dago kai da sauri ta dubi mutumin sai taga Haisam dinta ne a gefensa Kawu Ahmad. Sai tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai ta ce “Sannu da zuwa Yaya. Ta yunkura zata tashi ta shiga cikin gida sai Kawu Ahmad ya ce “Hannah ki kawo ruwa a butoci guda biyu don magariba ta kusa yi. Hannah ta amsa da “To Kawu. Ta shiga gida. Ai kuwa da murna ta karasa wajen Hajir. Hajir na ganin yadda Hannah ke murna sai ta ce “Hannah ko dai addu’ar tawa ce ta ci, Haisam ne ya zo? Hannah taje ta rike mata hannu ta ce “Hajir wallahi shi dinne kuwa, ko mafarki nake yi ne? Hajir ta ce “Gaske ne Hannah Allah Sarki ya cika alkawari ya zo, daman Kawun ki yafi sonki dashi. Daman ina jin jikin ne ya hanashi zuwa Hannah ta ce “Kai gaskiya babu alamar jinya a tare dashi yayi fari ya murmure daga ramar da yayi, kinga kibar da yayi kuwa? Ba za ki ce ya taba yin wani ciwo har an fasa masa kukan mutuwa ba. Hajir ta ce “Don Allah? Hannah ta ce “Ai yau duk kunyarki saikin leka kin gaisa da mijina. Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya. Hajir ta ce “Hannah ko *yar kunyar nan babu wannan karan lallai anayi da Haisam, ai kuwa zanzo mu gaisa. Hannah ta wuce ta debo butoci ta wanke su tas ta ciko su da ruwa ta nufo zauren da suke zaune. Daf da ta shiga zauren taji Haisam na cewa “Zan yi tafiya zan dauki kimanin watanni biyu a turai amma ina neman izini zan turo magabatana su zo neman auren Hannah. Ina fatan dai Hannah ta gabatar dani a wajenku daman ko? Kawu Ahmad ya gyada kai ya ce “Kwarai kuwa tun sanda naje Nigeria zan daukota tun daga can ta fara bani labarinka. Kai ka dauki dawainiyar karatunta harta gama sakandire. Sannan data dawo daga Kano tafiyar nan ta kwanan nan ta fadamin kakaf yadda akayi. Allah Ya saka da alheri. Haka Allah Ya kaddaro muku Shine Yake yin yadda Yaso da bawanSa. Babu komai ka aiko magabatabka ai ba sai anyi wani dogon bincike ba ai kunsan juna tuntuni. Hannah tayi sallama ta shigo zaure ta ajiye butocin a gefe kanta a sunkuye a kasa ta koma cikin gida. Bayan sunyi alwala, Masallacin dake kofar gidan suka shiga suka yi Sallah tare da jama’a. Hannah ma anan cikin gida tayi Sallah bayan ta idar ta sake rangada kwalliya a fuskarta ta gyara daurin dankwali, ta sami waje ta zauna tana jira akirata taje ta gana da abin kaunarta. Amma abu daya ya tsaya mata a rai take ta nanantawa da Haisam ya ce zai tafi turai sai bayan wata biyu zai dawo. Ita kuwa anya zata iya daurewa har sai ta sake yin wata biyu kafin ta sake ganinsa? Son Haisam ya sake yaduwa a zuciyarta fiye dana da a kullum yana like a zuciyarta ko sakon daya bata iya yi ba tare da tayi tunaninsa ba. Kawu Ahmad ne ya shigo ya ce “Hannah za ki iya zuwa ku gaisa shi kadai ne a zaure ki kunna fitilar kawai don zauren da duhu. Ya ce a yau zasu koma Kano ba zai kwanan ba ni kuma zanje wajen Baba Shu’aibu in fara sanar masa da zancen aurenku. Hannah ta amsa da “To Kawu. Kawu Ahmed ya fita. Ta mike ta shiga daki ta dauko fitila ta nufi zaure tana takawa dai-dai tana rangwada. Tayi sallama ta ajiye fitila a gefe. Haisam ya dago kai da sauri yana kallonta harta shige lungu can gefe ta takure ta tsuguna sannan cikin ladabi ta gaishe shi. Yayi murmushi ya amsa mata. Ya ce “Hannah kamar zan gudu da ke kika tafi can nesa kika takure, ga nan gefen tabarma kusa dani ki zo ki zauna mana. Koda yake Hannah kin manta da Uncle Haisam tun wata shekara ko. Hannah tayi dariya ta kubce mata, Haisam ma yayi dariya. Hannah ta taso tazo gefensa ta zauna. Ta daga ta dube shi suka hada ido yayin da wata kibiyar so ta caccaku a zuciyoyinsu, Hannah ta lankwashe murya ta ce “Yaya jikinka? Ya kura mata ido can ya ce “Ai tun ranar da na hada ido dake na nemi ciwon narasa, kuma tun ranar da nace miki good bye na tafi na fara ciwo. Hannah tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “Ina fatan har abada zan dauwama a wannan matsayin daka bani. Mamaki ya kama Haisam ya ce a ransa “Hannah ce take fada min haka ko mafarki nake, a zato na sai nasha bakar wuya da Hannah kafin ta fara sona sai kuma nayi da gaske kafin ta waye da irin wannan soyayyar ta *yan birni. Ashe ni Hannah a waye take harta wuce tunanina. Ga iya kwalliya cas kamar *yar birni, ga wani kallo da take yimin ko wata *yar birni me digiri bata iya ba. Hannah ta katse masa tunaninsa ta ce “Naga an doshi wata biyu ban ganka ba sai na shiga fargabar kode ciwon ne ya dawo maka. Haisam ya ce “Ciwo ya tafi kenan Insha Allahu tunda Allah Ya kawo min maganinsa. Hajiya ce dai ta hanani zuwa wai a rame nake tafi so in zo miki da kibata. Zaki fi murnar ganina wai. Hannah tayi dariya. Haka suka shafe fiye da awa guda suna hirar so da kauna kowa na fadar kalmar da zata dadawa dan Uwansa. Yau jinsu suke kamar a aljannah suke dan zamannan da suka yi. Daga karshe Haisam ya shaida mata cewar zasu tafi New York jibi shi da Ramlah zasu hado kayan lefenta kuma Ramlah ta ce ace mata itama Honey moon dinta ne wannan fitar don tunda suka yi aure ko Abuja basu taba zuwa tare ba kafin amarya ta zo itama taje nata. Shiga www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter 24 Hannah ta yi murmushi ta ce “To Allah Ya kiyaye hanya Ya dawo da ku lafiya. Haisam ya ce “Abunda za ki ce kenan? Hannah ta ce “Me zance wanda yafi wannan? Haisam ya ce “Kice asha hony moon a hado min lefe mai kyau. Kuma in cewa Ramlah in Allah Ya yarda kema za ki zo ki fita da angonki Hony moon lafiya. Hannah tayi dariya ta rufe ido ta ce “A’a Yaya Haisam ka rufamin asiri karka fada mata haka ni na isa in fadawa Auntyna haka? Haisam ya ce “To meye Ramlah kanwa da kawa ta dauke ki, bata da wata hira da ta wuce tayi min hirarki shi yasa nake jin dadin hira da ita yanzu. Hannah tayi shiru tana tuno yadda Bello Madu yake yi mata. Hakika Ramlah tayi dabara a sannu zata samu soyayya a wajen mijinta kamar yadda Bello Madu ya fara samun shiga a wajena saboda kawai yana yi min hirar Haisam. Haisam ya miko mata wata katuwar ambulan tasa hannu biyu ta karba ya ce “Inji Ramlah ki rabawa *yan kungiyarku tunda kece shugabar kungiyar ashe. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Ashe ka sani wa ya gaya maka? Ya ce “Ramlah ta bani labarin yadda kuka yi kakaf. Ya miko mata wata katuwar leda ya ce wannan nakine inji Ramlah. Ya miko mata wata kwalin waya mai tsada ya ce “Wannan wayar tafi da gidan kace zaki ga direction dinta a jiki da cherger in an kawo wuta ki dinga sawa a caji. Hannah tayi kasake tana kallonsa tana tunanin ya za’ayi ya bata waya a kauyen nan bayan babu service a garin. Haisam ya gane abun ya daurewa Hannah kai sai ya ce “Wannan wayar THURAYA ce tana yi a wajen da babu service dan haka duk sanda na bugo miki in dai da caji kuma a kunne take zan sameki ina fatan duk kinsan yadda za ki yi. Hannah ta ce “Na sani Yaya, ai satin da nayi a Kano Amratu ta nunnunamin a tata. Kudi ne a shake a wata *yar jaka ya mika mata ya ce “Dallar America ce wannan saboda ban da kudin Niger amma Dalla za’a iya canjata a ko ina, ki dinga kashewa. Ki bawa Kawunki duk yadda kika ga dama a cikin kudin. Kada ku sake ku sayi ko cokalin cin abinci na aure. Sabon gida nake gina muku mai bangare biyu naki dana Ramlah yadda kowa da bangarensa a sati ma wani ba zaiga wani ba. Idan kuwa kika bari suka suyo miki wani abu asararsa za’ayi. Turawa ne suke gina gidan, haka su zasu zuba kayan ciki irin kalar data dace. Bana son abinda za’ayi asararsa kinji. Farin ciki mai hade da mamaki ya rufe zuciyar Hannah ta tsaya kawai tana kallon Haisam. Can tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Yaya naga gidan naku ma mai tsananin kyau ne kuma sabo gashi da girma me yasa zaka sake gina wani? Yayi murmushi ya ce “Haka Ramlah ta ce ita ma in hada ku kada in warewa kowacce bangarenta ni dai a tsarina da ra’ayina naga gara in bawa kowacce bangarenta. Kuma kinsan ko harshe da hakori ma ana sabawa ni kuma gani bani da hakuri idan naga za’a taba min *yar kanwata Hannah, ina tsoratarwa da cewa zan iya kashe duk mai shirin jefata a cikin tashin hankali a rayuwarta. Suka kyalkyale da dariya gaba dayansu. Haisam ya mike tsaye yana shirin tafiya, Hannah ta durkusa gwiwowinta a kasa ta ce “Yaya na gode madallah Allah Ya saka da alheri. Sai ta fara hawaye shar daga idanuwanta ya ce “A’a Hannah kukan me kike yi ne? Kada fa in kasa tafiya in naga kina kuka.Ya sa hannu a aljihu ya ciro wani farin hankici ya mika mata ya ce ta goge fuskarta kuma baya son ganin hawaye a fuskarta. Ta taso tana rakashi yana mata hira mai dadi akan ta kwantar da hankalinta ba zai iya kaiwa wata biyun bama zata ganshi ya dawo. Kuma ko da basa tare zuciyarsa na gareta. Direban da ya kawo Ramlah shine ashe ya kawo Haisam. Hannah ta ce “A’a ashe tare kuke kaki shigowa kasha ko ruwa ma? Shehu ya ce “Ba komai suna da ruwa a mota. Ya durkusa har kasa ya gaishe da Hannah. Taga abincin gwangwani iri- iri da lemon gwangwanaye ga robobin ruwan swan nan a cikin motar sai taja bakinta tayi shiru. Don da har zata ce sai sun tsaya sunci tuwo. Taga masu cin irin wannan daula ya za’ayi su iya cin tuwon su miyar kuka lami sai wake aka watsa a ciki. Haisam ya ce da direba ya bude but ya shigar da kwalayen da suke but din cikin zaure. Kwalayene manya-manya guda uku, makil suke da kaya. Daya na ruwan swan ne, daya na lemo iri-iri ne da kifin gwangwanaye da biskit da alawoyi karamin cikinsu kuma cike yake da kayan shafe- shafe na kwalliyar *yan mata, hoda, jan baki, mayukan shafawa a jiki dana gashi dana hannu. Daman Haisam mai son irin wadanan abubuwanne shi yasa ya siya mata mayukan gyara ta sake yin fes. Ga turarurruka designers abun baya misaltuwa tsadaddu. Hannah ta langwabar da kai, ta rike murfin motar Haisam kuma na zaune a cikin motar gidan gaba. Yayin da Shehu direba ya tsaya can kofar gida yana jira su kare sallamar. Ta yiwa Haisam wani luguiguitaccen kallo cikin murya sanyayyiya ta ce “Yaya Haisam na gode. Ban san wacce kalma zanyi amfani da ita wajen nuna maka godiyata ba, tun ina karama kake fama dani har yau ba ka daina ba Ubangiji Allah Ya saka maka da alherin Sa. Ya ce “Kina bata bakinki wajen gode min, balle harki dinga tunanin kalmar da zaki yi amfani wajen nuna min godiyarki. Ni a tunanina duk abinda nayi miki dole ne a wajena ba sai kin gode mun ba ki dauka aikina ne ai dole inyi miki. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Haba Yayana ni na fara saka haka a zuciya? na gode dai zance. Daga karshe suka yi sallama akan zai bugo mata waya. Yana tsokanarta wai yaga duk ta rame ko bata son aurensa ne, za’ayi mata auren dole. Hannah ta kasa bashi amsar wannan tambayar ta bishi da kallo direba yaja motar suka tafi. Yana dago mata hannu itama tana daga masa. Bata shiga gida ba sai da ta daina hango fitilar motarsu. Kawu Ahmad da matarsa har sunfi Hannah mamaki da tsananin farin cikin wannan kyaututtukan na Haisam da matarsa. Raba dare suka yi kawai suna kallon dukiya suna sumbatu. Hannah kuma ta shaida musu cewar ya ce bai yadda a siya mata ko da cokali ba na kayan daki shi zaiyi komai. Nan Kawu Ahmad ya sake jin wani sabon farin ciki ya lullubeshi. Sai wajen sha biyun dare sannan Hannah da Kawunta da matarsa suka shiga dakunansu don su kwanta. Hannah na shiga nata dakin ta jawo kofa ta bame sai kuwa ta dauko kwalin wayarta ta fara karanta yadda ake amfani da ita. Abun ka da Nasara ya rubuta dalla- dalla yadda ake amfani da ita in har ka iya karanta turanci zaka fahimta nan take karfe daya dai-dai aka kawo wutar lantarki. Hannah ta mike daga kan katifarta taje ta jona caja a soket ta jona wayar sai nan da nan taga ta fara caji. Murna ta rufeta ta koma ta kwanta. Taji bacci yaki zuwa sai tsananin tunanin Haisam. Ta ga da wannan kwanciyar da take tana ta tunani gara ta tashi tayi *yan nafilfili ta godewa Allah da Ya bata abin da ta dade tana nema. Bayan tafiyar Haisam da kwana hudu. Hannah na kwance a dakinta misalin karfe goma sha daya na dare taji wayarta ta hau kara ta zabura ta tashi zaune ta jawo wayar tana kallo taji bata daina karar ba. Sai ta ce a ranta ko Haisam ne yake kira. Ta jawo kwalin wayar da sauri ta sake karanta direction din taga inda ya kamata ta danna idan ankirata. Wayar dai ringin take ana sake radialling. Hannah ta dannan wajen da ya kamata ta dannan don amsawa. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 25 Www.littafanhausane.com.ng Murya ta ji ana cewa Hello Hannah, Hannah, ko ba Hannah ba ce? Haisam ne. Hannah kiyi magana mana ko bakya ji ne? Hannah ta kyalkyale da dariya ta ce “Yaya Haisam kaine? Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Bakauyiya ashe kina jina kina tsoron kiyi magana. Hannah ta gaishe shi ta ce “Kwana biyu shiru banji kayi waya ba kullum da ita nake kwana a kusa da ni wai ko zaka kira cikin dare. Haisam ya ce “Oh I’am very sorry tun shekaran jiya ban zauna ba ina zurga- zurga a airport jiya kuma a jirgi muka kwana. Hannah ta ce “Har kunyi tafiyar. Ya ce “Yanzu ma muna London ni da Ramlah. Hannah ta ce “Lah Yaya ina Aunty Ramlah take mu gaisa. Haisam ya ce “Ramlah ta fita kasuwa kinsan da daddare aka fi yin hidindimu a turai da kasashen larabawa. Hannah lefen mu fa Ramlah ta tafi suyowa lefen auran Haisam da Hannah fa. Hannah tayi dariya ta rungume filo. Haisam ya kashe murya ya ce “Banji kince komai ba Hannah ko daman auren dole za’ayi miki bakya sona? Tayi fari ta yamutse fuska ta ce “Cewa zaka yi ko na daina sonka ne bawai ko bana sonka ba, tunda kasan ina… Sai tayi shiru. Ya ce “Yaya kika yi shiru, da kina me? Hannah ta ce “To ai shikenan a bar maganar. Haisam ya ce “Ai sai kin karasa, so nake daman ki fadi wannan kalmar shi ya sa na tsokano zancen kina me? Hannah ta ce “To yanzu dai so kake inyi rashin kunya Yaya da kunya ince ina… Ta sake yin shiru bata karasa ba. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Hannah kenan aure fa zamu yi yaya za’ayi aure da kunya ai da kin dan fara rarrageta kafin in fizgeta gaba daya in yasar. To ni bari in fada miki abin da nake so ki fadamin kika kasa. Hannah ina sonki. Taji wani abu ya disa a ranta, dadi ya lullubeta tayi ruf da ciki akan katifarta ta dora kanta akan filo tana sauraron daddadar muryarsa. Tayi shiru bata amsa ba ya ce “Hannah, ko bakya jina? Cikin shagwaba da kashe murya ta ce “Yaya ina jinka shirun da nayi wani abune ya disu a zuciyata yake zagayawa ta kwakwalwata nake kokarin warware abun da yake kokarin ya cushe min. Ya lumshe ido ya ce “Kamar yaya fa? Ta nisa ta ce “Ina cikin wata matsananciyar soyayya wacce ta zame min ciwo a raina na fara zama mutum mutumi, gangar jikina na wani wajen zuciyata kuma tana wani waje. A kullum kuma a koda yaushe ina sake-saken wasikar jaki idan ina ido biyu, a bacci kuma ina mafarkan da nake daukarsu tamkar tatsuniya. Sai gashi a yau tatsuniyata ta fara zama gaskiya. Shine nake tunanin shin a mafarki nake jinka ko kuma a ido biyu? Haisam yayi murmushi ya ringisa akan kujerar shakatawa da yake a bakin swimming pool din wani katafaren Hotel da suka sauka a london yake. Ya ce “Hannah this is real, not a dream so our dream come true. I love you, of cours I do. You mean much to me Hannah. I missed you so much. Kafin Haisam ya rufe bakinsa sai yaji muryar Hannah kamar daga sama cikin sanyayyiyar murya ta ce “Yaya Haisam na soka, ina sonka fiye da tunaninka fiye da duk wani mutum a duniya. I love you so much. Ya gyara zama ya ce “Hannah har fiye da tsohon mijinki daya rasu, haba Hannah ko dai don kinga ya rasu ne? Su duka suka kyalkyale da dariya Hannah tama rasa irin amsar da zata bashi. Haka Hannah da Haisam suka kasance suna hira mai dadi har karfe biyun dare sannan suka yi sallama suka ajiye waya. Kowannensu juyi kawai yake yi a kwance don murna bata barsu sun iya yin bacci ba. Kullum haka Haisam yake sai ya tabbatar Hannah ita kadaice shima shi kadai sai ya buga mata waya su kashewa junansu zuciya. Bayan tafiyar Haisam da sati uku *yan uwan Haisam maza suka zo neman auren Hannah suka bada kudin komai da komai sadaki ne da lefe kawai suka rage ba’a bayar ba. Murna wajen Hannah da Haisam abin baya misaltuwa. Watan su Haisam daya da sati biyu da tafiyarsu sannan suka dawo. Cikin ikon Allah sai ga Ramlah tayo tsarabar ciki, kowa murna yake musamman Iyayen Haisam suna jin dadin yadda rayuwar Haisam ta fara gudana kamar ta kowa. Duk inda ka ganshi fara’a yake wasa da dariya da mutane kamar yadda yake a da. Ga wata uwar kiba da yake yi da fari baza kace wannan kashi da ran bane. Ramlah ma kamar tafi Haisam samun canji a rayuwrta saboda itama mafarkinta ya zama gaskiya. Tana samun kulawar Haisam suna zama suyin hira, suci abinci tare su kwanta gado daya, in tayi kwalliya ya daga ido ya kalleta ya ce tayi kyau. Wannan ba karamin canji Ramlah ta samu ba. Mai hakuri yakan dafa dutse yasha romonsa inji Bahaushe. Bayan su Haisam sun dawo da kwana uku dangin Haisam mata suka cika hadaddun motocinsu na alfarma suka nufi Dashi garin su Hannah da lefe da sadaki. Daman Hannah ta sanarwa da Kawunta ranar da zasu zo dan haka suma suka kuke suka harhada suka sissiyo kayan dadi suka hadawa baki abinci da abin sha irin nasu na *yan hutu. Harda Mahaifiyar Ramlah akazo danginta wasu kawai dan suga Hannah suka zo. Cikin rashin sa’a basu sami ganin Hannah ba don tun bakwai na safe Hannah ta gudu ta tafi can garin Magarya gidan wata tsohuwar Kakarta ta buya don kunyar surukan take ji. Dangin Hannah sai suka zama baki bude son tsananin mamaki ganin yawan lefen Hannah tunda suke basu taba ganin irin akwatinan nan ba balle kayan dake ciki. Wasu runduma-runduman akwatina ne masu santsi har guda shida bi da bi ta karshensu *yar kit ce a dankare take da gwala- gwalai da fassion mai tsada irin na turawa. Leshina da shaddoji da kayan tsukewa abun bazai misaltu ba takalma da jakunkuna hadaddu mayuka kuwa da turarruka ba sai na zaiyana ba daman can ya siyo mata balle yanzu, akwatinsu suma daban. Iya Haule surukarta na wajen karben lefen Hannah sai ta zama abun kallo wasu kuma ta zamar musu abun dariya gaba daya saita rikice ta hau surutai. Ita abun ya zamar mata kamar wani rufa ido yanzu duk wannan kayan na Hannah ne, yanzu Hannah ta dage ta tafi ta barta tayi kudi kenan baza ta iya ganinta ba balle ta sata aiki. Allah kenan haka Yake ikonSa. Ansa ranar daurin aure sati biyu kacal suka ce kuma a ranar suke so a zo a tafi da amarya ba sai an bata lokaci ba. Daman sun taho da kudin sadakinsu da kudin dinki duk suka bayar, makudan kudi suka jifgewa dangin Hannah a gabansu. Wasu suka dau kukan murna wasu suka rafsa buda suna kirari. Dangin Haisam sunji dadin yadda aka tarbe su a garin su Hannah. Kamar za’a hadiyesu anata yi musu marhaban da wasa da dariya suka rabu akan nan da sati biyu zasu dawo su tafi da amaryarsu. RANAR DAURIN AURE. Ranar Juma’a ne ranar daurin auren Haisam da Hannah da misalin karfe ukun ranar za’a daura auren bayan sallar juma’a. Garin Dashi ya cika makil da jama’a, taron da ba’a taba yin irinsa ba a garin. Manya-manyan masu kudin Kano sun halarci daurin auren Haisam, abokan Babansa da *yan Uwansu abun sai wanda ya gani harda gwamnan Kano na wannan lokacin ya halarci wannan daurin auren. Dangin Hannah na nesa dana kusa sun hallara, *yan garin kuwa da wadanda aka gaiyata da *yan gaiyar sodi duk sunzo su ganewa idanuwansu kar suji ana fada su basu gani ba. Babu abinda zaka dinga hangowa a garin sai wasu jifga-jifgan motoci bakake masu bakin gilashi sai kuma fararen shaddoji da tsadaddun yadika a jikin manyan masu kudin da suka halarci daurin auren. Kamshin turare har cikin gidajen *yan garin *yan jaridu tududu na nan Nigeria dana Niger suna ta dauka a hoto da bidiyo kaset. Ga Mahaifin Haisam dana Ramlah a kewaye da jama’a. Haisam kuwa ko hangoshi ma baza ka iya yiba saboda jama’a kowa so yake ya gaisa dashi kowa yana so Haisam ya ganshi yasan yazo don duk dangartakarka da Haisam ya ce zaku bata in har baka zo masa wannan daurin aure ba. Kafin karfe hudu har an shafa fatiha an daura auren Haisam ya zama mijin Hannah. Allah Ya bada zaman lafiya, *yan daurin aure maza sun fara shiga motocinsu masu babura da kekuna suma sun fara hawa suna kama gabansu, anci, ansha lemunan gwangwani da ruwan kwalba kudi aka dinga rabawa a wajen daurin auren. Haka ango ya dinga danko kudi yana rabawa mutane don murnar da yake ciki a ranar saida Babansa ya ce ya isa haka sannan ya daina. Maroka duk sun cika aljihunsu da kudi da goro da alewa ga ruwan sanyi sun jika makoshinsu. Kowa yana sanya albarka da fatan zaman lafiya ango da amarya. Bayan maza sun watse motocin da zasu dauki marya da kawayenta da *yan uwanta don rakata gidan mijinta suka karaso kofar gidansu Hannah cikin gidan makil yake da mata ko Hannah baka hangowa mai bidiyo kaset dakyar ya nemo amarya ya haskata. Hannah ta caba ado da wani rantsattsen leshi baki mai adon rawayar fulawa tasa goggoro rawaya takalmi da jakarta baki. Fararen hannayenta da kafafuwanta sunsha fulawar lalle. Kirjinta da kunnuwanta da hannayenta dambara-dambaran gwalagwalaine. Babu abin da zaka ji idan ka matso Hannah sai kamshin turaren wuta (Dukan) don tsuma da tun ana saura wata guda auren, Kakarta ta dinga tsumata ciki da waje abunka da Azbinawa sunsan sirrin shirya amarya tayi tsaf ciki da bai. An dilke fatar Hannah an gurjeta da kayan gayaran jiki tayi sumul-sumul ta kara jawur. Abunka da farare jawur jawur zaka dinga hangowa a cikin gidan, gashi yalo-yalo har baya dangin Hannah dai-daine bakake duk jajaye ne. Motar da za’a dauki amarya tafi kowacce girma da kyau. Hannah ta shiga ita da Hajir matar Kawunta da sauran sa’anninta *yan Uwanta dan ita bata da kawaye *yan Uwanta ne kawayenta. Tsofaffi suka dinga duruwa sauran motocin kana shiga sai kaji wani sanyi ya daki hancinka. A.C ce ta gauraye motocin. Hatta manya-manyan bus din da aka turo masu A.C ne da labulaye a wundunan. Duk yawan motocin da Haisam ya turo sai da wasu suka rasa saboda yawan jama’ar Da suke so suje Kano suga gidan Amarya. Motoci suka fara tafiya sai Hannah ta kece da kuka tana dagowa mutane maza da mata hannu. Har aka iso Kano Hannah kuka take su Hajir suna lallashinta tayi shiru. Can ta tuna da Mahaifinta dama ace yana nan da rai mana wannan daula da tazo mata data taimaka masa, haka yayi rayuwarsa har ya mutu a cikin talauci sai kuka ya kece mata. Sai da magariba suka isa gidan Amarya a wata Unguwar jigajigan masu kudin Kano gidan Hannah yake mai suna Nassarawa G.R.A Rigiji gafji Haisam ya tantsama gida duk layin babu mai girman na Haisam da kyau. Aka wangame jifgegen get din gidan motocin duk suka shigo farfajiyar gidan, amma duk da haka ga fili nan fetal wasu motocin ma fiye da biyar zasu iya shigowa ciki saboda filin farfajiyar gidan babba ne. Fulawoyi ne a shuke a jikin katangar gidan ga tsuntsaye nan da dawisu da talo-talo a zube a farfajiyar gidan suna ta shawagi. Sanyi kalau ciki saboda wasu zagayayyun duwatsu aka gina masu bulbulo da ruwa yana tashi sama. Kasan da ake takawa abun a kalla ne balle cikin gidan. Gidan bangare biyu ne iri daya ga wani dankareren gida a tsakiyarsu. Sai aka nuna musu gidan Hannah na gefen dama suka duru a ciki wai! Wai!! Wai!!! Ai suna shiga ciki suka ga ashe basu ga komai a waje ba. Sanyi da kamshi ne zai fara dukan fuskarka sai walkiyar tiles da fitulu su fara walle maka ido sannan ka fara cin karo da kayatattun kujeru a wani katafaren falo ga wajen cin abinci mai dauke da kujeru da tebur a tsakiyarsu, gefe guda kuma wani falo zaka taka wata matattakala tayi kasa shima a gefe. Ga makeken kicin nan mai dauke da manya-manyan furij da furiza ga cooker gas da kayan kicin gaba daya koren launi ne aka hada. Hatta cokulan dake kicin din koraye ne har lokokin kicin din. Dakuna uku ne a gidan daya a kasa kowanne da bandakinsa a ciki da gada dan kamfani da mudubi da waduruf. Biyu kuma a sama makada-makadan hadaddun gidaje ne yafi na kasa, suma da bandakunansu a ciki da wani katafaren falo a saman. Duk kusurwar gidan an ajijiye fulawoyi irin na robar nan masu kama dana gaske. Ga kayan kallo da na jin kida a faluka, kowanne daki kuma akwai talabijin ana hada ta da tauraron dan Adam (settelite). Tunda Hannah ta shiga gidan kukan dadi take a zuciyarta kuma tana hamdala tana yiwa Allah kirari tana gode maSa. Allah Akbar. Karfe takwas dai-dai bayan duk sunyi salloli sai Haisam yayiwa Hannah waya ya ce ta shirya ita da kawayenta kawai banda tsofaffi da yara zai turo motoci azo a dauke su matar gwamna ta shirya musu liyafa a Tahir quest palace har mutane sun fara zuwa tayi sauri. Hannah ta shaidawa kawayenta nan fa duk suka fara shiri, ita kuwa ta fada wanka ta fito ta tarar Haisam ya aiko mota da wasu kaya da takalmi da jakarsu da ribon duk kalarsu daya ya ce inji matar gwamna ta ce ta saka. Kayan kansu abin kallo ne wata shadda-shadda, leshi-leshi mai surfani riga da zani anyiwa zanin kwalliya dankwalin kayan kuma an nadoshi kamar goggoro irin kayan nan ne da ake dinkowa daga Senegal to wannan na musamman ne sai irin matan gwamnonin ne suke siyansu. Hannah ta saka kayan nan ta tufke gashinta da ribon kalar kayan ta dora goggoron kayan bayan hoda da jagira da janbaki da tasha tazo ta saka tsadaddun sarka da dankunne irin kalar kayan, ga takalmi da jaka ta dana. Sai kowa ya bude baki yana kallon kyawu daga Allah. Hannah ta zama kamar wata tauraruwa mai haske a cikin taurarin masu disasshe haske. Sai walkiya take, Hajir ta fesheta da turarurruka designer sai kawayenta suka take mata baya suka fito suka shiga motocin suka nufi Tahir quest palace dake Lamido cresent. A bakin get din hotel suka iske Haisam da tulin abokansa suna zazzaune akan motocinsu suna jiran isowar su Hannah. Hannah na isowa suka bude baki suna kallon ikon Allah. Ko a mafarki basu dauka zasu ga amaryar Haisam kyakkyawa kamar balarabiya ba. Musamman da suka je daurin auren suka ga wannan kauyen sai duk suka raina bikin suke cewa banda soyayya ma me Haisam zaiyi da matan kauyen nan, a bayan idonsa amma fa. Ashe wannan *yar kauyen ta ninka matansu na birni haduwa. Suna ganin Hannah kamar idan akayi mata Hausa baza ta iya mayarwa ba tsabar babu wata surarta guda daya data yi kama da Bahaushiya. Ta karaso ita da kawayenta wajen da suke, tayi *yar siririyar dariya ta duka kadan ta gaishe su duk suka amsa. Haisam kam ko amsawama ya kasa yi sai murmushi yake ya kura mata ido. Ya mika mata hannu wai su gaisa sai Hannah tasa hannu ta rufe ido. Abokansa suka hau cewa ai yanzu Hannah amarya komai yazo karshe babu kunya Haisam ya zama mijinki. Haisam ya diro daga kan mota ya rike hannun Hannah abokansa da kawayenta suka take musu baya suka dunguma zuwa wani katafaren dakin taro (conference hall) inda ake gudanar da liyafar, ashe jama’a jingim sun taru isowar ango da amarya kawai ake jira. Hall din haske ne tar kamar safiya ga wani sanyin na’urar sanyaya daki wasu dogayen tebura ne tafka-tafka a jejjere a cikin dakin taron jama’a maza da mata a zazzaune. Kwalayen lemune da kofunan tangaran da robar ruwa a gabansu, gefe guda kuma masu kida ne da gangunansu a gefe *yan police band suna dan kadawa a hankali kafin a fara gudanar da biki. Hannah na shiga taga idanuwa cununu akanta gaba daya an tsaya ana kallonsu. Tebur guda Ramlah ce da kawayenta hadaddun *yan boko duk sun zubo mata ido. Hannah ta dago ta kalli Ramlah sai taga Ramlah tayi mata murmushi itama ta mayar mata. Koda kuwa ta hada ido da sauran kawayen Ramlah sai taga harararta suke da kallon banza. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai kasa suka wuce hannunta gam a hannun Haisam suka nufi kan wani kayataccen dogon teburi akan wata matattakala (high table) da kayatattun kujeru guda biyu irin na ango da amarya. Anan suka zauna sannan kowa ya dau tafi. Abokan ango da kawayen amarya suma suka sami kujera suka zazzauna. Babban abokin Haisam wani mai surutu mai suna Jibril (jibson) shine yake jawabi a lasfika. Bayan ya bude taro da addu’a ya ce ga matar mai girma gwamna nan da tawagarta suna shigowa wacce ta hada wannan taron itama tazo taya ango da amarya murna kowa ya zauna yayi tsit ana kallon kofar shigowa wadanda basu taba ganinta a fili ba suna so suga yaya take a fili wadanda daman sun taba ganinta suna so suga wanne irin kayane a jikinta musamman mata masu tsegumi irinsuuuuu ana jira aga wanne irin leshi yau zata saka, wacce irin jaka kuma zata rike. Dan daman an san Uwargidan mai girma gwamna akwai iya tsala kwalliya kuma irin ta hadaddun *yan boko, ga gayu da kyau. Hmmm GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter26 Mai girma Uwar gidan gwamna ce ta sako kafarta cikin katafaren dakin taron gefenta matar mataimakin gwamna ce daya gefen ta kuma wasu daga cikin matan kwamishinonin gwamna suma sun doshi goma bayansu kuma wasu mata ne guda biyu inyamurai suna tsaye da riga da suit da dan gajeren siket iyakar gwiwowinsu sune body guards dinta (S.S.). Dogon tebur guda aka ware mata da tawagarta. Suka zazzauna ita ce a tsakiya. Kayan jikinta irin na Hannah sai kalarce ta ban-banta, na Hannah green ne na matar gwamna kuma komai nata pink ne. Hannah ta kalli matar mai girma gwamna ta sake kallonta sosai itama matar gwamna ta juyo ta kalli Hannah suka hada ido tayi mata murmushi. Hannah ta juya ta kalli Haisam taga shima kallonta yake sai tayi murmushi ta ce “Yaya amma matar gwamna nan tayi kama da wata kawata. Haisam ya ce “Kawarki Nusaiba ko? Ta ce “Ashe kaima ka gani wallahi sak Nusaiba Idris. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Ai ba kama bace Nusaiba ce cewa tayi kar in gaya miki sai dai kawai ki ganta. Hannah ta dafe kirji don mamaki tana cewa “Wayyo Allah yanzu wannan Nusaiba Idris ce ashe zan sake ganin Nusaiba a rayuwata? Hall ya cika ya tumbatsa da hamshakan matan masu kudi a hankali Hannah ta dinga hango wasu daga cikin kawayensu *yan makarantarsu ta hango Rauda ma a zaune a gefen Nusaiba. Ta ce ashe Rauda zata girma tayi tsawo da kiba? Mai waqane yake cashewa, kannen Ramlah da Haisam suna cashewa su Amratu. Sai Jibril mai jawabi a lasafika ya ce a bawa amarya da ango fili su fito su cashe. Kowacce ta koma ta zauna. Hannah ta kalli Haisam shima yana kallonta taji wani nauyi yaya za’ayi ta fito tayi rawa ita da Yaya Haisam a matsayinsa na Malaminta wanda take matukar jin kunyar. Sai taji ya kamo hannunta suka mike gaba daya suka fara saukowa daga kan stage. Ramlah ta aika wani kaninta wajen masu kida ta ce police band ne zasu kadawa ango da amarya wakar sarmadan kauna in tayi dadewa mutuwa ce ke rabawa. Haka kuwa akayi police band suka saki kida da waka. Ango da amarya ne kadai a tsakiyar fili. Ango ya tsaya cak yana kallon Amarya, itama amarya a tsaye take ta daga kai tana kallon Haisam. Sai hawaye yake zubowa daga idanuwanta, yasa hannu yana goge mata. Sai shima hawaye ya fara diso masa. Sai Ramlah ta taso tazo tana zuba musu kudi abunka da mata sarakan bidi’a nan fa kowacce tana ji da kudi ta bude bakin jaka ta nufo fili don ta yiwa ango da amarya liki. Jiddah (Hidaya) aka fi kiranta dashi matar Yaya Habib ta fara tasowa filin ta dinga yiwa Ramlah liki da *yan dubu dai-dai dake aminiyar Ramlah ce sosai. Sai sauran kawayensu suka shigo fili suna likawa Ramlah kudi daga *yan dari biyar-biyar sai *yan dubu-dubu ita kuma Ramlah tana likawa mijinta da amaryarsa kudi. Matar gwamna Haj. Nusaiba ta dinga liki ai kuwa police band da suka ga ruwan kudi sai suka saka himma suna sake dukan ganga. Lallai biki yayi biki Hannah ta rungume Nusaiba da Raudah sai hawayen farin ciki suke yi. Ba’a tashi daga taro ba sai karfe daya da rabi na dare. Bayan anci ansha an cashe. Kwanan dangin Hannah biyu a gidan amarya kawai suna shakwatawa sai da Kawu Ahmed ya aiko ya ce maza-maza su hado su dawo su dukkansu kar a rage kowa sannan suka tarkato suka tafi ba’a son ran su ba. Hannah kuka suma kuka suka shiga motoci suka tafi. A hanya ne dangin Hannah suke yiwa Iya Haule habaici ganin duk jikinta yayi sanyi ganin Allah Ya sakawa Hannah da gidan tangaran ma bana suminti ba. Wata Kakar Hannah ce ta fara cewa “Allah Ya bawa Hannah gida, gida kamar ba’a duniya ba. Wata ta sake cewa “Oh harda ake tada jijiyar wuya wai baza akai Hannah gidan sumunti ba ashe gidan tangaran ma Allah zai bata. Sauran suka tsoma baki suna yabawa Inna Haule magana. Innah Haule tayi tsuru-tsuru a zaune a mota tasan da ita ake tasan tayi kuma ba sharri akayi mata ba. Suna tafiya masu aiki mata suka shigo bangaren Hannah suka hau kalkalewa suka wanke ban dakuna suka shisshinfida sababbin zannuwan gado suka feshe gidan da turarurrukan kamshi. Wani kuku ne a kicin yana ta shirya mata abinci kala-kala. Hannah tayi kuri a zaune a katafaren dakinta dake sama ita kadai sai talabijin ta rasa meke damunta murna take ko bakin ciki. Taji ana kiran sallar magariba sai ta tashi ta shiga ban daki ta dauro alwala tazo ta shimfida abin sallah tayi sallar magariba da nafilfilin data saba. Ta zauna tana lazumi har sai da taji ana kiran sallar isha’i sannan ta tashi ta kawo sallar isha’i. Ta idar tana linke abin sallar ne taji wayar dake ajiye a gefen gadonta tana kara ta dauka a hankali gami da cewa Hello, sai taji muryar wani bagware ne turanci yake yi ya ce, “Madam nine kukunki daga kicin nake yi miki waya na gama abinci na jere miki a kan darning table zan iya tafiya babu wani abu da za’a dafa miki? Hannah taji wani abu banbarakwai wai namiji da suna Zainabu. Abu na farko daya bata mamaki wai yau ita ce Madam ake shaida mata an gama abinci tazo ta ci kawai in harma akwai wani abunda take so a dafa mata ta fada. Mamaki na biyu kuma shine yaya za’ayi a bar garjejen Namiji bama Bahaushe bane ya shiga gidan matar aure yana dafa mata abinci daga ita sai shi wannan ba tsarin Musulunci bane. Hannah ta ce zai iya tafiya babu wani abu da zaiyi mata. Taji motsin bude kofarsa ya fita. Ta zauna a gefen gado tayi shiru tana tunani. Can ta tuna ashefa yanzu ita amarya ce, kuma tunda babu kowa watakila Haisam ya shigo bari taje tayi wanka ta sake tsala kwalliya irin ta matan da suka san darajar mazansu. Tayi sauri ta fada ban daki ta dinga salla wanka ga sabulai nan kala-kala har dana ruwa. Tana fitowa ta zauna akan mudubin dake shake da kayan shafe-shafe ta fara rangada kwalliya da fesa turarurruka duk jikinta. Tasha hoda da jan baki da gazal ta zubo gashin kanta har baya bata tufke ba ta barshi bazar. Ta saka wani dogon siket na jeans da wata *yar yaloluwar riga bulawus mai dogon hannu da dan budadden kirji. Tasa wani takalmi marar nauyi mai kama da sosan katifa ta fara saukowa daga kan benen. Tana isowa babban falon da ke kasa sai taji wayar da ke ajiye a falon tana kara. Hannan ta karasa kan teburin da wayar take a ajiye tasa hannu ta dauka sai taji muryar Ramlah ce take fara’a ta ce “Hello amarya yaya kadaici ke kadai yau kowa ya watse an barki ko? Aiya don’t worry haka rayuwar aure take sai a hankali zaki saba. Amma yau bazan barki ki kwana ke kadai ba zan kawo miki mai taya ki kwana gamu nan zuwa. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Aunty Ramlah ina yini. Ramalah ta ce “Lafiya kalau kanwata gamu nan ma zuwa sai mu gaisa sosai. Suka ajiye kan waya. Hannah tayi jigum a tsaye tana mamakin yadda Ramlah take fara’a da nuna mata so da kauna ta ce a ranta “Allah kenan, ya hadani da duk abinda zanji sanyi a rayuwata. To wa Aunty Ramlah zata kawo mun ta taya ni kwana ina jin Amratu ce kai ko dai Haimsa ne? Hannah ta dubi matsattsun kayan dake jikinta taga gaskiya baza ta iya sakewa ba a gaban Haisam. Sai ta koma sama ta dora doguwar riga baka mai dan kwala kafin ta sauka sai taji muryar Ramlah tana sallama a falon kasa. Hannah ta sauka tana rangwada ta karaso wajen da Ramlah da Haisam suke tsaye tayi dariya ta ce “Sannunku da zuwa kuzo ku zauna. Suka zazzauna dukkan su fuskarsu cike da fara’a. Hannah ma ta zauna a kunyace ta gaishe suka amsa. Ramlah ta ce “Munzo muci abincin don yau anan zamu ci abinci in tayaku hira in tafi in barku, ko baki yi abincin damu bane? Sai a lokacin Hannah ta dubi dinning table taga katan teburi cike yake da manyan food flask din abinci tayi murmushi ta ce “Aunty na isa in ki yin abinci daku, da ku aka yi. Suka mimmike suka nufi dinnin area. Haisam ne a tsakiya Ramlah a gefensa na hagu, Hannah na daya gefen, suka fara zuzzubawa a filet suna ci suna hira. Ba sosai Hannah da Haisam suka cika magana ba, Ramlah ce take ta zuba surutu suna jinta suna satar kallon junansu. Bayan sun kammala suka dawo kan kujerun falo suka zazzauna suna kallon wani fim da ake yi a sonny. Haisam ne a tsakiyar kan doguwar kujera Hannah na gefensa Ramlah na daya gefen nasa duk a doguwar kujerar suke. Haisam ya nisa yayi gayaran murya ya ce “Uwar gida Ramlah tare da amarya Hannah babu abinda zance daku sai godiya. Ina fatan alheri a rayuwarmu gaba daya ina fatan Allah Ubangiji Ya bamu zaman lafiya. Ramlah ke ce babba kuma alhamdulillahi kin nuna halin manya kinyi mana halacci babu abunda zance miki sai Allah Ya saka miki da alheri da gidan Aljannah. Ramlah kin kasance mai tsananin hankali da tunani dan haka don Allah ina rokarki da kici gaba da yadda kika fara kici gaba da nunawa kanwarki kuma abokiyar zamanki Hannah kaunar da kike nuna mata kada ki saurari mazuga masu zuwa suyi zuga don su hargitsa ma’aurata. Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Haba Haisam ya kamata ka fahimceni idan nasa raina nace zanyi abu gaskiya babu mai zugani in fasa. Ina sonka da yawa naga ya dace in so duk abunda kake so don haka naji har raina ina son Hannah musamman na lura Hannah nada ladabi da son zaman lafiya, insha Allahu zamu zauna lafiya. Haisam ya juya ya kalli Hannah wacce kanta yake a sunkuye a kasa tana wasa da dan yatsanta yayi murmushi ya ce “Amarya ke baki ce komai ba. Hannah ta dago kai tayi murmushi ta ce “Insha Allahu zamu zauna lafiya zan zama mai yin biyayya a gareku kuma ni tsakanina daku sai godiya Allah Ya saka da alheri. Ramlah da Haisam suka amsa da “Amin. Ramlah ta yunkura ta mike tsaye fuskarta cike da fara’a ta kalli Haisam ta juya ta kalli Hannah ta ce “To amarya da ango zan tafi in barku sai da safe. Haisam ya ce “Uwar gida tafiya zaki yi bari mu raka ki har gidanki ko? Hannah ta mike suka dunguma suka fita suka nufi bangaren Ramlah. Haisam na tsakiya suna tafe suna hira har kofar shiga bangarenta suka raka Ramlah, Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Rakiyar ta isa haka ku koma ni dai gudunmawata da zan baku anan ita ce na bawa kanwata kwana goma da angonta ku huta sosai. Hannah tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai ta ce “A’a Aunty Ramlah kwana biyu ya isa. Haisam ya harari Hannah ya ce “Maimakon ki yi godiya shine kike ki har guduna kike? Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya. Ramlah ta juya ta shiga gida ta ce “Ni dai na barku lafiya sai da safenku. Tana shiga ta turo ta rufe tasa mukulli ta bame sai ta sulale ta zube a kasa yayin da wani zazzafan hawaye ya dinga zubo mata tsananin kishi ya kamata saboda tana son Haisam matukar so babu yadda ta iya dole taso abunda yake so. Hmmmm Kishi kumallon Mata, uhm. Haisam da Hannah suka juya suka nufi bangaren Hannah, suna tafiya a hankali suna hira. Haisam ya kai hannu zai rike mata hannu sai yaga ta goce tayi gefe. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Allah Ya baki hakuri Hannata na fasa rike miki hannu tunda rowa kike min. Suka shigo cikin gida Haisam ya jawo kofar falon ya datse. Haisam ya ce da Hannah “Zo muje sama muyi sallah. Hannah ta langwabar da kai cikin siririyar murya ta ce “Yaya nayi sallar isha’i tun dazu. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Ai nafila zamu yi. Ta mike kanta a sunkuye a kasa ta wuce gaba Haisam na biye da ita suka hau sama. Daki Hannah ta wuce kai tsaye ta shiga ban daki. Haisam kuma sai ya shiga daya dakin yana shiga sai ya cire kayansa ya daura tawul ya shiga ban daki don ya sake watsa ruwa a jikinsa bayan yayi wankan ne ya dauro alwala yana fitowa ya wuce wajen katuwar waduruf din dake dakin ya bude wani bangare kayan sawarsa ne da kayan bacci. Ya zabi wasu kayan bacci masu kyau da laushi tubus auduga ne zalla riga ce gajeriya iya cinya mai dogon hannu da dogon wando farare ne sol anyi musu fulawa da kalar shudi sababbine gar a ledarsu ya ciro ya saka a jikinsa ya juya ya nufi wajen mudubi wanda aka dankareshi da mayukan shafawa da mayukan nan masu kamshi kana ya feshe duk ilahirin jikinsa da tufafinsa da tsadaddun turarurruka masu masifar kamshi wannan na cewa wane wannan suka hadu suka bada wani daddadan kamshi. Haisam ya dauko comp ya taje gashinsa ya mulke da man gashi sai kamshi, hakika ko shi da kansa yasan yayi kyau a daren nan balle wacce yayi dominta. Ya fito ya nufi dakin da Hannah take zaune gefen gado ya ganta tayi shiru tana jiransa. Yayi sallama ya shigo ta dago ta dube shi suka sakarwa juna murmushi ta amsa masa cikin sanyayyiyar murya. Ya ce “Oh sorry my love na barki kina jirana ko? Tayi murmushi ta ce ba komai ai baka dadeba. Ya bude wadruf ya dauko wata katuwar sallaya ya shimfida ya juya ya kalli Hannah to Bismillah zo bayana ki tsaya zamu yi sallah raka’a biyu ta godiya ga Allah da Ya nuna mana wannan ranar da muka zama miji da mata da kuma yin addu’ar Allah Ya kade mana duk wata fitina Ya bamu zaman lafiya da zuri’a ta gari ko ba haka bane? Hannah tasa hannu ta rufe ido saboda murna da farin cikin daya rufeta da kunya ta ce “Haka ne Yaya. Bayan sun idar Haisam ya daga hannu sama yana kwararo addu’oi Hannah na amsa masa da amin daga karshe suka shafa. Haisam ya juyo yana kallon Hannah kallo mai kunshe da tsananin soyayya da sha’awa ji yake tamkar ya hadiyeta a daren yau. Ta sunkuyar da kanta kasa tana murmushi mai hade da kunya. Ya nisa ya ce “Zo nan kusa dani Hannah. Ta matso kusa dashi ta zauna, ya ce “Nan kusa dani zaki matso sosai. Ta sake matsowa daf dashi ta zauna yasa hannu ya shafa gefen fuskarta a hankali har zuwa gefen wuyanta yayin da dankwalinta ya sulale zai Shigo cikin www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin qarisa karanta chapter26 fadi kasa tayi sauri taja dankwalin ta daura ta dan ja da baya. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Ja da baya ma kike? Naga dole ki cire wannan bakar doguwar rigar da dankwalin ki saka rigar barci ko dasu zaki kwana? Hannah ta gyada kai ta ce “Da su zan kwana. Haisam yayi dariya ya mike yaje ya bude wadruf ya zabowa Hannah wata tsaleliyar rigar bacci. Rigar *yar karama ce iya gwiwa yaloluwa marar nauyi mai shara-shara, kalar pink ce anyi mata kwalliya da wani gashi mai laushi a kasan rigar da wuya, hannun rigar dan siriri ne wanda za’a iya daureshi ko a kwance. Ya ciro ta daga leda ya mikawa Hannah ya ce “Ina ganin gara kisa wannan zaki fi jin dadin bacci tunda bata da nauyi. Hannah ta karba ta daga rigar don taga yaya girman rigar take, sai taji gabanta ya yanke ya fadi saboda ita a gaskiya tana jin nauyi da kunyar Yaya Haisam yaya za’ayi ta iya sa wannan *yar riga a gabansa. Tana son Haisam matuka amma bata jin zata iya kwana a gado daya dashi zuciyarta ta tuno mata yadda Haisam yake da girma da kima a idanuwanta tamkar wani Kawunta take ganinsa saboda dawainiyar da yasha da ita tun tana yarinya. Haisam ya ce “Tashi ki saka ko inzo in taya ki balle maballin. Hannah ta ce “A’a, ta tashi ta mike ta tafi can lungun gado ta cire dankwalin rigar ta cire doguwar rigar sai matsattsen siket da rigar da suke jikinta (boody hook). Haisam ya koma kan kujerar da take gaban madubi ya zauna yayin da idanuwansa suke tsaye cak a kan Hannah, ta juyo ta dube shi taga ita yake kallo sai ta dauki rigar baccin ta nufi bandaki. Haisam ya ce “Ina za ki kuma? Cikin kunya kanta a sunkuye a kasa ta ce “Ban daki zanje in canja. Haisam ya bude baki zaiyi magana sai wayarsa ta fara kara. Hannah ta fada bandaki ta rufe kofa tasa makulli ta bame. Ya duba yaga mai yi masa waya sai yaga Safiyanu ne abokinsa daga Kaduna. Ya danna ya ce “Safiyanu yaya kake? Safiyanu ya kyalkyale da dariya ya ce “Daman na bugo ne don inyi tsokana in dami ango da amarya. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Babu kyau fa zaka dauki alhaki. Safiyanu ya ce “Tunda baka yi barci ba yanzu taimaka ka dubo min lambar Shafi’u na Dubai da kace saika zauna, yi hakuri ka bani yanzu saboda gobe fa zan tafi Dubai ina so in neme shi idan naje can. Haisam yayi ajiyar zuciya ya ce “Safiyanu ban da kaine wallahi da bazan fita ba a yanzu sai na je mota fa sannan zan dubo maka a diaryna. Safiyanu ya ce “Na sani abokina taimaka min nasan abun is not easy ango danye sharab kamar ka, ka fita kabar amarya at this late hours sorry dan Allah, ka mika min gaisuwata zuwa ga kanwata Hannah. Suna hira a waya Haisam ya bude kofar dakin ya fita ya sauko kasa ya bude kofa ya nufi wajen da motoci suke. Bayan Hannah ta shiga ban daki sai ta fada wanka ta fito, ta saka rigar ta dubi kanta a madubi ta ganta tamkar wata baturiya rigar tayi matukar yi mata kyau har da wani ribon na daure gashi a sakale a jikin rigar. Hannah ta daure gashinta dashi. Ta sake kallon kanta a jikin mudubi sai taga duk ilahirin jikinta tana gani a cikin rigar sai ta girgiza kai ta ce a ranta gaskiya bazan yarda Yaya Haisam ya ganni a haka ba. Ta tsaya tayi shiru a bandaki tana tunanin yadda za’ayi ta fito a haka. Ta bude wata lokar gilas dake makale a jikin bangon ban dakin sai taga abubuwa ne kala-kala na gyaran baki, masu sa baki yayi kamshi, huci yayi wasai. Ta fara karanta jikinsu daya bayan daya don ta sanin amfaninsu da yadda za’ayi amfani dasu. Bayan tayi brush sai ta shiga daukar kowannesu tana amfani dashi. Na kuskure baki ta kurba ta kuskure na fesawa ta fesa. Sai da ta dauki tsawon minti goma sha biyar tana abu daya. Da ta gama sai tazo ta bude kofar a hankali ta leko sai taga Haisam baya nan, ta fito daga ban dakin ta sake duba ko ina Haisam baya nan taji dan sanyi a ranta don da fargaba da kunya sun isheta. Ta nufi gaban madubi, nan fa ta zauna tana rangwada kwalliya shafe-shafe da feshe-feshen turare. Hannah ta kalli kanta da kanta tasan dole ne ma yau Haisam ya rikice saboda tayi kyau sosai. Hmm su Hanna sarakan iyayi GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter27 Bayan ta gama kwalliyar ne ta tashi daga gaban mudubin, ta tsaya cak a tsakiyar dakin tana shawarar yadda zata yi. Shin ta hau gado ta lulluba ne? Ko ta datse kofa da mukulli tayi kwanciyarta ne, ko kuma ta koma ban daki ta rufe kanta ne? A gaskiya Yaya Haisam ba zaiji dadi ba, ita kuwa bata son ta bata masa rai ko kadan a rayuwarta saboda Haisam bai taba bari wani ya bata mata rai ba balle shi da kansa burinsa kullum ya faranta mata ya ganta cikin farin ciki. Ji tayi burum ya bude kofa ya shigo, ta tsorata taja da baya. Haisam ya kura mata ido yana yi mata murmushi ya tura kofar dakin ya rufe da mukulli ya nufo inda Hannah ke tsaye a hankali. Yasa hannhu biyu ya jawota kan kirjinsa ya rungumeta tsam yayin da dukkansu zuciyoyinsu suka hau bugawa a lokaci guda kowannensu yana jin yadda ta danuwansa ke bugawa don tsananin farin cikin da suka tsinci kansu a wannan lokaci. Kowannensu kwakwalwarsa na kokarin ta tantance masa shin da gaske ne ko kuwa mafarki suke yi. Hannah ta dago da kanta a hankali ta kalli Haisam don ta tabbatar shi din ne kuwa, dai-dai lokacin shima ya dago yana kallonta don shima ya tantance tunanin da yake irin na Hannah ne. Cikin sanyayyar murya Haisam ya ce “Hannah kece kuwa ko mafarkinki nake yi kamar yadda na saba yi kullum? Da kyar ta iya magana ta gyada kai ta kashe ido ta ce “Abun da nake so in tabbatar kenan don nima ina kokonto a zuciyata. Kafin ta rufe bakinta sai taji bakinsa cikin bakinta. Nan da nan ta sulale ta tsuguna a kasa tasa hannu ta rufe fuskar ta. Haisam ya tsuguna a gabanta yasa hannu ya dago da fuskarta yayi mata kallon ido cikin ido ya ce “Kada ki manta ada GANGAR JIKINKI bata tare da ni RUHINKI ne yake tare da ni, amma a yanzu GANGAR JIKINKI DA RUHINKI suna tare dani don haka karki ji nauyina ni mijinki ne. Ya mike tsaye ya jawo hannunta ya tasheta tsaye suka zubawa juna ido. Ta kashe ido cikin zazzakar murya ta ce “Kaine farin cikina, abun yardata, abun alfaharina abun da nafi so a rayuwata na mallaka maka zuciyata tuntuni a yanzu kuma na mallaka maka GANGAR JIKINAAAA. Ta dora kanta akan kirjinsa ta lumshe ido yayin da shi kuma yasa hannunsa daya ya rungumeta yasa daya hannun yana shafar lallausan gashin kanta. Hakika ma’auratan nan yau sun fi kowa farin ciki a rayuwarsu jinsu suke tamkar ba’a cikin duniya suke ba domin a wannan duniyar tamu akwai bacin rai su kuwa basa ji, ana ciwo su kuwa sumul suke ji sai tsantsar farinciki da yake nukurkusarsu. A tsakiyar gado Hannah ta jita yayin da Haisam ya shiga sumbatarta, yana sinsinar kamshin da takeyi, yana lasar duk ilahirin sassan jikinta. Sai a yau Hannah tasan tayi aure kuma ta sami tsantsar soyayyah har dama yadda ake yinta, ashe Bello Madu shafar mai yake yi mata bai san yaya ake yin soyayya ba. Kuma shima Haisam sai yau yasan yayi aure don da zuciyarsa a dagule take hankalinsa a tashe yake idan yana tare da Ramlah!!! shi kansa bai san sanda yake yiwa Hannah wasu abubuwan ba sun raya daren yau sunna. Yau ango da amaryarsa idanuwansu basu ga barci ba. A kunnensu aka kira assalatu. Dakyar da sudin goshi Hannah ta samu ta zare jikinta daga jikin Haisam don ya cukukuiyeta ya rungume ta kam kamar zai fasa kirjinsa ya zurata a ciki. Hannah ta mike da kyar saboda duk gabobinta sun jigata, ta shiga ban daki tana shiga ta sakarwa kanta shayar ruwan zafi ta dai-daita ta surka da ruwan sanyi daidai wanka. Bayan ta gama wanka sai ta daura alwala ta fito sai Haisam ma ya shiga. Bayan ya fito ne sai ya saka wata doguwar riga Hannah kuma ta saka bakar doguwar riga mai dan kwali suka yi jam’i suka yi salla. Ba su bar kan sallaya ba sai da gari yayi haske kamar karfe bakwai na safe suna lazimi da hailala da hamdala ga Ubangijinsu Sarkin Sarakuna daYa basu dama da ikon yin aure. Saboda suna tsananin kaunar junansu. Hannah ta mike tabar Haisam a zaune yana jan carbi ta fita ta sauka kasa ta shiga kicin. Butar ruwan zafi ta jona ta cika flask saita fasa kwai da yawa ta soya waina masu kaurin gaske ta zuba a faranti ta debo ta hau sama.. A kwance akan gado taga Haisam har ya fara dan bacci, bude kofar da tayi ne ta tashe shi. Ya daga ido ya dubeta sai yayi murmushi ya ce “Daman kicin kika shiga da sassafen nan. Hannah tayi dariya tazo ta ajiye katan faranti me dauke da plate din wainar kwai da flask din ruwan zafi. Ta sake fita ta dauko wani faranti mai dauke da kofuna biyu da cokula kanana da madara, suga da millo ta zo ta ajiye a kusa da farantin farko, ta karaso wajen gado inda Haisam yake kwance ta durkusa har kasa cikin sassanyar murya ta gaishe shi, ya makale murya yana kwaikwayon maganarta ya amsa. Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya. Haisam ya tashi zaune ya zuro kafafuwansa kasa daga kan gado ya jawo Hannah a jikinsa ya ce “Hannah ai yanzu nafi karfin gaisuwar ina kwana Yaya a wajenki. Kinsan irin gaisuwar da zaki dinga yimin? Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Ban sani ba. Ya ce “Duk sanda zaki gaishe ni idan ni dakene sai kizo ki tsotsi bakina ki rada mun a kunne gaisuwar, idan kuma da mutane a wajen sai ki mika min hannu mu gaisa. Irin wannan gaisuwar zaki dinga yiwa Yayarki Ramlah ki mika mata hannu kuyi musabaha sannan ku gaisa. Hannah ta ce “Zanyi yadda ka ce insha Allah. Yayi murmushi ya ce “Na gode my love, af na manta ban tambaye ki ba yaya jiya? Hannah ta rufe fuska da tafikan hannunta ta ce “Shi yasa naga ya dace kasha ruwan tea da sassafen nan saboda na ga ka gaji. Haisam ya harareta ya ce “Au nine ma na gaji banda ke? To gobe ko ruwan tea din ma baza ki iya tashi ki dora ba ni da ke zanga wanda zai iya motsi da safe, ai tausayinki naji yau. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Yi hakuri dan Allah ni ba haka nake nufi ba. Bayan sun gama karin kumallo ne suka koma kan gado suka kwanta. Hannah na kwance akan kirjin Haisam tana shafawa a hankali yayin da shi kuma yake shafar gashinta da gefen fuskarta ya zuwa wuyanta suna hira mai dadi har barci mai dadi ya sure su, kowannensu ya dora da mafarkin dan uwansa. Basu tashi farkawa ba sai karfe biyu saura kwata ana sallar Azahar. Bayan sunyi wanka sun caba ado sunyi sallah sai Haisam ya kama hannun amaryarsa suka nufi bangaren Ramlah wacce tuntuni tasa an shirya musu abinci kala-kala da yake tasan anan zasu dinga cin abincin rana dana dare saboda Haisam ya dakatar da Kukun Hannah sai nan da sati biyu sannan zasu zo suci gaba da yin abinci kada suzo su dame su, su rage musu wani bangare najin dadi. Ramlah na ganinsu ta taso da fara’a da murna ta rungume Hannah sannan ta rungume Haisam ta sumbaci kumatunsa ta ce “Kun tashi lafiya? Suka amsa mata da “Lafiya kalau. Ta kaisu wajen katafaren teburin cin abinci mai dauke da nau’ikan girke-girke kala-kala. Suna cin abinci suna hira suna tuntsira dariya kai kace gidan biki ne. Haisam ya iya surutu da hira haka Ramlah ma tana da magana Hannah ce dai sai tayi da gaske tunda ita ba gwanar surutu bace. Tana jinsu suna ta surutu sai dai tayi dariya idan na dariyane idan kuma Haisam yayi mata tsiya Ramlah ta shigar mata tana tare mata don ita bata iya surutu ba sosai kuma ko ba haka ba tana ganin Haisam da Ramlah da wata kima da girma a wajenta don haka take jin nauyin tayi ta shiga hirarsu da zolaye-zolayen da suke yi, da suka gama cin abincin sai suka koma kan kujerun falo suna kallo. Haisam da Ramlah akan doguwar kujera suke a zaune, Hannah kuma na wata kujera a gefensu. Suna kallon kaset din bikin Hannah da Haisam na shagalin da aka yi a Tahir Guest wanda dan asharalle, boda da police band suka cashe. Ango da amarya aka dallaro a tsakiyar fili yayin da suka kurawa junansu ido Hannah na hawaye a kaset din. Ramlah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Soyayya. Haisam ya dan harareta ya ce “Meye wani soyyaya. Ramlah ta tuntsire da dariya ta ce “Meye to abin hararar don nace soyayya? Kawai cewa nayi soyayya masoya na gani. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Nasan da magana a bakinki haba Ramlah kece fa, nasan halinki sarai. Tayi dariya ta ce “Da dai zance wani abu amma na fasa tunda har kasa a ranka zance wani abu. Haisam ya jawo hannunta ya murde ya ce Shiga nan www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter 27 “Saikin fada zan sake ki. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Yaya Haisam karka karya mun Aunty na fa. Ramlah tayi dan kara ta ce “Yallabai yi hakuri sake ni zan fada maka. Haisam ya sakar mata hannu ya ce “To fadi ina saurarenki. Ramlah ta gyara zama ta dube shi tayi murmushi ta ce “Kafin in fadi abinda zan fada don Allah zanyi muku *yan tambayoyi zaku amsa mun? Haisam ya ce “Zamu amsa miki yaya zamu yi tunda Allah Ya hadamu da *yar jarida. Ta juya ta kalli Hannah ta ce “Kefa kanwata idan na tambayeki zaki bani amsa tsakani da Allah, akwai abunda nake so inji ne sai in hada in fadi abun da yake raina. Hannah tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “Mai zai hana in baki amsa Auntyna zan amsa duk abinda na sani, insha Allah. Ramlah ta jawo lokar jikin centre table ta dauko wani dan littafi da biro ta ce “Yallabai ta kanka zan fara tambayoyin. Ya gyara zama ya ce “Ina jinki, sharadi daya idan kika yi min karkatacciyar tambaya saina kara murde miki hannu. Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Na yarda, tambaya ta farko ita ce zaka iya gaya mun yaushe ka fara son Hannah a zuciyarka. Hannah ta juyo ta kurawa Haisam ido tana son taji amsar da zai bata GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter28 Haisam yayi shiru can yayi murmushi ya dago ya kalli Hannah ya juya ya kalli Ramlah ya ce “Tun ranar dana fara ganin Hannah naji ta kwanta mun a raina a matsayin *yar yarinyar daya kamata in taimakawa a hankali kuma sai naga tana da hali nagari kamar ladabi da biyayya, kunya, tawakkali, hakuri sanin ya kamata, tsafta, tausayi da dai sauransu sai naji tana sake shiga raina amma bazan ce a lokacin soyayya nake yi mata ba saboda yarinya ce. A hankali kuma naji Hannah ta hau wani matsayi a zuciyata wanda ya wuce sabo ya zama idan tunani nake tunaninta zanyi haka kuma idan ina hangoni da matata ta aure sai in hango Hannah, daga nan kwakwalwata ta tantance mun son Hannah nake saina danne shi a zuciyata na kasa furtawa, saboda wasu dalilai nawa masu karfi. Haisam da Hannah suka hada ido suka yiwa juna murmushi. Ramlah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Na gode sai tambayata ta biyu. Kana tuna Hannah a zuciyarka kamar sau nawa a rana? Haisam ya ce”Ko ina ganin Hannah ko bana tare da ita koda yaushe ina tunaninta. Ramlah ta ce “Ita tsohuwar abokiyar zamanka meye matsayinta a zuciyarka tsakaninka da Allah. Su duka ukun suka tuntsire da dariya. Haisam ya ce “Ita Aunty Ramlah da farko bana ra’ayin soyayya don ni har kunya nake ji idan aka ce ina da budurwa daga baya naga lallai-lallai Aunty Ramlah na sona da gaske sai naga ya kamata in aureta. To akasin da aka samu har ta bani haushi shine da naje na durkusa har kasa ina rokarta tayi min izini in auri Hannah taki. To shine nima na toshe mata hanyar walwala kamar yadda ta hanani nima. Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya. Ramlah ta ce “Da fatan yanzu an bude mata hanyar walwala tunda ta bude maka ita ma. Yayi dariya ya ce “Ai tuntuni ma zancen da ake yi yanzu babu matsala ina sonta sosai. Ramlah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Allah Yasa haka ne amin. Ta fara rubuce-rubuce a jikin takardar dake hannunta. Can ta dago ta dubi Hannah ta ce “Kanwata gare ki na dawo, shin yaushe kika fara jin son mijinki Haisam? Haisam ya zura mata ido kem yana kallonta. Hannah ta gyara zama tayi murmushi ta ce “Yaya Haisam dai wani muhimmin mutum ne a rayuwata. Tamkar dan jariri ne wanda ya budi ido daman wacce ya kamata ya fara sani a duniya ita ce Mahaifiyarsa. To haka ya kasance ina bude idona sanda na fara sanin meye rayuwa Yaya Haisam na fara sani don haka shine wanda na saba dashi, dana fara sanin meye so sai tsuntsun son ya fada kansa, na kasance koda yaushe shine a raina. Murmushi kawai Haisam yake yi Ramlah ta ce “Haka ne na gode kanwata. Ta sake yin rubuce-rubuce, daga karshe ta rufe littafin ta ajiye a gefe ta dago ta dube su ta ce “Abin da yasa nayi wannan tambayoyi shine akwai wani shiri da nake yi a zuciyata in har mijina ya bani izini ina so in fadakar da matasa samari da *yan mata game da soyayya saboda na koyi darussa da dama akan wannan lamari naku. Haisam ya ce “Ki fadakar a ina? Ramlah ta nisa ta ce “A matsayina na wacce ta karanci harkar yada labari ko ince *yar jarida a gidan radio mana. Haisam ya girgiza kai ya ce “Bazan yarda wani kato ya dinga jiye min wannan zazzakar muryar taki ba. Hannah ta ce “Ai bashi da aibu don mace tayi aiki a gidan radio. Ramlah ta ce “Yauwa kanwata fada masa, ni bama aiki nace zanyi ba kawai a sati sau daya zanyi shirin kuma ni zan dauki nauyin shirin. Haisam ya ce “Meye shirin? Sai cewa kike shiri, fadamin me zaki ce acan kuma yaya sunan shirin? Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Ni dai zan fadakar akan soyayya mecece soyayya kuma yaya ake yinta, kuma dawa ya kamata ayi? Haisam ya ce “Haka sunan shirin kenan dawa ya kamata ayi soyayya? Ramlah ta ce “Sai nayi tunani dai in san sunan shirin da zansa. Kanwata ko zaki zabar min sunan daya dace in sawa shirin. Ta tambayi Hannah. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Aunty kisawa shirin suna SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE. Haisam da Ramlah suka hada baki suka ce “Soyayya gaskiya ce. Ramlah ta ce “Gaskiya sunan yayi, haka zansa masa kanwata kince wani abu kema ina fatan zaki tallafamin shirin yayi farin jin wajen bugomin waya da bada shawarwari a FREEDOM Radio zanyi shirin insha Allah in yallabai ya barni. Kaga itama kanwata Hannah sai ta rubuta Jamb wannan shekarar ta karbo result dinta tazo ta shiga B.U.K ni kuma ina *yan shirye-shirye na a gidan radio ni ina bala’in sha’awar yin aiki a gidan Radio ko telebijin tun ina yarinya don haka nema na karanci Mass Communication. Kefa Hannah me kike sha’awar karanta. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Ni da yake science’s nayi a secondry ina sha’awar in karanci medicine ko Biochemistry. Haisam ya dube su su dukkansu ya tura hula keya ya ce “Ku gama shawarar ku ina jinku ba saina barku ba. Ramlah ta ce “Haba yallabai ya zaka yi mana haka sai ka ce wani mutumin can kauye, kamar wani tsoho kake kokarin hana matanka karatu da aikin da zai anfani jama’a. Kaga yanzu kamata yayi karshen watannan kai da amaryarka ku fita honey moon zuwa kasashe kuyi kamar wata guda a can. Ni kuma kafin ku dawo na fara shirina a FREEDOM. Haisam ya ce “To Uwar tsari tsara mana tafiyar wacce kasa zamu je. Ramlah ta ce “Kaga da farko ku fara zuwa Dubai daga can sai London ku huta sosai, ku wuce America da Germany daga can sai ku wuce saudia kuyi aikin Hajji tunda lokacin aikin Hajjin ya kusa ina ganin dai a wata biyu zaku je ku zagayo ku dawo. Haisam ya dubi Hannah ya ce “Hannah haka yayi miki. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Yayi mun tunda haka yayiwa Auntyna ai bani da zabi. Ramlah ta ce “Haka za’ayi yallabai ni kuma sai ka barni in fara shirina a gidan radio duk sati. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Naga kin damu da wannan shirin naki to na barki kije kiyi Allah Ya taimaka miki. Idan kinji an fara saida form din Jamb sai ki sayawa Hannah idan a lokacin bama nan. Kafin mu tafi zan je Kazaure in karbo mata sakamakon jarabawarta, sai ki cike mata form din tazo ta zana jarabawarta sai ta shiga B.U.K. Shikenan ku sakar mun marata in huta zance ya wuce ko? Suka hada baki dukkansu suka ce “Mun gode. Murna ce ta lullubesu dukkan su musamman Hannah sai take ta nanata sunayen kasashen nan a zuciyarta. Dubai, London, America da Makka. Lallai waya ga Hannah a turai, har aikin Hajji zan yi. Yadda Hannah ta ke so taje Makka sai gashi ko sati bata yi ba a gidan miji an biya mata Makka. Sai Hamdala take yiwa Allah a zuciyarta. La’asar tayi sai dukkaninsu suka tashi suka yi alwala suka yi jam’i suka yi sallar la’asar suka ci gaba da hirar da kallon talabijin sallah ce kawai take tashin su. Bayan sunyi sallar isha’i ne suka wuce teburin cin abinci suka ci abincin dare Ramlah ta raka su har bangaren Hannah tayi musu sai da safe ta dawo nata bangaren. Hannah tana mamakin irin wannan kirki irin na kishiyarta Ramlah ashe yanzu akwai kishiyoyi irin Ramlah da zuciyarta daya abinta wasa da dariya. “Hakika nayi dace da miji da kishiya ta gari. Hannah ta fada a zuciyarta. Babu bacin rai a zuciyar Hannah a yanzu sai farin ciki ko ina ta waiga. Haka Allah Yake ikonSa, Allah Mai Girma. Kwanan Haisam goma a dakin Hannah kamar yadda Ramlah ta amince masa yayi. Haisam da amaryarsa Hannah sun cancare da amarci a cikin kwana gomar nan. Sun farantawa juna an aiya ce irin son da suke yiwa juna. Bayan sun idar da sallar isha’i suka wuce kan teburin cin abinci suka ci suka koshi kamar yadda suke yi kullum a bangaren Ramlah. Sai Haisam ya ce su taso suje gidansu su gaishe da Hajiyarsa. Haisam ne yake tukawa Ramlah ce ta zauna a gidan gaba tunda ita ce zata karbi kwanan a daren yau. Hannah ta zauna a kujerar baya. Suna ta hira wasa da dariya a hanya har suka isa Sulaimanu Cresent gidansu Haisam. Hajiyar Haisam tayi matukar yin farin ciki da taga danta da matansa suna zaune lafiya cikin farin ciki. Hankalin Haisam a kwance ita ma sai farin ciki ya kamata. Hannah da Ramlah suka durkusa gaba dayansu a gaban surukarsu suka gaisheta cikin ladabi da biyayya. Ta amsa musu cikin fara’ gami da yi musu nasihohi akan suci gaba da zaman lafiya kamar yadda suka fara kada su saurari *yan zuga. Su toshe kunnuwansu saboda wasu mutane suna da bakin ciki basa so suga ana zaman lafiya. Ta ci gaba da cewa zaman lafiyarsu shine farin cikin danta Haisam, farin cikin Haisam kuma shine kwanciyar hankalinta daga karshe tayi musu godiya da fatan alheri. Lemuna da snacks kala-kala tasa masu aiki suka kawo musu. Bayan sun sha hira sai Haisam ya ce su taso su tafi. Har bakin kofa Hajiyar Haisam ta rako su tayi musu sai da safe sannan ta koma gida suka shiga mota suka tafi. Gidan Yaya Habib suka nufa da yake Hotoro G.R.A suka daki gurbi don Yaya Habib baya gida amma matarsa Hidaya tana nan. Ta tare su da fara’a ta rungume aminiyarta Ramlah suka shiga cikin daki. Hannah da Haisam suka zauna a falo suna kallo talabijin din dake kunne. *ya*yan Yaya Habib guda biyu Zakar da Nana suka zo wajen Hannah da Haisam suna taya su hira. Ramlah da Hidaya suna cikin daki a zazzaune a gefen gado. Hidaya ta ce “Kinsan me yasa na jawo ki daki muka kebe? To ba wani abu bane illa ince ni da su Aisha Sule da Hauwa Muhammad muka ga mun dace muyi miki nasiha, wallahi Ramlah kin bamu mamaki duk wannan zafin naki ashe na banza ne iya bakin naki na masifa har kika yarda kika zama baiwa *yar kallo saboda wata yarinya *yar kauye. Gata zata kwace miki miji. Ramlaha tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Au har meeting ku ka shiga a akaina ke dasu Hauwa Muhammad? Hidaya ta ce “Eh mana daman jibi muka yi zamu hadu a gidansu Aisha sule muje gidanki dan dole mu fada miki gaskiya akan abunda zai cuce ki meye kawancen idan bamu gaya miki ba wa zai fada miki. Wallahi wannan *yar buzuwar da kike gani kina wani kara wayar mata da kai sai ta waye ta ci ta koshi sai ta mamaye gidan ki zama *yar kallo. Ramlah ta ce “Haba Hidaya yanzu ke da kanki kike cemin haka? Bayan kinga duk tashin hankalin da Haisam ya shiga da Iyayensa da danginsa gaba daya a sanadiyyar rabashi da Hannah. A gaban idona da bayan idona babu surutun da ba’ayi ba na ana cewa Haisam na hana shi ya auri wacce yake so gashi nan nima ban sami soyayyarsa ba. Yanzu Allah Ya amsa addu’ata ya kuma yaye mun tsananin kishi ya cusa mun kaunar Hannah muna zaune kalau da mijina kamar kowacce mace yanzu Hidaya ba sai ku tayani da addu’a ba da fatan alheri Allah Ya kara mun juriya da ci gaba da samun zaman lafiya ni da abokan zamana ba. Ramlah na rufe bakinta sai suka ji muryar Haisam ya leko yana cewa “To kus-kus din ya isa haka ku fito falo a hadu ayi hira har Hannah. Hidaya haka ake karbar baki? Hannah ce bakuwa sai kija *yar gida daki ki bar bakuwa a waje bayan kawo ta nayi itama ta saba da dangi. Hidaya da Ramlah suka yo waje Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Kuyi hakuri ina kallon kayan jariran data suyo su ne kasan ta kusa haihuwa. Hidaya ta tabe baki ta ce “Wa yaga bakuwa ai ni nan daka ganni bana marhaban da zuwan amarya ko ba tawa bace balle abunda yayi Ramlah shi yayi ni. Haisam ya dan harareta ya ce “Ban gane ba? Hidaya ta ce “Haka zaka ce mana wannan bakuwar da kake cewa nayi nace bana marhaban da zuwan ta saboda ni Allah bai samin son amare ba me za’ayi da su, su shiga gida su tarar da mace da *ya*yanta suyi kane-kane su kwace mata miji idan ba’ayi sa’a bama sai sun fitar da ita. Ni Ramlah na sani sai kai duk wata bakuwa ban santaba. Ramlah taji wani yarr jikinta nauyi da kunya suka rufeta tayi sauri ta katse Hidaya ta ce “Hannah ai kawarmu ce, bari in dauko mata lemo ma a kicin. Ta yunkura zata tashi Haisam yasa hannu ya dakatar da Ramlah ya ce “Ramlah barshi ba komai, ba sai kin dauko mata lemo ba tunda matar gidan bata dauko mata ba kema baza ki dauko ba, tunda ma ta ce Hannah ba bakuwarta bace sai mu tashi mu tafi inda ake nemanta ake sonta. Hannah ta sunkuyar da kai kasa jikinta yayi sanyi kalau. Hidaya ta sake yatsine fuska ta ce “Lallai Ramlah sannu da kokari irin wannan rawar kan mijinki yake yi akan amaryarsa *yar gwal ce kenan ba’a tabata. Hannah ta mike tayi wuf ta fice da sauri ta nufi wajen mota ta tsaya yayin da gabanta ya hau faduwa tana fargabar kada fa Hidaya ta zuga Ramlah ta canja musu yananyin zamansu in har Ramlah ta canja hali lallai Hannah zata shiga halin kunci muddin suka shiga yin tsiya- tsiya da Ramlah. Hawaye ya zubo sharr daga idanuwan Hannah ta jingina kanta a jikin mota tana hawaye. Haisam ya tsaya kawai yana kallon Hidaya haushinta ya hanashi tunano kalmar da zai fada mata ya girgiza kai ya juya ya dubi Ramlah wacce itama tayi tagumi a zaune ranta ya gama baci saboda abunda kawarta ta yiwa kishiyarta. Yayi ajiyar zuciya ya ce “Ramlah ai kinji abunda Hajiyata ta fada muku dazu ko don haka ki kula, ki kiyaye sai kin toshe kunnuwanki saboda *yan zuga, *yan neman kar a zauna lafiya kiyi amfani da hankali da tunani sai kinyi yaki da zuciyarki kinyi watsi da wasuwasun da ake cusawa a zuciyarki na munanan shawarwarin da ake baki. Gaskiya Hidaya ba Hannah kika wulakanta ba ni kika wulakanta don Hannah bata san hanyar gidanki ba ni na kawota kuma Hannah bata auro kanta ba sai da na aurota na zo na hada ta da Ramlah, banji dadin abunda kika yimin ba Hidaya ko Yayana Habib ne yayi wa Hannah haka irin wannan wulakancin zan fada masa gaskiya kuma bazan sake takowa gidansa ba har abada balle Hannah tazo. Shigo cikin www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter 28 To amma yanzu tunda ba shi bane yayi mun haka ba!! Ba zance na daina zuwa gidan ba kwata-kwata tunda donshi nake zuwa, na gode sai anjima. Ya mike ya fita a fusace. Ramlah ta da karfi cikin fushi ta ce “Hidaya ya zaki mun haka, me yasa kika mun haka Hidaya? Ya kike so nayi da rayuwata? Hidaya ta tabe baki ta ce “Dalla banza kema bacin rai kike don nayiwa kishiyarki wulakanci, ni Ramlah kina bani mamaki wallahi duk yadda akayi wannan amaryar taki ta shanyeki. Tasa hannu zata riko Ramlah don taga Ramlah tayi matukar damuwa Ramlah ta kauce ta ce “Banji dadi ba gaskiya yau kin bata mun rai. Ramlah ta mike ta fita. Hidaya ta bita da kallo har ta fice. Tayi murmushi ta rike baki ta ce “Banza wai fushi take akan na batawa kishiyarta, ki mutu mana ai har gida sai munzo mun yiwa Hannah tas sai dai a tsiremu. Yarinyar data rikita miki miji har ya kusa mutuwa sabida ita kiri-kiri kina ganinta a cikin gidanki kin kasa yi mata komai, kema sai ta halaka ki tukunna. Da Haisam ya fita ya nufi inda Hannah take a jingine a jikin mota tana kuka, yasa hannu ya dafa bayanta ta juyo da sauri sai taga Haisam tayi murmushi tasa hannu zata goge hawayen idonta da sauri don kar yaga kuka take sai Haisam ya rike hannun ya ce “Kuka kike yi? Ta sake zubo da hawaye sharr ya ce “Hannah daina kuka kinji kiyi hakuri, meye na kukan kuma me Hidaya ta isa ta sa ko kuma me zata hana karki damu mutane daban-daban masu halaye daban-daban dole daman a sami *yan zuga marasa son suga ana zaman lafiya. Ya rungumeta yana goge mata hawaye. Sallamar Ramlah ce tasa su duka suka dago. Ramlah tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Kuka take yi? Haisam ya ce “Lallashinta nake yi don bata ji dadin abunda Hidaya tayi mata ba. Ramlah ta matso ta dafata ta ce “Hannah yi shiru daina kuka kada ki damu kinji ko, ina da hankali kuma nasan duk mai hankali mai kaunata bazai bani shawarar kar in zauna da kishiyata lafiya ba. Kamar yadda Hajiya ta fada mana dazu sai na toshe kunne na kema haka zaki sami kawaye ko *yan uwanki masu zuga akan zamana dake sai mun toshe kunnuwanmu mu duka. Hidaya kuma bata fahimci wacece kishiya ba kuma meye kishi bane amma insha Allahu komai zai dai-daita tsakaninki da ita. Hannah ta gyada kai tasa hannu ta goge idonta ta ce “Naji Aunty Ramlah na gode. Haisam ya ce “To yi murmushi sai mu san kin huce. Sai su duka ukun suka tuntsire da dariya Hannah ya budewa Ramlah kofar mota, ta shiga ta zauna sannan ta rufe itama ya bude kofar baya ta shiga ta zauna. Haisam ya shiga ya kunna ya ja suka tafi. Basu tsaya a ko ina ba sai a kofar gidansu mai gadi ne ya taso a guje ya bude musu get. Ya duka har kasa ya mika gaisuwa. Haisam ya wuce kai tsaye cikin gidan yaje ya tsaya a wajen da ake ajiye motoci su duka suka bude kofofin motar suka firfito. Haisam ya ce “To sai muje mu raka Hannah bangarenta. Suka dunguma suka nufi bangaren Hannah suna tafe suna hira har suka shiga. A babban falo suka zauna, Hannah ta shiga kicin ta dauko lemon gwangwani guda uku wanda aka yishi da kwakwa ta dora akan dan faranti ta zo ta dora akan centre tebur ta dauki daya ta bude ta durkusa har kasa ta mikawa Haisam ta dauko wani ta bude ta durkusa ta mikawa Ramlah sannan ta dauko na karshen ta bude ta koma kan doguwar kujera (three seater) kusa da Haisam ta zauna. Ramlah ma na daya gefen na sa. Suna shan lemo suna kallon settlite tashar African magic wani Nigera film suke mai suna THE LAST UPPER fim din yayi musu kyau matuka saboda tsantsar soyayya ce ake yi a ciki. Basu iya tashi daga kallon nan ba sai da fim din ya kare, karfe daya da rabi na dare. Haisam ya dubi agogo sai yayi sauri ya mike ya dubi Ramlah ya ce “Aunty ya kamata mu tafi haka kada mu takurawa Hannah ko tana so taje ta kwanta tayi bacci nasan yau da bana nan sai tafi sakewa tayi ta juyi ita kadai a gado. Hannah ta kalleshi sai tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai. Ramlah ta tuntsire da dariya ta ce “Kai Yallabai ka cika tsokana kana so dai ka cewa kanwata yau ta zama gauruwa da kyar in zata iya bacci. Hannah ba ta ce musu komai ba murmushi kawai take yi, ta mike ta je ta kashe talabijin ta kwashe gwangwanayen lemon da suka sha ta kai kicin. Ta fito ta iske Haisam a tsaye a tsakiyar falon Ramlah na zaune har yanzu. Hannah ta ce “Muje to in raka ku. Ramlah ta ce “Ai ke muka rako ko za’ayi rakiyar kara ne? Barshi kanwata mu biyu ne fa. Haisam yayi murmushi cikin tsokana ya ce “Nasan tsoro kike ji muje in rakaki sama ki kwanta. Hannah ta dan harareshi ta ce “Tsoron me?, ni ba tsoro nake ji ba, ni yanzu ma kallo zanyi gaba daya. Haisam ya ce “Ai sama ma da kallo muje sama sai kiyi kallon. Ya juya ya kalli Ramlah ya ce “Ki jira ni dan Allah minti biyu zan raka wannan gwauruwar. Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Ka cika tsokana, waccce irin gwauruwa bayan gata da miji a kusa da ita. In kuma kana ganin ba zata iya kwanciya ita kadai ba tazo muje mu kwana a bangarena. Haisam ya ce “Hannah kinji in baza ki iya kwana ba zo muje mu baki daki daya ki kwana. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Aunty Ramlah sai da safe babu komai zan iya kwana, ba tsoro nake ji ba. Ta wuce ta fara hawa sama Haisam na biye da ita suna shiga daki Haisam ya jawota ya rungume ta ya kalleta ya ce “Fada min gaskiya yau zaki iya barci da bana nan ko baza ki iya ba? Hannah ta sulale daga jikinsa ta nufi kofar bandaki ta juyo tayi masa fari da ido ta ce “Me yasa ka damu da sanin halin da zan shiga kai dai ba kana tare da Uwargidanka ba. Haisam ya rike baki ya ce “Ah tambayata kike me yasa na damu da halinda zaki shiga, Hannah kin manta Haisam da Hannah? Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “To yi hakuri tunda tambaya ka yi zan fada maka. Ta murda kofar bandaki ta shiga ta juyo ta dubi Haisam ta kashe ido ta ce “Daren yau zai zame min marayan dare kwana dayan da baka nan zai zame min tamkar shekara guda zan kagu gari ya waye wani daren yayi domin ka kusanto gareni. Guzurin da zan baka shine zuciyata tana gareka, amma kai ba zan so ka barmin zuciyarka gaba daya ba sai dai ka dan gutsuro min rabi, saboda idan ka bani gaba daya zan shiga hakkin abokiyar zamana, tunda yanzu Yaya Haisam bana Hanna bane ita kadai. Haisam yayi murmsuhi ya gyada kai ya ce “Nagode Hannah kinyi gaskiya kuma nayi farin ciki da kike sakani a hanyar adalci a tsakaninku. Kin iya magana kin iya tsara zance mai dadi kanwata zan tafi da zuciyarki gaba daya amma gaskiya nima sai nayi da gaske zan iya bar miki rabin zuciyata saboda gaba dayanta tana gareki. Yana nufo inda Hannah take a hankali ya karaso bakin kofar inda take tsaye suka zubawa juna ido me cike da soyayya tamkar kada su rabu da juna suke ji, can Haisam ya nisa ya ce “Allah Ya jarabbeni da wani ciwo mai tsanani, wanda na rasa maganinsa, sai daga baya Allah Ya saukar min da maganin ciwon saboda daman kowacce cuta sai da aka saukar da maganinta kafin a saukar da ita. Hannah ta kalle shi cikin mamaki ta ce “Cuta! Wacce irin cuta Yayana? Yayi murmushi ya juya yana tafiya a hankali ya nufi kofar fita. Hannah ta fito daga ban daki ta tsaya tana kallonsa zuciyarta cike da zulumin kada ya tafi bai faiya ce mata abunda yake nufi da wannan kalamai nasa ba. Yasa hannu ya bude kofar dakin sannan ya juyo ya dubeta yayi murmushi ya ce “Cutar ita ce tsananin sonki, maganin kuma dana sami wacce nake so Hannah na soki, ina sonki kuma, bazan daina sonki ba har abada, sai da safe kiyi bacci lafiya. Ya fita ya jawo mata kofa ya rufe. Da bandaki zata shiga tayi wanka ta tsinci kanta ta nufi kan gado ta jawo filo ta kifa kanta tayi ruf da ciki tana murmushi zuciyarta cike da farin ciki da shaukin so. Ta sami soyayyar wanda take tsananin so. Wata dankararriyar soyayyar da take yiwa Haisam ta dinga narkewa tana sake hawa kanta. Ta lumshe ido sai ta hango kyakkyawar fuskarsa sai taji kamar muryarsa na yi mata rada a kunnuwanta. Hmm kaiiiii ana zuba soyayyah anan GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 29 Www.littafanhausane.com.ng Haisam na saukowa ya nufo inda Ramlah take zaune yasa hannu ya tasheta tsaye ya ce “Uwar gidana yi hakuri kinsan bakuwa kwanan sabon waje dole in dan tattausheta in bata hakuri. Ramlah taji wani haushi ya tokare mata wuya ta dubeshi sai taga gaba daya kalar idanuwansa sun canja muryarsa ma ta canja ta tabbatar a cikin shaukin so yake. Lallai Hannah ta caccako dankararriyar soyayyar dake zuciyarsa. Ta fusge jikinta daga hannunsa ta juya masa baya cikin fushi ta ce “Haka zaka ce mana in yi hakuri kana can kuna kashewa juna zuciya gashi nan idonka duk ya narke kana wani kashe murya to in har kwana goman dana baka bai yi maka ba ka koma sama ni inyi tafiyata. Kafin ta rufe bakinta Haisam ya jawota jikinsa ya rungumeta tsam a kirjinsa yana cewa “Haba Aunty Ramlah ya ina yabanki sallah zaki kasa alwala karfa ki bata rawarki da tsalle mana, babu wani kashewa juna zuciya da muka yi cewa nayi ta tottofa addu’a a kowacce kusurwar daki shikenan fa abin da nace mata, wannan idon nawa kuwa da kika ga ya zama haka barci ne muryata kuwa mura nake. Ta harareshi ta ce “Naga alama mura ce ta kama ka amma a yanzu daka hau sama ko? Haisam ya kyakyale da dariya ya ce “Naga alama yau Ramlah so kike ki rikice mun, yau rigima kike ji zo in goyaki mu tafi. Bata yi niyyar yin dariya ba dariya ta subuce mata ta kyalkyale da dariya ta ce “Kyaleni ni ba wani goyo. Haisam ya jawota da karfi ya ce wai dole sai ya goyata. Ramlah ta ce “To tsuguna in hau da kaina. Haisam ya tsuguna, Ramlah ta haye bayansa sannan ya fito ya lalubo mukulli a aljihunsa ya kulle ta baya. Ramlah ta ce “Ah ya zaka kulleta a ciki. Haisam ya ce “Da mukullinta ai a wajenta in zata bude saita bude ta ciki. Ya fara tafiya ya nufi bangaren Ramlah can ya tsaya cak a tsakiyar hanya ya ce “Wai wai nauyi sauko haka goyon ya isa ki karasa da kafarki. Kinsan fa ba ke kadai bace. Ramlah ta harari keyarsa ta ce “In bani kadai ba ce ni dawa nake? Yayi dariya ya ce “Ke da dan ciki mana. Ta dan ja kunnensa ta ce “Daga fada maka magana harka fara yayatu akai to saura ka dinga fada har kowa yasan ina da ciki. Kuma bazan sauka ba sai ka kaini har cikin gida kan gado furnishment ne, daman ku maza idan kuka yi sabuwar amamrya sai dai Uwar gida ta toshe kunnuwanta ta rufe idanuwanta ta daina kallonku saboda wannan zumudin sai kunyi shi. Yarinya ta ce ba tsoro take ji ba wai kai dole sai ka rakata tsoro take ji ko waya saka oho. Ramlah na baya tana yiwa Haisam tsiya shi kuma yana ta tafiya yana dariya a ciki. Har kan gado ya kai Ramlah sannan ta sauko ta shiga bandaki Haisam kuma ya mike akan gado yana nishi wai qashin bayansa ya kusa karyewa saboda nauyin Ramlah da dan cikinta, Ramlah na jiyo shi tana wanka tana dariya tana cewa ka santa. Bayan Ramlah ta fitowa sai Haisam ya tashi ya shiga shima yayi wanka ya fito daure da tawul a jikinsa ko kayansa baisa ba Ramlah ta kara danewa bayansa ta ce ya kaita kicin zata dauko ruwan sha, nan dai suka hau kokawa Haisam ya ce bazai goyata ba itama daman tsokanar sa take ba kishirwa take ji ba suka rumtuma kan luntsumeman gadon dake malale a tsakiyar dakin suka cakuda suka yamutse junansu yayin da kokawa ta koma sumbatar juna, da shafa juna da rungume juna. Haisam da Ramlah sun farantawa junansu matuka a cikin daren yau. Kamar yadda Hannah da Haisam suke kaiwa Ramlah ziyara bayan sunyi sallar azahar yau Ramlah da Haisam sun dungumo bangaren Hannah don suci abincin rana dana dare a wajenta daman sunyi mata waya sun sanar mata, da kukunta yazo tana biye dashi tana koyon duk yadda yake yin abinci irin na *yan gayu na zamani don ta koya ta iya, ta hutar da masu aiki ta dinga yi da kanta. Haka Hannah da Ramlah da mijinsu suka kasance cikin farin ciki da kwanciyar hankali, zaman lafiya da kaunar juna. Kwanci tashi Hannah tayi wata guda da rabi a gidan mijinta. Misalin karfe biyar na yamma Haisam da matansa suna zaune a falon Ramlah suna hira wasa da dariya. Haisam ya ce gaskiya na gaji da bin dakunanku duk mai girki tazo ta same ni a bangarena kullum ni kenan cikin rarraba kayana sai ina bangaren Ramlah na tashi zan dauko agogona sai in tuna yana bangaren Hannah idan na tashi zan dauko gilas dina sai tuna na barshi a dakin Ramlah, shekaran jiya ma sai rigar Hannah na saka ta barci saboda ashe mai wanki da guga ya wanke ya fitarmin da kayan barcin gaba daya ya hada a kayana ya kai bangarena. To na gaji kowacce ta hado min kayayyakina na bangarenta ta kawo mun nawa bangaren. Abinci ma duk mai girki tasa a dafo a zo a ajiye akan teburin cin abincina sannan kowacce tazo mu hadu muci. Ramlah da Hannah suka kece da dariya suna cewa “Kai din dai ka dinga zuwa tunda haka ka fara yi. Haisam na cewa “Naki wayon ai yanzu na fara gane wayo kuke min. Hayaniya da dariyar da suke yi ita ta hana suji ana dannan kararrawa ana ta kwankwasa kofa. Can Hannah taji ta ce “Ana danna kararrawa fa. Ta mike da sauri ta zo ta bude. Wasu mata ne guda uku hadaddu *yan gayu masu ji da kudi kallo daya zaka yiwa dukkanninsu ka gane *yan hutu ne, suna da kyau kuma dukkanninsu. Mace daya a cikinsu tana da tsohon ciki ko yau ko gobe. Hannah tayi musu murmushi gami dayi musu sannu da zuwa. Bata ishesu kallo ba balle su amsa mata kai tsaye suka wuto cikin gidan. Ta bisu da kallo zuciyarta cike da mamakin meye haka kuma lafiya daga zuwansu su hau bata rai da harare-harare. Ta sake kallon me cikin don tana yi mata kallon sani, sai can ta tuno ashe Hidaya ce matar Yaya Habib “No wonder” Hannah ta fada a ranta. Ta tura kofa ta rufe ta nufo inda suke zazzaune a sanyaye cike da fargaba tasan ko ta gaishesu baza su amsa ba. Ta bari suka gama gaisawa da Haisam sannan ta gaishe su. Kokonto ya zama gaskiya ai basu amsa mata ba sai ma wata harara da suka sakar mata dukkanninsu. Nanfa aka hau kallon-kallo tsakanin Haisam da Ramlah da Hannah da kuma wadannan baki. Hidaya ta yamutse fuska ta ce “Aisha Sulaiman, Hauwa Mamman kuzo mu koma wancan falon mu zauna mun isa muzo mu zauna tsakiyar amarya da ango. Aisha ta ce “Da kuma Uwargidansu Ramlah kin manta baki fada ba. Hauwa Mamman ta ce “Oh haka ne fa baku gani ba, amarya sai hararar mu take lallai zuwa gidanki Ramlah nan gaba sai mun shirya, to bangarenki ma *yan Uwanki da kawayenki basu isa suzo ba ashe to ta biyoki ta biyo mijinta. Suka mike suka nufi daya falon. Ramlah ta rasa ta cewa ta bisu da kallo kawai can ta nisa ta juyo ta dubi Haisam wanda yayi shiru yana kallon talabijin amma kallo daya zaka yiwa fuskarsa kasan cikin bacin rai yake. Hannah kuwa ta sunkuyar da kai kasa hakika nan da wasu *yan dakikai zata fara zubar da hawaye. Ramlah ta ce “Yallabai wai me su Hidaya suke nema ne dani, yaya suke so nayi. Yasa hannu ya dakatar da Ramlah ya ce “Yi shiru karma ki bata bakinki barni dasu jeki gurinsu bakinki ne. Can Ramlah ta yunkura ta mike ta nufi kicin ta shaidawa kuku da sauran masu hidimmarta su hado juices da snacks su kawowa bakinta, tazo falon da kawayenta suke suka fara cafcafkewa suna hira. Haisam ya kurawa Hannah ido yana kallonta can ta dago ta dube shi saita daure da kyar ta kirkiro wani dan busasshen murmushi. Ya ce “Yauwa ko kefa, meye abun damuwar? Ki daina damun kanki akan irin wadannan *yan matsaloli kinsan dai ba za’a sake tataburzar da akayi a Kazaure ba ko? Ba za’ayi irin yadda kikayi da su Juwairiyya ba, Sahabi, Principal, Yaya Habib da Rauda ba ko? To duk wadancan basu zamar mun matsala ba wajen wargazasu balle su Hidaya, zanyi maganinsu Insha Allah kallonsu nake yi tukunna wata rana ko kudi aka basu akace suzo gidan nan su yadar miki da magana baza suyi ba. Hannah ta nisa ta girgiza kai ta ce “Yaya da zaka ji shawarata ka taimakeni ka kyalesu dan Allah ko me zasu yimin kuma kome zasu ce kabar su ni na saba da duk irin wadannan tsangwamar tuntuni a rayuwata. Tsorona daya kada yau da da gobe suna zuga Aunty Ramlah tun bata dauka har tazo ta fara dauka zamanmu yazo yaki dadi. Haisam ya girgiza kai ya ce “Haba Hannah ai tun daga ranar da muka sake haduwa ranar da aka ce miki na rasu kika fito daga daki kika ganni na ganki kikayi murmushi hakika nasan farin cikin da kika ji a ranar bazai misaltu ba da kika ganni a raye ban mutu ba, to da yardar Allah tun daga ranar har karshen rayuwarki kin dinga farin ciki kenan, kin rabu da damuwa da tsangwama insha Allahu. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Na gode maigidana, to amma ina gudun zuciyar ka da zafin fushinka irin na Kazaure. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Tunda na same ki yanzu komai ma a sauki zan dinga daukarsa na daina fushi da yawa my love. Suka sakarwa juna murmushi. Ya ce bude dirowar can ki mikomin Jarida zan karanta, ta mike a nutse ta dauko masa tazo ta durkusa ta mika masa tazo kusa dashi ta zauna, yana karatu ita kuma tana kallon talabijin. Wayar dake dore akan tebur tayi ruri (land line). Ramlah tasa hannu ta dauka muryar kawarta taji Mrs. Blessing ma’aikaciyar filin jirgi a Abuja bayan sun gaisa sai ta sanar mata da cewa bizar Hannah da Haisam ta fito don haka su zama cikin shiri nan da kwana biyu jirgi zai tashi zuwa London daga Abuja. Ramalah tayi mata godiya suka yi sallama ta ajiye wayar, ta ce da kawayenta tana zuwa. Ta mike ta nufi falon da Haisam suke zaune ta fusge jaridar da take hannunsa yana karantawa tayi dariya ta ce, “Albishir nazo zanyi muku bizar ku ta tafiya kasashe ta fito nan da kwana biyu zaku tashi zuwa London daga Abuja. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “To madallah Ramlahta ai shi yasa bana fargaba da sha’aninki yanzu ko sati biyu baki yi ba da zuwa Abuja neman mana biza har an samu. Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Haba don neman biza, ai ko tashar jirgi kake nema a kwana daya zansa a nemo maka saboda kawayena wajen su uku ne acan ko banje ba in nayi musu waya zasu yimin duk abinda nake bukata, balle in tashi inje Abujar da kaina kasan dole ne ma su zage dantse su nemo min bizar da awuri sun san ba karamin sauri nake yi ba. Hannah dai sai murmushi take yi, ta ce “Auntyna godiya muke yi fa sannu da kokari. Ramlah ta kalleta tayi dariya ta ce “In banyi muku ba, wa zanyi mawa babu komai fatan alheri nake muku kuje lafiya ku dawo lafiya ku same mu lafiya. Hannah da Haisam suka hada baki suka ce “Amin. Ramlah ta juya ta nufi wajen kawayenta wadanda suka kasa kunne suna sauraren abinda suke fada. Sai suka sake jin haushin Ramlah kowacce ta rike baki don mamaki wata na salati wata na tsaki. Ramlah ta karaso da murmushinta ta zauna. Ta daga ido ta kalle su sai taga gaba dayansu harararta suke yi. Tayi mamaki matuka kafin ta ce wani abu sai taji an turo kofa an shigo gami dayin sallama, mai gadinsu ne ya zo ya durkusa a gaban Ramlah ya gaisheta ya ce “Daga gidan gwamnati aka turo wasu mata guda biyu wajen Hajiya Hannah na nuna musu bangarenta sunje sun ce a kulle yake, shine na ce bari in duba musu nan dan dai banga fitarta ba ko tana nan? Ramlah ta ce “Tana nan kace musu tana zuwa. Ya mike yana godiya ya fita. Ramlah ta kwallawa Hannah kira. Cikin ladabi Hannah ta amsa ta taso tazo wajen Ramlah. Ramlah ta ce “Baki kika yi may be Nusaiba ce ta aiko su suna waje inji mai gadi. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “To bari in je na gode. Ta wuce ta nufi kofar fita su duka suka bita da kallo. Wata dandatsetsiyar shadda ce a jikinta pink colour anyi mata surfani da design me kyau a zani da rigar da dankwali wato (ready made). Hannah tayi kyau matuka. Lallausan gashinta ne har tsakiyar bayanta ta sake shi bayan ta daure da pink din ribbon. Aisha Sulaiman ta ce “Turkashi. Hauwa Mamman ta ce “Rigijigafji inji masu iya magana. Hidaya ta ce “Wani kayan sai Amale. Ramlah ta dubesu dukkansu ta ce “Ah wanne yare kuke yi ne bana jinku? Hidaya ta ce “Yaran Hausa muke yi mana. Ramlah ta ce “Ban fahimce ku ba. Aisha Sulaiman ta ce “Turkashi na ce, Hauwa ta ce rigijigafji, Hidaya kuma ta ce wani kaya sai Amale gaba daya abu daya muke nufi gaba daya muna magana ne akan babban aiki. Ramlah cikin mamaki ta ce “Wanne irin aiki kuma? Aisha Sulaiman ta ce “Hidaya ku fada mata danni idan na cika yawan magana sai jinina ya hau saboda takaici. Hidaya ta nisa ta ce “Ramlah, Ramlah sau nawa na kira kunnanki? Kin bani kunya, kina bani mamaki wai shin meke damunki ne? Ramlah me yasa kika zama makauniya alhalin kina gani da idanuwanki guda biyu, kin zama wawuya alhalin kina da wayo. Kin zama kamar baki san abunda kike yi ba alhalin kina sane. Ina miki fargabar ranar da zaki zo kina dana sani, kina zubar da hawaye da idanuwanki. Ramlah taji gabanta ya fadi ta fada cikin rudani “Wai meke faruwa ne? Me kuke nufi? Dan Allah ku fada mun abunda nayi yadda zan gane na kasa fahimtar ku. Hauwa Mamman ta ce “Abunda muke nufi shine kinyi kuskure, kinyi sake, kin dau abin da sauki alhali ba mai sauki bane. Ramlah yanzu kece kika samarwa mijinki bizar da zai fita da amaryarsa suje su shakata a kasashen waje ke kina gida a zaune. Wai shin ke me kika dauki kishiya ne? Karfa ki dauki Hannah karamar yarinya ce wacce bata waye ba, ki dauka baza ta bude idonta ba tayi miki rashin mutunci a gidan nan ba dubi yadda Hannah ta zama a cikin wata biyu ta goge tayi kyau tamkar wata baturiya kina zaune. Na daya tana da kyau harta fiki, na biyu ta iya kissa da kisisina da iya magana da ladabin munafurci. Da sannu zata tafi da zuciyar mijinta da Iyayensa da duk danginsa kina zaune bude da baki. Aisha ta ce “Ah to. Mudai mun zo ne mu fada miki gaskiya kin sakarwa kishiyarki da yawa duba kiga falonki shekara biyu kuna tare da Haisam baku dauki hoto ba ku biyu kin lika a falonki sai zuwan Hannah kuka hadu ku uku kuka dauki hoto kalli hoton ko kishi ba kyaji kika lika hoton kishiya a falonki. Gaba daya kin canja Ramlah kamar ba keba. Ki tsare girmanki ko ganinki tayi sai gabanta ya fadi karyarta nan gaba ta ce zata waye ta ce zata takaki. Shima dole yaji shakkar ba zai sake da ita ba. Haka rannan naji ance har gidanku kika dauketa kika kaita kuka yini, lallai kishiya ta zama kawa. “Hauwa Mamman ta ce , “Wallahi ni duk ranar da Ibrahim mijina ya tarki aure daga shi har amaryar saina babbakesu aina fada masa. Bai isa ba shi da kansa yanzu yake cemun ko bashi mace aka yi ba zai karba ba, to kin gani namiji zuma ne sai an babbaka masa wuta. Hidaya ta yamutse fuska ta ce “Ke kin fadawa mijinki ma irin hukuncin da zaki dauka idan ya qaro auren, to ni ban fada masa bama matakin da zan dauka, amma shi da kansa ya sanni ko a hanya muna tare bai isa ya daga ido ya kalli mace ba balle yayi min zancen aure a wasa ranar sai dai ya kwana a bakin get dan kulle kofata nake yi in kyaleshi, balle yayi dare. Aisha Sulaiman ta ce “Muktar mijina ai ya taba tarkar aure Ramlah kin manta da irin tashin hankalin da mu kayi ba shiri ya fasa to haka akeyi muddin kika yi sakwa-sakwa za’ayi babu ke. Tunda ta riga ta shigo yanzu ke abunda ya kamace ki Ramlah ki iya takunki, kishiya ba abar yarda bace kada ki barta ta sake ta baje ta baza kayanta tayi kane-kane ta mallake miki miji ta mallake ki. Hidaya ta ce “Wai kishiyar ma data sake mai da ita wayayyiya, kyakkyawa irin Hannah, ai irinsu Hannah bai kamata ki sake ba saboda duk wani da namiji burinsa ya sami mace kamar Hannah balle wanda ya aureta dole ya rikice ya mace mata ke kuma kina zaune a gefe. Kiyi dai tunani Ramlah akan nasihar da muka yi miki don gaskiya mu mun hango miki abunda ke baki hango ba. Cab Mata?? Uhm bari dai nai shiru,,,,, Www.littafanhausane.com.ng GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter30 Ramlah tayi shiru kanta a sunkuye a kasa jikinta yayi sanyi sai yanzu ta dago ta dubesu tayi ajiyar zuciya ta ce “Naji abinda kuka fadamin nagode. Ta kirkiro wani laujajjan murmushi dakyar ta ce “Hidaya, Aisha da Hauwa kawayena kenan. In tambayeku mana shin Nana Aisha (R.T) matar Manzon Allah (S.A.W) kishiyoyinta nawa ne? Matan Annabi tara ya aura suka zauna tare. Kun manta inda Allah (S.W.A) Ya umarci maza da su auri mataye bibbiyu ko uku-uku ko hurhudu idan sunga baza suyi adalci ba su auri daya. To ashe ba Haisam bane ya kirkiro auren mata biyu don ya cusguna min ko ya bata mun rai shi da amaryarsaba. Hakika na riki wannan hadisin da Annabi Muhammad (S.A.W) ya ke cewa “Imanin dayanku bazai cika ba har sai ya sowa dan uwansa abun da ya sowa kansa. Su duka sukace “Allahu Akbar !. Yayin da dukkaninsu suka sake tattaro da hankalinsu ga sauraren Ramlah. Ta ci gaba da cewa “Kuma rai yana son mai kyautata masa. Hannah tana kyautata mun, Hannah tana girmamani haka Haisam yana faranta mun. Kullum addu’a nake Allah Ya zaba mana abunda yafi alheri tsakanina da Haisam. Alherin da Allah Ya zabar mana shine ya kawo Hannah, tsananin kishin da nake dashi da kin Hannah da nake yi da sai Allah Ya yaye min a raina naji ina son zama da ita musamman dana yaba da hankalinta. Ni a yanzu da kuka ganni bani da wani buri a duniyar sai inyi biyayya ga mijina in shiga Aljannah kuma in kiyaye kada in cuci abokiyar zamata mu gama lafiya saboda duniyar nawa take yanzu kana nan an jima babu kai ka mutu ka kuma tafi har abada. Daman yanzu a wannan zamanin da muke duk wani mai hakuri shine abun zagi an dauke shi wawa marar hankali kamar yadda a yanzu kuke daukata to gaskiya ba haka bane nasan abun da nake yi. Ina kuma jin dadin rayuwar aure na a yanzu fiye da rayuwar aurena ada. Kuna murna kuna jin dadi a zuciyoyinku harma kuna furtawa da bakinku kuna tinkaho da takama kun hana mazajenku aure kuma sun hanu saboda suna tsoronku kuma kun isa, nice marar wayo dana bar mijina ya kara aure har muke zaune lafiya to alhamdulillahi naji dadi. Ku yi hakuri bawai na gwaleku bane, kuma bawai ban gode muku bane naji dadi da kuka hango abunda zai cuceni kuka sanar dani. Sai dai ina ganin baku fahimci wacece kishiya ba da zaman tare. Sai muke kallon-kallo ni daku, ma’ana kuna mun kallon inama inji abunda kuke cemun, ni kuma ina hango muku wata babbar illa akan mazanku har nake cewa inama zaku yarjewa mazajenku suyi aure kamar yadda Haisam ya kara aure ku zauna lafiya yafi kwanciyar hankali. Hidaya tasa hannnu ta dakatar da Ramlah ta ce “Karma ki fara hango mana inama mazajen mu su kara aure mu zauna lafiya wanne irin zaman lafiya anyi mana kishiya ai lokacin ma zama zai hargitse. Aisha ta ce “Ke dai Ramlah da Allah Yayi miki zuciya irin ta matan sahabbai kinji dadi kina son kishiyarki amma mu babu sauki idan akayi mana kishiya. Su duka suka kyakyace da dariya suna tafawa. Hauwa ta ce “Kishiya, kishiya Ramlah kinji yadda nake ji kuwa idan naga anyi kishiya a makwabtanmu ma balle a cikin gidana ai har abada bazan yadda da kishiya abokiyar zama ba ce idan kuwa ya kuskura yayi min karshen zamana ya zo a gidan kuma suma sun rasa kwanciyar hankali a zamansu, lallai Ramlah baki san kishi ba. Ramlah tayi murmushi ta gyada kai ta ce “Hauwa kin tabo wani kyakkyawan misali da nake so in baku kince daga ranar da mijinki yayi aure kin bar gidansa, a matsayinki na *yar shekara ashirin da biyar kina nufin idan kika rabu da mijinki kin rabu da yin aure kenan a rayuwar ki har abada? Hauwa Mamman tayi shiru can ta ce “Sai in sami wani in aura. Ramlah ta ce “Saurayi ko bazawari? Tunda ke bazawara ce kinga saurayi ba zai zo neman aurenki ba sai dai wani ikon Allah. Masu mata ne zasu dinga zuwa neman auren ki to su matan da zaki auri mazansu su ba mutane bane da zasu kyale mijinsu ya aureki? Kingafa ko yanzu kin bar sunna don baki sowa dan Uwanki abunda kika sowa kanki ba kin auri mijin wata. To ai haka ne abunda nake nufi da inama zaku yarjewa mazanku su kara aure yafi kwanciyar hankali shine na dade ina son in fada muku abunda yake raina na rasa ta ina zan fara fada muku ku fahimta amma yanzu zan fada muku tunda yanzu mun shiga babban dakin bawa junanmu shawarwari Allah Yasa ku fahimceni kamar yadda na fahimce ku. Hidaya tayi dariya ta ce “Ai yanzu ra’ayoyin mu ya banbanta aminiyata kin baude daga cikinmu kinbi wata baudaddiyar hanya ta gushewar ganewa mun kasa gane kanki. Yaya gashi kiri-kiri ana cutarki kowa yana gani kince ba cuta bace, mufa muna nan akan bakanmu kuma kullum zamuci gaba da fada miki har sai kin gane. Ramlah tayi dan murmushi ta mike tsaye taje ta rage muryar talabijin din dake kunne ta dawo ta zauna ta dubi fuskokinsu dukkansu sai fara’a suke alamarma dariya take basu, sai itama suka bata dariya ta kyalkyale da dariya suma sai suka yi dariya. Hidaya ta ce “Ai babu abinda zaki gaya mana Ramlah kema kyayi dariya saboda ba’a haiyacinki kike ba tuntuni na fada miki wannan kishiyar taki ta gama dake. Ramlah ta nisa ta ce “Ina da abun cewa ne yasa ma har nake dariya. Ku gafarce ni Hauwa Mamman bari kiji abunda baki sani ba game da mijinki amma ina so ki nutsu kafin ki yanke hukunci dole tasa zan fada miki yanzu ma don kawai ki yarda da bayanin da nake so in wayar muku dakai akai ku ka kasa ganewa, kinsan Amira Nasir? Hauwa Mamman ta zabura ta rike kirji ta ce “Ramlah ina kika san Amira Nasir? Ai ita ce tacacciyar *yar iskar yarinyar dana fada miki *yar Minna ce take yiwa mijina waya tana sonsa amma ban fada miki sunanta ba, nima sai daga baya na binciko sunanta amma ai yanzu ta rabu dashi ko hanyar da yabi ma ta daina bi. Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Haka ya fada miki to ga irinta nan abunda nake fada muku kun kasa ganewa. Da mace tasa mijinta a wani hali na bin matan banza gara ma ka barshi yayi auren. Hauwa Mamman ta gyara zama ta narairaice ta ce “Ramlah meke faruwa ne gabana faduwa yake fadamun gaskiya. Ramlah ta nisa ta ce “Gaskiya basu rabu ba kuma sau biyu muna haduwa dasu a London ni da Haisam duk fitar da yake yi da ita yake fita ina amfanin haka bayan Uwar dukiyar da yake tura mata. Ai ba a London kadai ba jama’a da yawa sun sani kece baki sani ba ana tayi miki kallon wawiya. Kinga da irin wannan harkar gara ma ace ya auro miki ita cikin gida kun zauna tare kamar ni da Hannah dai. Hauwa Mamman ta dora hannu aka ta tsala kuka, Aisha Sulaiman na rirriketa kuka take tana cewa “Wallahi Ramlah gara ke daya auro miki Hannah ashe, yanzu haka Ibrahim zaiyi mun na shiga uku yanzu Ramlah yaya zanyi? Ashe kowa ya sani baku fada min ba? Ramlah ta juya ta kalli Aisha Sulaiman taa ce “Ke kuma da kike ganin kin hana Mukhtar aure ya hanu to kece baki sani ba yana nan tare da yarinyar kuma yakai kudin auren a boye, yana gina mata gida a Abuja can zai kaita inda yake aiki ayi auren karki sani. Hidaya ko ba kawar yarinyar bace take fada mana tare dake ba? To ashe ni da Haisam ya sanar dani ga wacce yake so ya aura sai in masa butulci ince ba zamu zauna lafiya ba. Aisha Sulaiman tahau cire mayafi tana fisge dankwali ta ce “Ramlah da gaske kike ko da wasa na shiga uku na lalace. Ramlah ta ce “Baki lalace ba Aisha darasi ne a kanku domin kunsan kara aure fadar Allah ce babu wacce ta isa ta soke ta ce ba za’ayi ba. Hidaya ta rike baki ta ce “Kai duniya abin tsoro Ramlah na fara tsorata da al’amuran maza yanzu. Ni kuma me Habib yake ban sani ba? Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Ciki gareki Hidaya bai kamata a fada miki maganar da zata tayar miki da hankali ba. Hidaya ta zabura ta ce in akwai ni fadamun Ramlah karki ci amanata babu wani abunda zai sameni don ina da ciki fadamin gaskiya. Tana rufe bakinta sai taga Haisam a kanta ya miko mata wani kati. Ramlah tayi sauri tasa hannu zata fusge sai Hidaya tayi sauri ta fusge tana karantawa taji kamar an daba mata wuka a kirjinta. Katin daurin auren Habib mijinta da za’ayi nan da sati gudane. Ko da wasa Habib bai taba fada mata ba saboda yasan tsananin kishinta shi kuma so yake ya kara aure don haka ya kwabi duk wanda yasan zaiyi aure da kada ya fadawa Hidaya cewa zaiyi aure. Hidaya ta rike hannun Haisam gam ta rushe da kuka tana cewa “Wallahi saika karbo min takardata a wajen Yayanka na fasa auren. Haisam ya hau dariya yana cewa ni asuwa ke da kika isa da mijinki jeki ki same shi, kiyi hakuri kawai ki zauna ga tsohon ciki ga *ya*ya ina zaki kaisu Hidaya zama da kishiya ya sameki sai hakuri daina ma kuka. Ya juya ya dubi Hauwa da Aisha kowacce tamkar zararriya abunda ya dameta a ranta ya dameta. Babu sallama kowacce taja gyalenta ta nufi hanyar fita. Ramlah na cewa ku dawo ku bari a gama abinci kuci mana, inahh, babu wacce ta kalleta balle susan me take cewa. Direban Hidaya ne ya kawo su, mota kawai suka fada. Ramlah ta bisu tana rokarsu don Allah su kwantar da hankalinsu su bari zuciyarsu ta huce kafin su yanke hukunci karsu yanke hukunci cikin fushi subi komai a hankali. Basu iya ko magana ba saboda makakin bakin ciki kowacce sauri take burinta ta ganta a gida tayi arba da munafikin mujinta maci amana, suka ja mota suka tafi. Haisam ya jawo hannunta suka shige gida su duka dariya ce ta hana su yin magana. Sunyi minti goma sha biyar suna dariya suyi su huta su sake tunowa su kwashe da dariya haka dai suka yi tayi. Haisam ya ce “Ai duk hirar da kuke ina jinku nayi shiru ban tanka musu ba saboda naji kina basu amsar da ta dace. Hakika Ramlah kin burgeni kin cika mai hankali da tunani da kaifin basira. Kin burgeni da yawa da baki dauki shawarrar su ba amsoshin da kika basu yayi daidai da tambayarsu. Nasan Yaya Habib zaiyi fada don me na fadawa Hidaya to ko me zaiyi yayi ni dai na riga na gama fada saboda ta cika min ciki tun rannan nake ciki da ita. Wai shin ina ruwansu da gidan wata? Banda gulma irin ta mata ina ke ina matsalar wani gida ita wacce aka yiwa kishiyar ta ce babu komai ku kun dage kunce akwai komai, suna bani mamaki wallahi. Ya jawo Ramlah ya rungumeta ya ce “Yanzu haka wani sonki ne na daban ya kara lullubeni. Ramlah ta lumshe ido ta ce “Na gode da yawa. Tana rufe bakinta Hannah ce ta turo kofa ta shigo gami da yin sallama tayi turus ta tsaya cak don ba zata iya karaso inda suke tsaye a rungume da juna ba. Tayi kamar ta bude kofa ta fita sai dai ta daure ta hadiye makakin kishin daya taso mata, nauyi da kunyarsu ta kamata. Haisam ya saki Ramlah daga rungumewar da yayi mata, ya dubi Hannah wacce kanta ke sunkuye a kasa ya ce “Meye kika tsaya acan ki karaso mana. Tayi murmushi kawai ta nufo inda suke ta dubi agogon dake daure a hannunta ta ce “Zanje inyi alwala magaruba tayi. Sai su duka suka nufi ban daki don yin alwala. Bayan sunyi jam’i sun idar sai suka zazzauna akan abin sallarsu kowacce ta bude Alkur’ani tana karantaawa. Har lokacin sallar isha’i. Bayan sun idar suka yi addu’oin su suka shafa. Kafin su idar masu aiki sun gama jera musu abinci kala-kaala akan teburin cin abinci. Kai tsaye suka nufi dinning table, Ramlah ta fara zuzzubawa a kowanne plate. Ta zuzzuba lemo (juice) a kowanne kofi ta koma ta zauna kowa ya fara cin nasa. Suka dauki lokaci mai tsawo babu wanda yayi magana. Haisam ya dubi Ramlah ya juya ya dubi Hannah ya ce “Yau abincin yayi dadi sosai ko magana kun kasa yi. Su duka suka yi dariya. Hannah tayi masa wani lallausan kallo ta ce “Ka cika neman magana kaine fa kace mudaina magana idan muna cin abinci yanzu kuma ka ce mun kasa magana. Ramlah ta ce “Ai dokar da yasa shi tafi effection saboda yallabai baka iya zaman minti goma baka yi tsokana ba. Haisam ya ce “Kullum dai bakinku daya ne abunda Yaya ta ce haka kanwa take cewa haka abunda kanwar ta ce Yaya sai ta ce haka ne, kanwata babu mai bin bayana a cikinku ko? To shikenan tunda hademun kai kuke nima zan samo me shigarmun inyi kanwa. Hannah ta harari Haisam ta ce “Wacce irin kanwa kuma? Haisam ya ce “Kishiya mana kunga sai ayi bibbiyu kenan ku biyu nima ni da ita sai ta shigar mun, “Ramlah ta tuntsire da dariya ta ce “Kanwata ke yake tsokana ai na gaya miki shi dai yayi tsokana yaji dadi. Haisam yasa hannu yana shafar kumatun Hannah ya ce “Ke da wasa nake miki, ai na gama aure a rayuwata Insha Allah. Kuma ina jin dadin wannan hadin kan da kuke mun. Tsokana nake yi ina ni ina wani kara aure har a lahira na gama karin aure. Ramlah Uwar gidana Hannah amaryata har abada. Su duka suka yi dariya ya ce “Allah da gaske nake, ko kunga nayi muku kama da wanda zai kara aure ku kalleni tsaf a nutse ku kare mun kallo. Suka tuntsire da dariya dukkaninsu har Haisam din. “Hannah dai dariya kawai take yi bata ce komai ba kai kayi kidanka kayi rawarka. Haisam ya ce “Ni yanzu abin da yake gabana shine inga dukkanninku na baku jari kowacce ta kama sana’a ta kanta, Ramlah yanzu misali idan aka baki jari me kike da sha’awar budewa. Ramlah ta ajiye kofin dake hannunta tayi fari da ido ta ce “Ni a gaskiya ina da burin bude kantin sayar da kayan Senegal na mata da maza sannan inyi wani kanti wanda zan dinga sayar da takalma na kasar waje tsadaddu na mata da maza da yara. Haisam ya ce “To ya isa haka Aunty Ramlah so kike ki bude kantina daban-daban. Idan na kyaleki saiki kirgo min guda goma biyu ma sun isa. Kefa amarya ta? Hannah ta narairaice ido ta ce “Ni burina da ace ina da kudi makarantar Islamiyya zan bude da masallaci da rijiyoyi da bishiyoyi zan shuka ince Allah Ya kai ladan Kabarin Iyayena da suka rigami gidan gaskiya. Haisam ya ce “Allah Sarki shike nan? Hannah ta zubo da hawayen daya cika mata ido ta ce “Shikenan burina. Haisam yasa hannu ya share mata hawaye ya ce “Kar kiyi kuka ajiye wannaan a gefe za’ayi insha Allah a sana’a me kike da burin yi? Hannah ta danyi murmushi ta ce “Ina so in bude katon kanti (Super market) a kusa da nan kuma in bude wani dan ofis na taimakawa marayun yara. Haisam ya ce “Duk kun zabi sana’oi masu kyau, nima bari in fada muku tawa sana’ar a Abuja na gina wani katafaren waje kerarre, kayatacce mai kyawun gaske nan da wata biyu za’a kawo min motoci daga Germany zan fara sayarwa idan mun dawo daga tafiya in Allah Ya kaimu zan kaiku ku gano wajen. Hannah da Ramlah suka yi murmushi dukkansu suka kuma tayashi murna da fatan alheri. Haisam ya ce “Na gode sai dai kuma na kasa tuno sunan da zan sakawa wajen misali Hannah da zaki bude Supermarket wanne suna kike so kisawa wajen? Kema Ramlah yaya sunan boutik dinki da zaki bude ku dan bani satar amsa sai insan wanne suna zan sawa wajen sayar da motocina. Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Aini sunanka zansawa wajena. Haisam senegalise boutique, Haisam ya girgiza kai ya ce “Baiyiba, kefa? Hannah tayi dan murmushi ta ce “Sunanka dana Auntyna Ramlah zansa HaiRam Supermarket. Haisam ya ce “Hairam? Ke kuma laifin me kikayi da kika cire sunanki kara Hannah akan Hairam din sai yafi dadi. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “HAIRAMHANAH Supermarket. Haisam da Ramlah suka hada baki suka maimaita HAIRAMHANAH sunan yayi dadi gaskiya. Haisam ya ce “To da nawa dana Aunty Ramlah dana Amaryata Hannah dukka sunan daya ne, kunga Hairamhannah super market, Hairamhannah senegalise boutique, Hairamhannah motors da dai sauransu. Yanzu kowaccenku zan bude mata account zan zuba muku miliyan hamsin-hamsin ku fara jarin dashi kafin nan gaba in kakkara muku, nima ina cikin zamana Babanmu ya kira mu ya ce tunda munyi hankali kowannen mu ga takardun hannayen jarin da ya dinga zuba mana tun muna yara a bankunan kasashe daban-daban da bankunan nan kasa Nigeria, kudade masu yawa sun taru shekaru da yawa bamu taba karba ba ya ce muje mu kula da kanmu da Iyalinmu. Sannan an biyani kudin kwangilar da nayi ta miliyan dari biyu sai naga ya dace nima inzo in bawa kowacce jari ta juya da kanta don tayi hidimomin gabanta ba sai kun jirani ba kullum ina dan sammuku na dan kashewa ba. Ramlah ta rike baki ta ce “Yallabai miliyan hamsin-hamsin fa kace? Hannah ta ce “Fifty millions? Haisam ya ce “Miliyan hamsin kowaccenku. Hannah da Ramlah suka zo suka durkusa a gabansa suka yi ta godiya. Yasa hannu ya tashe su tsaye ya ce babu komai shi ba sai sun gode masa ba. Hannah ta nufi kofar fita ba tare data yiwa kowa sallama ba a tunaninsu kicin zata shiga sai suka ga ta bude kofar fita ta fice da alama kuma kuka take yi. Comment da yawa yana kara mana karfin gwiwan muku posting fa. Amma sai ku dinga comment kamar bakwason labarin. Ko so kike muci gaba da rabi anan rabi a can!!? GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 31 Haisam da Ramlah suka hau kallon-kallo, Haisam ya ce “Ina kuma wannan zata je babu sallama. Ramlah ta ce “Ka bita ka gani, ina jin gidanta ta tafi da alamar kuka take yi. Haisam ya ce “Ai kukan ma ta tafi zata yi ya isheta domin gwanar kuka ce na tabbata ta tuna maraicinta ne zata ga kudin bashi da amfani a wajenta saboda sunzo lokacin da babu Mahaifanta. Ramlah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Allah Sarki jeka ka bata hakuri kada ta damu haka Allah Ya rubuto mata yaya zata yi duk mai rai mamacine kowa jiranta yake banda abun Hannah bai kamata ta dinga damuwa ba tunda Allah Ya bata miji tamkar Uwarta da Ubanta. Haisam ya ce “Iyaye daban ne da miji Ramlah karma ki hada. Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Miji dai irin na Hannah zan iya cewa daya ne da Iyayenta tunda tun tana karama yake rainonta baya so ko kuda ya tabata zai iya hallaka duk wanda ya nemi ya takura mata saboda tsananin so da kulawa da yake mata. Haisam ya mike tsaye daga kan kujerar da yake zaune yana dariya ya ce “Raudah ta cika gulma haka ta fada miki? Suka sake tuntsirewa da dariya dukkanninsu. Ramlah ta kara da cewa “Baka ji masu iya magana na cewa fini da gidan Uba in fiki da gidan miji ba? Ai duk masu gata a wajen Iyayen nan borori ne a gidan mazajensu. Irin su Hannah marayu su kuma su caba da miji mai tsananin son su. Haisam ya juya ya fara tafiya ya nufi kofar fita. Ramlah na biye da shi a baya. Ta ce “Kayi shiru sai murmushi kake baka ce komai ba. Haisam ya ce “Aunty Ramlah kin cika son magana me kike so ince miki? Ta ce wai dana ga hira muke sai ka dan tayani hirar kayi min musu kace Rauda karya take ba’ayi haka a Kazaure ba. Haisam ya ce “Kishi! Kishi!! Ya motsa kumallon mata ai gara ki amayoshi, yanzu fa nake yabonki kin nunawa su Hidaya baki da kishi ni kuma kinzo kina son tutsiyeni. Ramlah ta ce “A’a ba haka bane ni dai nasan kana son Hannah da yawa fiye da… Yasa hannu ya toshe bakinta ya ce “Kema ina sonki kima daina tunanin wani abu kinji ko. Suka tuntsire da dariya Ramlah ta daga gira ta ce “Naji dadin amsarka na gode tunda na fita daga sahun masu son maso wani. Haisam yayi dariya ya fice, Ramlah ta rufo kofar ta shiga cikin gida. Haisam na fitowa ya nufi bangaran Hannah ya taba kofar yaji a datse yasa hannu a aljihunsa ya dauko mukulli ya bude ya shiga ya tarar babu kowa a falon sai ya nufi sama kan bene. Ya tura kofar dakin ya shiga a can karshen gado ya hango Hannah a kwance ta takure tana rusar kuka yayi sallama ya shigo ta dago da sauri suka hada ido Haisam sai ya girgiza kai ta sake kifa kai yayin da kuka mai tsanani ya rufo mata. Ya karasa gareta ya rada mata a kunne cikin sanyayyar murya ya ce “Goge hawayenki, bana so in sake ganin hawaye a idanuwanki zamu yi wata magana. Bayan kamar minti uku kukan da Hannah take yi ya tsaya. Can Haisam ya dago kanta suka hada ido sai ta sake kwantar da kanta a kirjinsa yana shafar lallausan gashinta ya ce “Hannah meye yasa ki kuka? Karki boyemin ki fadamin gaskiya kuma bana so ki sake rushemun da kuka. Tayi dan murmushi cikin sanyayyiyar murya ta ce “Nayi kuka ne saboda farin cikin da yayi mun yawa da wadannan kudi masu dunbin yawa daka bamu ni da Yayata. Haisam ya ce “Dalilin kukan ki na biyu kenan baki fadamin na farko ba, ina ganin babban dalilin da yasa ki kuka shine Allah Ya kawo miki kudi mai dunbin yawa a lokacin da babu Mahaifanki wadanda za ki bawa suma suci gajiyar arzikin da Allah Yayi miki. Haka ne ko ba haka bane? Hannah ta gyada kai ta ce “Hakane. Haisam ya ce “Yauwa na gode baki boye mun ba, Hannah kina da ilimi, kina da tunani da hankali matuka bai kamata ki dinga damuwa akan kaddara da jarrabawar da Ubangiji Allah Ya rubuto miki ba. Hakuri da tawakkali da kika yi a baya shi zaki ci gaba duk lokacin da irin wannan tunani ya fado miki a rai kiyi sauri ki kawar ki sawa ranki Allah Ya dauke ran Mahaifanki Ya mayar dake marainiya gaba da baya akan haka Yaso Ya ganki, amma sai yayi miki canji da wani mutum a matsayin mijinki kuma mai kaunar yaga farin cikin ki tamkar Iyayenki. Hannah ina ganin ko *ya*yan cikina bazan jisu a raina ba kamar yadda nake kwana in yini dake kullum a zuciyata ina ta sake-saken yadda zan faranta miki, daidai da sakon daya bana so ki shiga matsala. Bacin ranki ko kukanki tamkar dalmar wuta ake soka mun a zuciyata ki taimakeni Hannah ki daina saka kanki cikin damuwa domin damuwarki tana jawo mun mummunar damuwa. Tsakaninki da Mahaifanki sai addu’a nima kuma nayi miki alkawarin zan dinga taya ki da yi musu addu’a har karshen rayuwata. Ta dago ta dubeshi kallo mai kunshe da tsananin so da kauna tasa bakinta a gefen kumatunsa, ta sumbace shi ta rungume shi. Ranar da Hannah da Haisam zasu tafi da misalin karfe goma na safe Ramlah da kanta take tuka motar ta kaisu filin jirgi tana daga musu hannu har suka hau jirgi suka tafi Abuja. Ita kuma ta dawo gida, haka ta kasance gidan shiru babu dadi sai ita kadai. Washe gari taje gidan su Haisam ta roki Hajiyarsa ta bata Amratu tazo ta tayata zama suka taho tare. Babu abinda Ramlah tasa a gaba yanzu sai shirye-shiryen yadda za’ayi ta fara gudanar da shirinta a gidan rediyo wato shirin nan nata mai taken SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE. Tana ta sintiri gidan rediyon nan mai farin jini wato FREEDOM RADIO domin bincike tasan yadda za’a sayar mata da filin da zata dinga gudanar da shirye-shiryen duk sati. Sun karbeta da farin ciki sun kuma zabar mata lokacin da suka ga ya dace ta dinga gudanar da shirin sannan sunyi mata alkawarin zasu fara yi mata tallar shirin kafin ranar da zata fara gudanar da shirin. Ramlah bata damu da dunbin kudin da zata dinga kashewa ba duk sati na sayen filin da zatayi shirin burinta shirin ya samu karbuwa a wajen jama’a sakon da take so ta isar ga al’umma ya isa gare su. Duk ranar lahadi misalin karfe tara zuwa goma da rabi Ramlah zata dinga gudanar da shirin, sannan kuma duk ranar laraba da daddare a maimaita shirin. Wannan ne sati na farko da Ramlah zata fara gudanar da shirinta, jama’a da dama sun matso da akwatinan rediyonsu kusa da su don jin wannan sabon shirin da ake ta tallarsa kullum wannan gidan rediyo. Ga hirar kamar haka. FREEDOM RADIO: Assalamu alaikum Jama’a ni Hajiya Hassana Hassan Safiyanu Gumel zan gabatar da wannan sabon shirin tare da Malama Ramlah Haisam Shitu. Malama Ramlah Haisam sannu da zuwa. Ramlah: “Salamu alaikum. Haj Hassana: Malama Ramlah jama’a da dama sun kagu suji wannan shirin saboda suna jin tallar shirin mai taken SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE. Zamu so mu fara dajin takaitaccen tarihinki, da kuma dalilinki na kirkiro wannan shirin, da ma’anar kalmar SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE. Ramlah: murmushi, “asSalamu alaikum jama’a ni sunana Ramlah Shitu, shekaruna Ashirin da shida nayi makarantar nursery da primary wato secondry a kasar America bayan mun dawo nan kasa Nigeria na shiga jami’ar Bayero (B.U.K) na yi digiri akan harkar yada labarai (Mass communication). Haj Hassana, dariya: “Ashe ma kema ta gidan ce *yar jarida. Ramlah, dariya: “Kwarai kuwa nima *yar Uwar kuce *yar jarida. Don haka nema naga ya dace nima in bada tawa gudun mawar duk da ni ba ma’aikaciyar gidan redio bace ko talabijin naga ya kamata inyi amfani da karatuna inzo in bada tawa gudunmawar ga al’umma. Kamar yadda kika tambayeni meye ma’anar SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE, kuma meye dalilina na kirkiro wannan shirin? Dalilina na kirkiro wannan shiri shine, sai don kawai naga *yan Uwana Musulmai, Hauswa samari da *yan mata yara da manya muna da matsala wacce muke nema a wayar mana da kai akanta. Matsalar kuma ita ce ta mace-macen aure da rashin samun zaman lafiya a cikin zaman aure, zaki ga ko an zauna ba’a rabu ba to zaman ma babu dadi kaga miji da matarsa kamar ba suna son juna suka yi aure ba sun zama abokan gaba kowa na kokarin ya cusgunawa dan Uwansa shima ya rama laifin da dayan yayi masa, babu fahimtar juna. A gaskiya Hausawa basu yadda soyayya gaskiya ba ce. Zaki ga da zarar anyi aure shikenan soyayya ta kare sai zaman hakuri ko zaman *ya*ya to gaskiya ba haka bane. Yaune ranar farko da muka fara gudanar da shirin bazai yiwu in faiya ce muku komai ba a yanzu sai a hankali zanyi muku bayanai dalla-dalla. A yau dai abunda zan fara yin bayani akai shine, Mecece soyayya? Dawa ya kamata kayi soyayya? Kuma yaya za’ayi soyayya ta dauwama har abada? Soyayya ita ce kaga mutum mace ko namiji kaji kana son ta ko son sa saboda Allah, ka zauna dashi saboda Allah, kana kula da halayensa abunda yayi mai kyau ka kara karfafa masa gwiwa ya ci gaba. Idan yayi abu marar kyau ka hana shi cikin nasiha da dabaru. Kana sonsa a lokacin da bashi da shi. Kana tunani a kullum yaya zaki faranta masa rai ku taimaki juna a lokacin da dayanku yake tsananin neman taimako. Mutum ba’a gama masa halitta har sai ranar daya mutu don haka kada ka guji dan Uwanka don wani tsautsayi ya same shi halittar ta canja. Ma’ana akwai hatsari na mota akwai wuta duk mutum zai iya nakasa idan soyayyar gaskiya ce baza ka tsaneshi ba, wannan ita ce ma’anar soyayya. Haj Hassana: Malama Ramlah munji ma’anar soyayya, sai ki gaya mana dawa ya kamata kayi soyayya? Ramlah, murmushi. Ko mace ko namiji ya kamata kasan dawa ya kamata kayi soyayya ma’ana kaso mai sonka. Soyayya takan fada kan mutumin ko mutumiyar da ita kuma bata da ra’ayinka kunga akwai matsala kenan. Haj. Hassana. Wato kina nufin kenan kar a yi son maso wani? Ramlah. “Yauwa zaki ga wani lokaci mace tana son namiji shi kuma baya ra’ayinta duk da dai ba’a cika samu ba, an fi samun namiji nason mace amma ita bata sonsa. Shi kuma zaka ga Allah Ya jarrabeshi da tsantsar sonta ita kuma bata sonsa, duk wata hanya da zai bi yaga ya mallaketa zai yi ta bi, ya yi ta shisshige mata yana mata kyaututtuka amma ita baya burgeta saima tsana da haushinsa yake sake lullubeta kuma har abada bazai burgeta ba saboda bata sonsa a zuciyarsa. To abu na farko daya kamata shine ya kyaleta yaje ya nemi mai sonsa itama ta auri wanda take so kada ya damu karya kullaceta bayin kanta bane domin soyayya abace wacce Allah Yake sakawa a zuciyar bayinSa. Hakika bana karfafawa jama’a gwiwa akan su nacewa wanda baya son su ina ganin hakuri shine babban magani, kaje ka auri mai sonka. Amma muddin aka takura akayi mata dole ko akayi masa dole, in namiji ne baya so, to lallai za’a samu mummunar matsala bayan auran. Saboda aure yafi yin karko in namijin da macen suna son junansu. Daga karshe zanyi magana akan yaya za’ayi soyayya da dauwamammiya har abada? Soyayya zata iya dauwama har karshen zaman miji da matarsa har tsufa bata gushewa , shine da farko akwai kyautatawa. Namiji da mace kowanne yana neman kyautatawar dan Uwansa. Na biyu kulawa, mace ta kula da mijinta ta kowanne bangare, misali dafa abincin da zai ci tsafta ce ruwan shan sa, makwancinsa, ban dakinsa, tufafinsa, kulada dukkan yanayinsa na farin ciki ko na bakin ciki, ki kwantar masa da hankali ki lallashe shi har yaji wasai. Haka ma namiji ya kamata ya kula da matarsa gwargwadon karfinsa. Cinta, shanta, mahallin da zata zauna, lafiyarta ya kaita asibiti in bata da lafiya ita da yaranta. Kalamai masu dadi, wasa da dariya, tufafin da zata sa na fita kunya dai-dai karfinsa da magana mai dadi ba kullum zai fita ba da fada. To in har duk wadannan abubuwan suka samu tsakanin miji da matarsa zasu dauwama cikin farin ciki da son juna kullum. Haj Hassana. “Gaskiya Malama Ramlah kin faiya ce mana manyan matsalolin da suke addabarmu a wannan al’umma tamu. Yanzu kuma zamu bude layin wayoyinmu don jin ra’ayin masu sauraron mu. Masu tambaya ko karin bayani. Sai dai don Allah jama’a ayi tambaya akan abunda muke tattaunawa yanzu, a cikin shirinmu na SOYAYYA GASKIYA CE. Ramlah tayi mamakin ganin yadda ake ta bugo waya anata yabawa da shi mata albarka, wasu kuma suna tambaya akan matsalolinsu da suka dade suna nukurkusarsu sai yanzu Allah Ya kawo musu mafita. Ramlah tayi amfani da iliminta da tunaninta ta basu shawarwari har sai da suka gamsu. Daga karshe suka yiwa masu sauraro sallama akan sai sun hadu a wani sabon shirin wani satin. Ramlah ta fito farfajiyar gidan rediyon inda ta ajiye motarta kafin ta bude motar ta shiga, sai wayar hannunta ta hau ruri tana dubawa sai taga Hidaya ce take yi mata waya. Ta matsa gami da yin sallama cikin shesshekar kuka Hidaya take magana ta ce “Ramlah zo gidana kiga halinda nake ciki. Cikin rikicewa Ramlah take tambaya “Lafiya, me ya faru? Hidaya ta ce “Ga danyen jego ina yi ko arba’in banyi ba ga tashin hankalin kishiya, shine Hajiyar su Habib tazo tayi min tas a gidan nan wai ita bazata yadda a kara zamar da danta zararre ba kamar yadda aka zamar da Haisam wai in har nasan bazan zauna lafiya da amaryata ba lalle ba dole in bar gidan, ga Habib nan hankalinsa a tashe a kullum. Ramlah ta hau lallashin Hidaya ta ce gata nan ma zata so gidan yanzu. Daga Freedom radio sai gidan Hidaya Ramlah ta garzaya ta shafe awa uku tana lallashin Hidaya ta bata shawarwarin yadda zata zauna da kishiyarta lafiya. Bayan tafiyar su Hannah da wata guda, Ramlah taji labarin an fara sayar da form din Jamb. Don haka ta garzaya Banki ta suyowa Hannah, ta cike mata domin Hannah ta sanar da ita irin cours din da take so first choice ta ce Medicine, second choice Biochemistry. Hannah da Haisam kullum suna yiwa Ramlah waya da daddare suyi ta hira suce suna missing dinta sosai. Sun shaida mata sunje Dubai da London yanzu kuma suna America. Ramlah tayi musu fatan alheri da fatan su dawo gida lafiya. Daga America sai suka wuce Saudia don yin aikin Hajji. A lokacin saura sati biyu ayi arfa. Kasancewar Ambassadon Nigeria dake Saudiya abokin Baban Haisam ne don haka waya kawai Haisam yayi masa cewar gasu nan zuwa. Don haka kafin jirginsu ya sauka a filin jirgin Jiddah an turo motar da zata dauke su. An basu masauki a Jiddah Haisam ya ce ai Madina zasu wuce kai tsaye baza su zauna ba. Mota da direba aka basu suka tafi Madina Hannah tayi matukar farin ciki da ta ganta a cikin wannan gari mai albarka fiye da duk kasashen da suka zazzaga. Kamar a mafarki ta ganta a shabbaki harma gata ga Kabarin Annabi Muhammad (S.A.W) ta rike katangar kabarin ta rungume tayi kuka ta yiwa Allah godiya. Sannan tayiwa Mahaifanta addu’oin nema musu gafara da rahama a wajen Mahaliccinsu. Hannah tayi mamaki matuka ganin yadda Haisam yake mata ko Sarauniya sai haka. An yiwa mazan Larabawa shaida wajen kulawa da matansu, sune masu rike musu takalma su rike musu yara da duk wasu kaya ita dai macen balarabe tafiya take sunke a cikin bakar abaya ta rufe dukkan jikinta har fuskarta, yana biye da ita yana kakkareta kada wani ya tabata, duk da wannan kulawa da ake yi musu sai suka ga ba komai bace akan yadda suka ga Haisam na yiwa Hannah. Haisam na rike da hannun Hannah gam duk inda zasu je ko tsinke baya barinta ta rike shi da direba ne masu rike kaya idan yaga kamar mutane suna tahowa ta daya bangaren sai kaga yayi sauri ya dawo gefen, a jima ya dawo bayanta yana kareta ya dawo gabanta ya komo daya bangaren nata yana kareta wai shi a dole kada wani ya tabata ko kar a tureta ta wahala. Haka suka sami kwana takwas a Madina duk sun kai ziyara zuwa wuraren da ake zuwa kamar Bakiyya, Masallacin Kuba da Dutsen Uhudu inda Kabarin su Sayyadina Hamza (A.S) yake. Haka duk kantin da suka shiga Haisam yayi ta jidowa Hannah kaya har hana shi take yi, ya ce shi dai sun yi masa kyau sai ya siya mata idan akwai guda biyu iri daya sai ya saya musu su biyu da Ramlah. Haka kantin gwal yayi ta saya mata har diamond ita da Ramlah da Mamarsa da kanwarsa Amratu. Kafin su bar Madina sai da suka yi dilar kaya katuwa aka daure musu akasa a mota suka nufi birnin Makka. Daga shigarsu Makka kai tsaye suka wuce kayataccen hotel din nan na masu hannu da shuni wato Intercontinental Hotel wanda ko a Larabawa ma sai wane da wane ne suke iya kama wannan hotel saboda tsadarsa, gashi gaf da Harami yake. Bangare guda Haisam ya kama a Hotel din ma’ana ga falo, dakuna biyu kowanne da toilet a ciki ga kicin da kayataccen darning area. Lallai duk wanda ya budi ido ya ganshi cikin hotel dinnan zaiyi tunanin ba’a cikin wannan duniyar yake ba sai dai ya kwatanta da Aljannah. Kayansu kawai suka sauke sai suka nufi Harami daman sun riga sunyi wanka sunyi niyya tun daga can Mikati tsakanin Madina zuwa Makka sun saka haraminsu. Suna shiga Harami sai suka yi Umara. Suka gama aikin Umara lokacin Sallar azahar ce sai suka bi Limamin Masallacin Sallah, wato Sudes. Bayan an idar sai suka dawo hotel dinsu suka sa aka yo musu odar abinci kala-kala har da direban suka hadu suka ci, bayan sun gama sai Haisam ya dauko kudi mai yawa ya bawa direban ya ce ya koma Jiddah sai ranar da za’a fita Minnah ya zo ya daukesu da sassafe. Tunda ga su ga Harami ga kantina akusa babu inda zasu je da mota. Direba yayi ta godiya saboda yaji dadi sosai a wajen Haisam kayan da Haisam ya dinga saya masa a Madina shima sai da yayi akwati guda tasa. Suka yi sallama ya tafi. Haisam da Hannah sun kasance suna ta hutawarsu cikin wannan katafaren hotel sai lokacin Sallar la’asar suke fitowa su sami Sallar Jam’i sai suyi ta dawafi har magariba, bayan Sallar magariba sai su jira lokacin Sallar isha’i. Bayan an idar da Sallar isha’i sai su fito suyi ta shiga kantina suna siyayya. Nanma haka kayan da Haisam ya dinga sayawa Hannah abun baya lissafuwa. Haka Hannah duk danginta kowa da sunansa ta sisiya musu tsaraba komai dozin suka dinga siya. Bayan dilar da suka yo a Dubai da London da America da Madina duk sun aunasu Nigeria ta awan Kago wato Jirgin kaya. HmmmmmmGANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter32 Ranar da za’a tafi aikin Hajji tun da asuba Mahajjata suka tashi suka yi wankan niyyar Hajji suka sa haraminsu da sassafe suka fara shiga motocinsu suna tafiya Minna. Direban su Haisam ya baiyana tunda sassafe don haka Hannah da Haisam suka fito sanye da haraminsu sai wata karamar jaka dauke da *yan kayayyakinsu kadan suka shiga suka tafi. Yadda ake fadar wahalar aikin Hajji Hannah bata ga wuyar ba saboda komai na su daban ne da sauran Mahajjata, domin suna tare da Ambassadon Nigeria da Iyalansa a Minnah, shemarsu ba a wajen da ta *yan Nigeria suke ba suna can gaba kusa da wajen jifan shaidan taku daya biyu zasu yi suje wajen jifan shaidan sabanin ta sauran Alhazai wadanda sai sunyi tafiyar miles da yawa kafin su isa wajen. Ga Haisam na rike da ita babu wanda yake murkusheta ko taka ta. Sunyi aikin Hajjinsu a nutse cikin sauki, sannan kowa ya fara neman hanyar garinsu. Haisam da Hannah sun dawo Makka inda suka karayin kwana biyu a hotel dinsu daga karshe suka je suka yi dawafin bankwana suka zuba dilar kayan a mota suka nufi Jiddah. A gidan Ambassador suka sauka nan ma suka yi kwana biyu sun shisshiga kasuwannin Jiddah kamar su Baba Sharif da sauran kasuwanni da ke Jiddah. Ana gobe zasu tafi suka je tekun da ke nan Jiddah (beach) nan fa iska mai sanyi take kadawa ga larabawa nan da matansu da *ya*yansu suma suna zazzaune suna ciye-ciye da shaye-shaye lemuna da gahawa da dabino. Haisam da Hannah da *ya*yan Ambassador su biyu kanana Husain da Hussaina suma suka shimfida katuwar darduma suka baje kayan marmari dana kwalaye iri-iri suna ci suna hira. Husain da Husaina kanana ne *yan kimanin shekara shida, Husain ya jingina a jikin Hannah ya ce “Aunty Hannah bama so ku tafi dama kuyi ta zama anan tare da mu. Hannah tayi dariya ta shafa kansa ta ce “Husain ayi haka kuwa, muyi ta zama a gidanku mu ma fa *yan gidanmu suna can suna jiranmu mu dawo. Sai dai idan ka yarda in tafi dakai. Husain ya ce “Eh na yarda zan biku. Su duka suka tuntsire da dariya, Haisam ya ce “Kin samu da lallai a fadawa Mamarka ka hado kayanka. Hussaina ce ta tabe baki alamar zata fashe da kuka wai taji ance za’a tafi da dan Uwanta Husain. Haisam ya ce “Lah Hussaina kuka zaki yi don ance za’a tafi da dan Uwanki to share hawayenki ki daina kuka baza mu tafi dashi ba. Hussaina ta goge hawayenta tana dariya sai ta ce da Haisam “Uncle zaka bar mana Aunty Hannah anan? Bama so ta tafi. Haisam da Hannah suka tuntsire da dariya. Haisam ya ce “Lallai ma yarinyar nan kin fiye wayo na dauka yanzu kike kuka karmu tafi da dan Uwanki wato sai dai in bar muku tawa *yar Uwar ko? To naki, in bar Hannah anan in tafi Nigeria inje inyi me? Ai gara ace an kwashe mutanen Nigeria Kakaf an kawosu Saudia ni kuma a barni da Hannah a Nigeria mu biyu muna shawagi a kasar. Hussaina sake shawara ko kuma ki sake neman wata alfarmar ta wani bangaren banda wannan. Hannah tayi tsai tana kallon Haisam kallon da yake kashe masa dukkan sassan jikinsa wanda har cikin zuciyarsa yake jinsa. Tayi dan murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai kasa ta ce “Tuntuni wannan bayanin naka ya wuce fahimtar Hussaina bata ma san me kake ce mata ba sai dai wacce ake yi dominta ita take gane abunda kake nufi. Haisam ya mayar mata da irin kallon da tayi masa ya lumshe ido ya ce “Alhamdulillah tunda wacce nayi dominta tasan abunda nake nufi. Hannah ta mike taja hannun Haisam suka fara tafiya a cikin yashi lubus yayin da ruwan teku yake yin kukan kura feshin ruwan yana feso musu. Tafiya suke a hankali suna hira Hannah ta kashe murya ta ce “Nawan, na dade ina mamaki amma ba’a mamaki da ikon Allah saboda ikon Allah ya wuce haka. Kiftawar ido da budewa yayi yawa a wajen Ubangiji Ya zamar da mai kudi talaka, Ya zamar da talaka mai arziki, Ya zamar da bawa Sarki Ya maishe da mai lafiya marar lafiya Ya canja kunci izuwa farin ciki. Haisam ya ce “Haka ne gaskiya ne. Hannah ta nisa ta ce “Akwai lokacin dana zamana a cikin kunci da tashin hankali, gabas da yamma kudu da arewa, sama da kasa duk inda na waiga sai bakin ciki da tashin hankali babu wanda zan gani naji dadi a rayuwata, babu mai lallashina, babu mai kwantar min da hankali. Na cire rai da kara samun walwala a rayuwata, nayi sallama da farin ciki nayi ban kwana da soyayya tunda wanda nake so ya ce min good bye ya tafi ya barni. Abu daya na rike shine Allah Yana tare dani kuma ko bai yimin sakayya a duniya ba nasan zai bani a lahira musamman ranar da nazo gidanka maimakon in ganka sai aka ce mun ka rasu hakika a ranar na sake tabbatarwa nayi bankwana da farin cikin duniya, ko me na zama nan gaba ko dawa Allah Ya hadani bana jin zan sake son kowa a duniya. Ba zato ba tsammani gaba daya Allah Ya juya mun rayuwata daga tsantsar bakin ciki izuwa tsananin farin ciki, na godewa Allah ina sake yiwa Allah godiya fatan Allah Ya hadamu a Aljannah ni da kai da Aunty Ramlah da Mahaifana masu sona da Iyayanka. Ta zubo da hawaye sharr daga idanuwanta. Haisam ya jawota suka zauna yasa hannu yana goge mata hawaye ya ce “Hannah kenan gaki yarinya mai hankalin manya. Addu’a bata faduwa kasa sai dai jinkiri. Ina addu’a Allah Ya hadani dake kullum dare da rana wani lokaci har in nemi yawun bakina in rasa, makogwarona ya bushe hawaye ya kafe amma shuru Allah bai hadamu ba sai bayan da duk muka fitar da rai, muka cire rai akan farin cikin rayuwa sannan Allah Ya hadamu, hakika Allah Yana ikonSa Yana kuma yin yadda Yaso a lokacin da Yaga dama, Allah Shine abin godiya mu gode maSa. Bayan sun gama zagayen su, su ka dawo wurin Husain da Hussaina su ka zauna suka ci gaba da ciye-ciyensu suna hira har karfe goma da rabi na dare sannan suka nufi wajan da direba yake suka shiga suka tafi. Bayan shigar su dakin da aka sauke su, suka yi wanka suka kwanta. Hannah ta jawo wayar dake dakin (land line) ta bugawa Ramlah sukai ta hira har Haisam yayi barci ya barta suna waya suna ta kyalkyala dariya yana mamakin me suke cewa a hirar. Hannah ta nunawa Ramlah tana farin ciki da zasu dawo gida su ganta. Har karfe biyun dare suna hira sannan suka yi sallama. Washegari da misalin karfe goma sha biyu na rana jirgin su Hannah ya taso daga Jiddah zuwa Kano sun ci sa’a kuwa suna isa suka iso da dilolin kayansu da suka auno. Shehu direban su ne da Amratu, Karimat amaryar Yaya Habib da Yaya Habib su ka zo taryar su da motoci biyu su ka zo, aka shirma kayan a daya suka shiga daya suka tafi. Tun daga get suka fara ganin an lillika wani abu mai kyalkyali suna shiga farfajiyar gidan suka ga an kewaye ginin gidan da kyalkeli an rubuta WELL COME BACK HAISAM & HANNAH. Gefe guda kuma balo ce aka huhhura da yawa akayi runfa da ita a tsakiya an ajije wani tebur dauke da wani katon kek an rubuta a jikinsa WELL COME BACK HAISAM & HANNAH. Sunyi mamaki matukar mamaki ganin yadda jama’a suka taru, ashe liyafa Ramlah ta hada saboda murnar dawowarsu. Kujeru aka zuzzuba a farfajiyar gidan, can gefe Mahaifiyar Haisam ce da Mahaifiyar Ramlah da sauran tawagarsu a zazzaune. Gefe guda kuma matar mai girma gwamna ce Haj. Nusaiba Idris da babbar kwarta Rauda Shitu da sauran kawayensu. Gefe kuma Ramlah ce da manyan kawayenta Hidaya, Aysha Sulaiman, Hauwa Mamman da wasu da yawa daga cikin kawayensu. Mamaki marar misaltuwa zaka iya gani a fuskokin Haisam da Hannah. Suna fitowa daga mota Ramlah ta taso da sauri tazo ta rungume Haisam, ta rungume Hannah ta kama hannayensu zuwa cikin gida bangarenta yayin da *yan waje suka dau tafi raf-raf-raf. Daga shigar su wata kayatacciyar shadda irin ta jikinta ta dauko musu dan su saka suyi anko su uku. Cikin sauri suka fada ban daki da suke dakunan suka yi wanka su ka dauro alwala, bayan sun idar da salla su ka cankama ado da wannan kayatacciyar shaddar wadda ta sha surfani da danyen zare. Kalar shaddar ruwan zuma ce ta yiwa Ramlah da Hannah matukar kyau. Haisam ma abun sai wanda ya gani musamman ma da ya dora hula kalar shaddar. Ramlah ta fito da su zuwa farfajiyar gidan inda jama’a suke, hakika wanna ma’aurata sun burge jama’a, jikin *yan gulma yayi sanyi, masu tsananin kishi sun fara yayyafawa zuciyarsu ruwan sanyin cewar kishiya ashe abokiyar zama ce. Bangaren Mahaifiyar Haisam su ka nufa su duka suka durkusa a gabanta su ka gaisheta da kawayenta, suna amsawa cikin fara’a da farin ciki suka yi musu sannu da zuwa bayan nan sai su ka dinga zagayawa wajan jama’a suna gaigaisawa. Hannah da Nusaiba suka rungume juna, lallai Nusaiba ta kasance tana tsananin kaunar Hanna tun suna yara. Raudah tayi nadama sosai akan abunda ta yiwa Hannah ada, har yanzu ta kan kasa sukuni sosai duk sanda suka hadu da Hannah. Hannah nata kokarin janta a jiki dan ta saki jiki da ita kamar yadda suke da Nusaiba. Daga nan suka nufi bangaren kawayen Ramlah wato su Hidaya, Hannah tayi mamakin yadda taga sun mika mata hannu sun gaisa faram-faram, suka yi musu sannu da zuwa, Ramlah ta jasu zuwa wajen kek dan su yanka. Bayan an kirga daga daya zuwa uku Hannah da Haisam suna rike da wuka su ka luma a cikin Kek su ka yanka aka tafa musu cikin farin ciki masu hoto da bidiyo suna ta dauka, *yan hidimar gidan ne suke fitowa da lemo kala-kala suna ajiyewa baki a kan teburan da ke gaban su wasu kuma na ajiye abinci da snacks kala-kala. Bayan anci ansha sai shahararren makadin da aka dauko ya fara buga kayan kidansa wato Shaba dan Kwalisa ya ware murya ya fara rero wakar “Uwar gida ran gida Haisam yana miki rawa. An yi rawa an cashe Haisam ya likawa Ramlah da Hannah kudi lokacin da suke tsakiyar fili har magariba ana cashewa sannan kowacce ta fara hada kayanta don kama hanyar gidanta. Bayan dawowarsu Hannah da kwana uku sun gama baccin gajiya sun huta sosai sannan suka fara ware kayan tsaraba kowacce dila aka bude, sannan Hannah ta fara warware kowa tasa kasancewar Hannah tasan tsarabar da suka suyowa kowa. Akwati guda aka cikawa Ramlah da tsaraba, tayi mamakin wannan tsaraba wanda ko ita taje abunda zata suyowa kanta kenan. Abunda ya kara bata al’ajabi wata akwati daban Hannah ta ciko da kayan jarirai (Uni set) masu matukar kyau ta bawa Ramlah ta ce na Baby ne idan ta haihu. Ramlah tayi matukar godiya da nuna farin cikinta a fili. Wata katuwar akwati aka kai gidansu Haisam tsarabar Hajiyar Haisam da Babansu da Amratu da Izziddin, suma sunyi godiya kwarai. Ta tura direba ya kai wa Yaya Habib da matansa da yaransa gaba daya kowa da tasa, suma sun gode. Ba tare da Ramlah ta sani ba Hannah ta aikawa Mahaifan Ramlah turarruka (designers) da kannan Ramlah kowa da abin da ya dace da shi. Sai kuma tsarabar kawayenta Nusaiba da Rauda suma da *ya*yansu kakaf sai da ta bawa kowa tasa. Kama daga masu gadi zuwa masu share-share, da goge-goge, masu bawa fulawa ruwa da masu kwasar sharar gidan babu wanda Hannah ba ta bawa tsaraba ba suma suna murna suna godiya. Himilin kaya Hannah ta lufga cikin wasu tuma-tuman akwatina guda uku wannan tsarabar *yan Uwanta na Niger ne. Tana so taje tun kafin suyi tafiya tayi musu sallama Haisam ya ce sai sun dawo daga tafiya, yanzu gashi sun dawo taga yana mata kame-kame wai ba yanzu ba ta bari sai ta gama jarabawar Jamb tunda lokaci ya kusa ta zauna tayi karatu. Ramlah na taya shi bata hakuri akan ta bari bayan sai ta gama jarabawa sai ta tafi a nutse. Wasu litattafan karatu Ramlah ta suyowa Hannah na karatun Jamb din da zata yi, subjects hudu zata yi akwai English, Physics, Biology da Chemistry kuma Ramlah tayi mata Register a wata makaranta da ake bayar da horo na musamman (lesson) akan Jamb. Don haka Hannah ta hakura da tafiyar har sai bayan ta zana jarabawar. Kullum karfe hudu zuwa shida Haisam da kansa yake kai Hannah makarantar da take lesson ya jirata ta gama ya dawo da ita. Hannah ta kasance tana karatu haikan domin har ta fara manta karatun da suka yi a sakandire amma yanzu karatun da take yi shi yake tuno mata da karatunta na baya. Lokacin da za ta zana jarabawa ya rage kwana uku Haisam yaje Jamb ofis ya karbo mata center ta. A management za tayi dan haka ranar litinin da sassafe bakwai na safe acan tayi mata. Haisam ya kawo ta kafin ta fito daga motar ya sumbaci kumatunta yayi mata fatan alheri Allah Ya bada sa’ar jarabawa daga karshe ya ce mata da zarar ta gama ta kirashi a waya ya zo ya dauketa Hannah ta shiga dakin jarabawa aka miko mata question paper da answer sheet sai kawai tayi murmushi da ta karanta tambayoyin kamar cin tuwo yafi su wahala a gurinta. Nan da nan Hannah ta ciccike ta gama, ta zauna kamar minti talatin bayan ta gama tana zaune kawai tana kallon masu hada zufa da cizon biro da kallon sillin taji tausayinsu wasu dan babu yadda za tayi ta taimake su ta basu amsa. Ta so ace wani ya rigata mikawa amma har ta gaji da zama babu wanda ya gama har yanzu, sai ta mike taje ta kaiwa masu tsaransu sunyi mamaki da su ka ga har ta gama daya daga cikin Malaman ya ce ta sake zama dai ta duba ko tayi mantuwa. Hannah ta ce babu komai ta gama. Tana fitowa daga dakin jarabawar sai ta nufi hanyar get din fita dai-dai kantin wata bayerabia taga benci, bayan ta gaishe da matar cikin fara’a ta roketa zata zauna ta jira maigidanta zaizo ya dauketa. Bayan ta zauna ta bude jakarta ta zaro wayarta, bugu daya taji Haisam ya dauka shima yayi mamaki da yaji ta ce ya zo ya dauketa ta gama. Ya ce gashinan zuwa yanzu-yanzu. Daya daga cikin Mamalam da suke tsaransu a dakin jarabawa ta hango ya nufo inda take, yana karasowa yayi musu sallama suka amsa sai ya yiwa Hannah lallausan murmushi ya ce “Minti biyu dan Allah *yan mata za muyi magana. Cikin mamaki Hannah ta tambaya ta ce “Ni? Ya gyada kai ya ce “Eh ke, dan ke na fito. Hannah ta harareshi ta ce “Malam yi hakuri ba zan iya zuwa ba sabo da kana magana ne da matar aure yanzu ma haka ina jiran mijinane zaizo ya dauke ni. Kamar ta dabawa mutumin wuka a kirji, haka ya zabura ya rike kirji yana fadin “Subhanallahi yanzu ke matar aure ce, yanzu kina nufin kina da aure? Karki boye min fada min gaskiya. Hannah ta sake gyara mayafinta ta ce babu zancen wasa tsakanina da kai Malam ban sanka ba, ba ka sanni ba, yaya za’ayi in yi maka wasa? Ya rike baki yana sosa keya da daya hannun fadi ya ke “Subhanallahi yanzu ke matar aure ce, yaya za’ayi kenan? Ni gaskiya na gani kuma ina so zan iya fadawa cikin wani hali dan wallahi a rayuwata ban taba ganin yarinyar da na kamu da santa ba a *yan mintina. Cikin fushi Hannah ta mike ta kalli matar nan mai kanti ta ce “Madam sai anjima zan bar wajan nan. Matar na cewa “Ah ba yanzu kika yiwa maigidanki waya ba ya zo ya dauke ki, ya za’ayi ki tafi? Hannah bata iya juyowa ta bata amsa ba saboda kallon da mutumin ya ke yi mata yayi yawa, ta kada kai ta nufi get din fita ba tare da ta san inda zata ba. Tana fitowa ta tsaya cak ta kalli gabas da yamma sai ta hango wata *yar yarinya wacce shekarunta basu wuce goma ba tana tsugune a jikin katanga ga faranti da kwanika akai da alama dai mai tallar abinci ce. Yarinyar kuka take haikan cikin sauri Hannah ta nufi inda yarinyar take tana karasawa wajen yarinyar babu abinda ta fara gani a jikin yarinyar sai shatin bulala har wani wajen zaka iya hango jan jikin fatarta ta fashe. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter33 Hannah ta gigice ta tsugunna a gaban yarinyar kafin ta tambayeta me ya same ta ta fara zubar da hawaye. Ta sa hannu a jakarta ta zaro wani hankici fari kal mai kamshi ta mikawa yarinyar ta ce “Goge hawayenki. Yarinyar ta karba tana gogewa kafin ta goge hawayen da ya zubo wani ya sake tsiyayowa. Hannah ta goge nata hawayen ta ce da yarinyar “Yaya sunan ki? Cikin shasshekar kuka yarinyar ta ce sunana Abida. Abida daina kuka goge hawayenki ki fada min dalla-dalla abin da yasa kike kuka zan taimake ki in Allah Ya yarda. Hannah ta tambayi Abida. Abida ta ce “Tallar wake da shinkafa nake yi, sai wani mutum ya kirani shagonsa ya ce in kawo masa zai siya na ajiye farantin abincin a kofar shagonsa sai ya ce in shigo ciki nace ai kofar karama ce farantin bazai iya wucewa ba sai ya ce to in dauko masa kwano daya in kawo masa. Na dauko kwanon abincin na shiga shagon sai ya ce mun zai saye abincin duka zai biya ni harma ya kara min kudin fiye da kudin abincina amma sai na yadda ya kwanta dani, na ce na ki ni ba *yar iska bace sai kawai ya rufe kofar ya kama ni da karfi na kwalla ihu da karfi shine ya doke min bakina har ya fashe ya bude mun kofa yasa kafa ya maujeni na fado waje kan farantin abincin ya zube shine naje gida na fadawa Babarmu shine ta zane ni da bulala ta koroni ta ce duk inda zan nemo mata kudin abincinta inje in nemo. Yanzu bansan yadda zanyi ba. Abida ta rushe da kuka mai tsanani. Hawaye fal a idon Hannah tayi shiru can ta ce “Abida Babarki ita ta haifeki ko kuma kishiyar Babarki ce? Abida ta ce “Uwata ta mutu Ubana ya mutu wannan Yayar Mahaifiyata ce take rike ni. Hannah ta ce “Bata da *ya*aya sai ke kadai? Abida ta ce “Basa zuwa suna gida kullum wata rana kuma su tafi makaranta. Hannah ta ce “Kefa bakya makarantar? Ta ce “An cire ni da dai ina zuwa ajina ma iku yanzu na daina zuwa. Hannah ta jawo Abida jikinta ta rungumeta ta fashe da kuka mai tsanani, tausayinta ya kamata ta tuno rayuwarta irin ta Abida ada maraici bashi da dadi. Can ta dago da kan Abida ta goge mata hawayen fuskarta ta ce “Abida dauko farantin ki zo muje kan tudun can mu zauna. Hannah na gaba Abida dauke da farantin abinci tana biye da ita. Ihun da Abida ta tsala ta kifar da farantin dake kanta shine ya razana Hannah taji gabanta ya yanke ya fadi ta juyo da sauri sai taga wata mata dauke da bulala da cakume rigar Abida ta baya tana kokarin taftafka mata murtikekiyar bulalar dake hannunta. Hannah ta taho da dauri ta fisge Abida daga hannun matar. Yayin da Abida ta taho a guje bayan Hannah ta labe fadi take “Hajiya ki taimake ni karki bari ta dake ni. Matar fada take harda kumfar baki danna ashar take tana cewa “Kyaleni da tsinanniyar yarinyar nan yau saina kusa kasheta idan ma ban kasheta ba, ta sani a Uku abincin naira na dukan naira har dari hudu da hamsin ta zubar min. Hannah hakuri take bawa matar kamar zata durkusa mata amma matar nan fadi take yau ta shiga uku asara ta sameta sai ta daki kudinta. Sai da taga magiyar da Hannah take yi tayi yawa har hawaye ne yake fitowa daga idanuwanta sannan matar ta tsagaita ta fara sauraron abinda Hannah ke cewa. Hannah ta goge hawayen fuskarta ta ce da matar “Kina Musulma Bahaushiya *yar Uwata ina rokarki ina hadaki da Ubangijinki ya baza ki saurareni ba? Haba Baiwar Allah wacce hasara ce ta sameki haka har zaki manta da Ubangijinki? Musulmin kwarai baya mantawa da Kalu innalillahi wa inna ilaihi raji’un, duk sanda masifa ta same shi. Kina ta dankara ashar kina fadin kin shiga uku kin lalace saboda Allah Ya dora miki asara ke kuwa baiwar Allah baza ki tattara al’amuranki gaba daya ba ki mika wajen Mahaliccinki mai bayarwa mai hanawa ba? Matar ta tsuke fuska yayin da haushin Hannah ya rufeta ta ce “Malama wa’azi kike mun ko kuma jaje kike mun? Don na kasa gane abin da kike nufi. Kin hanani in daki *yata kuma kina tutsuyeni akan nayi masifa dame zanji da asarar da nayo ko kuma da fadan da kike min? Hannah ta nisa ta ce “Yi hakuri ba fada nake yi miki ba shawara nake baki a matsayinki na *yar Uwata Musulma ki rike kalmar Kalu inna lillahi wa inna ilaihi raji’un a lokacin da masifa ta afka miki zaki ga yadda Allah Zai saka miki da alherinSa. Matar ta ce “Wannan kuma tasha nawa nake fada, yaya zanyi tunda Allah Ya hadani da shegiyar diya. Hannah ta ce “Karki ki shawarata nasan kina cikin bacin rai da damuwa amma ki ce Kalu inna lillahi wa inna ilaihi raji’un zaki ji sanyi a ranki. Matar ta ce “Bazan ki taki ba yarinya Inna lillahi wa inna ilaihi raji’un. Hannah tayi murmushi ta ce “Yauwa sai ki jira kiga sakayyar da zaiyi miki. Ta ce da Abida ta tsince kwanikan da suka watse a kasa suzo su karasa kan wani dan dakalin siminti suka zauna. Abida kuma ta tsuguna a kasa cike da fargaba. Hannah tasa hannu cikin jakarta ta zaro kudi naira dubu dubu guda goma ta mikawa matar, matar ta bude baki tana jujjuya kudin. Hannah ta ce “Naki ne wannan ki kara jari, amman dan Allah ki canja sana’a ki daina dorawa Abida talla kibar Abida ta koma makaranta tayi karatu ta daina talla. Ta zaro wata dubu goma ta mikawa matar ta ce “Wannan na Abida ne ki saya mata Uniform da takalmin makaranta da litattafai da jaka ta koma makaranta. Sai matar ta rushe da kuka ta durkusa a gaban Hannah tana godiya. Hannah ta kama hannun matar ta zaunar da ita ta ce “Babu komai Abida kanwata ce daga yau zan dinga taimakon ku insha Allah. Hannah tasa matar tayi mata kwatancen gidansu sannan Hannah ta rubuta lambar wayarta a wata *yar takarda ta mikawa matar ta ce idan suna da wata matsala ta buga mata waya ko nawa ne zata taimaka musu ita dai fatanta a daina dorawa Abida talla a daina tsangwamarta don Allah. Hannah ta dora da bawa matar labarinta tana nuna mata tasan irin halin da Abida take ciki kuma gallazawa maraya haramun ne. Matar tayi nadama tayi dana sani taji kunyar Hannah sosai. Kuka take kawai tana neman gafara wajen Abida ta yafe mata. Haisam ne ya karkato da motarsa zai shiga get din makarantar ga mamakinsa sai ya hango Hannah zaune a gefe ita da wasu. Ya karkata motar ya nufi inda suke cikin rikicewa ya fito daga motar ya nufi inda suke saboda ya hango su suna magana suna koke-koke. Ba tare da sun ga zuwansa ba sai suka ga mutum a kansu ya tsaya kawai yana kallonsu cike da mamaki. Hannah tayi sauri ta goge hawayen dake idonta tayi murmushin dole ta ce “Yaya yaushe ka zo, Yaya ya akayi kasan ina nan? Ya ce “Zan shiga ciki na hango ku anan. Lafiya, wadannan fa, kukan me kuke yi? Matar ta rushe da kuka tana cewa tsakanina da ku sai godiya Allah Ya saka da alheri. Hawaye ne yake zubowa daga idon Hannah. Haisam ya zaro hankici a aljihunsa yana goge mata yaja hannunta suka shiga mota Abida da Babarta suna ta dagawa Hannah hannu suma suna ta kuka, Haisam ya ja mota suka tafi. Yayi shiru baice komai ba can ya nisa ya ce “Wannan yarinyar marainiya ce ko? Hannah ta kalleshi cikin mamaki ta ce “Yaya akayi ka sani. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Haba *yar Baba nasan ki nasan halinki fiye da kowa ina ganin babbar matsalarki yanzu a rayuwarki bata wuce maraici ba, duk sanda naga kinyi kuka nasan kin tuna Mahaifanki wanda koda yaushe ina miki nasiha kiyi hakuri ki cirewa ranki tunanin mamaci duk wanda ya mutu ya mutu kenan bazai dawo ba har abada, naga yanzu kukan naki ya wuce maraicin da kike ciki ya koma kan duk marayun duniya kuka kike musu, kamar ma zuga ki nake nace bana son inga kina kuka hankalina yana bala’in tashi kinki ji. Hannah ta marairaice ido yayin da taci gaba da zubo da hawaye Haisam yasa hannu daya ya jawota jikinsa yana tuki da dayan ya ce “Yi hakuri to fada min yadda kika hadu da wadancan mutanen. Hannah ta gyara zama ta goge hawayen idonta ta fara bawa Haisam labarin abin da ya faru. Dai dai lokacin sun iso Tarauni ya karkata ya shiga wajen da ake sayar da kayan ciye-ciyen makulashe wato Oasis. Hannah ta ce “Zaka ci kek ne? Da ka bari naje gida sai inyi maka. Haisam ya ce “Haba ai sai wahalar tayi miki yawa tun shekaran jiya rabon da kiyi barcin kirki musamman jiya kusan a zaune kika kwana kina karatu. Tea din ma dana hada miki da safe ko kurba daya ba ki ba kika tafi kika barshi kuma yanzu na tabbata baki ci komai ba, naga duk kinyi wuri-wuri shine nake so in saya miki wani abu anan. Ya tsaya a bakin wajen ya ce da ita su shiga ciki, suka fito suka shiga. Hannah ta zazzabi abinda take so kamar meat pie da kek da shawarma sai juices na gwangwani da yogot. Bayan Haisam ya biya kudin suka zuzzuba musu a leda. Suna fitowa bakin wajen Haisam ya kira almajiran da su ke bara a wajen ya mika musu ledojin duka ya ce su je su rarraba su ci. Hannah tayi kasake tana kallon ikon Allah, Haisam ya kalleta yayi murmushi ya ce “Kina mamaki ne? Yanzu na canja shawara baza ki ci kayan zakin nan ba gara mu wuce Tahir Guest Place ki huta sai da yamma ko ma da daddare mu koma gida. Hannah ta ce “Amma ai ya kamata mu koma gida Aunty Ramlah ta ganni tasan na dawo. Haisam ya ce “Zo mu tafi ke dai kin fi jin tausayin Aunty Ramlah a kaina komai ki ce Aunty Ramlah zanje in gani. Sun isa kayataccen katafaren Hotel din Tahir Guest Place dake unguwar Lamido Creasent. Kayataccen daki suka kama mai dauke da falo, darning area, ga daki mai dauke da katafaren gado da ban daki a ciki. Abinci kala-kala ma’aikata suke shigo musu da shi suna jerawa akan darnin table. Hannah da Angonta sun ci sun sha sun gyatse har sun rage. Haisam ya ruko hannunta suka nufi cikin daki kai tsaye bandaki suka shiga dan su watsa ruwa su ji sanyi a jikinsu duk da ga sanyin split AC daya gauraye dakin daga can suka dauro alwala suka zo suka yi sallar azahar. Bayan sun idar ne suka kwanta akan katafaren gadon nan, yayin da Hannah taji gaba daya kashin bayanta ya hau qara saboda gajiyar da tayi saboda tsabar zama ga barci a idonta. Haisam yana mata tausa har barci mai dadi ya fara surarta. Kamar a mafarki taji Haisam na cewa “Gaskiya Nusaiba kawarki na sanki yanzun nan daga ofis din mai girma gwamna nake, na karbo miki takardun kwangila Nusaiba tasa a baki ta miliyan ashirin da biyar, bai fi ki kashe miliyan goma ba wajen gyaran jiki zaki gina mata da saloon da wajen kunshi. Rauda ma ta miliyan ashirin da biyar aka bata zata zuba kaya a sabon gidan da ta ginawa wan Babanta (interrior decoration). Bayan kwangilar titi da suka bani kwanakin baya ta miliyan dari biyu, yanzu ma sun sake bani kwangilar gina wani titin shima wasu miliyoyin ne gashi su biya akan lokaci ina gamawa. Hannah tayi zunbur ta tashi zaune tana sauraronsa. Yaci gaba da cewa “Na saya miki wannan katon filin na jikin katangar gidana anan za’a gina miki Masallaci da makarantar Islamiyya da ki kace kina son a gina miki. Hannah ta ce ina so a gina gidaje guda biyu a gefe don ina so in dauko Iya Salma da Uwar biyu su zauna a daya, Wada kuma ya zauna a daya yana kula da Super Market. Haisam ya ce “Filin babbane ai zai isa. Hannah ta rungume Haisam dan murna ta sumbaci bakinsa ta ce “Thank you my Dear, shima ya rungumeta daga nan suka shiga farantawa juna. Bayan kwana biyu da sassafe Hannah ta tashi tafa shirya kayan tafiya a akwati guda kayanta dana Haisam sai akwatinan tsaraba da zata kai musu guda uku. Ta leko ta wundo ta kira shehu direba ya lufga a cikin but din motar da zasu tafi da ita mai kirar CRB. Wayar Hannah ce ta tashi Ramlah da Haisam daga barci Ramlah ta lalubi wayar ta dauka Hannah ta ce “Yayata yi hakuri naji muryarki kamar kina barci na tasheki gashi ba a son tashin mai ciki daga barci wallahi banji dadi ba yi hakuri, Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce “Lah Kanwata babu komai wallahi. Kin tashi lafiya? Hannah ta ce “Lafiya kalau daman sallama zanyi miki saboda kar inzo in buga miki kofa da sassafe, sai dai ince sai Allah Ya dawo da mu. Ramlah ta ce “Haka tsai-tsaye sauri kike har ba za ki bari a gama break fast ba ku ci. Yallabai ne ya azazzale ki ya ce ki shirya da sassafe za ku fita ko? To ai kuwa ga shinan yana ta shirgar barcinsa ke ya hanaki kiyi barcinki. Haisam yayi zunbur ya mike ya fada ban daki da sauri. Ramlah tayi dariya ta ce “Yanzun nan kin ganshi muna magana ya mike ya fada wanka. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Cemin yayi in tashi da asuba in shirya tafiyar sassafe zamuyi, dan da asubama ya dinga waya na dauka ma ya shirya, to shikenan bari na jira shi. Ramlah ta ce “Ki fito kizo bangarensa ki same mu muci abinci, bari in yiwa su Zuwaira waya a bangarena ina ga sun gama abinci su shigo mana da shi. Hannah ta ce “To gani nan zuwa. Suka ajiye waya. Suna cin abinci suna hira Hannah ta dubi Ramlah tayi murmushi ta ce Shiga www.Littafanhausane.com.ng Domin karanta complete chapter din BARKA DA SALLAH ALLAH YA MAIMAITA MANA YASA MUGA NA BADIN BADADA LFY DAGA DAGA:the founder of littafan Hausa zallah .. “Auntyna badan ina ganin kin kusa haihuwa ba da sai nayi wata guda a can amma yanzu sati daya zanyi kawai. Haisam ya harari Hannah ya ce “Wai ke me wayo kina so dai kice min komin abuna duk da rakiyar da zanyi dan karki dade kina so kice min sai kinyi sati acan, kin san dai bazan iya mikewa a garin surukai in ta kwana har sati daya ba. Hannah ta narairaice ido ta ce “Na dauka saukeni zaku yi ku juyo idan na gama kwanakin ku dauko ni. Haisam ya ce “In kin dauka ma to ki sauke ai kafarki kafata kwana daya jal za muyi. Ramlah ta ce “A’a bai kamata ba ai dole tayi dan kwanaki Yallabai. Haisam ya lura da Hannah ta kule tana daf da ta fashe da kuka sai ya hau lallashinta yana cewa “To shikenan ai amarya bata laifi za muyi shawara a hanya dai. Ramlah ta ce da Hannah “Ga atamfofi can a jaka nasa Shehu ya dauka ya saka a mota da kudi a ambulan ki rabawa *yan kungiyata. Hannah ta ce “Kai Aunty har yanzu dai wahala baza ta kare ba? Ramlah ta ce “Babu komai Hannah yiwa wani yiwa kai, Allah ne fa Ya bani ikon tashi daga nan na je Niger na bude kungiya Allah Shine Ya ke bani abunda nake taimakonsu, Hannah tayi godiya daga karshe suka dunguma wajen mota, Haisam na cewa Ramlah lallai-lallai ta dinga kwana da wata a daki ta daina kwanciya ita kadai ko nakuda kan iya tashi cikin dare, ya shaida mata GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter34 A gidan baya Haisam da Hannah suka kame Direba na jansu suka tafi. Sun kama hanyar garin dashi cikin Janhuriyar Niger, tafiya suke kamar ba’a mota suke ba sanyin A.C na tashi yayin da sautin kida ke tashi a hankali. Hannah ta kwanto akan cinyar Haisam cikin shagwaba ta ce “Yaya nifa so nake inyi sati guda a Dashi sai mu wuce Babban-Mutum inga Iya Salmai daga can sai mu shiga Kazaure wajen Uwar Biyu duk muga lafiyarsu. Haisam ya ce “Amma sati daya yayi yawa kiyi kwana hudu dai ni zan wuce Maradi gurin abokina in kin gama kwanakin sai muzo mu dauke ki mu tafi Babban Mutum da Kazaure a raar sai mu wuce Abuja zanje inga yadda suke sayar mun da motoci sannan sai mu huta a Nicon da Sharaton, bayan kwana hudu sai mu koma Kano. Yayi miki ko baiyi miki ba? Ta ce “Yayi min tunda yayi maka Nawan. Sun isa garin Dashi yayin da mamaki da farin ciki ya lullube dangin Hannah. Hannah da Hajir suka rungume juna suna murna, Kawu Ahmad kuwa yasa aka shimfidawa su Haisam tabarma a zaure suka zazzauna dangi na ta shigowa suna yi musu sannu da zuwa. Nanfa aka garzaya kasuwa dan siyo kayan abinci iri-iri wanda za’a dafawa wadannan hadaddun *yan gayun baki. Fura mai dadi da kindirmon nono mai kyau aka kawo musu kafin a gama dafa musu abinci. Haisam ya sha fura da nonon sosai kasancewar yana son fura da nono. Bayan sunyi sallar azahar dai-dai lokacin abinci ya nuna sai aka fara zuwawa ana jerewa Haisam nasa, direba ma aka kai masa nasa a kofar gida inda aka yi masa shimfida. Hannah na cikin gida tana cin nata kawaye da dangi duk sun zagayeta kai ka ce biki akeyi a gidan. Haisam da Kawu Ahmad suna cin abinci suna hira sai godiya Kawu Ahmad yake yiwa Haisam. Bayan sun gama ci la’asar tayi suka yi Sallah sai Haisam ya shaidawa Kawu Ahmad cewar zai wuce Maradi sai nan da kwana hudu zai dawo ya dauki Hannah. Kawu Ahmad ya roki Haisam ya kwana mana kafin ya tafi, Haisam ya ce ba komai ai dare baiyi ba zasu wuce kawai. Yasa yara suka dinga jido akwatina suna shigarwa cikin gidan, ya ce kuma su cewa Hannah ta fito suyi sallama zai tafi. Hannah ta bude akwatin kayansu ta cire nata, ta bar masa nasa a cikin akwatin tasa aka kai masa mota. Tasa Hijab ta fito ta iske Haisam a zaune a zaune shi kadai, ta durkusa ta gaishe shi ya amsa cikin fara’a ya ce “Kinga abinda nake gudu ya faru dani. Hannah ta ce “Yaya, meye ya faru da kai? Ya ce “Daidai da rana daya bana son in rabu da ke amma gashi kin jawo min sai nayi kwana hudu zan ganki. Hannah ta marairaice ta ce “Allah Sarki kar ka damu GANGAR JIKINA ce kawai bata tare da kai RUHINA yana tare da kai sai, su duka suka yi dariya. Haisam ya ce “Ai ni yanzu daga GANGAR JIKIN har RUHIN so nake su zamana tare dani, koda yake babu komai tunda mu duka muna kasar Niger din tururin numfashinki zai dinga buso ni. Hannah tayi dariya ta ce “Nima zanyi missing dinka. Haisam ya mike tsaye ya ce “Babu wani, dadin baki ne kin sami Hajir kuna hira yaushe za ki tuna wani Haisam. Hannah ta ce “Ai kuwa da kasan irin hirar da muke da Hajir da kace mu shekara muna hira, domin asalin shakuwata da Hajir hirarka kawai take taya ni. Haisam yayi murmushi yayi mike ya ce “Harna fara jin kasala zan tafi ni kadai in bar abinda nafi so a rayuwata. Yanzu dai abinda nake so dake shine ki sami biro da takarda ki rubuta duk wadanda ki ke so a dangi a taimakawa da jari ko kuma wata bukatarsu da suke neman taimako kiyi min total zan canjo kudin Niger acan, idan na zo sai na baki ki rarraba musu. Hannah ta amsa masa da to gami dayin godiya da nuna farin cikinta a fili. Ta ce “Kuma inaso in ginawa *yan kungiyar Aunty Ramlah ofis wanda zai zama anan za’a dinga yin taro kuma duk wani mai sha’awar taimakonsu zai iya kaiwa can. Haisam ya ce “This is A very good idea, sai kicewa Kawu Ahmad ya nemo fili ya kiyasta nawa za’a kashe wajen ginin sai a bar masa ya gina. Hannah ta raka shi har cikin mota suka dinga hira har kamar bazai tafi ba, shi dai sake nanatawa yake bai ji dadi ba zaiyi kwana hudu bai ganta ba, ita kuma hakuri take bashi har dai ta lallabashi ya tafi sannan ta shigo cikin gida. A kwanaki hudun da Hannah tayi ta ziyarci *yan Uwa da abokan arziki da yawa na cikin garin dana wajen garin kowacce tana kawo kukanta wasu talauci ya ishesu sun rasa yadda zasu yi, wasu kuma auren *ya*yansu ya tashi basu da kudin siyan kayan daki. Hannah ta kaiwa *yan kungiyarta ziyara bayan shela da akayi aka tara su a inda suka saba taruwa. Sunyi murna da wadannan atamfofi da kudadan da Hannah ta raba musu ta ce inji Ramlah ta ce a basu, ta shaida musu wannan kadan ne kafin ta tafi zata sake tara su ta raba musu kudi fiye da wadannan daga karshe tayi musu albishir da cewa za’a gina musu ofis da katafaren dakin taro wato hall za a zuba kujeru a ciki wajen da za a dinga yin meeting. Ta kara da cewa da yardar Allah kungiyar zata bunkasa zata dinga taron tallafi ko da yaushe. Murna wacce ba zata misaltu ba a wajen *yan kungiyar sai godiya da shi albarka suke yiwa Hannah da addu’ar fatan alheri. Ranar da Hannah ta cika kwana hudu tasan daga inda gari ya waye Haisam zai dira a garin gashi bata gama ziyarar *yan Uwa ba, don haka karfe bakwai a gidan su Inna Haule tayi mata. Tana shiga tayi sallama ta iske Inna Haule da Indo suna sana’ar da suka saba, Inna Haule tasa Indo a gaba tana mata fada Indo kuma tana tikar aiki. Inna Haule ta daga kai ta dubi mai sallama sai taga Hannah sai ta durkar da kanta kasa ta kasa hada ido da ita ta mike sumsum ta shige dakinta. Indo ta taho da sauri ta rungume Hannah sai ta rushe da kuka. Hannah ta zubo da hawayen idonta ta ce “Indo wajenki nazo na dauka zan ganki a wajen taro ban ganki ba na tambaya aka ce kina gida baki zo ba amma na bayar da kashinki an kuwa baki? Indo ta ce “An bani kinsan bani da halin fita inje wajen taro saboda aiki. Hannah ta ce “Bari in shiga in gaishe da Inna in zo mu shiga daki muyi magana. Hannah tayi sallama a dakin Inna Haule sannan ta shiga ta durkusa ta gaishe da ita ga mamakinta sai taga hawaye fal a idon Inna Haule ta zauna ta ce “Inna lafiya kike kuka? Haule ta sake rushewa da kuka tana cewa “Ina ganin ki sai Bello ya fado min a rai, tsananin bakin ciki da takurawar dana haddasa masa a sanadiyyar gallaza miki dana yi. Bello yayi min biyayya, ranar da zai rasu mun rabu dashi yana kuka yana rokona in sassauta miki Allahu Akbar sai gawarsa aka kawo min ya mutu da bakin cikina a ransa, duk da ni Uwarsa ce mai zan cewa Allah amma Bello mai biyayya ne nasan zai yafe min. Hannah ki yafe min a madadin Bello da ke kanki abinda nayi miki. Allah kenan Ya canja miki rayuwarki kin min fintinkau, yanzu kira Kawunki ki zo a araba gadon Bello a baki naki. Hannah ta zubo da hawayen idonta ta ce “Inna na yafe miki daman ba Bello kika yiwa ba ni kika yiwa shi dai yana damuwa a ransa duk sanda zaiga kin gallaza min. Sannan zancen a raba gado, Inna rike duka na yafe miki ina ganin yanzu gadon babu abinda zai yi min, ma’ana baki bani kaso na ba a lokacin da nake bukatarsa. A yanzu haka idan na karba sai dai na bayar saboda babu abinda na nema na rasa kinga da in karba in rabaki da shi in bawa wani gara ki rike duka tunda ga tsufa ya karu karfi ya kare. Mai taimakon ki ya rasu, ni ya kamata na baki ba na karbi naki ba. Ni a ganina da kin koma sabon gidan can na siminti ki bar na kasar nan Inna ki huta saboda kar gidan ya zama asara shi bai zauna ba ke baki zauna ba, Allah Ya jikan Bello. Inna Haule ta ce “Amin na gode. Can zuwa wani dan lokaci babu wanda yayi magana sai Hannah ta nisa ta ce “Inna shawara daya zan baki, mai zai hana ki bar Indo ta huta da wannan aiki da zagi da take sha shekara da shekaru, Inna duba kiga yadda Indo take tamkar baiwa ita da *ya*yanta ita ce gona, ita ce surfe da nika. Inna Indo bazata iya tafiya ta barki ba, ina zata kai *ya*yan nan? A nan dai a jikinki take samun dan abun da zata ci da *ya*yanta ku zauna lafiya mana amma aikin yayi yawa. Inna Haule ta nisa ta ce “Hannah naji abinda kika cemun ni yanzu jikina yayi sanyi in Allah Ya yarda zamu koma sabon gidan Bello mu zauna harda Indo da *ya*yanta ko ni kaina nasan bani da wata *yar Uwa mai taimakona me min hidimomi kamar Indo, yanzu kwanaki amai da gudawa nayi cikin dare Indo ce a kaina har gari ya waye ita ta wanke kayan kashin da amai. Gaskiya kike fada mun kirawo Indo itama in nemi gafarar ta. Inna Haule ta rushe da kuka. Hannah ta kwallawa Indo kira ta taho da sauri tazo ta durkusa ta ce “Ga ni. Hannah ta gyara zama ta yiwa Indo bayani Inna ta saduda tasan bata kyautawa don haka ta daina takura mata. Amma sai bayanin Hannah ya bambanta da tunanin Inna Haule Hannah ta ce “Indo na taho miki da kudi ishasshe Kawuna zai tsaya miki a rushe bangaranki a gina miki na siminti kema ki zauna da *ya*yanki za’a fasa miki kofar shigarku daban. Zan baki jari mai yawa zan baki ki dinga sana’a kina cin abinci da *ya*yanki, na dauki nauyin karatunsu su koma makaranta, kema ki huta da wahala a rayuwarki. Indo ta rushe da kuka tana godiya, Inna Haule na kuka itama tana neman gafararsu tana cewa Shiga www.Littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter din “Ai baza ayi haka ba idan Indo ta barni dawa zan zauna ya dinga taimakona, ga tsufa bana iya yin komai da kaina tunda ba gani nake sosai ba. *Yan*yan Indo sune aikin gonata sune suke mun talla jikokina na cikina ko aikensu nayi basa zuwa. Hannah idan kika yi haka kin raba zumunci. Mu dai kaura can gidan siminti da Indon mu zauna. Hannah ta ce “A’a Inna ai ba’a sabo da wuya, *ya*yan Indo karatu zasu yi ba talla ba. Indo ta ce “A dangi zaki nemi wata ku zauna ni kam ai nayi gaba shekara nawa ana azabtar dani da *ya*yana an hutar dani sai inki, ba dai ni ba nemo wata. Hannah ta ce “Indo ma *yar aiki zan daukar mata ita ta kwanta ta huta. Inna Haule ta rike baki tana maimaitawa *yar aiki? Indo da *yar aiki. Yaro ne ya shigo ya ce “Wai Hannah tazo anzo daukarta inji wani mutum a cikin mota. Hannah ta ce musu tana zuwa ta fito sai taga Haisam ne ta karasa cikin motar bayan ta gaishe shi ta shaida masa cewar gidan su Bello Madu tazo zata gaishe da Mahaifiyarsa. Haisam ya harareta ya ce “Gidan tsohon mijinki ki ka zo ga alamar kuka nan kinyi wato kun tuna baya. Hannah ta tuntsire da dariya ta ce “Kai Yaya wanda ya mutu ma kishi kake da shi? Ba wani tuna baya da akayi ta ganni dai tahau kuka. Hannah ta tambayeshi kudi tana so ta raba musu. Wata *yar akwati ya nuna mata a kujerun baya tana budewa sai taga kudi himili guda ya ce ta dibi yadda zai isheta. Ta dibi kamar dubu dari da hamsin idan aka canja da kudin Nigeria, ta ce yazo ya shiga ya gaishe su. Bayan sun shiga Haisam ya zauna kan wata tabarma a dakin Inna Haule suka gaisa sai Hannah ta ajiyewa Inna Haule dubu Hamsin ta ce gashi ta sayi goro. Ta wuce dakin Indo ta sami Indo nata rusar kuka, ta zauna tana lallashinta ta mika mata dubu dari ta ce ta fara yin jari sannan ta tabbata *ya*yanta sun ci gaba da makaranta. Ta kuma ce mata duk sanda take da matsala taje ta fadawa Hajir ko Kawunta Ahmad zasu fada mata a waya zata aiko mata ko nawa ne, kuma karshen watan nan zata turowa Kawunta kudi a fara yi mata ginin. Indo tayi farin ciki tayi murna kwarai. Ta shaidawa Hannah cewar yau jinta take kamar a aljannah saboda lokaci guda an *yanta ta ta fita daga sahun bayi. Suka dunguma suka fito har Inna Haule suka rako su har bakin mota suna koke- koke suna godiya, Haisam yaja suka yi gaba. A zauren Kawu Ahmad aka zazzage akwatin kudi ana hasafi ga sunan kowa a jikin takardar da yawan tallafin da za’a bashi. *yan mata goma sha biyu Hannah ta yiwa kayan daki wasu jari ta basu, duk an mikawa Kawu Ahmad ya raba musu. Kudin Nigeria Miliyan biyu Hannah ta bawa Kawunta check, matarsa dubu dari biyu da Hamsin suyi jari su gina sabon gida na suminti, Kawu Ahmad yaji kamar a mafarki yayin da kuka ya barke masa yayi godiya sosai. Haka Hajir ma tasha godiya da kukan farin ciki. Haka dai Hannah ta zuba kayanta a mota suka shiga direba Shehu shima ya shiga ya tashi mota *yan Uwa cunkus a bakin motar ana daga musu hannu suka tafi. Farin ciki fal a zuciyar Hannah harma kamar tafi su farin ciki saboda taimakawa danginta data yi sun fita daga tsantsar fatara da rashin da suke ciki. Sun nufi hanyar Babban-mutum a Janhuriyyar Nigeria. Karfe uku dai-dai a kofar gidan Iya Salmai tayi musu. Hannah ta shiga gidan da sauri yayin da take kwada sallama waige-waige take taga ta ina Iya Salmai zata fito tayi tsalle ta rungumeta. Wada ta gani a bakin kofar dakin a tsaye yana cike da damuwa. Hannah ta karasa gareshi cikin sanyin jiki da dimuwa ta ce “Wada lafiya, ina Iya Salman take? Wada karka cemun Iyata ta rasu . Yayin da ta fara hawaye. Wada ya ce “Bata rasu ba gata nan a zaune a daki tana kuka tun jiya da yamma taki ci taki sha. Hannah ta fada cikin dakin da sauri ta iske Iya Salmai tayi tagumi tana kuka tana ganin Hannah sai ta sake tsala kuka. Hannah ta ce “Iya lafiya me ya faru? Wada ya shigo ya zauna ya ce “Bansan taka maimai meke damunta ba jiya da rana ita da wani mutum suka je wani gari ni dai bata fadamun sunan garin da suka je ba sai na ganta ta dawo da yamma tana kuka ta ce mun wai yau ido da ido taga Malam Habu Mahaifinki har sunyi magana da shi. Hannah ta zabura ta daka tsalle ta dafa kirji ta fara ja da baya ta fita daga dakin taje tsakar gida ta zauna yayin da jiri yake daukarta bata gani sosai, gabanta ya hau faduwa ta tabbata lallai ciwon so ya zautar da Iya Salmai har Malam Habu ya fara yi mata gizau. Uhm zasu dadeba zasu dawo.. GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 35 Haisam ne ya shigo ya tarar da Hannah a tsugune yaje ya tabata yaga taki dagowa yasa hannu ya tasheta tsaye yaga kuka take yi, jikinta gaba daya karkarwa yake idonta ya ki budewa gaba daya. Ya girgizata yana kiran sunanta ta rushe da kuka ta rungume shi ta ce “Yaya daman ana mutuwa a dawo? Ya ce “Ban gane ba? Ta ce “Iya Salmai na kuka a daki wai jiya taga Babana har sunyi magana da shi. Haisam yaja hannunta zuwa cikin dakin wajen Iya Salmai. Haisam yasha wuya kafin ya lallashi Iya Salmai ta daina kuka ta fara amsa tambayoyinsa. Iya Salmai ta bude baki ta fara basu labari tiryan-tiryan. Ta ce “Duk ranar kasuwa ina kai tallar zogale ina zama tare da fulani masu sayar da nono. Muna labari dasu har suke bani labarin wani bawan Allah wanda yanzu ya zama Malaminsu shi yake koya musu karatun Sallah da basu iya ba sai zuwansa garinsu. Suke cemin mutumin basu san taka maimai ko dan asalin wanne gari bane don yaki ya fada. Yayi doguwar suma har an binne shi masu binne shi na juyawa sai su kuma fulanin rigarsu suka kawo gawa kusa da wannan kabari sai suka ga kabarin yana motsi, sai aka ce a tona aga ko meye saboda daga dukkan alamu yanzu aka rufe kabarin watakila bai mutu ba doguwar suma yayi yanzu ya farka. Suna tonowa saiga mutum mai rai bai rasu ba yana salati, aka garzaya dashi asibitin Babura wajen watansa guda baya magana Malam Sule har saniyarsa ya sayar yana sayawa mutumin magani. Bayan an sallamesu daga asibiti ya warke ragas ya ce sunansa Malam Garba amma bazai koma garinsu ba saboda yasan an gama zaman makokinsa ansan ya mutu zasu tsorata suce yayi fatalwa. Iya salmai ta sharbe hawaye ta ce “Da raina na kawo ko Malam Habu ne sai na ji ance Malam Garba sunansa. Na tambayesu ina ne garin su mutumin sai suka ce bai fadi shi ko dan wanne gari bane yaki fada sai ya ce yana rokarsu dasu rikeshi su taimake shi shi kuma zai dinga taya su da kiwo zai dinga koya musu karatu. Aka gina masa bukkarsa a bayan gidan Malam Sule. Malam sule ya rike Malam Garba tamkar dan Uwansa suje kiwo tare suci abinci tare ya koya mana karatu da daddare bayan kowa ya dawo daga kasuwa mutumin yana da kirki. Cikin zumudi Hannah ta ce “Da ganan sai akayi yaya? Iya Salmai ta ce “Sai nabar maganar anan na manta da ita saboda zaiyi wuya ace Malam Habu ne kuma bance su suffantamin yadda mutumin yake ba na dai tambayesu yana zuwa kasuwa wataran su nunamun shi, suka ce baya zuwa ko ina kullum yana cikin riga. Wataran wani mijin kawata ya zo ya same ni ya ce yau yaje wata riga wajen kanwarsa da take aure a rigar yaga wani mutum kamar an tsaga kara kamarsa daya da Malam Habu, har na tambaye shi yana da wa ko kani a Babban-mutum ya ce min bashi da kowa. Sau uku mijin kawar tawa idan yaje rigar yake zuwa yake fadamun irin kamar mutumin da yake gani da Malam Habu harta baci, tafiyarsu, maganar komai iri daya da Malam Habu. Sai jiya na ce muje rigar nan inga mutumin nan. Wallahi ina zuwa saiga Malam Habu, na yanke jiki na fadi sai yazo ya tasheni ya ce “Salmai lafiya? Na sake tabbatarwa shine sai ya ce “Ina yar Baba? Hannah ta rirrike Iya Salmai tana kuka tana cewa tashi ki kaini gurin Babana in ganshi. Haisam ya rike baki kawai yana kallon ikon Allah sai Kabbara yake yana cewa “Allahu Akbar. Ya jawo Hannah jikinsa yana lallashi ta kwantar da hankalinta yau komai dare zasu je su ganshi insha Allah. Wada ya ce “Iya da kin lallabashi ya dawo garin nan kun taho tare. Iya Salmai ta ce “Nayi-nayi yazo mu tafi yaki ya ce kuma kada in fadawa kowa na ganshi yace baya son ya sake irin rayuwar da yayi a baya tare da Iya Abu da *ya*yanta shi zamansa a rigarma yafi masa alheri da kwanciyar hankali, daman Hanne yake ji ya aiko a duba halin da take ciki ance *yan Uwanta sun tafi da ita Niger. Shikenan hankalinsa a kwance sai dai wani lokaci idan ya tunata zaiyi kuka harya godewa Allah. Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Babana kuwa ki ka gani Iya Salmai? Kai bashi bane Babana ya mutu, mutuwa daya ce Yaya Haisam ka tuna kaifa kace min ba’a mutuwa a tashi. Haisam ya ce “Hannah kar kiyi mamaki ikon Allah ya wuce haka. Ana samun irin haka mutum yayi doguwar suma a binneshi ashe bai mutu ba, aga kabarin yana motsi a tono kuma mutum ya tashi ya ci gaba da rayuwa sai dai wasu sukan rasa ido ko kansu ya karkace ko bakinsu ya juye. Yana faruwa amma a mutane goma baifi a sami irin haka sau daya ba, zamu je mu gani Allah Yasa shine Hannah ki huta da koke-koken nan da kullum ki keyi na rashin Mahaifanki. Iya Salmai ta ce “Shine mana na ganshi har munyi magana da shi, Malam Habu ras yake babu inda ya lahanta a jikinsa. Haisam ya ce “Ikon Allah ne, ba tare dake muka ji shirin INDA RANKA ba na FREEDOM RADIO akwai mutumin da aka binne shi sau uku ana tonoshi ashe bai mutu ba suka yi hira da shi shima ras yake ba inda ya nakasa. Hannah ta mike da sauri tana cewa “Ku taso muje. Jikinta rawa yake kamar ta zama tsuntsuwa ta dira a gaban Mahaifinta. Haisam ya cewa Shehu direba ya zauna shi da Wada zasu je su dawo. Haisam na tukawa Hannah a gefensa Iya Salmai a baya tana nuna hanya suna tafiya. Sun isa rigar suka iske bukkarsa babu kowa wani bafillatani yana biye da shanunsa suka tambayeshi ko ina Malam Garba yake sun leka bukkarsa baya nan sai ya ce “Yanzun nan ya rabu da su shi da Malam Sule suna can kogi shanunsu suna shan ruwa. Ya kwatanta musu inda kogin yake suka nufa. Har suka isa surkukin da mota ba zata iya wucewa ba suka ajiye motar suka fara dabawa da kafa tun daga nesa suka hango shanu suna shan ruwa da wasu mutane guda biyu suna zazzaune. Suna karasawa mutanan na juyowa sai ga fuskar Malam Habu tar muraran, ya gigice ya zabura ya mike tsaye Hannah sai ta kwalla kara ta rike kai ta sulale ta fadi a sume Haisam ya riketa dan razana. Suka taru akan Hannah ana zuba mata ruwa sai ta farfado, fuskar Mahaifinta ta sake gani, ta fada a tsorace “Baba kai ne kuwa? Ya matsa hawaye ya ce “*yar Baba nine, suka rike juna sai kuka suke tamkar ransu zai fita yayin da farin ciki tamkar ya hallakasu. Wohoho hasko min zukatan wadannan bayin Allah Uba da *yarsa masu tsantsar son juna da shakuwa. Hannah ta ce “Baba kai ne Uwata kai ne Ubana, kana raye a duniyar nan baka mutu ba kaki ka nemeni ai sai kazo in ganka kayi min bayani in yaso sai kace kar in fadawa kowa. Malam Habu ya ce “Yi hakuri *yar Baba da ace haka kawai nazo miki tsorata zakiyi, ko kuma ma ki rasa hankalinki ban san ta ina zan baiyana kaina gare ku ba, da dai aka ce min kin bar hannun Abu hakika na san kin fita daga kangi. Suka karasa cikin bukkarsa inda suka zazzauna har Malam Sule. Malam Habu ya zaiyane musu labari kamar dai yadda fulanin nan suka gayawa Iya Salmai. Hannah ta bawa Babanta labarin rayuwar ta har zuwa rana ta irin ta yau ya dinga hawaye daga karshe yayi hamdala ya mikawa Haisam hannu suka gaisa yana ta shi masa albarka. Daga karshe Hannah da Haisam sunyi-sunyi, juyin duniyar nan akan yazo su tafi da shi Kano yaki. Kasancewar Hannah tasan yana matukar son yaje kasa mai tsarki wato Makka sai ta ce “Baba Makka fa zamu wuce da kai. Tana ambaton Makka sai ya ce “Indai Makka ce zanje kunga sai inyi zamana acan in dinga ibada har Allah Ya dauki raina, kuje ku gama shirye-shiryen ku kuzo ku dauke ni ku kaini, Allah Ya shi muku albarka. Hannah ta nunawa Haisam ya tafi kawai ya barta ita zata zauna anan da Babanta tunda bazai yarda ya bisu su tafi dashi ba. Dakyar Haisam, Malam Habu, Malam Sule da Iya Salmai suka lallasheta ta tashi suka tafi tana rusa kuka ita a wajen Babanta zata zauna. Ta bisu bisa sharadin za suje Babban- Mutum su kwana washegari in zasu tafi su sake biyowa ta ganshi sannan su wuce Kazaure sai su wuce Kano kuma duk bayan sati zata dinga zuwa tana ganin Mahaifinta. Suna tahowa a mota Hannah ta ware take ta murna kamar zata zuba ruwa a kasa tasha. Ta ji zuciyarta wasai tamkar bata taba jin bacin rai a rayuwarta ba, Haisam yaji wani sabon farin ciki saboda Hannarsa no more cry (babu yawan kuka). Suna shiga Babban-mutum suka bullo ta kofar gidan Iya Abu har sun wuce Hannah ta cewa Haisam ya dawo baya zata shiga ta gaishe da su Iya Abu. Da farko Haisam yaki sai da Iya Salmai ta sa baki sannan ya bar Hannah, ta ce ya taho su shiga tare suka dunguma su duka da Iya Salmai cikin gidan. Suna shiga tsakar gidan suka ji yiiim a fuskarsu an watso masu tsommokarai. Wasu mata ne guda biyu sun damko wata tsohuwa zasu yi waje da ita. Hannah ta jawo tsohuwar daga hannun matan ta ce “Ku lafiya ina zaku kai ta, me tayi muku? Haisam ya tashi tsohuwar zaune ya ce “Iya mai ya faru, ta ce “Ku taimakeni bayin Allah wadannan mugayen matan zasu kashe ni wuya su ke bani. Hannah ta matso kusa ta ce “Ke wacece, kuma meye hadinki da su? Tsohuwar ta ce “Sunana Abuwa da gidana ne muka sayar yanzu kuma haya nake a ciki ban biya kudin haya ba shine za su kore ni. Sai Hannah ta ce “Iya Abu kece? Ta ce “Ni ce, wace ce nake gani kamar Hanne? Hannah ta ce “Ni ce, ikon Allah Iya Abu kece kika zama haka, meya same ki a ido daya ya tsiyaye? Ga kafarki daya ma ta kumbura kamar jarka ciwon kafa kike yi? Iya Abu ta rushe da kuka, Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Wai yanzu Abun ce ta zama haka? Iya Salmai ta ce “Abu ai tayi kyan gani tun wata sadaka mai tsoka da wani mai kudi ya basu dubu uku-uku ita da abokin bararta Alh. Bilya, kunsan kuturtar tasa ta baiyana, matan da *ya*yan duk sun watse kudi babu. Itama Abu duk *ya*yan nata sun zama *yan iska matan da mazan, sun sayar da gidan Uban yanzu haka haya take dan ba su da gidan zama. Matan gidan suka ce “Sun sayar mana da gidan muka ji tausayinta muka sakata a daki daya haya gashi yau wata biyu bata biya mu ba *ya*yan nata *yan daba basu je sunyo dabar ba sun biya mata.ba Wallahi yau bazata kwana a dakin nan ba sai dai in ta shiga cikin rumbun nan mai gidan tururuwa. Hannah ta bude baki zata roki matan Iya Salmai ta katse ta ta ce “*yar Baba barta ta kwana a runbun tururuwar ko kwana daya ne taji idan da dadi, kin manta ranar da ita da abokin bararta Alh. Bilya suka yi watsi da kayanki suka ce ki koma runbu. Haisam ya ce “Haka akayi, ai kin bani labarin yadda kuka yi, ta kwana ko sau daya ne ta ji “Iya Abu ta rushe da kuka tana cewa “Yanzu yaya za’ayi mutum dan Adam ace ya shiga wannan runbun mai tururuwa ya kwana. Shaga www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter din karku bari a Baku labari Iya Salmai na kwasar kayan Iya Abu tana watsawa cikin runbun tana cewa. “Kwana daya kawai zaki yi kafin Hanne tayi tunanin inda zata samar miki ki dinga kwana. Hannah taji wani hawayen tausayi ya zubo mata ta fita kofar gida tana hawaye. Haisam da Iya Salmai kuma suna can suna lallashin Iya Abu tayi hakuri ta kwana a gidan tururuwar zuwa gobe, Iya Abu ta rarrafa ta shiga rumbun tana rusar kuka tana cewa “Duniya ta juya min baya yau na shiga uku na lalace. Haisam da Iya Abu suka fito kofar gida suka sami Hannah da Musbah dan gidan Iya Abu, kaca-kaca da shi kamar mahaukaci talauci tsantsa. Hannah ta girgiza kai ta ce “Musbah ya haka? Ya fashe da kuka ya fara zaiyanawa Hannah irin halin da suke ciki na talauci da bala’in da yake ta bibiyarsu ya bata labarin cewar sunyi aure sun kai matansu gidan suna zaune da Iya Abu. Iya Abu ta fara yi musu masifa tana so ta gallaza musu su kuwa suka bijire mata, har wata rana suka rufe gidan babu kowa suka yi mata duka har sai da suka tsiyayar mata da ido daya daga karshe ma suka fice suka fasa auran. Mu kuma a tsakaninmu muka dinga fada akan gidan, matan su Mahajana sun zama karuwai suma suka ce nan gidan zasu dinga kawo maza mu kuma muka ki yadda a kayi ta rigima daga karshe gidan aka sayar muka raba kudin ba tare da Iya Abu ta sani ba duk muka watse, yanzu sai tayi bara sannan ta biya kudin haya. Ga wani ciwan kafa, kafarta ta kunbura kamar bokiti komai ya cakude mana. Hannah ta share hawaye ta ce “A gidan Iya Salmai zan kwana gobe da safe ka tattaro min kanku kuzo ku same ni kafin na tafi. Ya rakasu har mota yana soshe-soshe ya ce “To Hanne bani na kashewa da daddare mana, Iya Salmai ta ce “Zai sha wiwin dare kenan. Hannah ta ciro dubu biyu ta bashi ta ce “Musbah kar kasha wani abun maye kaci abinci ka sayawa Mahaifiyarka abinci ka kaimata. Ya dinga godiya da farin ciki. Har zasu shiga mota saiga Alh. Bilya ya taho ta ce da su Haisam “Ga Alh. Bilya bari na bashi sadaka ta karasa wajensa ta zuba masa dubu biyar a kwanan bararsa ta ce “Alhaji ga sadaka. Ya ce “Na gode Allah Ya karba. Iya Salmai ta matso kusa dashi ta ce “Bilya ka gane ta kuwa? Ya ce “Baturiya ce ne? Kai kamar balarabiya, daga Makka take ne? Iya Salmai ta ce “Hanne ce *yar gidan Malam Habu, budurwarka ta da mai dakin haya. Ya sunkuyar da kai kasa dan kunya. Iya Salmai ta sake cewa “Ina zaka jene? Ya ce “Abu na biyowa muje bara ance za’a bada sadakar abinci a kofar gidan mai gari, Iya Salmai ta ce “Abu tana ciki kayi sallama a runbun nan mai tururuwa zaka ji ta amsa. Hannah ta shiga mota cike da tausayinsa, Iya Salmai ma tazo ta shiga, daman Haisam yana ciki yana kallan su ya girgiza kai yaja motar suka tafi. A hanya Hannah take cewa “Yanzu tun a duniya Allah Yake sakayya ba sai an mutu ba ko? Haisam ya ce “Kwarai kuwa shiyasa a ke son mutum ya dinga shirya alheri a rayuwarsa. Hannah ta ce “Allah Sarki yanzu dubi kudi irin na Alh. Bilya babu kamarsa a garin nan, dubi isa da mulki da rashin mutunci irin na Iya Abu yanzu sun zama a bamu dan dago-dago. Iya Salmai ta ci gaba da basu irin bala’in da Iya Abu da *ya*yanta suke ciki. Hmmmm su Iya Abu anga rayuwa GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 36 www.littafanhausane.com.ng Da sassafe sai ga Iya Abu da *ya*yanta sun dira a gidan Iya Salma. Sun iske Hannah da Iya Salma suna shan koko da kosai bayan sun gaisa sai Hannah ta bi kowannen su da kallo daya bayan daya, yamutsi sunan wani kaya. Duk sunyi kaca- kaca dasu kayan jikinsu dukkansu matan da mazan, nan fa aka hau koke-koke. Kallon Hannah suke tamkar sun sami hoto saboda kyawun da tayi kamar gwal. Sai Hannah ta shiga yi musu nasihohi tana basu shawarwari akan masu karuwanci, sace- sace da shaye-shaye su daina abu ne marar kyau. Ta kara da cewa harda rashin ilimi yake damunku babu arabi babu boko. Don haka su shiga makaranta su koyi karatun alkur’ani su yaki jahilci. Daga karshe ta shaida musu zata bar musu kudi a wajen Iya Salma a hankali a samu gida mai dakuna da yawa a saya musu su koma su zauna su rungumi Uwarsu sannan suyi aure, ta ce zata basu kudi akai Iya Abu asibitin kashi na Kano ayi mata maganin ciwon kafa sannan dukkan su zata ba su jari kowa ya samu sana’ar yi, kada su kara barin Iya Abu tayi bara. Sai suka fashe da kuka dukkansu suna godiya. Iya Abu na kuka tana cewa “Na shuka tsiya na girbi tsiya, na cuci kaina da *ya*yana na hana su karatu yau gashi sun tashi atutar babu. Hannah ki yafe min abun da nayi miki na yiwa Mahaifinki Allah Ya jikan Habi da Habu. Iya Salma ta ce “Allahu Akbar, albarkacin Hanne yau Malam Habu ya samu addu’a da dai ba’a taba yi masa ba. Haisam ne ya shigo ya same su suna magana, Iya Abu na kwakwazon kuka tana nadama. Ya ce “Abu yi hakuri haka duniya ta gada ka so naka duniya ta kishi, sharri da jafa’i babu wanda baki dora akan Hannah ba, saboda tana zuwa makaranta kin bi duk gari kina fadin iskanci take zuwa ba karatu ba a karshe kalmar iskanci sai ta dira akan *ya*yanki mata suna aure ma suka kaso auran suka zama karuwai, Allah Ya kiyaye gaba. Iya Abu ta ce “Tone-tone ma ai a barshi Uncle Haisam kuyi hakuri dai Allah Ya baku ku bamu amma bala’in duniya wanne ban gani ba, sakayya babu wacce Allah bai nunamin ba ni da *ya*yana tun bayan tafiyar Hanne ban huta ba, zuciyata bata huta ba, sai bakin ciki kala-kala. Daga karshe Iya Abu da *ya*yanta suka tafi da kudin da Hannah ta raba musu suna ta godiya. Hannah da Iya Salma da Wada suka zauna suna lissafi, Hannah ta bayar da kudin gidan da za’a kaiwa mai gari a sayawa su Iya Abu. Sannan ta dauko kudi mai yawa ta bawa Iya Salma ta ce nata ne ta zauna a gida ta dinga cin Kaza da abinci mai dadi ta daina zuwa kasuwa talla, sati na sama za’ayi bikin Wada ta bada kudin komai wanda za’a bukata na hidimar bikin. Ta shaidawa Iya Salma cewar nan da *yan watanni za’a gama gina gidaje zata zo ta dauketa ita da Wada da matarsa su kaura Kano, katafariyar Super Market zata bude shine take son Wada ya zauna mata a kantin yana kula da wajen. Murna tasa Iya Salma kuka sai juya makudan kudin da Hannah ta basu take yi tana godiya. Haisam da Hannah da direbansu sun fito daga Babban-mutum sai suka nufi Rigar da Malam Habu yake, sun iske shi bai fita kiwo ba yana jiran isowarsu. Bayan sun gaisa Haisam yayi masa bayani nan da sati uku za’a gama biza za suzo su dauke shi su tafi Makka. Sai farin ciki ya rufe Malam Habu kudi mai yawa suka jifge masa, Hannah sai zarowa take tana tulewa a gabansa shi kuma hanata yake yana cewa “*yar Baba kudin ya isa haka mai zan saya a Rigar nan da wadannan makudan kudi. Shima Malam Sule sun shiga har gidansa sun raba musu kudi shi da matansa sai godiya suke suna murna. Aka hadu a gidan aka yi ta hira har hira tayi hira Hannah ta gane ashe Malam Sule kanin Malam Sale ne tsohon da ya bata abin busa a wajen kiwo tun tana yarinya. Aka rakata gidan marigayi Malam Sale ta yiwa Iyalansa alheri mai yawa. Dakyar Haisam ya banbaro Hannah daga rigar nan, bada son ranta ba ta baro mahaifinta. *yan rigar suka fito kusan gaba dayansu wajen motar su Hannah suna daga musu hannu. Shehu yaja motar suka tafi. Hannah zata fara hawaye saboda zata tafi ta bar Mahaifinta sai taga Haisam yana harararta, ya tsareta da ido baya ko kiftawa sai ta wayance ta fasa yin kukan ta hau yi masa hira. Haisam yayi murmushi ya ce “Hannah kuka sunanki daga yau. Hannah ta kwanto a jikinsa ta kashe murya ta ce “Kukan farin ciki zanyi Yaya, daka barni na yi, kadan fa zanyi hawaye daya biyu shikenan sai inyi shiru, suka kyalkyale da dariya dukkansu. Haisam ya ce “Kinyi digiri a kuka har kaiyadewa kike yi kenan. Ba su tsaya a ko’ina ba sai a garin Kazaure kofar gidan Uwar biyu. Suka iske ta a tsakar gida tana sakin danwaken siyarwa. Ciwon kafa ya hanata aiki a makaranta sai a gida take siyar da abinci kala-kala na safe daban na rana daban na dare daban. Uwar biyu ta bude baki tana mamakin ganin Haisam da Hannah. Haisam yayi dariya ya ce “Uwar biyu Hannah matata ce, munzo gaisheki ne. Ta yi hawaye ta ce “Har Babban mutum naje neman Hannah da naji ance Mahaifinki ya rasu inyi miki ta’aziyya, inga yaya zamanki yake da Iya Abu inda hali in dauko ki kizo mu zauna tare, sai aka cemin kin koma Niger. Hannah ta ce “Allah Sarki Uwata ta kaina nima ina tunaninki kullum. Ta shimfida musu tabarma a gindin wata bishiya mai iska a tsakar gidanta, ta zubo musu ruwa da danwaken ta kawo musu sannan tazo ta zauna suka gaisa. Bayan sun gaisa sai Hannah ta kwashe labarin Mahaifinta ta fadawa Uwar biyu cewar bai rasu ba yana nan da ransa. Uwar biyu tayi murna ta taya Hannah murna matuka. Haisam ya dubi agogon dake daure a hannunsa ya ce “Yanzu sha biyu da rabi a Kano nake so muyi Sallar azahar muci abinci a gurguje muka zo mu gaishe ki, sannan idan ba zaki damu ba Hannah tana so tazo ta dauke ki ki koma Kano da zama tare da ita kibar wahalhalunnan. Yanzu haka tasa a gina muku gida a kusa da nata ki koma ke da Iya Salma. Uwar biyu ta fashe da kukan murna, kudi dumus taga Hannah ta debo daga jakarta ta ajiye mata a gaba tayi godiya ta rako su har wajen mota suka shiga suka tafi. Suna isa Kano basu tsaya a ko ina ba sai a filin jirgin sama Haisam ya cewa Shehu direba ya tafi gida da motar ya shaidawa Ramlah sun wuce Abuja nan da kwana hudu zasu dawo. Bayan sun sayi tikiti suka yi Sallah suka ci abinci a filin jirgin. Sun isa Abuja da yamma, direban ofis din Haisam yazo ya daukesu wato wajen sayar da motocinsa. Kai tsaye ya wuce da su katafaren Hotel din nan wato Sheraton Hotel. Hakika hutu ya yiwa masoyan nan biyu dadi fiye da na kasashen wajen da suka je. Saboda hankalin Hannah a kwance yake, sai farin ciki ya rufeta idan ta tuna Maihaifinta na nan a raye bai mutu ba har tsalle take akan gado ta diro kasa ta fada kan Haisam tana murna. Haisam sai ya zauna yana kallonta kawai yana murmushi domin farin cikinta shine farin cikinsa. Da yamma suna saukowa wajen swimming pool suyi ta wanka da safe kuma sai direban ofishin Haisam yazo ya dauke su suyi ta yawo a cikin gari waje-waje na hutawa da wajen ciye-ciyen makulashe. Gidajen *yan Uwansa da abokan arziki duk sun zazzaga haka ake ta bawa Hannah kyaututtuka. Sunje wajen sayar da motocin Haisam wajen ya kawata ga motoci galla-galla. Kamar da wasa Hannah ta zabarwa Mahaifinta wata galleliyar mota ta ce idan ya dawo daga Saudia zata bashi, maimakon tayi godiya Haisam ne yake mata godiya saboda yaji dadi sosai yau Hannah ta tambayeshi abinsa. Kwanansu takwas a Abuja sannan suka hau jirgi suka dawo Kano. A daren da suka dawo Ramlah zata haihu. Haisam da Hannah suka rakata asibiti, ta haifo zukekiyar *yarta mai kama da Ubanta sak. Bayan kwana biyu Haisam ya tambayi Ramlah wane suna za’a sawa *yar, abin mamaki sai ta ce asa mata sunan Hannah. Hannah tayi farin ciki matuka gata jininta ya hadu da *yar, bacci ne kawai yake rabo Hannah daga dakin Ramlah wajen *yar jaririyar. Ranar suna anyi bidiri Naira ta sha kashi an kashe Naira, an lika Naira. Taron mata kuwa harda wadanda ba’a gaiyace su ba, kasancewar Ramlah yanzu ta zama mai jama’a ana ta sanarwa a radiyo sai jama’a masu sauraron shirinta suke nemo inda take suna zuwa tayata murna. Saboda hidimomin suna Hannah da Haisam basu samu dama sunje sunga Malam Habu a cikin satin nan ba, sai sati na sama Haisam ya fara cuku-cukun neman bizar tafiya Makkah. Ya ba Hannah hakuri ta bari in an samu bizar tafiya sai suje su dauko shi su wuce. Suna cin abinci suna hira suka sanarwa da Ramlah halin da ake ciki cewar Mahaifin Hannah bai rasu ba, tayi mamaki kwarai ta taya Hannah murna sosai, sun shaida mata nan da sati mai zuwa zasu je su dauko shi su kai shi Saudia. Haisam da Hannah sunje gidansu Haisam sun shaidawa Alhaji da Hajiyar Haisam labarin Mahaifin Hannah, da farko Mahaifin Haisam da dariya ya tuntsire saboda labarin yayi masa kama da tatsuniya,, Mahaifiyar Haisam cemusu tayi yaushe muka zama Kakannin ku kuke mana wasan haka? Sai da suka ga da gaske suke har rantsuwa Haisam yake ya shaida musu zasu je su dauko shi sati mai zuwa su raka shi Saudia don ya ce ba zai biyo su ya zauna anan ba. Sunsha mamaki sun taya Hannah murna kwarai da gaske. Bayan komai da komai na tafiya ya kammala Haisam da Hannah suka shirya suka nufi rigar da Malam Habu yake suna isa babu bata lokaci mai yawa suka dauko shi suka taho da shi Kano. Malam Habu yasha mamaki da ganin gidan Hannah ya bude baki kawai yana kallon kayan alatu, a bangaren Hannah aka sauke shi a dakin kasa. Ramlah tazo ta gaishe shi sai da fuskarta ta fado masa a rai, ya hangota lokacin da tazo ta ci masa mutunci akan Hannah ta rabu da Haisam, ya jinjina a ransa ya ce rayuwa kenan yau gata a durkushe a gabansa tana gaishe ni cikin girmamawa. Ya karbi *yarta yayi mata addu’a daga karshe ya nuna farin cikinsa da aka sa ma yar sunan Hanna. Shiga www.littafanhausane.com.ng Domin karanta complete chapter din Da daddare Mahaifan Haisam suka zo suka gaishe shi suka kawo masa farfesun dakwalan kaji da juice kala- kala. Bayan zuwansa da kwana uku suka nufi kasa mai tsarki. Kwanan su Hannah goma a Makka. Bayan sun tabbata sun samarwa Malam Habu gidan zama wadatacce kudi mai dinbin yawa wanda zai ishe shi ci da sha da sutura sun daukar masa ma’aikaci daya da zai dinga kula dashi, wankin kayansa da kuma rakashi duk inda zaije kamar Madina ko Jeddah duk dai inda yake so ya je. Mallam Habu yayi matukar jin dadi da ya bude ido ya ganshi cikin wannan kasa mai tsarki ga shi ga Ka’aba, zai je duk inda yake so a cikin kasar Makka babu mai kamashi saboda sun yi masa igama ma’ana takardar izinin zama a kasar har lokacin aikin Hajji. Bayan su Hannah sun dawo Nigeria ba dadewa jarabawar Jamb dinsu ta fito kai tsaye suka bata Medicine saboda points dinta ta cancanci idan course din da yafi Medicine ne a bata, murna a wajen Haisam abin baya musaltuwa har ya fi Hannah murna. Haisam ya taya ta yin registration, bayan registration ba dadewa suka fara lectures. Karatu tukuru ta sa a gaba musamman ma idan ta tuna irin yadda karatun Medicine yake da muhimmanci a wajen taimakon al’umma. Tana da burin ta ga tana taimakon talakawa a rayuwarta. Ginin da ake yiwa Hannah yayi nisa, duk da ba’a kare ginin ba amma zaka san katafaren gini ne mai kyan gaske. Shinfideden masallaci, daya bangaren makarantar Islamiyya ta matan aure da yara ga bandaki nan a gefe. Can baya kuma wata kofa ce inka shiga zaka tarar da gidaje iri daya guda biyu, masu dauke da katafaren falo da dakunan barci uku-uku kowannensu da bandakinsa a ciki da kicin. Haisam ya sayawa Hannah da Ramlah wani katon fili a Ahmadu Bello way inda kowacce a cikin kudinta ya ke gina mata katafaren kanti kamar yadda Hannah ta ce tana son super market a kusa da nan ake gina mata wani ofis na tallafawa marayun yara. A kusa da shi katafaren kantina biyu ne na Ramlah, daya na sayar da kayan Senegal dinkakku (ready made) daya kuma na sayar da takalma da jakunkuna *yan waje.HaiRamHannah! HaiRamHannah!! Bayan an gama ginin an kawata shi da fitilu da tiles sai akayo odar kaya wasu daga kasar waje wasu daga kamfanonin nan kasar. Dai- dai lokacin an gama ginin Masallaci. Islamiyya da gidajen Hannah sai aka zuzzuba kayan da suka dace a cikinsu. Hannah da direba suka nufi Babban-mutum don dauko Iya Salma da Wada da matarsa, *yan kayayyakinsu na sawa kawai suka tsinto sababbi suka shigo mota suka biyo Hannah, suka bi ta Kazaure dan dauko Uwar biyu. Daman ta gama sanarwa danginta zata koma Kano Haisam da Hannah sun yi alkawarin zasu dau nauyinta gaba daya har bayan ranta. Suna zuwa awa biyu tayi yawa Uwar biyu ta dauko dan buhun kayanta ta yiwa Makwabta sallama daman babu wanda ta ajiye banda *yarta Halima kuma tayi wani sabon Auren a Daura, ta shigo mota suka tafi. Sun sha mamaki suna ta kallon katafaren gidajen da akace nasu ne komai da komai akwai a gidan. Kowanne daki an shimfida kafet da makeken gadaje da mudubai da waduruf din jikin bango. Haka falo ansa kujeru da kayan kallo. Kicin ma da cooker gas, fridge da duk abubuwan amfani, komai sabo fil a ledarsa. Hatta kayan sawarsu Hannah tasa an dinko musu atamfofi an zuba a cikin waduruf. Sanyin A.C ko ina ya gauraye gidan, masu aiki biyu aka ajiye a gidajen daya mai girki daya mai shara da wanke-wanke da wankin bandaki. Ga mai wanki da guga nan duk sati zaizo ya dinga dauka yana wankowa. Wada ya gigice a lokacin da Hannah da Haisam suka kaishi katafariyar super market din, anan akace ya dinga kula da ma’aikatan wajen yana sa ido akan yadda ake gudanar da cinikin. Kasancewar yayi makarantar sakandire ya iya karatu da rubutu. Hannah ta kara masa da cewa “Yanzu baka san gari ba kuma baka iya mota ba za’a dinga kaika ana dauko ka da motar kantin, nan gaba zan saya maka taka ta kanka. Wada yana ta murna yana godiya haka Iya Salma da Uwar biyu sun sha koke-koke don murna suna ta godiya. Wada da matarsa Jidda a gida daya, Iya Salmai da Uwar biyu a gida daya kowacce a daki daya, daki daya ne babu kowa aka kulleshi. Su ci, su sha suyi wanka a kunna musu kallo shikenan aikinsu suyi ta hira. Wani lokaci Iya Salma ta ce azo a danno mata lamabar Malam Habu a Makka su gaisa. An huda kofa wacce zata kaika gidansu Hannah, kullum Hannah sai ta shigo gidan tsofaffin nan ta tayasu hira bayan ta taso daga makaranta, gaba dayansu suna cikin tsananin farin ciki da nishadi ko ba’a gaya maka ba idan ka kalle su.GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter37 Hannah taji dadi ta gama jarabawa a lokacin da ake tafiya aikin Hajji don haka ta shaidawa Haisam tana so taje Makka ita da Uwar biyu da Iya Salmai suje su hadu da Mahaifinta suyi Hajji gaba daya don ta taimaka masa kada yasha wuya. Haisam ya amsa mata da cewa babu komai zaiyi kokari yasa a nemo musu biza su dukka gidan ma sai su tafi, har shi da Ramlah da *yarta Hannah, da Wada da matarsa da gaba daya *yan aikin gidan mata da maza. Haka kuwa akayi, suka dunguma suka dira a kasa mai tsarki kwatsam Malam Habu ya gansu nanfa murna ta hargitse. Kamar yadda su Hannah suka yi aikin Hajji a waccan shekarar cikin sauki haka wannan shekarar ma, mota katuwa da direba aka aikowa Haisam daga gidan ambassador. Bayan an sauko daga arfa lafiya, sai suka dinga shiga kasuwanni ana ta siyayyar tsaraba. Makudan kudin da Haisam ya rarrabawa dukkanninsu kowa ya yiwa *yan Uwansa tsaraba. Kowa yaji dadin tafiyar nan sosai da sosai. Haisam da Hannah da Ramlah ne suka shigo bangaren Malam Habu dan su gaishe shi da sassafe. Suna zaune suna *yar hira saiga Uwar biyu da Iya Salmai suma daga dakinsu sun shigo don su gaishe da Alhaji Habu aka hadu ana ta hira wasa da dariya. Hannah ta ce “Baba da kai zamu tafi fa tunda yanzu kayi umara sau da yawa ka yi aikin Hajji sai mu koma gida. Alh. Habu ya girgiza kai ya ce “*yar Baba ki barni kawai inyi zamana daman ku kadai nake da su a Nigeria kuma gaku nan akai-aikai kuna zuwa gara inyi zamana inci gaba da ibadata har lokacin mutuwa in mutu anan. Hannah ta ce “Haba Baba kaso ka mutu babu aure bayan ga masoyiyarka tana nan tana jiranka ka dawo ka aureta. Alh Habu ya ce da Hannah “Ke *yar Baba bana son shakiyanci wacce irin masoyiyata, wacece masoyiyata kuma? Gaba daya aka sa dariya. Hannah ta ce “Baba har zaka manta tsohuwar matarka *yar Uwarka, jininka Iya Salma a tuna baya mana Baba a koma ayi aure. Haisam ya ce “Baba Hannah dai nason ayi tuwona mai na ga Uwa ga Uba, Baba a duba wannan al’amarin. Malam Habu yayi murmushi ya ce “Kaima tayata kake? Kyale *yar Baba tsokanarmu take yi Salma dince ta ce mata tana so tayi aure? Iya Salma sai yanzu tasa baki da murmushi kawai take yi ta ce “Da dai na gama aure tin daga kanka amma yanzu da yake kaine ai bana ce a’a ba. Soyayya ai bata tsufa. Hannah ta rangada buda ta ce “Ai an gama daurin aure sadaki kawai zan dauko in biya, da Riyad ma zan biya kudin Makka, Uwar Biyu tayi dariya ta ce “Lallai wannan aure naku Alhazawa ne don a Makka aka kullo shi, Allah Ya sanya alheri Ya ba da zaman lafiya. Hannah ta ce “Iya Uwar biyu ko kema in tuno miki baya ne? Ta ce “Ban gane ba? Hannah ta ce “Ko kema zaki zama amaryar Iyata Salma ne ku zama ku biyu a daura dukka rana daya tunda gidanku daya tuwona maina kenan. Gaba daya aka kece da dariya. Haisam ya ce “Lallai har kin yiwa Iya Salma kishiya tun kafin ta tare. Hannah ta ce “Ai itama tsohuwar soyayya ce tun a lokacin da take kaini gida daga makaranta ta fadamun, ai shima Baban ya sani, sun so su daidaita ya ce mata masifar Iya Abu ce kawai zata hana ya aureta. Iya Salma tayi caraf ta ce “Ni da za’ayi haka ma da nayi murna saboda ni a rayuwata ina son kishiya, bana kyamar kishiya ko Abu aini nasa dole ya aurota. Hannah ta dauko turare tana ta fesa musu su dukka ukun wai amare da angonsu. Wannan abu ya yiwa kowa dadi ba kamar Hannah. Ramalah da Haisam sunsha dariya har sun godewa Allah. Yanzu Malam Habu ya yarda zai biyo su su dawo Nigeria. Haisam ya shaida masa an nadashi a matsayin Limamin Masallacin da Hannah ta gina daman sunansa aka sawa Islamiyyar ABUBAKAR IMAM ISLAMIYYA. Su dungumo gaba daya sun dawo Nigeria su na dawowa da sati biyu bayan Uwar biyu ta je Kazaure ta shaidawa *yan Uwanta ta dawo daga Makka ta raba musu tsaraba saita shaida musu wannan abun mamaki abun murna cewar zata auri Malam Habu Baban Hanna. Don haka ranar juma’a *yan Uwan Uwar biyu waliyanta suka zo aka hadu da Haisam da *yan aikin gidan suka taru aka daura auren Iya Salma da Malam Habu bayan an shafa aka daura na Uwar biyu da Malam Habu. Wannan abu yayi kyau aka raba goro da alewa aka watse. Daya dakin na kulle aka budewa ango Habu ya shiga ga na amarensa a gefe. Ko kofar gida Malam Habu bai cika fita ba, yana gida yana shan A.C yaci kaji yasha juice da abinci kala-kala. Idan lokacin Sallah yayi yayi taku kadan zuwa Masallaci ya shiga yaja jama’a Sallah da daddare kuma ya koyawa maza magidanta karatun alkur’ani mai girma Malam Habu yayi shar da shi ya girgije duk tsufan ya ragu daman ashe wahala tafi tsufan yawa. Haka Uwar biyu da Iya Salmai sunyi shar kamar ba sune wadannan tsofaffin ba, kayansu kullum iri daya Hannah take dinko musu. Makarantar Islamiyya a hankali a hankali ta cika makil da dalibai yara da manya. Kullum da yamma yara ne suke zuwa, a ranar asabar da lahadi kuwa manyan matan aure suke zuwa da safe goma zuwa sha biyu. Manyan Malamai masana Alkur’ani da Hadisai, kawa’idi, fikhu da dai sauransu daban-daban su suke koyarwa a makarantar. Ramlah da Hannah suma sun shiga makarantar. Iya Salmai da Uwar Biyu ma ba’a barsu a baya ba sun tashi haikan neman ilimi dan da basu iya komai ba yanzu kuwa gashi komai dalla-dalla suna koya. Matasan *yan mata ne suke ta tururuwar zuwa wajen Ramlah akan matsalolin da suka dame su akan soyayya. Ramlah na kokarin warware musu ta hanyar basu shawara, wata tambayar idan suka yi mata sai ta hada su da Hannah tana ganin Hannah zata fita sanin amsar saboda ta taba crossing irin wannan rayuwar so zata fita sanin amsar. Wani lokaci har Haisam yakan taimakawa Ramlah wajen amsa wasu tambayoyin. Aji na musamman Ramlah da Hannah suka ware a makarantar Islamiyya lokacin da babu Makaranta suna zama da matasa suna wayar musu da kai akan mecece soyayya. Duk sanda Ramlah take gudanar da shirinta Hannah ce ta farko da take fara bugo waya ta bada tata gudunmawar, Ramlah tana jin dadin haka, ita kuma alkawarine kullum a gidan radio kafin ta fara gudanar da shirinta sai ta ce fatan alheri ga Haisam da Hannah. Wata rana Hannah ta sako kai zuwa cikin gidan Iyayenta ta iske Wada yana yiwa tsofaffi nan tsiya yana cewa “Wai ku yanzu bakwa iya cin abinci sai kuna korawa da juice, katan daya baya yi muku sati guda, ba’afi kwana biyar ba na kawo muku wancan kwalin har ya kare, musamman Iya Salma ana dauke wuta kafin a tashi inji sai kaji tana Subhanallahi bana son duhu wallahi a rayuwata, ko da a Babban-mutum ya kike yi ke da ko wuta baki ja a gidanki ba. Iya Uwar biyu kuwa ita dai a kunna mata sattilite tana kallo tana tsalle akan kujera tana dariya, su Baba Habu kuwa shi dai asha A.C a figi naman kaza. Hannah ta talli keyar Wada, ya zabura ya juya da sauri. Sai yaga Hannah. Iya Salmai ta ce “Gara da Allah Ya kawo ki gashi nan ya zamar damu kamar kakkanninsa wai tsiya yake yi mana. Hannah ta ce “Wada bana son irin haka meye don sun shanye katan din juice a sati, daga yau katan goma zaka dinga dauko musu daga kanti yana karewa ka dauko musu katan gomar. Kake yi musu tsiya ina kai nan matarka ta ce ka kunna mata A.C har riga ka cire ka jawo kujera ka hau ka ballo murfin A.C zaka girgideta Allah Ya kawo ni gidan na nuna maka inda zaka matsa remote ka kunna. Wai kai a dole ka nunawa amaryarka kai dan birni ne zaka burgeta. To gaskiya karka kara yiwa Iyayena haka wallahi ko kayan kantin dukka suke so zansa a kwaso musu don wa nake sana’ar? Dadi ya kashe tsofaffin nan suka hau shiwa Hannah Albarka. Allah Ya albarkaci sana’ar Hannah a shekara ta sake bude wata Super market din a Zoo road komai Hannah ta sawa hannu na kasuwanci sai kaga kamar farashi yana ta hauhawa riba tsibubu Allah Ya dubi zuciyar Hannah Yana ta buda mata ita kuwa bata gajiya da bayarwa ga Iyayenta da *yan Uwanta talakawa na Niger dana Babban-mutum da duk al’Ummar Annabi da suke neman taimako. Shiga www.littafanhausane.com.ng Domin karanta complete chapter din Yara da dama Hannah ta dauki nauyin karatun su, da yawa ta dau nauyin yi musu aure da yawa ta biya musu Makka. Wata rana Haisam ya dawo daga wajen hidimominsa da yamma kai tsaye bangarensa ya nufa don ya watsa ruwa yaji sanyi a jikinsa kafin ya fito lambun da yake zama yayi hira da matansa kullum da yamma. Abun mamaki sai yake jiyo ana yin busa mai dadin gaske wacce ta yi masa kama da wata busa da yake matukar so a rayuwarsa. Yayi sauri ya bude labulan windon dakin sa ya leka sashan da busar ke tashi, sai ya hango Hannah zaune cikin lambun tana busa abin busarta. Cikin sauri ya fada ban daki ya watsa ruwa bayan ya shirya ya fito ya nufi cikin lambun inda Hannah take. Ya lallabo ta bayanta ba tare da ta sani ba, ya tsaya cak kusan minti goma yana sauraranta, ya kare mata kallo tsaf ya ga tayi dammara da mayafinta ya kalli kunnanta da wuyanta ya ga sanye da tsakiyoyin nan na ta. Ya zagayo ya durkusa a gabanta yana kallon dige-digen da tayi da kwallli a fuskarta, ta dube shi tayi murmushi ta sunkuyar da kai kasa. Haisam ya ce “Lallai yau kin tuna baya kuma kin soso min wani abu mai muhimmanci da yake cikin kundin tarihin rayuwata. Su duka suka yi dariya. Haisam ya mike tsaye ya jawo wata kujera ya zauna ya ce “Ci gaba da busarki kuma kiyi min wakar ina sauraranki. Hannah ta mike tsaye ta kara tsuke danmararta ta kugu sannan ta koma ta zauna, su duka suka kwashe da dariya. Ta kaikaice ta fara busa tana rero wakar kiwo kamar yadda take yi masa da. Haisam yayi shiru yana kallonta yayin da zuciyarsa ta harba can ta tuno masa baya wato ranar da aka fara kawo Hannah makaranta, da bayan rabuwarsu da ita, da halin da ya shiga bayan rabuwarsu da irin busar da yake yi idan tunaninta yayi masa yawa. Bai ankara ba sai ya ga Hannah tana hawaye itama babu abin da take tunawa sai lokacin da Malam Sule ya bata wannan abun busar da kuma lokacin da Haisam yake sa ta tayi masa busa. Hannah ta kifa kai akan cinyarsa ta saka kuka, ya mike tsaye ya jawota jikinsa ya rungumeta sai shima kwalla ta fara zubowa daga idanuwansa. Ya laluba damarar da tayi a kugunta ya ce “Hannah meye wannan nake ji a kugunki kamar miciji? Ta ce “Ba miciji bane mayafina ne. Suka kwashe da dariya, Haisam ya sa hannu a aljihunsa ya ciro wani abu a daure a bakar leda ya mikawa Hannah, ta karba cikin sauri ta kwance ta duba, sai taga wata *yar karamar rigar nono mai kyau. Ta dubi Haisam alamar bata gane ba. Ta ce “Wannan fa? Ya ce “Kara kallonta dai sosai ki tuna baya. Hannah tayi shiru tana tunani, sai Haisam ya ce “Tuno ke da Nusaiba da Rauda a wajan mai kanti a makaranta? Ta ce “Laa shine ka ke ajiye da ita har yanzu. Haisam ya ce “Ai duk wani abu da ya shafeki Hannah bana mantawa dashi saboda muhimmancinki a rayuwata. Sai ta rungume shi suka koma suka zauna, suka ci gaba da busa abin busar tare. Kwanci tashi Hannah tayi nisa a karatun likita “Medicin” sun gama shekaru uku a BUK an turasu teachin hospital na Aminu Kano don yin cilinicals. Sai yanzu Hannah ta sami ciki, wai zo kuga tarairaya da murna wajen Baba Haisam. Duk mutuncin Nusaiba da yake gani fur ya hana Hannah taje ta raka ta hada-hadar kanfen din zabe, suna so su zarce takarar gwamnan. Ya ce shi dai sai inda karfinsa ya kare amma Hannah ba zai barta ba saboda dan cikin zai wahala da ita kanta. Zabe ya doso Haisam yayi kokarinsa wajen taya mai girma gwamna yakin neman zabe. Kasancewar Haisam shine Kano, yasan *yan Kano, yana son Kanawa, Kanawa suna sonsa shi da Hannah da Ramlah saboda rin gudunmawar da suke bawa Kanawa, Kanawa sun amsa kiran Haisam sun sake zabar mijin Nusaiba a matsayin gwamnan Kano karo na biyu. Mai girma gwamnan da kansa ya jinjinawa Haisam ya kuma kuduri niyyar sai ya linkawa Haisam tara ta arziki, fiye da yadda Haiam yayi masa. Haka kuwa akayi sai dai kwangila mai tsoka bata taso ba amma Haisam yake bawa ta daruruwan miliyoyi kuma a biyashi da zarar ya gama. Haisam Kano kenan, arziki ya dada bunkasa yanzu Haisam yaso ya fi Mahaifinsa kudi dan yafi Yayansa Habib kudi shine ma yake basu kudi. Hannah ta haifi santalelen danta kyakkyawa mai kama da Babansa amma ya dauko farar fatar Uwarsa, Hanna ta ce a sa masa sunan Babanta Abubakar ana kiransa da Walid. Bayan haihuwar Walid da wata uku Ramlah ta haifi da namiji shima mai kama da Babansa aka saka masa sunan Mahaifinta Shitu ake kiransa Khalil. Hannah ta tashi tukuru tana ta karatu bata da matsala wajen rainon Walid tunda ga Iya Salma nan da Iya Uwar biyu suna rike mata shi, nono ne kawai take zagayowa ta bashi ta koma karatu har ya isa yaye ta yaye shi. Tafi tafiya Hannah ta gama karatun likita da bautar kasa. Ta sake haifar *yan biyu mace da namiji masu kama da Hannah sak, Hannah ta roki Haisam da asa musu sunan Haisam da Ramlah da gudu ya amincewa bukatarta. Hai Ram Hannah kenan. Tubar kallah alhamdulillahi. Iyali sun hadu gida yayi albarka *yan dugul dugul yara zaka iske a farfajiyar gidan suna ta guje-gujensu Haisam na tsakiyarsu yana tayasu ball. Dr. Hannah Haisam Abubakar ta cika burinta ta zama cikakkiyar likita ta sami damar ta taimakawa al’umma ta fara aiki a Aminu Kano sai taga gara ta koma karatu ta karanto bangaren mata wato (gaenea)A.B.U Zaria tayi karatun shekara hudu a inda ta zama consultant gyanea doctor. Abunda Haisam ya fara yi shine ya bude mata asibiti nasu na kansu. Dr. Hannah da wasu likitocin su suke kula da marasa lafiya a asibitin. Hmmmm GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA Chapter 38 Mai girma Nusaiba matar governor suna nan suna ta siyasa, tafi tafiya takarar shugaban kasa mai gidanta ya tsaya. Haisam dai na nan na taya su yakin neman zabe. Allah cikin ikonSa ya lashe zaben shugabancin kasar Nigeria, Nusaiba a matsayin first Lady. Mukami mai tsoka ta zabarwa kawarta Hannah, quest what? Ministar lafiya tasa mai gidanta ya nada Dr. Hannah Haisam Abubakar Imam (*yar Baba) an duba cancanta Hannah ta cancanci a bata. Haisam kuma aka bashi jakadan Nigeria dake kasar America (ambassador of U,S.A). Hannah baza ta iya kaura America gaba daya ba saboda aikinta, haka Ramlah ma bata so ta tafi tabar aikinta na gidan Radion data ke yi. Gashi har Haisam da Hannah da Ita da Ramlah suna kokarin bude gidan Radio station. Ka-ka- ka-ka to yanzu yaya za’ayi wannan zaman kenan Haisam na America, Hannah tana Abuja a katafaren gidan gwamnatin da aka bata a unguwar Ministoci. Ga Ramlah a Kano tana bude gidan Radion kanta don watsa shirye-shiryent a. Daga karshe shawarar da aka shirya ita ce Haisam da Ramlah da Yaransu duka biyar din wato Hannah, Walid, Khalil, Haisam da Ramlah dukka zasu koma America da karatun yaran gaba daya. Sannan za’a bude gidan Radio a zuba kwararrun ma’aikata suci gaba da fadakar da al’aumma sannan duk sati kamar yadda Ramlah ta saba gudanar da shirinta zata ci gaba da gudanarwa amma ta hanyar wayar tangarahu za’a dinga jonata da gidan Radion amma fa wannan wayar tangarahun tar ake jin muryar, haka kuma take jin tambayoyin da ake yi mata take amsawa. Wani lokacin kuma ana jinta a Radio muryar America, idan taje London kuma ana hira da Ita a BBC London. Ita dai burinta ta fadakar da mata akan soyayya da zamantakewar aure duk mahakurci yana tare da samu. Itama ta shiga makaranta a America tana yin masters akan Mass com. Ci gaba wai bera akan cinyar mage yana kallon talabijin da remote a hannunsa yana matsawa inji wata mai iya magana. Gaba daya gidan Haisam kacokan an mallakawa Malam Habu kyauta shi da matansa. Iya Salma a bangaren Hannah Iya Uwar biyu a bangaren Ramlah Malam Habu shine mai gida a bangaren Uncle Haisam. Masu gadi da masu bawa fulawa ruwa da masu dafa abinci da direba duk sunci gaba da aiki a karkashin Malam Habu yana biyansu da dinbin kudin da *yar Baba take jubgo masa. Hakika Malam Habu ko da a lahira ya samu haka lallai ya samu rahama, irin wannan daula abin sai wanda ya gani sai ma kun hango shi a jifgegiyar mota mai A.c ana tukashi ya kame a owners yasha jifga-jifgan kaya na alfarma, wayyo ba a fidda rai da rahamar Ubangiji rabon mutum gudu yake ya zo ya same shi fiye da yadda mutun yake nemansa. Allah Kayi mana arziki ta hanyar halak Amin. Ku hasko min Iya Abu an guntile mata kafa daya a asibiti da sanda biyu take dogarawa. A yau da yamma ita da *ya*yanta duka suka dira a kofar gidan Hannah da kwatance da tambaya suka gano gidan, da kyar masu gadi suka barsu suka shiga ciki suna shigowa suka iske Malam Habu da matansa biyu a zaune akan katuwar darduma suna shan kayan marmari iri-iri. Nan fa kaga gigicewa da razana a wajan Iya Abu da *ya*yanta a guje suka ruga ba tare da sun san kofar fita ba. Sandunan Iya Abu suka zube kasa gashi idon daya ne take dan kyallarawa. Ta fadi fuk a kasa tana ihu tana kuruwa wai yau gata a lahira a gidan matattu ga Malam Habu ga Uwar biyu ga Iya Salma ashe dama su Salma duk sun mutu, yau gata a gidansu na lahira a zo a fita da ita daga kiyama. Kuzo kuga dariya har da faduwa a wajan Malam Habu da matan sa, bayan dariyar da taci karfinsu ta lafa Malam Habu ya kwallawa mai gadi kira ya ce ya shiga cikin lungunan gidan ya harhado kan mutanan nan da suka ruga ace su zo ba fatalwa suka gani ba mutane ne. Iya Salma ce ta taso tazo wajen da Iya Abu take durkushe tana kururuwa ta fara yi mata bayani akan ta kwantar da hankalinta a duniya take cikin mutane *yan Uwanta ba matattuba. Bayan duk an hado kansu sun zo sun zauna a gaban Malam Habu gaba dayansu a firgice suke kamar kace kule suce cas, sai makerketa suke musamman ma matan sun fi tsorata. Malam Habu yayi gyaran murya, yayi bismilla, yayi hamdala sannan ya dora musu da bayani ya basu labari kakaf abinda ya faru da shi tun daga ranar da aka kai shi kabari har rana irin ta yau, ya shaida musu ya auri Salma da Uwar biyu. Sai duk suka dau kuka suna bayyana rashin jin dadinsu akan abinda yayi musu na rashin damuwa dasu koda wasa Hannah bata taba fada musu ba kuma tana zuwa garin, sai dai suji a gari ana fadin wai-wai Malam Habu bai rasu ba ana ganinsa a gidan Hanne amma su basu yadda ba sun dauka zancen *yan gari ne dan ba a mutuwa a dawo ashe da gaske ne. Malam Habu yayi murmushi ya ce “Kuyi hakuri nina gargadi Hanne karta fada muku, amma kada kuga laifina saboda a cikinku babu wanda na tafi na bari yana karami dukkanku na ciyar daku, na shayar da ku, na tufatar da ku, na saka ku a makaranta kuka ki yi, na yi muku aure musamman matan dukkanku kuna gidan mazajenku sanda na barku dan haka nasan bani da nauyin kowa a kaina. Abu kuwa tuni kin yar da ni, bola ma ta fini daraja, kin gaji dani kin fi son in mutu ki huta da wahala dani nima har nazo nafi son haka. *ya*yanki gaba daya sun raina ni kamar ba nine na haifesu ba ban isa in saku ba, ban isa in hana ku ba saboda Uwarku ta nuna muku bani da amfani. Bakin cikin rayuwa da wulakanci babu wanda ban gani ba ni da marainiyar *yata *yar Baba. Na samu labarin irin rashin mutuncin da ku ka dinga yiwa *yar Baba tun daga wajan rabon gado sai dai ta fita daga dakinta ta koma runbu sai da aka biya mata kudin haya, ta zo ta rasa mai bata abinci duk garin sai Salma itama da take ci dakyar. Abu yanzu wa duniya ta waya? Duk abinda kika shuka shi kike girba. Na sha wuya ainun a zamana daku na ga bakin ciki naga rashin mutunci kala-kala, haka Mahaifiyar Hanne Habi har ta koma ga Mahaliccinta tana shan azabarki Abu har Hanne babu wuyar da bata sha ba dan dai wuya bata kisa da tuni ta mutu. Ba gori ba, yanzu gidan da kuke zaune wacece ta siya muku? Kafarki da ta fara rubewa waye ya biya miki kudin asibiti aka cire? Bara da kikeyi waye ya hana ki bara ya baki jari ke da *ya*yanki? Amsar ita ce *yar Baba ita ta muku duk wannan. Allah Ya yiwa *yar Baba Albarka akwaita da tausayi ta danne duk abin da ku ka yi mata ta saka muku da alheri. Yanzu katafaren asibiti tasa ana ginawa a agarin Babban-mutum wa gareta a garin yanzu in baku ba? Ta ce min Baba nasa a gina Masallaci da makarantar Islamiyya a Babban-mutum za’a gina ajin yara, *yan mata matasa da tsofaffi mata da maza saboda tsofaffi irin su Iya Abu su samu su koyi karatun Sallah. Asibiti kuma da angama ginin zata zuba magunguna da gadajen kwanciya kyauta saboda talakawa. Hanne tasa shugaban kasa yasa a gina muku titina ga ruwan fanfo da wutar lantarki duk an baku a dalilinta, badan ita ba wa zai tuna da wani kauye waishi Babban-mutum. Sha www.littafanhausane.com.ng domin karanta complete chapter din Yanzu ta taimakeku a lokacin da kuke neman taimako ba kamar yadda dukkannin *yan garin kuka wulakanta ta kuka ki taimakontaba. Abu ga amfanin boko fa, bokon da kike yadawa a gari, kina shela kina cewa yawan iskanci nake kai ta ba makaranta ba, da na biye miki da tuni na cireta a bokon ta zauna a gida ta zama kamar *ya*yanki da suka ki makaranta gasu nan ba arabi ba boko. Yanzu idan kika kunna talabijin a kasar nan babu wacce aka fi nunawa daga shugaban kasa sai ministan lafiya Hannah, kullum gata ga shugaban kasa ga matarsa. Wani lokacin har Nusaiba kawarta ta ce mata Hannah wai ke ba zaki huta ba? Kullum kina kauyuka kina jigilar magini da kayan asibiti. Hanne ta ce mata hutu bai kamaa ce ni ba Nusaiba ta yaya zan huta bayan talakawa na kauyuka suna shan wahala suna neman taimako. Zuciyata, jinin jikina da kuma dukiyata zanyi jihadi saboda Allah iyakar kokarina in taimakawa talakawa domin babu ciwon da yafi ciwon talauci wahala. Allahu Akbar, ina alfahari da Hannah a matsayin *yata, al’ummar Musulmai suna alfahari da Hannah a matsayinta na *yar Uwarsu Musulma, *yan Nigeria suna alfahari da Hannah a matsayinta na *yar Kasarsu, Gwamnatin Nigeria tana alfahari da Hannah a matsayinta na ministan lafiya, *yan Niger suna alfahari da Hannah a matsayinta na *yar Uwarsu, jininsu saboda ta gina asibiti a garin Dashi komai kyauta, ta gina Masallaci da makarantar Islamiyya sunana nema sunan makarantar ABUBAKAR IMAM ISLAMIYYA. Yanzu a garin Dashi mace bata fargaba idan mijin ta ya rasu ya barta da marayu tasan ko tantama babu Hannah ta tanadar mata tallafi mai tsoka. Babu abinda Iya Abu da *ya*yanta suke iya cewa sai rike baki da girgiza kai suna jinjina wannan daukaka ta Hannah da Mahaifinta. Iya Abu ta langwabar da kai ta sharbe hawaye ta ce “Nayi kuskure ainun, gara da Allah Yasa baka mutu ba da ka mutu ina zan shiga da wannan tulin alhakin naka dana dauka, ku yafe mun. Ta fashe da kuka taci gaba da cewa “Yanzu sai ka daure ka mayar da ni dakina ni da *ya*yanka ka rungume mu mu zauna lafiya da kishiyoyina Salma. Ki taimakeni kisa baki Malam ya mayar dani nasan ki da tausayi kinga daman ke kika hada aurena da Malam Habu tun farko duk abinda nayi miki a baya kuskure ne yanzu zamu zauna lafiya. Iya Salma ta zabura ta ce “Wacce ni? Ai Abu kinfi karfina da dai Da bansan halinki ba na jawoki jikina kika cuceni har hauka kika samun dole kika rabani da mijina abin kaunata, shekara arba,in bama tare ina tajin kaunarsa nayi sallama da aure sai yanzu Allah Ya sake hadamu muka yi aure. Yanzu kina nufin in dauko shinkafar bera in zubawa kaina a abinci inci in mutu. Iya Abu ta sharbe hawaye ta ce “Yanzu Salma nice shinkafar berar? Malam Habu yayi murmushi ya ce “Abu ai kinfi shinkafar bera tsiya sai dai a kiraki da Bomb mai wargaza gari guda, to aini babu yadda za ayi in sake kara zama da ke. Rabona da samun kwanciyar hankali tun ranar da Salma ta sa na auro ki haka ban huta ba sai ranar da aka dauke ni daga gidanki zuwa kabarina, tun daga ranar na ke hutawa a rayuwata har rana irin ta yau, kuma ina saka ran har karshen rayuwata zanci gaba da hutawa. Ina zan sake jajuboki da *ya*yanki in jajubawa kaina tashin hankali. Abu ta fashe da kuka, *ya*yanta ma kuka kuke suna cewa “Baba yanzu gudunmu kake, ya ce “Har yanzu ku *ya*yana ne kuma ba zan so ku tozarta ba ni ina suturce nayi alkawari zan dinga aiko direbana duk karshen wata yana kai muku kudi da kayan abinci amma karku fiye zirga- zirga zuwa Kano har wani ya bata a hanya ku bari zan dinga yo muku aike. Iya Abu ta sake kallon katafaren gidan nan ta ce “Babu inda zanje Malam saboda akwai igiyar aurena a kanka tunda baka mutu ba. Malam Habu ya ce “To tunda kina kokonto to bari na tsinka igiyar kije na sawake miki saboda bazan sake zama da ke ba har abada. Uwar biyu ta nisa ta ce “Ikon Allah yau naga naci wai ba Malam Habun da kika raina bane? Ki ke zagi ta Uwa ta Uba yana kuka da idanuwansa mai yasa yanzu kike sonsa? Mu fa ba zamu zauna da ke ba Abu, ya ce ku tashi ku tafi zai dinga yi muku aike. Suna zaune suna ta koke- koke yaran suna fadin Iya Abu ke kika jawo mana ga rashin ilimi ga rashin tarbiyya duk baki bamu ba. Malam Habu ya shiga gida ya dauko musu kudi mai yawa ya rarrabawa kowannensu yasa ma’aikata suka dauko buhunan abinci daga store suka zuba a wata doguwar mota kirar bus ya ce da direban ya kai su Babban-mutum suka shiga suka tafi. Babu abinda suke sai kallon Malam Habu ya zama wani danye sharaf da shi sai kace ba wannan yagulallan tsohon nan bane, furfura gemun nan buzu- buzu, duk babu an aske yasha farin danyen boyel a jikinsa ga wani farin gilashi a fuskarsa tsadadde Hannah ce tasa aka yankar masa a America da ta kaishi Medical check up wanda zai kara masa gani tar. Babu wani ciwo da yake damunsa sai dai magungunan kara lafiya da Hannah take jubgo musu ta ce suyi ta sha kamar bitamin A da bitamin E nasa kwarin ido, karfin kashi da hana zubewar hakora. Lallai tsofaffin nan shar da su tubarkalla. Insha Allah GANGAR JIKINSA NA AURA THEND QARSHE Chapter39 Kusan kowacce weekend a America Hannah keyi wajen mijinta, duk satin da aiki yayi mata yawa ba za ta samu damar zuwa ba, Haisam da yaran duka sai suzo suyi mata weekend dan basu da matsalar jirgi ko babu fasinja zai dauki Hannah ya kaita America. Kudi masu gidan rana suna aiki, lallai nan gaba zasu sayi jirgin HAIRAMHANNAH saboda zirga-zirga daga Nigeria zuwa America. Wannan satin kayatacciyar liyafa Ambassado Haisam ya hada a Amrica ta Anniversary auransu da Minister of health Dr. Hannah Haisam Abubakar da Uwar gidansa Haj. Ramlah Haisam Shitu. Mai girma shugaban kasar Nigeria da Uwar gidansa da da yawa daga kusoshin gwamnati, Mahaifan Hannah, Mahaifan Haisam, Mahaifan Ramlah, Iyalan gidan Yaya Habib, Amratu da Izziddin, Kawu Ahmad da matarsa Hajir, Rauda da mijinta da hadaddun *yan Uwa da abokan arziki duk an gayyacesu su halacci wannan kayatacciyar liyafa da za’ayi a birnin U.S. Jirgi kawai zasu taka su haye kyauta ba tare da neman wata biza ba ko tikitin Jirgi an riga an wankesu saboda mai girma shugaban kasa, haka shugaban kasar America yasan da zuwansu. —– Haisam da Hannah sun sami arzikin duniya fiye da tunanin mutum, duk da bayarwa suke amma ta ko ina samu suke. Sun mallaki gida a America, Saudia, London balle kuma anan gida Nigeria akwai wasu a Abuja, Lagos, na Kano ma ba zasu kirgu ba, Babban-mutum da wani a Dashi inda take sauka idan taje. Duk wannan daula da Hannah take ciki bata wulakanta talakawa taci abinci tare dasu tayi wasa da dariya dasu ta dauko abun duniya kuma ta basu. Hannah ta kara kyau data sami jin dadi kamar a hango jinin jikinta don farar fatarta, gata bata tsufa duk wanda yasanta shekaru goma a baya idan ya ganta yanzu haka zai ganta bata canja ba, sai kyau data kara. Babu wanda zaiga *ya*yanta ya ce ita ta haifesu saboda *yar karama da ita kamar yarinya. Talakawan Nigeria sun fara yiwa kansu sha’awar Haisam ya tsaya takarar shugabancin kasarsu su zabe shi sun san zai yi musu aiki. Ba talakawa kadai ba shi kansa mai girma shugaban kasar yana cewa Haisam ya shirya da zarar ya sauka shi zai gaje shi, haka manyan *yan siyasar Nigeria sun yarda da wannan batu na mai girma shugaban kasa. Kowacce safiyar duniya nan Haisam ji yake yana kara son Hannah a ransa, itama kuma haka. Haisam, Ramlah, Hannah da *ya*yansu biyar suna zaune cikin jin dadi da kwanciyar hankali da kaunar juna. Arzikinsu yana ta bunkasa, basu ba ma duk wanda ya rabesu ma yayi bankwana da talauci balle *yan Uwansu na jini balle Uwa Uba Mahaifansu. Malam Habu yayi bankwana da talauci, Uwar biyu yanzu ta azurta *yan Uwanta da dama balle *yar ta ta cikinta. Gidansu ya zama gidan da kowa yake kawo kukansa ake share masa. Malam Habu ya kan je Babban-mutum amma wannan karon girmama shi kowa yake yi, gaisuwa har kasa ake zubewa ana yi masa. Iya Abu ta dauwama cikin nadama duk sanda taga Malam Habu sai ta hau kuka tana rokarsa ya aureta babu wanda take tsananin so sai shi, yakan bata amsa da cewa akai kasuwa. Hannah sai da ta sayi jirgi mai daukar mutane dubu dari biyar musamman domin Members na wannan page, yanzu haka tikiti na hannu na, masu son zuwa liyafar Ambassador Haisam a Amrica sai suyi magana in basu. Lolz bari naga masu son zuwa America. Hmmm Karshe Sai ku jira sabon littafi mai zuwa nan gaba, Karku manta kullum Ku kasance da www.bankinhausanovels.com.ng Domin akwai Littafai da dama dake can wadanda bamu Kawo anan ba Naku ne (A’I’S)